Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
MATHEMATICAL
MONOGRAPHS
VOLUME 26
G. M. Goluzin
Geometric Theory
of Functions
of a Complex Variable
TRANSLATIONS
OF
MATHEMATICAL
MONOGRAPHS
Volume 26
GEOMETRIC THEORY
OF FUNCTIONS
OF A COMPLEX VARIABLE
by
G. M. GOLUZIN
1969
f EOMETP144ECKAH TEOPI4H
-PYHKIU41 KOM[IJIEKCHOf'O REPEMEHHOPO
P. M. f'OJIY3KH
Il3gaTenbcTB0 ,HayKa"
f naBHa$ Pe,gaxi i
iDK34IKO-MaTeMaTxgecxoA JIKTepaTypbi
MOCKBa 1966
iii
iv
§3. Extrema and majorizations of the type of the distortion theorems ........ 128
§4. Application of the method of variations to other extremal
problems .............................................................. ......................................... 140
§5- Limits of convexity and starlikeness ...................................................... 165
§6. Covering of segments and areas ............................................................... 170
§7. Lemmas on the mean modulus. Bounds for the coefficients ................ 182
§8. The relative growth of coefficients of univalent functions .................. 190
§9 Sharp bounds on the coefficients .............................................................. 196
Chapter V. Univalent conformal mapping of multiply connected domains ......... 205
§1. Univalent conformal mapping of a doubly connected domain onto
an annulus ....................................................................................................205
§2. Univalent mapping of a multiply connected domain onto a plane
with parallel rectilinear cuts .................................................................... 210
§3. Univalent mapping of a multiply connected domain onto a helical
domain .......................................................................................................... 216
§4. Some relationships involving the mapping functions .................... ........ 222
§5. Convergence theorems for univalent mapping of a sequence of
domains ........................................................................................................ 228
§6. Univalent mapping of multiply connected domains onto circular
domains. The continuity method .............................................................. 234
§7. Proof of Brouwer's theorem ...................................................................... 244
Chapter VI. Mapping of multiply connected domains onto a disk ........................254
§1. Conformal mapping of a multiply connected domain onto a disk ..........254
§2. Correspondence of boundaries under a mapping of a multiply
connected domain onto a disk .................................................................. 262
§3- Dirichlet's problem and Green's function .............................................. 266
§4. Application to a univalent mapping of multiply connected domains .... 275
§5. Mapping of an n-connected domain onto an n-sheeted disk ................. 277
§6. Some identities connecting a univalent conformal mapping and
the Dirichlet problem ..................................................................................283
Chapter VII. The measure properties of closed sets in the plane .................... 293
§1. The transfinite diameter and Cebysvev's constant ..................................293
§2. Bounds for the transfinite diameter ..........................................................300
§3. The capacity of a closed bounded set ...................................................... 309
§4. Harmonic measure of closed bounded sets ..............................................314
§5. An application to meromorphic functions of bounded form ....................321
V
Supplement. Methods and results of the geometric theory of functions ............. 563
Introduction ...........................................................................................................563
§1. Basic methods of the geometric theory of functions of a complex
variable .........................................................................................................565
§2. Univalent functions in a disk and in an annulus .................................... 577
§3. Functions that are analytic in multiply connected domains ..................629
Bibliography for the Supplement ................................................................................651
Subject Index ................................................................................................................673
A NOTE ON THE AUTHOR
G. M. GOLUZIN (1906-1952)
The author of the present book, Gennadii Mihailovic Goluzin, was born in
1906 in the town of Toriok. In 1924, he entered the Mathematics Division of
Leningrad State University. From then until his death, he never interrupted his
connection with the University. In 1929 he defended his graduation thesis, which
was then published in Matematiceskii Sbornik. After his graduation from the Uni-
versity, Goluzin began teaching; in 1936 he brilliantly defended his doctoral dis-
sertation and in 1938 he was appointed professor. From 1939 on, he held a chair
on the theory of functions of a complex variable at Leningrad State University,
where, with great energy and devotion, he taught young scientists and also super-
vised their scientific research. Over a period of years he conducted the basic
course as well as a number of special courses, and also led a seminar on the
geometric theory of functions of a complex variable.
From the founding of the Leningrad division of the Mathematical Institute of
the Academy of Sciences of the USSR in 1940, Goluzin simultaneously worked also
at that institute, where he carried on extensive scientific activity.
The outstanding scientific services of Goluzin were recognized by his being
awarded the first prize of the University in 1946 and the Government prize in
1947. The present book is another result of Goluzin's scientific and pedagogical
labors. Goluzin died January 17, 1952, about the time of the printing of the first
edition, after a long illness.
In one of his earlier works, Goluzin used Loewner's parametric representa-
tion for the class S of functions f(z) = z + c2z2 + . that are regular and uni-
1alent in the disk jzj < 1, to obtain the precise form of the so-called rotation
I
theorem, that is, a sharp bound for I arg f (z) I in the class S. For many years,
Mnathematicians had been unable to solve this difficult problem.
In subsequent works, 'Goluzin continued to develop systematically the method
Of parametric representations and devised a general method of investigating a
broad class of extremal problems.
1
2 A NOTE ON THE AUTHOR
Goluzin developed his own variant of the method of interior variations, and
with it obtained a number of profound results. His variational method became one
of the basic contemporary methods for investigating univalent functions.
Goluzin obtained extremely powerful results in the problem of estimating the
order of growth of the coefficients of univalent functions. In particular, he found
a solution, in a certain sense definitive, of the problem of the relative growth of
the coefficients of functions in the class S:
If I c,1 < A lna, where A l is a constant, a> 0, and n assumes values equal
to the terms of some arithmetic progression, then I c I < A 2n a for all n, where
A 2 is a constant depending only on A 1 and a.
For the coefficients of functions in this same class, he found the inequality
I en I < % en, which was the first advance in the problem of the coefficients since
the well-known result of Littlewood (1925).
To the pen of G. M. Goluzin belong a number of works in other divisions of
the theory of functions of a complex variable and also in mathematical physics.
We mention his investigations on conformal mapping of multiply connected domains
onto domains of the canonical type and his work dealing with the solution of the
Dirichlet problem for Laplace's equation in the case of domains bounded by circles
or spheres.
Even a simple listing of the numerous and valuable works of Goluzin would
require an excessive amount of space. The reader can get an idea of them by
reading the present book.
Gennadii Miha lovic` Goluzin was an extremely unassuming man, who made a
vivid impression of personal charm and outstanding ability.
June 7, 1966 Academician V. I. Smirnov
3
1965 V. I. S.
4
PREFACE
(to the first edition)
This book is based primarily on lectures given by the author at Leningrad
State University in the course entitled "the geometric theory of functions of a
complex variable " and, in part, in the course entitled "supplementary topics in
the theory of functions of a complex variable." It includes an exposition of the
following topics: the theory of a univalent conformal mapping of simply connected
and multiply connected domains, conformal mapping of multiply connected domains
onto a disk, applications of conformal mapping to the study of interior and bound-
ary properties of analytic functions, and general questions of a geometric nature
dealing with analytic functions. In addition to various general problems in the
geometric theory of functions, many particular problems under study at the present
time are also considered. However, the book does not pretend to expound all ques-
tions related to the geometric theory of functions or to treat all topics with the
same degree of completeness. This would have been an impossible task for the
author. Therefore, it is only natural that certain questions in the theory of functions
have remained untouched, whereas the treatment of others has not been sufficiently
complete. In many such cases, the author has given appropriate bibliographic
references.
The book is intended for a reader who has already mastered the fundamentals
of the theory of functions of a complex variable as taught in most university
courses.
G. M. Goluzin
5
An infinite set of points always has at least one cluster point. If an infinite
set is bounded, this assertion constitutes the well-known Bolzano-Weierstrass
theorem, and in this case all the cluster points are finite. On the other hand, if an
infinite set is unbounded, one of its cluster points has to be the point at infinity.
For any cluster point a of a set, there exists a sequence of points belonging
to the set that converges to a. A sequence of points may also converge to the
point at infinity. For a sequence to converge to a finite point, it is necessary and
sufficient that the distance between any two numbers in the sequence, from some
point on, be less than an arbitrary prenamed positive number.
A set of points is said to be closed if each of its cluster points belongs to it.
Corresponding to any set E is the closed set obtained by inclusion of all the
cluster points of E. We denote this closed set by E and call it the closure of E.
The distance between two disjoint sets (that is, without points in common)
is defined as the greatest lower bound of distances between two points, one
belonging to one set and the other belonging to the other set. We know that if
both sets are closed, this distance is positive and the greatest lower bound re-
ferred to is actually attained by some pair of points (one in each set).
Another important property of closed sets is given by the well-known Heine-
Borel covering theorem:
If a closed bounded set E is covered by a set of disks such that every point
of E lies inside one of these disks, then a finite number of these disks will also
cover the set E.
A closed set consisting of more than one point is called a continuum if it
cannot be decomposed into two nonempty disjoint closed sets. We shall call a
set consisting of one point a degenerate continuum.
A point is said to be an interior point of a set to which it belongs if some
neighborhood of it is contained in that set.
A set consisting only of interior points is called an open set. Obviously, the
complement of a closed set in the complex plane is an open set and vice versa.
Let us recall the definitions of union, difference, and intersection of sets.
Let E 1, E2, denote sets (either finitely or infinitely many). The set of points
belonging to at least one of these sets is called the union of these sets and is
denoted by E1 U E 2 U or UkEk. The set of points belonging to all the sets
E 1, E2, - , is called the intersection of these sets and is denoted by E1 n E2 n ... or
INTRODUCTORY GEOMETRIC CONSIDERATIONS 7
(lkEk. If a set E is contained in a set F, then the set of all points belonging to F
that do not belong to E is called the difference of these sets and is denoted by
f - E.
Set operations have the following properties: The union of a finite number of
closed sets and the intersection of an arbitrary combination of closed sets are
dosed sets; the intersection of a finite number of open sets and the union of an
grbitrary combination of open sets are open sets.
Domains and curves. One of the basic geometric concepts in the theory of
junctions of a complex variable is the concept of a domain. A domain is defined
its an open set any two points in which can be connected by a broken line con-
sisting entirely of points of that set (the property of connectedness). The bound-
ary points of a domain are those points in the complex plane that do not belong to
Sbe domain but are cluster points of it. If a domain is other than the entire plane,
it necessarily has boundary points. The set of all boundary points of a domain
is called its boundary. The boundary of a domain is a closed set . Those points
in the plane that are neither interior nor boundary points of a domain are called
exterior points of the domain.' Every exterior point of a domain has a neighbor-
hood containing no points of the domain.
The union of a domain and its boundary is called a closed domain. In contrast
with this, a domain itself is sometimes called an open domain.
A domain is said to be simply connected if its boundary consists either of a
continuum or of a single point or if -the domain itself is the entire complex plane.
Otherwise, a domain is said to be multiply connected. Specifically, it is said to
be doubly, triply, , n-connected if its boundary consists of 2, 3, , n dis-
joint continua (possibly degenerate). All these regions are said to finitely con-
nected and the continua (including the degenerate ones) are called boundary
continua
The role of domains in the study of closed and open sets is clear from the,
following theorem:
Every open set E in the complex plane is the union of finitely or countably
many domains.
Another basic geometric concept in the theory of functions of a complex
variable is that of a curve.
1) Whereas the proofs of the assertions made up to now are extremely simple and the
reader can reproduce them himself, the proofs of Jordan's theorem and of a number of
assertions that we shall make below present considerable difficulty. The interested
reader should consult special texts. With regard to Jordan's theorem itself, we note that
there are two new and comparatively simple proofs of it due to Vol'pert [1950] and
Filippov [1950].
INTRODUCTORY GEOMETRIC CONSIDERATIONS 9
zero derivative z' (t) everywhere in [a, b] (a one-sided derivative at the two
endpoints). The requirement of smoothness is obviously equivalent to the require-
&eat that the curve have everywhere a continuously turning tangent. A curve con-
$isting of finitely many smooth curves is called a piecewise-smooth curve. The
Definition of a rectifiable curve will be given in Chapter X. Finally, the simplest
type of continuous curve is an analytic curve. This is a curve defined by an
qquation of the form z = z (t) for a < t < b , where z (t) can be expanded in a
power series
z(t)=co+cl(t-to)+ ...,
orith c I 0, about each value to in [a, b]. A continuous curve consisting of a
unite number of analytic curves is called a piecewise-analytic curve.
Let us now look at certain questions dealing with domains.
Sometimes we make cuts along various Jordan curves in a domain. Let B
denote a domain. To make a cut along a Jordan curve L contained in B means
to delete from B all points of the curve L. We shall consider only cuts consist-
lag of finitely or infinitely many sets of analytic arcs. We shall consider the infi-
nite case under the assumption that the endpoints of these arcs cluster only at
the boundary of the domain. A. cut in a domain B is said to be transverse if it
Connects two (not necessarily distinct) boundary points of the domain B, which
serve as its endpoints and if all its other points lie inside B. It turns out that
if a transverse cut in a finitely connected domain connects boundary points on
different boundary continua but does not partition the domain into two parts, it
decreases the connectedness by 1; on the other hand, a transverse cut in a
simply connected domain always partitions that domain into two simply connected
parts. (This is a characteristic property of simply connected domains.) Analo-
gously, if a cut is a closed Jordan curve lying entirely in a domain B, it is called
circular cut. A circular cut always partitions a domain B into two domains. In
the case of a simply connected domain B, one of the domains bounded by a cir-
cular cut lies entirely in B (another characteristic property of simply connected
domains). Finally, a cut that is an open Jordan curve lying entirely in a domain
. except possibly for one of its endpoints does not partition B into two parts.
We note that, in a finitely connected domain B, it is always possible to make a
transverse cut connecting points of two given boundary continua (that do not
degenerate to Do) and also a circular cut encircling a given bounded boundary
continuum but no other boundary points. Moreover, if a closed bounded set E is
10 INTRODUCTORY GEOMETRIC CONSIDERATIONS
contained in a domain B, then one can make a circular cut in B that separates E
from the boundary of B, that is, a cut that encircles E but does not touch any
part of the boundary of the domain B. These results can be achieved by means of
cuts consisting of a finite number of rectilinear segments.
CHAPTERI
11
12 I. SEQUENCES OF ANALYTIC AND HARMONIC FUNCTIONS
k=1, 2, ...
On the other hand, since f (z) is continuous in B, the function
fn (z' (z')
fn (z) -.fo (z) =tat z
dz', (3)
7'
and similarly
t(k) kt fn (z') -f (1') dz'. (4)
(z) -f(k) (z) = 2n! S (z' - z)
But the sequence Ifn (z) I converges uniformly on y' to f W. Consequently, for
given e > 0, there exists an N > 0 such that, for n > N and z' on y ' , we have
I fn (z') - f (z' )I < e. In view of this, we obtain from (3) and (4) the result that, for
n > N,
ifnk)(z)-Jok)(z)I<
Ifn(z)--fo(z)ICr' r r E,
(rk E, (5)
where r and r' are the radii of the disks K and K'. The first of these inequali-
ties means that Ifn (z) converges in K to the function f o (z), which by hypo-
thesis, must coincide with f (z). Consequently, f (z) is regular inside K. But K
is an arbitrary disk contained in B. Therefore, f (z) is regular in B if B does
not include o. Thus, the second of inequalities (5) with f0'"1(z) replaced by
j(k)(z) shows that the sequence {f,I,kl(z)I, n = 1, 2, , converges uniformly in
K to f (k) (z) because the right-hand member can, by a suitable choice of e, be
made arbitrarily small for all z in K simultaneously. To prove the uniform con-
vergence of (z)1 in the interior of B, we note that every closed bounded set
E C B can be covered by a finite number of disks contained, along with their
boundaries, in B. Specifically, for every point c E E, there exists a closed disk
with center at c and contained in B. The set of these disks (that is, the disk
corresponding to all c E E) completely covers E. By the Heine-Borel theorem,
there exists a finite collection of these disks which also covers E. Let us denote
these disks by K. for m = 1, 2, , m0. Then, by what we have proved, for any
e > 0 and each m = 1, , mo, there exists a number N. > 0 such that for z E Km
and n > Nm we have If (k )(z) - f (k) (z)I < e. If N is the greatest of the numbers
Nm for m = 1, , m0, then, for n > N, the inequality I fnk) (z) - f tk)(z)I <C
holds for all points in the circles K. and hence for all z E E; that is, the se-
quence If (nk) (z)1 converges uniformly in E. If B does not include the theo-
rem is proved. If the domain B does include no, we still need to show that f (z)
is regular at oo and that the sequence Ifakl(z)1 converges uniformly in a domain
I z I > R, where R is sufficiently large. This can be shown in the same way by
14 I. SEQUENCES OF ANALYTIC AND HARMONIC FUNCTIONS
using Cauchy's formulas for I z I > R (that is, formulas (1) with the first formula
applying also to f (a)) and considering the corresponding function fo (z). This
completes the proof of the theorem.
As regards uniformly convergent sequences of regular functions, we shall
prove another theorem, which has numerous applications.
Theorem 2. Let (f, (z) I, where n = 1, 2, - - -, denote a sequence of functions
that are regular in a domain B. Suppose that converges uniformly in the
interior of B to a regular function f(z) / const. Suppose that each of the functions
fn (z) assumes a given value a at no more than p (p > 0) points of the domain B.
Then the function f(z) assumes the value a at no more than p points of B.
Proof. Let us suppose to begin with that B does not include ce . Suppose
that f (z) assumes the value a at p + 1 distinct points zk E B, k = 1, 2, - - -, p + 1.
Around each of the points zk, k = 1, - - - , p + 1, let us draw a circle Yk C B suf-
ficiently small in each case that the circles do not touch each other and there
are no zero of the functions f (z) - a on them. Since f (z) J coast, this can be
done. Under these conditions, there exists an m > 0 such that if (z) - al > m on
all the neighborhoods yk. Since the sequence (f (z)} converges uniformly on the
circles Yk , there exists an n such that I fn (z) - f (z) I < m on each yk , k = 1, - - -
-, p+l. Since
f. (z)-a=(1(z)-a)+(f, (z)-f(z))
we conclude on the basis of Rouche's theorem, that the function fn (z) - a does
indeed have zeros inside each circle yk since the function f(z) - a does. Con-
sequently f (z) assumes the value a at no fewer than p + 1 points of the domain
B, which contradicts the hypothesis of the theorem.
If the domain B includes oe but is not the entire plane, we can choose a
suitable fractional linear function to map it onto a domain not including and
apply to the image functions the result just proved.
Finally, the case in which the domain B is the entire z-plane is excluded
because, in such a case, the function f(z) must necessarily be constant. This
completes the proof of the theorem.
rains a convergent subsequence. Several proofs in analysis are made more compli-
cated by the fact that this is not always the case. Not every sequence of functions
defined, continuous, and uniformly bounded on a given interval contains a conver-
gent subsequence, for instance the sequence (sin nq}, n = 1, 2, .
f (z )
n t
(z')
lal J z'-zl dz', f (z t) = 12alCJ&(z-1
n z' - z, dz' .
I 7
Consequently,
16 1. SEQUENCES OF ANALYTIC AND HARMONIC FUNCTIONS
Z, Z'
fn (zi) - fn (z9) I = tai fn (z7 - zi) (Z dz'
z9) z,
a1
z
Z1-Zs
gal Iz1`t2I_4M
2, E t
Ifn(') (Z' - Z1) (Z' - z9) C 2 M 1 a1 1
I zi- 9Z2I,
2 4
that is,
If. (z1) -A (z2) I - 481 I z1- z9
verge at all the points Ti, r2, , rk. The diagonal sequence {fn, n (z)}, where
n = 1, 2, , is contained, except for a finite number of its initial terms, in each.
of the sequences {fn,k(z){ and hence it converges at each point r1, r2, , that
is, at all points of the domain B with rational coordinates. 1)
3°. Let us show that the diagonal sequence Ifn,n(z)l described above con-
verges uniformly on an arbitrary closed bounded set E C B. By virtue of the
Heine-Borel theorem, we need only prove this for an arbitrary closed disk K
1) For what follows, it is essential only that the sequence lfn,n(z)l converges on same count-
able set of points that is everywhere dense in B, that is, a set smrc points of which are included
in every neighborhood of any point z E B.
§2. THE CONDENSATION PRINCIPLE 17
for the same e > 0 as in (1) there exists an N > 0 such that the inequalities m,
n > N imply
lfm, m(rk)-fn,n(rk)I < 3 . (2)
Adding the three inequalities (2) and (3), we obtain, for m, n > N,
Ifm,m(z)- fn n(z)I<E.
Since N is the same for all z E K, this means that the sequence Ifn,n(z)I con-
verges uniformly on K to a finite function and by Theorem 1 of § 1 this function
is regular in B. If the domain B does not include -a, this proves the condensa-
tion principle.
4°. If the domain B does include the above proof must be supplemented
with a proof that the same sequence I/n,n(z)I converges uniformly outside some
circle IzI = R. Since the sequence I/n,n(z)I converges uniformly on IzI = R to a
finite function just as before, the sequence of the functions fn. n ( 1/z) which are
regular on the disk IzI < 1/R converges uniformly on IzI = 1/R. Consequently,
for given E > 0, there exists an N > 0 such that the inequalities in, n > N imply
converges uniformly on the set lzl > R to a finite function. This completes the
proof of the condensation principle.
By using the condensation principle, we can derive the following convergence
test for sequences of regular functions.
Theorem 2 (Vitali). Let {fn (z)}, n = 1, 2, - -, denote a sequence of functions
that are regular in a domain B. Suppose that l fn (z) { is uniformly bounded in the
interior of B and that it converges on a set of points zk E B, k = 1, 2, -, that
has a cluster point in the interior of B. Then, the sequence { fn(z)} converges
uniformly in the interior of B.
Proof. Let us suppose that the sequence {fn(z)} does not converge at some
point a E B. Then, the number sequence { fn (a) } contains two subsequences that
converge to distinct limits A and A'. Let us denote these subsequences by
If,,, 1(z)} and { fn,2(z)}, where n = 1, 2, . Thus we have fn, 1(a) -- A and
f n,2 (a) A' as n --+ -. The sequences { fn, 1(z)} and I fn,2(z)I are uniformly
bounded in the interior of B. Therefore, in accordance with the condensation
principle, these sequences have subsequences {fn ,1(z)} and { fn,2(z)}, for n =
1, 2, , that converge uniformly in the interior of B to finite limit functions
f i(z) and f Z(z). In accordance with Theorem 1 of § 1, these functions are regu-
lar in B. Since f n,1 (a) ---+ A and f n,2 (a) --- A' , we have f 1(a)= A and f 2(a) = A'
and hence f i(a) f Z(a). But since the sequences {fn,1(z)} and { f *n, 2(Z) I are
subsequences of {f(z)I, it follows that, for any point zk (k = 1, 2, - ), these
two sequences converge to the same limit, with the result that f,',,I(zk) -
f,. 2(zk) ----0 as n --a o. Therefore, f i(zk) - 12 (zk) = 0 for k = 1, 2, . The
However, this is incompatible with the fact that fn k(znk) --b o. as k 00. This
completes the proof of the necessity.
We note that we shall return later to questions dealing with the possibility
of choosing convergent subsequences from various sequences of a given family
regular functions when we are dealing with the theory of normal families (§7,
Chapter II).
1) This property is called the property of compactness of the family 1R and the
principle stated is called the compactness principle.
20 I. SEQUENCES OF ANALYTIC AND HARMONIC FUNCTIONS
2a
where 2 means "the real part of", is valid in the open disk I z - al < R. This
formula reduces to a more familiar one if we note that, by setting z = a + rein,
we get
(z +z-2a _ RP-rt
z'-z R'-2Rrco (T-0)+r9 (2)
On the other hand, if u (z) is a harmonic function in the domain I z - al > R and
is continuous in k - a! > R, then the analogous formula
2x
it (z) - - 2a Suz(z+22do (3)
Proof. Suppose that the sequence lun(z); does not converge in the domain B.
Then it contains two subsequences that converge in B to distinct limit functions
u(z) and u* (z) that are harmonic and that coincide in the domain B' . Conse-
quently, their difference in B' is zero. But then, the difference of their harmonic
conjugates v(z) and v" (z) must, by the Cauchy-Riemann conditions, be constant
io B'. 1) This in turn implies that the corresponding analytic functions whose
'real parts are u(z) and u` (z) coincide in B'. But these analytic functions will
,-then coincide throughout the entire domain B. Therefore, the supposedly distinct
,harmonic functions u(z) and u* (z) must coincide in B. This contradiction
'proves the convergence of the sequence f un(z)} in B. That the convergence is
;uniform in the interior of B now follows from 3° and 4° of the proof of the con-
densation principle for analytic functions.
We conclude this chapter with another important theorem.
Theorem 4 (Harnack). Let fun (z)), n = 1, 2, , denote a sequence of
functions that are harmonic in a domain B. Suppose that, for each z E B, the
sequence {un(z)1 is a monotonic increasing sequence (that is, un+i(z) > u,, (z),
for n = 1, 2, ). Then, the sequence {un(z)j converges uniformly in the inte-
rior of B either to a harmonic function or to the function with constant value +D.
Proof. We may assume that all the functions un (z) are nonnegative since
otherwise we would consider not the functions un(z) but the functions un(z) -
ui(z) for n= 1, 2,---.
Consider an arbitrary disk Iz - al < r contained in the domain B and a
larger disk k - at < r' also contained in B. Since, in accordance with (2), we
always have
r'$ r z'+z-2a r'2 r
(r') 9 z' - z (r' - r):
whenever I z' - al r' and I z - at < r, it follows on the basis of formula (1) as
applied to the function un (z) (taking R = r') that
U. (a) r, r C ttn (z) < itn (a) r. ± r (4)
Now, let us set u (z) = limn_, un W. Because of the monotonicity of the
sequence {un(z)1, this limit exists for z E B. Inequality (4) shows that, if
1) The conjugate functions v(z) and v'(z) may not be single-valued in B, but this
fact is of no significance in the present case.
22 I. SEQUENCES OF ANALYTIC AND HARMONIC FUNCTIONS
u (a) is finite for a E B, then the functions u (z) are uniformly bounded in a
sufficiently small neighborhood of the point a, and, if u (a) = then )u (z) )
converges uniformly in that neighborhood to +°. Consider the set of all points in
the domain B at which the function u(z) is finite and its complement, the set of
points- at which u (z) = From what has been said, both these sets are open.
But obviously, this can be true only when one of the two sets is empty. If the
function u(z) is everywhere finite in B, then the functions u, (z) are uniformly
bounded in the interior of B. By Theorem 3, the convergence of )u,, (z)) to u (z)
is uniform in the interior of B, and by Theorem 1, the function u (z) is harmonic
in B. On the other hand, if u (z) = +o in B, then Ian (z)) converges to +° uni-
formly in the interior of B. We note that if the domain B includes the point 00,
then we must, as usual, use formula (3). This completes the proof of the theorem.
CHAPTER II
1) However, nonvanishing of the derivative everywhere in the domain B does not en-
sure univalence of the mapping. For example, the derivative of the function C = f(z) =
(z - 1)" with n > 3 is nonzero throughout the disk IzI < 1, but this function is not uni-
valent in that disk.
23
24 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
point (that is, when it is a punctured plane). Let us show that this is true. (In the
second case, we may assume without loss of generality that the boundary point
is 00.) If such a mapping is possible we have in both cases a mapping function
that is regular on the entire plane except possibly at oo and, in addition, bounded.
Such a function would have to be a constant, and a constant does not perform the
desired mapping.
However, we shall see below that, with the exception of these two cases,
every simply connected domain can be mapped univalently onto a disk. In fact,
there are infinitely many ways of doing this, that is, there are infinitely many
distinct functions that carry out the desired mapping. This last is a consequence
of the fact that there exist infinitely many distinct fractional-linear functions that
map a disk conformally into itself.
note a finite exterior point. Then the function C* = 1/(z - c) maps the domain B
onto a simply connected domain B* including the exterior point -. Since B* is
a bounded domain, we can use a similarity transformation to map it into a domain
contained in the disk I 'I < 1. On the other hand, if B has no exterior points,
then, since it has more than one boundary point and is simply connected, its
boundary consists of a continuum. Let a and b denote two finite boundary points.
Consider the function z* = (z - a)/(z - b). This function can be extended in the
(simply connected) domain B along an arbitrary path; hence, it is single-valued
in B. Since its inverse is a rational function and hence is single-valued on the
entire z*-plane, the function f maps the domain B univalently onto a domain B*
The domain B* has the property that, if a point c E B*, then the point - c is an
exterior point of B* since an arbitrary pair of points z*, - z* always corresponds
to the same point z. Since B* has exterior points, it can be mapped, just as be-
fore, univalendy onto a domain contained in the disk JCj < 1. On the basis of
this, it will be sufficient to prove Riemann's theorem for domains contained in the
disk ICI < 1.
Furthermore, we can always assume that the given point in the domain B and
the given direction at that point are the points z = 0 and the direction of the posi-
tive real axis since, in the opposite case, we could use a suitable fractional-
linear transformation to map the disk Izl < 1 into itself in such a way as to map
the domain B into a domain possessing this property.
Thus, it will be sufficient to prove that it is possible to map an arbitrary
simply connected domain, contained in the disk JzJ < 1 and including the point
1) This theorem was first stated by Riemann in his dissertation in 1851 though he
did not prove it until later. It was proved by Caratheodory [1912] and Koebe [1912] by the
methods of the theory of functions. The proof that we give here was presented by Fejer
and Riesz. See Rado [1922-1923a].
§2. RIEMANN'S THEOREM 27
z = 0, univalently onto the disk ICI < 1 in such a way that the mapping function
J = f (z) is normalized by the conditions f (0) = 0, f '(0) > 0.
To prove this last, consider the family 11 of all functions C = f (z) that are
regular in the domain B, that map B univalently onto domains contained in the
disk ICI < 1, and that have the properties f(O) = 0 and f'(0) > 0. This set is
nonempty since, for example, the functions f (z) = az, for 0 < a < 1 helong to it.
Let us pose the following extremal problem: Out of all the functions belong-
ing to the family 11, find the one such that f'(0) is greatest. Let us first prove
that this problem has a solution. We note that there exists a positive number p
such that the disk I z I < p is contained in the domain B and hence that, in this
disk, the functions f(z) E J are regular and satisfy the conditions of the Schwarz
lemma with R = p and M = 1. This yields f'(0) < l/p; that is, the numbers f'(0)
are bounded above. Let a denote the least upper bound of all these numbers.
From the example given above, of functions in 9, we have a > 1. Let (fn(z)(,
where n = 1, 2, ... , denote a sequence of functions in 2 such that f" '(0) --+ a.
To this sequence we apply the condensation principle, which asserts that this
sequence has a subsequence that converges inside B to a regular function fo(z)
and that satisfies the conditions f0(0) = 0 and ff (0) = a > 0. By Theorem 2 of
§1, Chapter 1 (with p = 1), the function f0(z), since it is not identically constant,
assumes in the domain B an arbitrary value at no more than one point; that is,
f0(z) is univalent in B. Finally, since the inequality I f (z)I < 1 in B implies that
Ifo(z)I < 1 in B (for If0(z)I to be equal to 1 in B is impossible by virtue of the
maximum principle), we conclude that f0(z) E 11.
Let us now show that the extremal.function f0(z) maps the domain B onto
the entire disk ICI < 1. If this were not the case, there would exist a point a in
the disk IC I < 1 that would not belong to the image of B, which we denote by B0.
Consider the two-sheeted disk ICI < 1 with unique branching point at a
(that is, the Riemann surface obtained by taking two copies of the disk ICI < 1,
making,a cut in each of them along the portion of the radius extending from a to
the circle ICI = 1 and then gluing them crosswise along the cuts). Let us map
this disk onto the one-sheeted disk Itl < 1 in such a way that the point t = 0
and the direction of the positive real axis at that point is mapped into t = 0 and
the direction of the positive real axis. To do this, we first make a fractional-
linear transformation of the disk ICI < 1 into itself in such a way that the branch
point a is mapped into the origin. Then, by means of the function VS we expand
the two-sheeted circle thus obtained into the one-sheeted disk. Finally, by means
28 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
of a new fractional-linear transformation of the disk ICI < 1 into itself we estab-
lish the required correspondence of the coordinate origins. We denote the function
that carries out this mapping by t = c(C) and its inverse byC =,i (t). Then, c(t;)
can be extended in the domain B0 along an arbitrary path and hence it is single-
valued. The function 0(t), being a rational and hence single-valued function by
construction, satisfies the conditions of the Schwarz lemma with R = 1 and M = 1,
and it is not a linear function. Therefore, t = maps the domain B0 univa-
lently onto a domain contained in the disk ti < 1. Also, '(0) < 1; that is,
0' (0) > 1. The composite function t = 0 (fo(z)) _ 0(z), c (0) = 0, c'(0) > 0, maps
the domain B onto the same domain and hence it belongs to the family 19. But
V(0) = 0'(0) fo (0) > f 0(0) = a, which contradicts the definition of a. Thus, the
function C = f0(z) maps the domain B univalently onto the entire disk.
It remains for us to prove the uniqueness of the function mentioned in the
theorem. Suppose that there are two such functions fl(z) and f2(z)- Then, the
function F(C) = fl(fZ 1(L;)), which is regular in the disk ICI < 1 must map this
disk univalently into itself. Consequently, in accordance with the Schwarz lemma,
IF(C)I < ICI in the disk ICI < 1; that is, I fl(z)I < I f2(z)I in B. By reversing the
roles of the functions f1(z) and f2(z), we can prove similarly that I fl(z)I > I f2(z)I
in B. Consequently, I fl(z)I = I f2(z)I in B. Since the function f1(z)/f2(z) is reg-
ular in B and is of constant absolute value, it follows from the maximum modu-
lus principle that fl(z) = f2(z), which proves the uniqueness. This concludes the
proof of the theorem.
We have a few remarks to make concerning Riemann's theorem.
In the first place, we note, that, under the assumptions made regarding the
domain B, there exists a unique function '= F(z) that is regular in B, that is
normalized at a finite point zo C B by the conditions F(zo) = 0 and F'(z0) = 1,
and that maps the domain B univalently onto the disk with center at C= 0 (an-
other form of Riemann's theorem). This is true because the function F(z) = fo(z)/ fo(zo)
is such a function, where f0(z), with fo(zo) = 0 and f0 (z0) > 0, is the function mentioned
in Riemann's theorem and the radius of the disk onto which the function F(z)
maps the domain B is R = 1/f' (z0). If there existed a second function = Fl(z
with F1(zo) = 0 and Fl'(zo) = 1, that maps the domain B onto a disk ICI < R1,
then by Riemann's theorem, we would have Fl(z)/ R1 = f0(z) and hence 1/R1 =
fa (zo); that is, F1(z) = fo(z)/fo (z0) = F(z). This completes the proof of the
uniqueness of the mapping function t; = F(z).
§2. RIEMANN'S THEOREM 29
The quantity R = 1/f o (zo) is called the con formal radius of the domain B at
the point zo.
Second, the proof of Riemann's theorem is based on one of the many extremal
properties of functions that map a domain B univalently onto a disk. It turns out
that a number of extremal properties of such functions hold not only in the class
of univalent functions but also in the class of all regular functions that are nor-
malized in a suitable manner. We shall now present two extremal properties of this
bind.
a) Minimization of the maximum modulus. Let B denote a simply con-
pected domain that includes z = 0 and has more that one boundary point. Let 9R
denote the set of all functions F(z) with F (0) = 0 and F '(0) = 1 that are reg-
¢lar in B. The quantity M (F) = Supze9 IF(z)I is minimized by a unique function
gnat maps the domain B univalently onto the disk I z I <R. This minimum is equal
to the con formal radius R of the domain B at the point z = 0.
Proof. Let C = f (z), with f (O) = 0 and f' (0) > 0, denote a function that maps
the domain B univalently onto the disk ICI < 1 and let z = c(t;) denote the in-
verse function. To find the minimum of the quantity M(F), we need consider only
the functions F (z) C YR for which V (F) is finite. Consider the corresponding
junctions A(C) = F (,(F). These functions are regular in the disk ICI < 1.
Also, h/(t(0) = 0 and Ir,(C)I < 1 in the disk ICJ < 1. By the Schwarz lemma, we
have P(0)1 < 1; that is, M(F) > 1/-'(O) = R. Here equality holds only for the
function A (0 _ C, that is, for the function F(z) = cf(z), where c = 1/f'(0).
This completes the proof of assertion a).
From this extremal property of the mapping function we get certain properties
of the conformal radius R of the domain B. In the first place, the conformal
radius of a domain B does not decrease under a dilation since the family K is
then decreased. In the second place, since M(z) is equal to the maximum of the
distances from the point z = 0 to boundary points of the domain B, the conformal
radius R of the domain B does not exceed this maximum. On the other hand, if
:R were less than the minimum of these distances, the function f(z) would be
regular in a disk I zl < R + c for some c > 0, F(0) = 0, and IF(z)I < R in the
disk I zI < R + E. In accordance with the Schwarz lemma, we would then have
IF'(0)I < R/(R + E) < 1, which contradicts the fact that F '(0) = 1. This, together
with what has been said above, shows that there are always boundary points of
the domain B on the circle I zI = R.
30 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
b) Lindelof s principle.11 Let 01(0 and (k2(C) denote two functions that
are regular in the disk ICI < 1. Suppose that S61(0) = 02(0). Suppose that 02([;)
is univalent. Suppose that 01(C) and 02(0 map the disk IKI < 1 onto domains
BI and B2 respectively, where BI is contained in B2. Then
1?1,(0)1 1?9(0)1,
with equality holding if and only if ¢1(0 = 02(E0' where IEI = 1.
Proof. Let t = f2(z) denote the function inverse to z = 02(x"). Then, the
function z = f2(01(0) maps the disk 1C1 < 1 onto a domain contained in the disk
I zl < 1. Also, it maps the point C = 0 into the point z = 0. Consequently
(ki (0)/¢2 (0)I _< 1 with equality holding if and only if EC, where
1Ej = 1, that is, if and only if ¢1(0 = 02(EO.
One immediate result of Lindelof's principle is the fact that the conformal
radius of a domain increases when the domain is increased
c) Minimization of area. Let B denote a simply connected domain that in-
cludes the point z = 0 and has more than one boundary point. Let R denote the
set of all functions F W with F (O) = 0 and F '(0) = 1 that are regular in B. Then
the same function F as in a) is the unique function minimizing the quantity
S(F)=551F'(z)I9da
B
(1)
2) Bieberbach [19141.
§3. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 31
the Riemann surface with which the domain B is put into one-to-one correspond-
ence by the function C = F W.
Once again, in finding the minimum of the integral (1), we need only consider
functions F (C) E 31 for which X(F) is finite. Using the same functions C = f(z)
and z = 0(C) as in a), we transform the integral (1) to the variable re`o:
If we set re is
co
that is, 21 (F) > nr I with equality holding only if al = a2 = ... = 0, that is,
a012,
only for the function F(z) = f(z)/f'(0). This completes the proof of assertion b).
The minimal property b) can then be used for an explicit construction of the map-
ping function.
Figure 1
we.denote by or, intersects infinitely many of the curves An. Let us index these
intersected curves Ank, for k = 1, 2, . Beginning with some point of intersection
§3. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 33
of the curve Ank with a, let us proceed along the curve \nk in either direction
till we get to the first point at which this curve meets one of the other boundary
radii, which obviously belongs to the boundary of the sector adjacent to a. We
denote by Ank the arc of the curve knk from this point to the first point at which
hnk touches or as we proceed along knk in the opposite direction. Except for
their endpoints, the arcs for k = 1, 2, , lie entirely in the two sectors
gdjacent to or. Let S denote whichever of the two sectors contains an infinite
IG,et of arcs Ank. For these arcs we keep the same notation for it = 1, 2, .
On Ank, we have If(z)I <Enk. We may assume that the sector S is symmetric
the real axis since we can always arrange this by considering not only the
function f(z) but the function f(eL°'z) with suitable choice of real a, which also
satisfies conditions analogous to the conditions of the lemma. Let a;;k denote
that portion of the arc Ank extending from the endpoint of lying above the
real axis to the first point at which A;,k meets the real axis. Let Ank denote the
arc symmetric to hnk about the real axis. On X nk we have I f (z )I < Enk. If we
assume that I f (z)I < 11 in B, we can now conclude that the function tA(z)
,f(z) (z--), which is regular in IzI < 1 satisfies the inequality IV'(z)I <MEnk on
the arc \;;kU A, k since one of the factors whose product is the function O(z) is
!always no greater than 4 and the other is less than Enk. On the other hand, the
function
is regular in the disk IzI < 1. Then, on the closed Jordan curve consisting of the
arc A, k U A;;k and the arc obtained from it by means of a rotation about z = 0
through angles 2a/m, 4a/m, , 2(m - 1) rr/m, we have, on the basis of similar
considerations,
EnkMIM-1
I F (z) I
The same inequality holds inside this curve and, in particular, at the point z = 0.
But F(0) = I f(0)12m. Therefore, If(0)I2m <EnkM2in-1 Since Enk -+0 as k -+80,
it follows that f(0) = 0, which contradicts the assumption made at the beginning
of the proof. This completes the proof of the lemma.
Lemma 2 (Lindelof). Suppose that the following holds: 1) The function f(z)
is regular in a domain B and I f(z)1 <M in B. 2) zo is a finite point of the do-
main B and r is a positive number such that the circle 1z - zo I = r contains an arc
34 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
If(zo)I`m
-am-' .
F(z)=f(z)f('qz)...f(,'4-'Z), (,l=e'"),
which is regular in B 1. If we let z approach the boundary of B 1 through points
of B1, then, in accordance with condition 3) of the lemma, all the limiting values
of IF(z)I will be no greater than N". But then, we shall have IF(z)I < eM"`-1
at all points of the domain B1. To see this, let M1 denote the least upper bound
of IF(z)I in B1. If M1 were greater than (M' -1 there would exist a sequence of
points zk C B1 such that IF(zk)I --, M1 as k -- oe, Let z0' denote a cluster
point of this sequence. It cannot be a boundary point of B1 because then M1
e M'_ 1. Therefore, IF(zo )I = M1; that is, IF(z)I attains a maximum at the
point z = z0', which is impossible. Thus, IF(z)I <efm-1 in B1. In particular,
since F(0) =[f(0)]'", we have If(0)Im <EMni-1, which completes the proof of
the lemma.
As a corollary of this lemma, we have the following
Lemma 3. If a function f(z) is regular and bounded in a simply connected
domain B that has more than one boundary point and if there exists a neighbor-
hood of a finite boundary point a such that the function f(z) approaches a con-
stant c as z approaches boundary points lying in this neighborhood through
points belonging to B, then f(z) = c in B.
Proof. Let us first suppose that a is also a cluster point of the set of ex-
terior points of the domain B and let the disk Iz - al < p denote the neighbor-
hood referred to in the lemma. Let zo denote an arbitrary point of the disk
§3. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 35
l z - al < p/2. Then, there exists a disk l z - zo i < r contained in the disk l z - al < p
such that there are exterior points of B on the circle lz - zoI = r and hence there
exists an arc, lying outside B. Lemma 2 with t = 0 can be applied to the function f(z) - c.
Consequently f (zo) = c. Since zo is an arbitrary point in the disk l z - al < p/2, we have
f(z) = c in B. On the other hand, if the point ao is not a cluster point of the set
of exterior points of the domain B, let us denote by b a finite boundary point
distinct from a. Then, just as in the proof of Riemann's theorem, let us use the
function z* = (z - a)/ z - b) to map the domain B univalently onto the domain B*,
which, in an arbitrary neighborhood of the point z* = 0, will have exterior points.
The function f(z) - c will now be regular as a function of z* in B. and it will
have the property mentioned in Lemma 3 at the point z = 0. Therefore, using what
we have already proved, we again obtain the result that f(z) = c in B. This com-
pletes the proof of the lemma.
Accessible boundary points. Let us now examine the behavior of the function
J= f(z), which maps a given simply connected domain B univalently onto the
disk Ill < 1 close to the boundary of the domain B. Since such a domain can be
mapped univalently by means of elementary functions onto a bounded domain,
it will be sufficient in what follows to consider the case of a bounded domain B
and it is for such a domain that we shall prove all the theorems..
First of all we note that, as points z E B approach the boundary of the do-
main B, the corresponding points C in the disk ICJ < 1 approach the circle
ICI = 1 uniformly in the sense that, for every t > 0, there exists a S > 0 such
that, if a point z C B lies at a distance less than S from the boundary of B, the
corresponding point C lies in the annulus 1 - t < ICI < 1. Specifically, we may
take for S the distance between the boundary of the domain B and the closed set
constituting the preimage of the disk ICI < 1 - t. Analogously, we can show that
if points of the disk ICI < 1 approach the circle 1, then the corresponding
points z C B approach the boundary of the domain B uniformly.
For the next step in our investigation, we introduce the concept of accessible
boundary points of a domain. A boundary point c of a domain B is said to be an
accessible boundary point if it can be joined with an arbitrary interior point of the
domain B by a continuous curve 1: z = z (t) for a < t < b that lies entirely in B
except for the endpoint c = z (b). Such a curve l can be replaced by a Jordan
curve or even by a broken line with no multiple points that consists of a finite or
infinite number of segments, in the latter case with endpoints clustering only about
c. This is true because the arc z = z (t) for b - tk _1 < t < b - tk (where rk > 0 for
36 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
Figure 3 Figure 4
1) Koebe [19151.
38 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
Let us suppose the opposite. Then, there must exist on the circle IcI = 1
two distinct points S1 and S2 such that there is on Al a sequence of arcs with
endpoints that converge to S1 and S2 and the inverse mapping function z ='
converges uniformly on these arcs to z1. Since /(C) is bounded in the disk
ICI < 1, it follows from Lemma 1, as applied to the function 40(C) - z1, that
(W) - zl - 0; that is, -0 (0 a const in ICI < 1, and this is impossible. Conse-
quently, as C moves along A1, it approaches a definite point on IcI = I.
2°. Let us show that, as z describes two curves 11 and l2 defining the
same accessible boundary point z1 of the domain B as it approaches z1, the
corresponding point describes curves Al and A2 that terminate in a single
point on the circle ICI = I.
Let us suppose that the curves Al and A2 terminate at distinct points
and S2 on the circle ICI = 1. In an arbitrary neighborhood of z1, the curves l1
and 12 can be joined by a continuous curve and hence by a Jordan curve contained
both in the domain B and in this neighborhood. Therefore, as the neighborhood is
constructed to a point, the endpoints of the corresponding Jordan curves in the
disk ICI < 1 approach `'1 and CZ. On these curves, -O(C) approaches z1 uni-
formly. In accordance with Lemma 1, we again obtain (W) __ const in ICI < 1,
which is impossible. Consequently, S1 = CZ.
3°. Let us now show that two distinct points `'1 and S2 on the circle ill = 1
correspond to two distinct accessible points z1 and zZ of the domain B. Suppose
that z1 and z2 are defined by the Jordan curves 11 and 12. We may assume that
they issue from a single point of the domain B and that they have no other points
in common in B. Let Al and A2 denote the corresponding curves in the disk
ICI < 1. Let us suppose that they terminate at a single point S1 on ICI = 1. The
closed curve Al U A2 partitions the disk into two domains, of one of which it con-
stitutes the entire boundary. Suppose that corresponding to this domain in B is a
domain B1. The curve II U 12 is mapped into its boundary. If the complex num-
bers z1 and z2 are distinct, there exists on the boundary of the domain B1 a
boundary point a of the domain B that is distinct from z1 and z2 because,
otherwise, the boundary of the domain B1 would be the open Jordan curve 11 U 12
and thus would not be bounded, in contradiction with the assumption of bounded-
ness of B (see p. 35). In a sufficiently small neighborhood of the point a, all
boundary points of the domain B 1 are also boundary points of the domain B. Con-
sequently, as z C B approaches these points, the corresponding point C must
1
approach the circle ICI = 1, that is, the point 1. In accordance with Lemma 3,
§3. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 39
this yields f(z) - S1 in B, which is impossible. On the other hand, if the com-
plex numbers z1 and z2 are equal, 11 U 12 is a closed Jordan curve which is
mapped into the boundary of the domain B1. In this case, if the domain B1 has a
boundary point distinct from points of the curve 11 U 12, this point must lie inside
the curve 11 U 12. Consequently, the hypothesis of Lemma 3 is satisfied in a suf-
ficiently small neighborhood of this point and we may again conclude that
coast in B, which again is impossible. This proves that the entire boundary of
B1 is the curve 11 U lZ. But then, in an arbitrary neighborhood of the point z1,
the curves 11 and 12 can be joined by a continuous curve lying in the domain B1
and hence in the domain B, and the curves 11 and 12 do not define distinct ac-
cessible boundary points of the domain B. This proves that S1 CZ.
4°. Finally, let us show that the set F referred to in the theorem is every-
where dense on the circle ICI = 1. Let us suppose that the circle JC1 = 1 con-
tains an arc y no points of which correspond to accessible boundary points of the
domain B. Let Co denote an interior point of this arc and let IC,, {, for n = 1,
2, ... , denote a sequence of points of the disk I I < 1 that converges to CO. The
corresponding points zn E B have at least one cluster point z0, which neces-
sarily lies on the boundary of the domain B. Let {znkI denote a subsequence
that converges to z0. Let us denote by Ink the straight line segment connecting
znk with the closest point of the boundary of the domain B. This segment defines
an accessible boundary point. From 1°, corresponding to this segment in the disk
JCj < 1 is the curve An extending from the point Cn to some point on the circle
!CI = 1 not on the arc y. Also, -O(C) approaches z0 uniformly on knk as k 00.
On each of the curves Ank, we can choose an arc such that the sequences of end-
points of these arcs converge to the point Co in the one case and to a point on the
circle ICI = 1 not on the arc y or to one of the endpoints of that arc in the other.
Then, we can apply Lemma 1 to the function O(C) - z0, and we conclude that
CI) - z6 in the disk IC` < 1, which is impossible. Consequently, the arc y de-
scribed above does not exist and the set F is everywhere dense on the circle
troduce the concept of a prime end. Suppose that we make a sequence of trans-
verse cuts Ck, for k = 1 , 2, ... , in the domain B. The cut C1 connects two
distinct accessible boundary points of the domain B and partitions it into two
40 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
domains, one of which we denote by B I. The cut C2 lies in the domain B 1, con-
nects two distinct accessible boundary points of the domain B that are not end-
points of C1, and partitions the domain B1 into two domains. Let B2 denote
whichever one of these domains has no points of the curve Cl on its boundary.
In general, the cut Cry+1 lies in Bn, connects two distinct accessible boundary
points of the domain B that are not endpoints of Cn, and partitions the domain
Bn into two domains. We denote by Bn+l whichever of these domains does not
have points of the curve Cn on its boundary. The closed domains Bn, for n =
1, 2, . , which are nested in each other, have a nonempty intersection, which
we denote by E.
Let us assume that the cuts Cn are always such that E contains only bound-
ary points of the domain B. We denote by Gn the domains in the disk ICI < 1
corresponding to the domains Bn. The closed domains Gn` also have a nonempty
intersection. If this intersection consists of a single point Co on the circle
C I = 1, the set E is called the prime end of the domain B corresponding to the
1)
point Co
It is easy to show that a prime end corresponding to a point CO on ICI = 1 is
independent of the sequence of cuts defining it. Let IC, ; and IC, I denote two
sequences of cuts defining two prime ends E' and E" corresponding to the same
point Co. Then the domains C' and Gn corresponding to the domains Bn and
B" defined by these cuts have a unique common point Co. Consequently, each of
the domains LR contains all C" beginning with some m; conversely, each of the
domains Gn contains all G' beginning with some m. This property carries over
to the domains B' and B", but then, E" C B' and E' C k' for all n; that is
E" C E' and E' C Ell. This means that the prime ends E' and E" determined
by the cuts C' and Cn consist of the same points, and this in turn means that a
prime end is completely determined only by the point Co corresponding to it.
A prime end can also be characterized independently of the sequence of cuts
C
n
defining it. Specifically, let us show that the prime end E of the domain B cor-
responding to the point C on ICI = 1 is the geometric locus of all cluster points
of sequences of points of the domain B corresponding to all possible sequences
1) (A prime end can be defined without bringing in the concept of conformal mapping,
as was done in the definition of accessible boundary points (cf., for example, Carathco-
dory [1912]).
§3. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 41
of points of the disk I CI < 1 that converge to Co. Suppose that corresponding to
the points C. --' S0, where I' < 1 and 141 = 1, is a sequence of points zn E B.
I
point Co and have as preimages in the domain B the cuts C,, determining the
prime end corresponding to the point Co. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Figure 5
As a supplement to this, we have
Theorem 3. Let E denote the set of boundary points of a domain B defined
by the cuts CR as above. For E to be a prime end of the domain B, it is neces-
sary and sufficient that E contain no more than one accessible boundary point of
the domain B.
Proof. It follows from Theorems 1 and 2 that, if E is a prime end, it cannot
contain more than a single accessible boundary point. Suppose now that E con-
tains no more than one accessible boundary point. If E were not a prime end, the
intersection of the domains GR used to define E would contain an arc of the
circle (1 = 1. On this arc, let us choose two points S1 and S2 corresponding to
the admissible boundary points z1 and z2 of the domain B. Corresponding to the
curves 11 and 12 defining these points are curves Al and A2 in the disk W < 1
that terminate at (1 and C2.
follows from the definition of ¢(40). On the other hand, if infinitely many of the
%o lie on the circle ICI = 1, then these points themselves constitute a sequence
of points Tnk -+ CO and we need to show that for them
Let c denote any positive number. Consider, in the disk IcI < 1, a sequence of
points Cnk satisfying the conditions
If the boundary of the domain B also has the property that, for any
two distinct boundary points zI and z2, the complex numbers zI and
z2, are not equal, then the function f(z) is continuous in the closed
domain B. To show this, let zo denote a point on the boundary of the domain B.
If zn E B, where n= 1, 2, ... , and zn _` z0 , then the corresponding sequence
{cn } converges to a specific point Co on the circle ICI = 1 because, otherwise,
the sequence ICn E would-have two subsequences that converge to distinct points
on 141 = 1 and then the corresponding sequences of the points zn would converge
to distinct points on the boundary of the domain B. It follows that Co is inde-
pendent of the choice of sequence zn-a zU and this proves the continuity of f(z)
on B.
If we apply what has been said to domains bounded by Jordan curves, we ob-
tain by virtue of the properties of such curves
Theorem 4.1) A univalent con formal mapping of a domain B bounded by a
closed Jordan curve onto the disk ICI < 1 maps B bicontinuously onto the closed
disk ICI < 1.
Since the above considerations are of a local nature, we can conclude imme-
diately that the following more general theorem is valid:
Theorem 4 '. If a simply connected domain B has on its boundary a Jordan
arc y, no interior point of which is a cluster point for the set of boundary points
not belonging -to y, then the function C = f(z) mapping the domain B onto the disk
ICI < 1 is continuous in B including the interior points of the arc y and it maps
the arc y bicontinuously onto an arc y' of the circle ICI = 1.
In the case of domains containing analytic arcs on the boundary, we have
Theorem 5. If a simply connected domain B has on its boundary an analytic
Jordan arc y, no interior point of which is a cluster point of the set of boundary
points not belonging to y, then f(z) is regular at interior points of the arc y and
at such points f 0(z) l 0; that is, the mapping is conformal.
Proof. Suppose that the equation of the arc y is z = z (t) , where a < t < b.
Let to denote a point in the open interval (a, b). Let z0 denote z(to). The
function z(t) can be expanded in a power series in a neighborhood of the point
t = to. If we admit complex values for 1, this series defines a regular function in
1) Caratheodory [1913].
§3. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 45
a sufficiently small neighborhood of the point to. Since z'(to) L 0 (by the defini-
tion of an analytic curve), we can choose a neighborhood sufficiently small that
it will be mapped univalently by the function z = z(t). The part gt of this neigh-
borhood lying in the upper or lower half of the t-plane is then mapped into the part
g s of the neighborhood of the point zo lying in B and having a common boundary
arc with y. The function C= f(z(t)) is regular in gt and it maps gt univalently
into the part of the neighborhood of the point Co = f(zo) lying in the disk JCJ < 1
and adjacent to the circle JC1 = 1. By Theorem 4', f(z(t)) is then continuous in
gt up to the real axis. By the symmetry principle, it can be extended in a neigh-
borhood of to across the real axis and, in particular, it is regular at the point to
itself and has a nonzero derivative at to. If t = t(z) is the inverse of the func-
tion z = z (t) , it is regular at zo and t'(zo) 0. Consequently, the function
f(z(t(z))) = f(z) is also regular at zo and f'(zo) 31 0. This completes the proof
of the theorem.
In particular, if a domain B is bounded by a closed analytic Jordan curve, a
function f(z) that maps it onto the disk 1 is regular in B and its inverse
univalently onto the domain B is continuous on the closed disk < 1. In this
case, the boundary Cof the domain B has the representation z = (eit) = z(t),
for 0 < t < 2n, where z(t) is a continuous function, so that C is a continuous
curve. Furthermore, since log[0(() - O(0)]/C is obviously a regular function in
Jt;J < 1 and is continuous on ItI'< 1, it follows that arg[O(i) - x(0)1/4 is a
harmonic function in JCJ < 1 and is continuous on ICI < 1. This means that the
increment in this argument as C moves around the circle JCJ = 1 is zero. But
this means that, as C moves around the circle JCJ = 1 in the positive direction,
the increment in arg[95(0 - 0(0)] is equal to the increment in argC, that is,
equal to 227. We take as the positive direction around the curve C the direction
in which arg(z - z0), where z0 = 0(0), acquires an increment of 27r when z
completes one encirclement. By virtue of the continuity of the increment in
dz )
(arg (z - zo))c =
z zoJ
E
n=1
(1)
The name "area theorem" is due to the fact that this theorem is the analytic
expression of the following geometric fact: under a mapping of a domain ICI > P,
where p > 1, by a function w = F(C) , a part of the plane w = u + iv of positive
area remains uncovered (the area principle). This geometrical interpretation indi-
cates the course of the proof. Specifically, the circle ICI = p, where p > 1, is
mapped by the function w = F(t;) = u + iv into the closed analytic curve w =
F(pei°) = w(t) , for 0 < t < 277, which serves as the boundary of a domain of area
S calculated from the formula
2x 2n
S= uv'dt w(t)+w(t)
2
tv (t)TP1'(t)dt
2i
2is 00
rpest+Pe tt ane Int+anetnt
lj1 L 2 + n=1 2p
00 Co
rPeit + Pe-it
XL 2
n1
=
Wane-int + naneint
29A
9
'CP - I
n=1
nlan12
pen
1) Gronwall [1914-19151.
48 11. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
and this area is positive for arbitrary p > I. If we take the limit as p -i 1, we
obtain (1).
A similar theorem holds for the corresponding p-valent functions, that is,
functions that assume no value in the domain ICI > 1 at more than p points.`)
An important consequence of inequality (1) is the fact that I all < 1, with
equality holding that is, with al = et°' if and only if a2 = a3 = - = 0, that is,
if F(C) = C+ e'1/C: This last function maps the domain ICI > 1 univalently onto
the plane with a rectilinear cut from the point w = 2e"i "2 to the point w = -2e0,1'2.
Suppose now that the function
on
f (Z) = z + c2z2 + ... ,
Cnzn (2)
n=1
is regular and univalent in the disk I zl < 1. Then, the function
(for p = 2, 3, ) is also regular and univalent in IzI < 1. The univalence follows
from the fact that, if we had ff(z1) = ff(z2), where z1 and z2 are distinct num-
bers in I z I < 1, we would have f(zP)
I
= f(zP)
2
and hence zP
1
= zP;
2
that is, z1 =
iz2, where i]P = 1. But then, since the series (2) contains only terms with powers
znp+1, where n = 0, 1, 2, , we would have ff(z1) _ iiff(z2); that is i] = 1, and
hence, z1 = z2, which contradicts the assumption.
It follows that the function
F(C)= 111 =C- 2 C +
f° c l
is univalent in the domain ICI > 1. Then, as a consequence of the area theorem,
we obtain the inequality Ice/21 _< 1, so that Ic21 _< 2 with equality holding, that
is, with c2 = 2eia, if and only if F(C) = C+ e`°' /C, that is, if and only if
The function (4) maps the disk Izi < 1 onto the plane with a cut along the ray
which issues from the point a-"`/4, and which would include the point w = 0 if produced
in the opposite direction. Thus we have obtained the result 2)
If the function (2) is regular and univalent in the disk izi < 1, then Ic2I < 2.
This is a sharp inequality.
With this bound for the coefficient c2, we can now easily obtain a covering
theorem for the same functions. Suppose that the function (2) is regular and uni-
valent in the disk I zl < 1 and suppose that c does not belong to the image of
that disk under the function (2). Then c # 0 and the function
Thus, Icl > % with equality holding only when Ice + 1/cl = I1/c I - Ic2I = 2
and 1C21 = 2, that is, C2 = -2e`o'. However, this will be the case only for the
function (4). Thus, we have obtained Koebe's covering theorem:
Theorem 2. If the function (2) is regular and univalent in the disk zI < 1,
I
then the disk Iwl < % (but not always a larger disk) is entirely covered by the
image of the disk IzI < 1 under that function. The circle Iwi = % contains points
not belonging to the image if and only if f(z) is the function (4).1)
Koebe's theorem can be put in a different form: If a function f(z) such that
f(0) = 0 is regular and univalent in I zI < 1 and does not assume the value c in
Izi < 1, then
(0) l 4c,
This follows from the application of the preceding theorem to the function f(z)/f'(0),
(5)
maps the domain ICJ > 1 univalently, if c does not belong to its image, then the
function
Ft (z)= =z+(c-ao)zs+...
F(i)-c11
is regular and univalent in IzI < 1 and, consequently, Ic - a0I < 2. From this we
obtain
Theorem 3. If the function (5) maps the domain ICI > 1 univalently, then the
entire boundary of its image is contained in the disk Iw - aoI < 2.
Another important application of a bound on the coefficient c2 is the deriva-
tion of bounds on the modulus and argument of the derivative of a univalent
function.
Suppose that the function (2) is regular and univalent in IzI < 1. Then, for
arbitrary z in IzI < 1, the function
_f Z)
b (C) = f f(f'I(z)
I(+
(1C)
s=2 ((1-z2)f,(())-22).
z
If we replace the modulus with the real and imaginary parts in this inequal-
ity and note that
These conditional inequalities hold for arbitrary z in I zI < 1. Let us see pre-
cisely when equality can hold in them. Since they were obtained by integrating
inequalities (7) with respect to r from 0 to r, for equality to hold in (8) and (9)
for some function f(z) and some z in the disk IzI < 1, it is necessary that the
corresponding equality hold in (7) along the entire straight line segment from 0 to
z, and this means that equality must also hold in (6) on the same segment. In
particular, it follows that i C2 = % I f"(0)/f' (0)I = 2. But this can be true only for
the function (4). By direct verification, we see that equality does indeed hold in
the case of this function for suitable real a. Consequently, inequality (8) gives
sharp bounds for W WI as f(z) ranges over the class of functions that are uni-
valent and regular in I zi < 1. This inequality constitutes a distortion theorems'
for this class of functions. With regard to inequality (9), which constitutes a
rotation theorem, 2) we have, for the function (4) with z # 0,
r dr = (1 z
lf(z)Idlxllzl 1
--r), I
I z I)s
.
b (l
To obtain a lower bound, we take the point on the image of the circle I zI = r
that is closest to w = 0 and we draw a line segment between it and the point
w = 0. If we then integrate the first of inequalities (8) along the curve L consti-
tuting the preimage of that line segment, we obtain
l)Bieberbach [19161.
2) Bieberbach [1919].
52 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
Izl
Here, equality can hold for z # 0 only if f(z) is the function (4), as is the case
for suitable choice of a.
So far, we have considered functions that are univalent in a disk. Let us
now prove the general distortion theorem.
Theorem 4.1) Let B denote a domain and let E denote a closed subset of B.
Then, there exists a finite positive constant M such that, for every function f(z)
that is regular and univalent in B and for arbitrary z1 and z2 in E,
1-<ILz)I_M.
M f (z.)
Proof. Without loss of generality, we may assume that E is a closed domain
contained in B. Specifically, every closed set can easily be included in some
closed domain contained in B and, if we prove inequality (11) for this domain, it
must also hold (with the same M) for any set E contained in it. Let us first
suppose that E is a closed bounded domain. Let d denote the distance between
E and the boundary of B. This distance is necessarily positive. Let us cover
the z-plane with a grid of squares of side d/4. The union of the closed squares of
the grid that contain points in E is a closed domain B'. We have E C B' C B.
Let z1 and z2 denote any two points in E. In the domain B', we can find an
n-tupl a of points 61= z 1, 621 * * " I n = z 2 such that any two consecutive points
lie in adjacent squares of the grid and the number n of them does not exceed the
number N of all squares constituting B'. The distance between the points Sk
and 6k+l (for k = 1, 2, . - , n - 1) does not exceed d/\12 < 3d/4. The disks
I z - ek I < d, for k = 1, 2, , n, all lie in the domain B. Therefore, the function
f (Ek + A) - f (Ek)
is, for each k, regular and univalent in ICI < 1. Consequently, in accordance
with (8) we have in I z I < 1
1)(Koebe [19101.)
§4. DISTORTION THEOREMS 53
Proof. We use the constructions made in the proof of the preceding theorem,
again assuming E to be a closed bounded domain. Integrating inequality (12) and
using (11), we have
3
{
If (4,1) - J (4)I
(
4
\1 41
1) CKoebe [1910].)
54 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING ON SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
that the numbers fn(0) are bounded and that the functions fn(C) are uniformly
1) Caratheodory [1912]; Bieberbach [1913]. Markusevic [1936] showed that the condi-
tions of 'Theorem 1 are also necessary and sufficient for convergence in mean of }fn(z)} to
f (z), that is, necessary and sufficient for
11m
n - ,:. S
I fn (z) -f'(z) I' da = 0,
where fn(z) is taken equal to 0 outside the domain 8 .
56 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
bounded inside the disk Kl < 1. Therefore, in accordance with Vitali's theorem,
the sequence of the functions fn(4) converges uniformly inside the disk ICI < I
to the function f(C), which is univalent in'KI < 1. Consequently, the function
z = f(C) maps the disk ICI < 1 univalently onto a domain B containing z = 0.
Let us show that B possesses the property that an arbitrary closed domain B"
is contained in all the domains Bn from some n on.
Let S > 0 denote the distance from B" to the boundary of B. Let us cover
the z-plane with a grid of squares of side 8/2 and let us consider the domain B,
constituting the union of all (closed) squares containing points of B". Then,
B" C B, and B, C B. Let A" and A" denote respectively the preimages of the
domains B" and B, under the mapping z = in ICI < 1. Then, A" C A,, and
A, is contained in the disk ICI < 1. Let S1 > 0 denote the distance from B" to
the boundary of the domain B". Then, on the boundary of the domain A,, we
have I f(C) - zol > S1 for any point zo C B". On the other hand, there exists an
N > 0 such that, for n > N, we have l fr(y) - f(C)l < S1 on the boundary of A,
since the sequence of the functions fn(C) converges uniformly inside the disk
lCl < 1. Consequently, for every n > N, Rouche's theorem can be applied to the
function
f, (Q - z0 = V n (W + VP - Zn).
In accordance with this theorem, fn(C) - z0 has a zero in the domain A,. This
means that the image of the domain A, under the mapping z = f(C), where n > N,
contains an arbitrary point z0 C B". Thus, every closed domain contained in B
and hence every closed subset of B is contained in all the domains Bn from some
n on. Let us show that B is the largest domain possessing this property.
Let B' denote any domain other than B that contains z = 0 and possesses
this property. Then, from some n on, each function 0n(z) is bounded on an
arbitrary closed subset of the domain B' and the set of such functions is uni-
formly bounded. It follows that the condensation principle can be applied to the
sequence lon(z) 1. Let us choose from the sequence 10n(z)l an arbitrary subsequence
lonk(z)1 that converges uniformly inside the domain B' to a regular function O(z)
such that 0(0) = 0 and 0'(0) > 0. Since
univalent in B', Let us show that c(z) is the inverse of the function f(C). Let
Co denote an arbitrary point in the disk IQ < 1. Let Co (C B) denote the point
f(C0). Let t denote a positive number such that the circle IC- CoI = e is con-
tained in the disk 1. Let m denote a positive number such that 1g) - z0I > m
on that circle. On the other hand, for k > K, we have I fnk(S) - f(01 < in on the circle
K - coI = c. We again conclude from Rouche's theorem that the functions
fn zo for k > K each have a zero, which we denote by Ck, in the disk
'?- CoI <e. We have fnk(Ck) = zo, and C. = 0n (z0) for k > K. As k -- oc, the
Ck -+ O(z0), so that O(z0) belongs to the disk JC- CoI <e. Since a is an arbi-
trary positive number, we see that O(z0) = Co. Thus, we have shown that z0 =
f(r;o) implies Co = /(z0); that is, O(z) is the inverse of the function f(c).
Since this line of reasoning can be applied to any convergent subsequence of the
sequence {on(z)} and the limit function is always the function O(z) inverse to
f(r;), the sequence {0n(z)I itself converges in the domain B' to the function
0 W. The function J = 0 (z) maps the domain B ' onto a domain A. Since
ICbn(z)I < 1 in Bn, it follows that JO(z)1 < 1 in B '; that is, A is contained in
the disk ICI < 1.
This last fact enables us to show that B' C B. If z0 C B' and SD = o(z0),
then ICoI < 1 and, consequently, z0 = f(Co) C B; that is, every point in the do-
main B' belongs to the domain B also. Thus, B is the largest domain contain-
ing z = 0 that possesses the property that any closed subset of it belongs to all
domains Bn from some n on; that is, B is the kernel of the sequence of domains
B
n
. It follows that B has more than one boundary point.
Let us now take an arbitrary subsequence Bni, BnZ, .. , of the domains Bn.
If we apply the conclusion just obtained to the corresponding subsequence fn1(0,
fn2(J), of the functions fn(S), which converges to the function f(4) , we see
that the function z = f(C) also maps the disk 1 onto the kernel of the sub-
sequence JB }, and therefore this kernel coincides with B. This shows that
B --* B, so that we have proved the necessity of the condition of the theorem and
n
have also proved the supplementary conclusions mentioned in the theorem.
2°. Sufficiency. Now, suppose that Bn _., B and suppose that the kernel B
either consists of the single point z = 0 or is a domain having more than one
boundary point.
sy
First, let us suppose B consists only of the point z = 0. If f'n (0) did not
converge to 0, there would be a subsequence ifnk(S)l such that, for each k,
58 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
>(1+IC
),
throughout. the disk I I < 1. Consequently, the kernel B would not consist of a
single point. But if f'(0) -. 0, then, for all ( in the disk ICI < 1,
Ifn(t)ICIfn(0)I(l.l
Consequently, fn(C) -+ 0 in ICI < 1. This proves the convergence of the se-
quence }fn(()}.
Now, let us look at the case when the kernel B is a domain having more
than one boundary point. In this case, the numbers Q0) are bounded, because
otherwise we would have a subsequence {fnk(0)} that approaches oo and we would
conclude from the inequality
that the images of the disk 141 < 1 under the mappings z = fnk(c), from some k
on, contain an arbitrary given disk I zI < R, which would contradict the conver-
gence of 1B.I to B. It follows from what we have proved that the functions fn(0
are uniformly bounded inside the disk ICI < 1. Let us suppose now that the se-
quence if,,(C) I does not converge at the point Co such that ItOI < 1. Then, there
exist two subsequences }fn,(01 and If ,,(0} that converge in ICI < 1 to two
distinct functions f+(C) and f«+(C).
If neither f+(0 nor f+«(0 is identically equal to zero, then, from the proof
of necessity as applied to the sequences and }f ,,(()}, we obtain the
result that the functions z = f+(0 and z = map the disk ICI < 1 onto the
kernel of the sequences }B.,I and {BR,, }, that is, onto the domain B. Note that
we have f+(0) = 0, f; (0) > 0; f++(0) = 0, f;+(0) > 0. Therefore, by virtue of the
uniqueness asserted in Riemann's theorem, we have f+(C) and this con-
tradicts our assumption.
On the other hand, if one of the functions f. (C), is identically equal
to zero, the other cannot be identically equal to zero or they would again be
identically equal to each other. By applying the necessity of the condition of
the theorem, we conclude that the kernel of one of the sequences {B,, }, }B,,,,}
§5. CONVERGENCE THEOREMS 59
consists of the point z = 0 and that the kernel of the other sequence is
some domain, so that the sequence {Br) does not converge to a kernel.
Again, we have reached a contradiction. Thus, the sequence {fY)I must
converge in the disk ICI < 1 to a finite function. Furthermore, in accordance with
Vitali's theorem, the convergence is uniform inside the disk CI < I. This com-
pletes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 1 gives the conditions for convergence of univalent functions only
in.the open disk ICI < 1. For the convergence of univalent functions in the closed
disk I CI < 1, we give the following theorem, confining ourselves to domains of the
Jordan type.
Theorem 2.1) Let {Bn } n= 1, 2, ... , denote a sequence of simply connected
domains each including the point z = 0 and each bounded by a Jordan curve. De-
note the boundary of Bn by Cn. Suppose that the sequence 1B n' converges to a
domain B (its kernel) bounded by a Jordan curve C. Let Ifn W I denote a se-
quence of functions fn(C) such that, for each n, fn(0) = 0, f'(0) > 0, and fn(O
maps the open disk C1 < 1 onto the domain Bn. For the sequence 1fn(C)} to con-
verge uniformly on the closed disk 1 to a function z = f(0 that vanishes at
0, has positive first derivative at 0, and maps the open disk ICI < 1 onto the do-
main B, it is necessary and sufficient that for every t > 0 there exists a number
N > 0 such that, for n > N, there exists a continuous one-to-one correspondence
between the points of the curves Cn and C such that the distance between any
point of Cn and-the corresponding point of C will be less than E.
Proof of the necessity. If fn(C) f(C) uniformly on ICI < 1, then, by con-
sidering the points zn = fn(C) and z = f(C) as corresponding points on the curves
C and C for each value of C on the circle ICI = 1, this establishes a one-to-
one continuous correspondence between Cn and C with the property stated in
the theorem.
Proof of the sufficiency. We first prove that under the condition of the
theorem, the set of functions fn(C) is equicontinuous on the circle ICI = 1. Let
us suppose the opposite. Then, there exists a S > 0, a sequence of positive
integers nk, k = 1 , 2, ... , increasing without bound as k increases, and two se-
quences and of points on the circle 1 such that when k
1) Rado [1922-1923]. In the case of domains with arbitrary boundaries, the question
has been thoroughly investigated by Marlcusevic [1936].
60 H. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
C' k
r 0, and
I fnk (Ck) _-fnk (Ck) I > 8.
Then, for k > K, there are no points rk in the open disk I z - cI <77/2.
To show this, let us suppose that, for some k > K, there exists a point
dk E rk that lies in that disk. Let ck and dk denote the points on C corre-
sponding to the points ck and dk. We have
the part of the arc a ' between ck and dk on Cnk is an arc containing one of the
points ak or bk, let us say, ak. Consequently, the point on C corresponding to
ak lies on the arc a' and its distance from a exceeds q, which contradicts the
first of inequalities (1). Thus, for k > K, every point of the curve Cnk in the disk
z - cl < rl/2 is a point of the arc ak.
For k > K, we define the function Ok(z) = Onk(z) - a, where Onk(z) is the
inverse of the function fnk(0. This function is regular in Bnk. Setting Ek =
we see that Ek -+ 0 as k -+ o. Now, let zo denote an arbitrary
point of B that lies inside the disk lz- cl < rl/4. Around this point, let us draw
the circle lz - z0l = 71/2. On this circle there are exterior points of the domain B
and hence an arc y lying outside B and having a central angle of 2n/m, where m
,js a positive integer. For k greater than some number K1 > K, this arc lies out-
side Bnk and z0 lies in the interior of Bnk. The limiting values of tk(z)l as z
l
approaches boundary points of the domain Bnk that lie in the disk i z - z0l < rl/4
do not exceed Ek since there are no points of the arc rk in the disk l z - z0l < q/4.
Lemma 2 of §3 is now applicable. In the present case, M = 2 and r = Ek. There-
fore, for k > K1, we have
l
7k z0) l C m Ek`Zm-1.
But as k -+ o, the sequence fik(zO) converges to O(z0) - a, where O(z) is a
function mapping the domain B onto the disk l zl < 1. Consequently, q(z0) - a = 0;
that is, ¢(z) = a for all points z C B in the disk l z - cl < 77/2 and hence every-
where in B, which is impossible. This contradiction proves the equicontinuity of
the functions fn(c) on the circle 1. The functions fn(C) are also uniformly
bounded on ICI = 1. Reasoning as in subsections 2° and 3° of the proof of the
:condensation principle, let us show that the sequence (fn(0 l contains a subse-
ltence that converges on some set that is everywhere dense on the circle
And then let us prove that this sequence converges uniformly on 1. Such a
`! oice can be made from an arbitrary subsequence of the sequence (fn(C){. This
Obables us to show that the sequence Ifn(O} itself converges on Kl = 1.
Specifically, if the sequence (fn(C)I did not converge at some point on
!, = 1, we could choose two subsequences of it that converge uniformly on the
!8 rcle 1 and consequently in the disk Kl < 1 to two distinct functions that
Ste regular in the open disk ICI < 1 and continuous on the closed disk
Out this is impossible because, by Theorem 1, the sequence ffn(o I converges in
62 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
ICI < 1 to a unique function. Having proved the convergence of the sequence
(fn(01 on the circle ICI = 1, we again keep in mind the equicontinuiry and uni-
form boundedness of the functions fn(s) to show, just as in subsection 3 of §2 of Chap.
ter I, that the sequence (fn(0j converges uniformly on the circle ICI = 1 and
hence on the closed disk ICI < 1. Obviously, the limit function is f(C). This
completes the proof of the theorem.
L1, L2, L3. This is true because under these inversions, an arbitrary circle is
mapped into a circle and the circle I zl = 1, being orthogonal to all the circles
across which the extension is made, is mapped into itself. In the domains B 1,
B2, and B3, the function 4=µ(z) is regular and it maps each of these domains
onto the halfplane (4) <0. Consequently, Et (z) is regular in the domain B'
,constituting the union of the domains B, B17 B2 and B3. However, it is no longer
univalent in this domain since it assumes at three points of the domain B' every
value of the halfplane (C) < 0. If we think of three halfplanes ``(C) < 0 ob-
tained by mapping the three domains B1, B2 and B3 as lying one above the other
and connected with the halfplane Z(C) > 0 along segments L11, LZ and L' re-
spectively, we obtain a Riemann surface onto which the function C+ Et (z) maps
the domain B ' bijectively. On the boundary of B ', the function C= t (z) is real.
The domain B' is a circular hexagon with zero angles inscribed in the circle
JzJ = 1. The sides of this hexagon are orthogonal to that circle. Let us repeat
this procedure with the domain B'; that is, let us extend the function Et(z) past
the six sides of B' into the domains obtained from the domains B1, B2 and B3
by inversions about the corresponding sides. The function µ(z) is regular in each
of the six newly obtained domains and it maps them onto the halfplanes ` (c) > 0.-
Let us think of these halfplanes as being distinct and joined along suitable seg-
ments L 1, L 2' and L 3 of the real axis with the halfplanes NJ (C) < 0 that we al-
ready have. Consequently, the function C= Et (z) is regular in the newly obtained
domain B ", which is a circular duodecagon. It maps B " objectively onto the
Riemann surface consisting of seven upper and three lower planes connected in a
suitable manner along L1, L2' and L.
If we continue this extension process indefinitely, we get, on the one hand,
a "modular" grid in the z-plane composed of an infinite set of circular triangles
with zero angles all contained in the disk I zl < 1 and having sides orthogonal to
the circle Izl = 1 and, on the other hand, a Riemann surface lying over the c-plane
and consisting of an infinite set of halfplanes connected with each other along
suitable segments Li, LZ and L3 of the real axis.
Let us show that the domain B' consisting of the union of all triangles constitut-
ing the modular grid coincides with the entire disk I zl < 1. To do this, it will be
sufficient to show that the set of vertices of the triangle of the grid is everywhere
dense on the circle Izl = 1. Let us suppose the opposite, namely, that this circle
contains an arc y that does not include any vertex of any of the triangles consti-
tuting the grid. Then there exists a sequence i l n j , n = 1, 2, ... , of arcs of the
64 H. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
grid, each arc resting on a y-containing arc of the circle I zl = 1, that converges
to an arc L of that circle. Obviously, the arc L is orthogonal to the circle
I zl = 1 and it rests on an arc y' containing y. Then, there are no points of the
domain B* between y' and L. But this is impossible because, for sufficiently
large n, the inversion about the arc In of the entire polygonal domain Bck> whose
boundary contains this arc maps the point z = 0 into a point between y 'and L,
and hence there are points of B' between y' and L. This shows that the set of
vertices of the modular grid is everywhere dense on the circle Izl = 1 and hence
that the domain B* coincides with the entire disk I zl < 1. Therefore, the func-
tion µ(z) is regular in the disk Izl < 1 and it maps that disk bijectively and con-
formally onto the infinite-sheeted Riemann surface mentioned above. The function
µ(z) assumes every value other than 0, 1, and oe infinitely many times in the
disk Izl < 1. On the other hand, it does not assume these three values anywhere
in that disk. With regard to the points of the circle I zl = 1, these are all singular
points of the function µ(z) because an arbitrary neighborhood of each such point
contains infinitely many triangles of the modular grid and hence µ(z) assumes in
the subset of this neighborhood contained in I zl < 1 all values other than 0, 1,
and °°. Consequently, µ (z) cannot be extended outside the disk I zl < 1 and this
disk constitutes its entire domain of definition. In this case, we say that the
circle Izl = I is the natural boundary for µ(z). The inverse function A((), de-
fined by any element, can be extended to the (-plane along an arbitrary path that
does not pass through 0, 1, or oo. Here, IA(t) < 1 everywhere, though A(C) is
obviously a multiple-valued function.
The function µ(z) is called a modular function and the Riemann surface onto
which it maps the disk I zl < 1 bijectively is called a modular Riemann surface.
This name is due to the connection between µ(z) and certain quantities encoun-
tered in the theory of elliptic functions and called moduli.
The modular function µ(z) possesses the remarkable property of invariance
under a certain group of fractional-linear transformations of the argument. Specif-
fically, fractional-linear transformations composed of an even number of inversions
of the type encountered above constitute a group of transformations of the argu-
ment under which µ(z) does not change its values. Single-valued analytic func-
tions that remain unchanged under a certain group of fractional-linear transforma-
tions of the argument are called automorphic functions, Examples of automorphic
functions with infinite groups are trigonometric and elliptic functions. Next to
elliptic functions, a modular function is the simplest nonelementary example of an
§6. MODULAR AND AUTOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS 65
automorphic function with an infinite group. We obtain other very simple automor-
phic functions if we consider a mapping onto the halfplan e ` (C) > 0 of a domain
B contained in the disk Izl < 1, where B is an arbitrary circular triangle all sides
of which are orthogonal to the circle I zI = 1 and all interior angles of which are
nonzero. If the interior angles of this triangle have values it/ml, rr/m2, an d
rr/m3, where ml, m2, and m3 are positive integers, then, just as in the case of
modular functions, the function C _ 0 (z) , which maps the domain B univalently
onto the halfplane ` (C) > 0, can be extended to the entire disk I zl < 1. This extension
is regular in I zl < 1 except at points that are mapped into - and are poles of 0(z), and
it maps the disk IzJ < 1 onto a many-sheeted Riemann surface lying over the entire C-
plane. To prove the extendability of 0(z) to the entire disk I z I < 1, let us prove first that
the vertices of the triangular grid, all of which now lie in the disk I zI < 1, have
no cluster points inside the disk Iz) < 1 (see Figure 7). Let us suppose, to the
contrary, that zo is a cluster point of the set of vertices of the grid and let {zk i,
Figure 7
for k = 1, 2, , denote a sequence of distinct vertices of the grid that con-
verges to z0. Since these points zk are vertices of triangles Ak, for k = 1,
2, .. , obtained from B by an even number of inversions, that is, by certain
fractional-linear transformations z ' = Tk(z) , where k = 1 , 2, , of the disk
IzI < 1 into itself included in the group of transformations that leave the function
S6(z) invariant, it will be sufficient to show that the functions Tk(z) map the ver-
tices of the domain B into a set of points that has no cluster points in I zI < 1.
We may assume that the zk are such that the triangular grids with vertices at the
points zk for different values of k have no points in common, since otherwise we
could shift to a subsequence of the sequence {zk { for which this would be the
66 If. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
case. Let a denote one of the vertices of the domain B and suppose that the
disk I z - al < p, p > 0, lies entirely in a domain composed of triangles of the
grid with vertices at a. The functions z ' = Tn(z), n = 1, 2, . . , map this disk
onto disjoint disks Kn contained in I zI < 1. Since the functions
so that 1 and --. 1 as n --+ oo. This proves that the sequence lan I has no cluster
points in I zl < 1. The situation is analogous with the remaining vertices of the
domain B. Since each of the points zk is the image of a vertex of the triangle B
under one of the functions z' = Tn(z), it follows that the sequence lzk l also has
no cluster points in I z I < 1.
Let us show now that any point z in the disk I z( < 1 belongs to one of the
triangles of the grid or lies on its boundary. Let us suppose the opposite, that is,
that there exists a point z in the disk Iz1I < 1 that does not belong to any tri-
1
angle of the grid. Let us draw a line segment from zi to some point of the domain
B. We conclude that this segment contains points of an infinite set of triangles of
the grid since it would otherwise be possible to get from B to zI by means of a
finite number of inversions and the point zi would belong to some triangle of the
grid. From this infinite set of triangles, we choose a sequence of triangles such
that the sequences of their vertices converge to limits a, /3 and y, which must
necessarily lie on the circle I zl = 1. If all three points a, 8, and y are distinct,
the sequence of the triangles themselves must converge to a circular triangle with
vertices a, 0, and y and with sides orthogonal to I zl = 1, that is, to a triangle
§7. NORMAL FAMILIES OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 67
with zero angles, which is impossible. On the other hand, if only two of the points
a, 0, and y are distinct, the sequence of these triangles converges to some arc
of a circle orthogonal to the circle I z+ = 1, which again is impossible. Finally,
if a, 0, and y coincide, the triangles must be constricted to a point. But this
too is impossible since all these triangles contain points of the segment joining
z 1 with some point of the domain B. This contradiction shows that the triangular
grid entirely covers the disk I zl < 1.
function or to - and the convergence is uniform in each of the disks Iz - rkl <
Pk/2, k = 1, 2,. .. Let us show that it also converges uniformly in B. If E is a
68 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
1) Mantel [19271.
§7. NORMAL FAMILIES OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 69
triangle or in one of the adjacent triangles. We apply to the functions 0 f(z) the
principle of condensation of analytic functions.
Now consider an arbitrary sequence [fn(z)j of functions fn(z) E R. Let us
look first at the case when the set of numbers fn(zo) has a cluster point a other
than 0, -1, or e. Let jfn,(z)I denote a subsequence of the functions fn(z) such
that fn, (zo) --, a as n' -. -. The sequence (difn (z)), where 0fn, (z) = X(fn,)) has a sub-
sequence {(kfnk (z)) that converges uniformly inside B to a regular function O(z).
We have I(k(z)I < 1 in B. Here, equality cannot hold at any point of the domain
B because we would then have O(z) = const = e" Y and, in particular, O(z0) = e`y,
that is, I.0 fn (z0)l ---+ 1, which in turn can be the case only if [fnk(z0)j converges
k
to 0 or I or 00. Thus, I¢i(z)I < 1 in B. Now, let E denote an arbitrary closed
subset of B. On this set, JO(z)1 <q, where q < 1. Let q' denote a number such
that g <q ' < 1. By virtue of the uniform convergence of the sequence 10 fnk(z)I
on E, there exists a positive number K such that, for k > K, we have
,cf (z) - O(z)1 <q' -q on E. Consequently, for k > K and z E E, we have
nk
IOfn WI <q'. But the function C= p(w) inverse to w = X(C) is regular in
k
Iwi < 1. Consequently, µ(w) is bounded for Iwi <q'; let us say ,(A(w)l <M.
Therefore, for k> K, we have IFL(X(f,, (z)) I <M on E; that is, I fnk(z)I <M.
This proves the uniform boundedness of the functions fnk(z) in the interior of B.
But now we can choose from the sequence If W I a new subsequence that con-
nk
verges uniformly in the interior of B to a regular function. Thus, in the present
case, we have succeeded in choosing from the sequence i fn(z) f a subsequence
that converges uniformly in the interior of B to a regular function.
Now, let us look at the case in which the sequence ifn(z0)I has no cluster
points other than 0, 1 and 00. Then, if 1 is a cluster point of the sequence, let
us consider a sequence of functions Fn(z) = fn (z) defined (by virtue of the
double value of the radical) in such a way that Fn(zo) *-1 as n --* oo. The
functions Fn(z) are regular in B and they do not assume in B the values 0 and
1. Consequently, they come under the case just considered with a = -1. There-
fore, the sequence IFn(z)) contains a subsequence (Fnk (z)I that converges uni-
formly in the interior of B to a regular function F(z). But then the sequence of
the functions [Fnk(z)]2 = fnk(z) also converges uniformly in the interior of B to
a regular function. Furthermore, if 0 is a cluster point of the set of numbers
fn(zo), then the functions Fn(z) = 1 - fn(z), which are regular in B, do not
assume in B the values 0 and 1, and the limit of the sequence of their values
70 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
at the point z0 is the number 1. Consequently, these functions come under the
case considered above, and we can choose from their sequence a subsequence
}Fn (z)} that converges uniformly in the interior of B to a regular function. The
k
same is true of the sequence of the functions fnk(z). Finally, if oo is the only
cluster point of the set of numbers fn(z), then the functions Fn(z) = 1/fn(z) are
regular in B, they do not assume in B the values 0 and 1, and the sequence of their
values at the point zo approaches zero. Consequently, the sequence of these
functions contains a subsequence }Fnk (z)} that converges uniformly in the in-
terior of B to a regular function F(z). Furthermore, F(zo) = 0. It follows that
the function F(z) is identically equal to zero because otherwise, just as in the
proof of Theorem 2 of §1 of Chapter I, we could show on the basis of Rouche's
theorem that all the functions Fnk(z) beginning with some n have zeros in an
arbitrary neighborhood of the point zo, which is impossible. Consequently,
fnk(z) -+ oo uniformly in the interior of B; that is, }fnk(z)} is the desired subse-
quence of the functions fn(z). This completes the proof of the fundamental
normality test.
Theorem 2 (generalized normality test).') Let -9 denote a family of func-
P
tions f(z) that are regular in a domain B. Suppose that there exist two distinct
finite numbers a and b such that not a single function in the family 111 assumes
the value a anywhere in B and no single function in t assumes the value b at
more than p points in B. Then 2 is normal in B.
Proof. Again, we may assume that the numbers a and b are 0 and 1. Let
I nf (z)} denote an arbitrary sequence of functions belonging to l P . Consider the
functions gn(z) = P+1 fn (z) with arbitrary choice of value of the radicals. These
functions are regular in B and do not vanish anywhere in B. Let ql, 'q2, ... ,
. . , ?P+1 denote the different values of the (p + 1) st root of unity. Then none
of the functions gn(z) assume any of these values in B because otherwise some
of the functions fn(z) would assume the value 1 at more than p points of the do-
main B. Suppose that gn(z) 'qnz in B. The functions h(z) = gn(z)/><,Rn, which
n
are regular in B, do not assume in B the values 0 and 1. Consequently, in accord-
ance with the fundamental normality test, the sequence }hn(z) } contains a sub-
sequence {hnk(z)} that converges uniformly in the interior of B to a regular
function or to o. The corresponding sequence } fnk(z) } also converges uniformly
1) Montel [1927].
§7. NORMAL FAMILIES OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 71
in the interior of B to a regular function or to oo. This completes the proof of the
generalized normality test.
These two normality tests have a number of remarkable applications in ques-
tions regarding the behavior of analytic functions in a neighborhood of essential
singularities and in covering questions.
We present some of these applications.
Theorem 3.1) Let z = 0 denote an essential singularity of the function f(z).
Then the sequence lfn(z)I, where fn(z) = f(z/2"), for n = 1, 2, . , is not a
normal family in any neighborhood of z = 0 or even at the point z = 0 itself.
Proof. Let us take an arbitrary domain 0 < IzI < c in which f (z) is regular,
and let us suppose that the functions fn(z) = f(z/2") constitute a normal family
in that domain. If {fn(z) } contains a subsequence (fnk(z) I , for k = 1 , 2, . , that
converges uniformly inside the domain 0 < I zI < c to a regular function, then the
functions fnk(z) are uniformly bounded inside that domain and, in particular, on
the circle Izj = c/2. Suppose, for example, that I fnk(z)I < M on IzI = c/2. But the
functions fnk(z) assume on IzI =c/2 the same values as f(z) on IzI =E/2"k+1
n+k1+1
Consequently, the inequality I f(z)I <M holds on all the circles IzI = /2 1 ;
hence, it holds between them, that is, in the entire domain 0 < I zI < c/2 , and
this is impossible for the essential singularity z = 0. On the other hand, if all
convergent subsequences of ifn(z)l converge only to D, let us show that the point
z = 0 is not a cluster point of the zeros of the function f(z). Let us suppose that,
to the contrary, for any c > 0, there exists a sequence of distinct numbers zk
such that 0 < I zk I < c/2 and f(zk) = 0 for all k = 1, 2, . We may assume that
nk,
zk = zk %2 where c/4 < I zk I < c/2. The sequence {fnk(z) I cannot have a sub-
sequence that converges in 0 < IzI < c to oc since there are no zeros in the an-
nulus c/4 < I zI < c/2. Consequently, a convergent subsequence of this function,
which is also a subsequence of the sequence {fn(z)1, converges to a regular func-
tion and this in turn contradicts our assumption. Therefore, the functions (b n(z) _
l/fn(z) are, beginning with some n, regular in the domain 0 < I zl <,E , and the
subsequences {gnk(z)I converge to the identically-zero function. This implies,
as above, that the function O(z) = l/f(z) , 0 as z 0, so that f(z)
which is impossible. This completes the proof of the theorem.
1) Montel [1927].
72 R. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
also do not assume the values a and b in that neighborhood. Consequently, they
constitute a normal family, which, by Theorem 3, is impossible.
Theorem 5.2) Let zo denote an essential singularity of the function f(z).
Then, there exists a ray 1 issuing from zo such that, for every neighborhood of
the point zo and every sector, with vertex at zo that is bisected by 1, the func-
tion f(z) assumes all finite values with one possible exception in the portion of
that neighborhood lying in that sector.
Proof. Again we can assume that zo = 0. Let I zj <r denote the given neigh-
borhood in which f(z) is regular except at z = 0. Since the family 9R of functions
fn(z) = f (z/2n), n = 1, 2, , is not normal in the domain 0 < I zI < e, there exists
a point z1 in the domain 0 < I z1I <e at which it is not normal. The ray 1 pass-
ing through z1 will meet the requirements of the theorem. To show this, let us
take an arbitrarily small angle with vertex at z = 0 and bisector I and let us
take a neighborhood U21 of the point z1 that lies entirely in that angle and in
the domain 0 < IzI <r. Since ) is nonnormal in UZ1, it follows that, for every
finite number a, with one possible exception, among the functions fn(z) there is
a function fn,(z) that assumes the value a in U. But fn, (z) assumes in Uz1
the same values as does f(z) in the disk obtained from 1
by means of the sim-
U.-
ilarity transformation z' = z/2n'. Since this disk is contained in the disk I zI < e
and in the angle indicated above, f(z) assumes the value a in their intersection.
This completes the proof of the theorem.
Let us now turn to the covering theorems. In §4, we proved Koebe's covering
theorem, which asserts that, if a function f(z) = z + c2z2 + is regular and
univalent in I zI < 1, then the image of the disk I zI < 1 under this function com-
pletely covers the disk JwI < 1; that is, the disk is one and the same for all
1) That there can exist one finite value never assumed by f(z) is illustrated by the
function f(Y) = e1/ z, which has a singularity at z = 0 and yet f(z) /0 for z 0.
2) Julia [19241.
§7. NORMAL FAMILIES OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 73
functions of this kind. The corresponding assertion for the entire class of func-
tions f(z) = z + c2z2 + that are regular in I zl < 1 is not valid; that is, we
cannot exhibit a disk of positive radius with center at the origin that is entirely
covered by the image of the disk I zj < 1 under the mapping of each such function
because, for example, the function
f(z)=l-(l-z)R
n
=z+c$ z$-}-...
is regular in I zj < 1 for arbitrary given n 0 but it does not assume in I zl < 1
the value 1/n, which can be made arbitrarily close to zero for n sufficiently
great. On the other hand, we do have the following covering theorems:
Theorem 6.1) For the family of all functions w = f(z) = z + c2z2 + that
are regular in Izj < 1 and assume the value 0 at no more than p points of the
disk I zj < 1, there exists a p > 0 such that the image of the disk I zj < 1 under
an arbitrary function of the family completely covers the disk JwI < p.
Proof. Suppose that no p > 0 with the property described in the theorem
exists. Then there must exist a sequence of numbers an that approaches 0 as
n and a sequence of functions fn(z), for n = 1, 2, , of the family in ques-.
.lion such that, for every n, fn(z) 3L an. The functions on(z) = fn(z)/an, for n =
1 , 2, ... , constitute in i zj < 1 a family of functions that do not assume the value
1 at all and do not assume the value zero at more than p points of the disk Izl < I.
Consequently, in accordance with the generalized normality test, this family is
normal in I zI < 1. Since n(0) = 0, it is also uniformly bounded in the interior of
the disk Izj < 1. Let {onk(z)} denote a subsequence that converges uniformly in
the interior of the disk jzi < I to a regular function (k(z). Then, 9 nk ' (0) _
1/ank which contradicts the fact that ak -. 0. This completes the
proof of the theorem. .
Theorem 7.2) For arbitrary c in the open interval (0, 21r), there exists a
pF > 0 such that the image of the disk I zj < 1 under any function w = f(z) = z +
c2z2 + that is regular in j zl < 1 covers some circular sector of radius pE with
center at z = 0 and with central angle 2rr - e.
1) Fekete [1925]. For p = 1, the theorem was proved by Caratheodory with an indica-
tion of the best value for P. For more on this, cf. end of §1, Chapter III.
2) Valiron [1927]. Valiron proved only the existence of p . Bermant and Lavrent' ev
[1935] found by a different procedure the best values for pE depending on E. This value is
given in terms of an extremum of an expression consisting of a function inverse to the
modular function.
74 II. CONFORMAL MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
Proof. Obviously, we may assume that c < n. Suppose that no pE > 0 with
the property described in the theorem exists. Then there exist number sequences
{an I and ((3n ( that approach zero as n -+ oo such that the difference On =
argon - arg an lies, for each n, between c and it and a sequence of functions
fn(z) = z + . , for n = 1, 2, ... , that are regular in I zI < 1 and such that, for
every n = 1 , 2, .. and every z in I z+ < 1, we have fn(z) L an and fn(z) An . if
On < n/2, then, by dropping a perpendicular from the point an to the line segment
connecting the points 0 and fan, we see that lien - and is greater than the
length of that perpendicular, which is equal to I an' sin (S and therefore not less
than Ianl sin a. Consequently, we have INn - ani > Ianl sin c; that is,
Ian/( fan - an)I < 1/sin E. On the other hand, if On > n/2, it follows from this
same construction that Ion - an' > Ianl. Consequently, we again have
an/((3n - an)I < 1 < 1/slot. Let us now consider the functions on(z) _
[f(z) - an] /(on - an), where n = 1, 2,.... These functions do not assume the
values 0 and 1 in the disk IzI < 1. Consequently, they constitute a normal family.
Furthermore, the numbers On(o) _ -an/((n - an) are bounded. This means that
the family is uniformly bounded in the interior of the disk IzI < 1. Let 10nk(z)
denote a subsequence that converges uniformly in the interior of the disk I zI < 1
to a regular function O(z). Since On k(0) --. 0'(0), it follows that 1,(nk ark)
-
q'(0), which is impossible since ark and (ink approach zero. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 8.1) Let K denote an annulus R1 < IwI < R2 and let p denote a
positive number. Then, there exists a positive number p such that the image of
the disk IzI < 1 under each of the functions w = f (z) = z + c2z2 + that is
regular in IzI < 1 either covers the disk IwI < p or assumes every value w in
the annulus K at no fewer than p points of the disk IzI < 1.
Proof. Let us suppose that the theorem is not true. Then, there exist se-
quences IanI and tonI such that an --, 0 as n - and INnI belongs, for each
n, to the interval (R1, R2) and a sequence ifn(z)l of functions fn( z) = z + - .
that are regular in I zI < 1 such that, for every z in IzI < 1, we have fn(z) # an
for every n and fn(z) = An for no more than p - 1 values of z. But the functions
On(z) = [fn(z) - a]/((3n - an) do not assume the value 0 in IzI < 1 and they
assume the value 1 in that disk at no more than p - 1 points. Consequently,
1) Montel [1933].
§7. NORMAL FAMILIES OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 75
1) Landau [1922].
2) A more profound study of the modular function led Bermant [1944] to a number of
generalizations and sharpenings of Theorems B-10.
CHAPTER III
76
§1. DOMAINS BOUNDED BY POLYGONS 77
sponding angle are parallel, we assume the value of the interior angle to be 0. On
the other hand, if the sides diverge at a vertex Ak = oc but their extensions meet
at a finite point A k forming an angle of rrak directed toward the vertex A k, we
take nak = -nak . With these conventions, ak can also assume values from - 2
to + 2.
Of course, the cases ak = 2, - 1, and - 2 should be understood as limiting
cases.
Under these conditions, if the domain B is mapped univalently onto the half-
plane -`- (C) > 0 and if points ak, k = 1, 2, - - , n, on the real axis of the C_
Plane are mapped onto the vertices Ak , then, in the case in which these ak are
all finite, we can show by the reasoning usually employed herel) that the inverse
function z = f(c) is determined by the Schwarz-Christoffel formula
n
.f lt) = C J rl (C - ak)ak dC + C; (1)
k=1
where C and C' are constants. In the case in which one of the vertices, let us
say Ako, is mapped by this inverse mapping into the same formula holds for
f(O except that now, the product constituting the integrand is over all k = 1,
2, - , n excluding k = ko. Of course, formula (1) remains valid when the domain
B is mapped onto the disk I zl < 1. In this case, the points ak, the images of the
vertices Ak , are points on the circle C1 = 1.
We note that, in accordance with Theorem 6 of §3, Chapter II, we can choose
only three of the points ak arbitrarily. The remaining points ak and also the
constants C and C' are uniquely determined by the domain. 2) The absence of a
general method for determining the remaining unknown constants decreases the
practical significance of the Schwarz-Christoffel formula. Furthermore, it is only
n exceptional cases that we can evaluate the integral (1) in closed form in terms
k,of elementary functions. We cite as verysimple examples of the application of
;formula (1):
(a) Suppose that B is the interior of a regular n-sided polygon with center at
z = 0 and with a vertex at z = a > 0. Suppose that z = f (C) is a function mapping
the disk IC1 < 1 onto the domain B. Suppose that f(0) = 0 and f'(0) > 0. Then,
f G) = C -dC
v)2/41 (2)
fly)=C -
0(l-{- )i 2
n
dC= (3)
and C=a
Above, we have assumed that the domain B does not include oo. If the
domain B bounded by an n-sided polygon does include 00, then, for the function
z= that maps the disk ICI < 1 onto B in such a way that f(0) we
obtain the formula
with analogous values of the constants ak . Here, the rrak are the values of the
interior angles (with respect to the domain B).
Domains bounded by circular polygons. Now, let B denote a simply connected
domain in the z-plane with boundary consisting of a finite number n of circular
arcs or straight line segments. In the latter case, the segments can be regarded
as degenerate circular arcs. We denote the endpoints of the arcs, that is, the
vertices of the polygonal domain, by A1, A2, , An and we denote the values of
the interior angles (with respect to B) at these vertices by tra 1, ,rat, ... , nan.
We may assume that the domain B is bounded. We can always arrange for this to
be the case by means of a suitable fractional-linear transformation.
The domain B can be mapped conformally onto the disk ICI < 1, Let us
examine in detail the function z = f(0) inverse to one of the mapping functions.
§1. DOMAINS BOUNDED BY POLYGONS 79
f (C) + d
then If,, 6=1f, C}.
Let us examine the behavior of If, Ci at the points ak, k = 1, 2, - , n. Let
us suppose first that the numbers ak do not include the numbers 0, 1, 2 and that
no circular arc of the boundary degenerates into a straight line segment. The
circles on which the boundary arcs lie, forming angles with vertex Ak, have a
second point of intersection Ak. The function t = ((z - Ak)/(z - maps
.the part of a neighborhood of the point Ak that lies in B onto the part of a neigh-
borhood of the point t = 0 in the t-plane that lies to one side of a line passing
through t = 0. According to the symmetry principle, the function ((f(O - Ak)/
ak
Ak))1 is therefore extendable from the part of the neighborhood of
the point ak lying in ICI < 1 to the part of the neighborhood lying in S I > I.
In particular, it is regular at the point ak itself and has a nonzero derivative at
that point. Consequently,in a neighborhood of J= ak, we have
rf (C) - Ak ak
f(C)-Ak) - b1 (C - ak) + ... , bl # 0,
from which we get
f (C) -AA
(C - ak)ak (Cl C1 # 0.
f (C) -Ak -
80 III. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
If we set up the expression (4) for this last function and keep in mind that it
is equal to (f, Ji we get, after some simple calculations, the expansion in aneigh-
borhood of eJ = ak :
(1 -a"t) {fC
if, C}=
1 k (5)
+C-ak-}-...,
(C-ak)9
where Ck is an unknown constant. This expansion shows that If, C1 has second-
order poles at the points ak.1) Therefore, the function If, JJ, originally defined
in the disk ICI < 1 and then extended to the entire plane, represents a meromor-
phic function with poles only at the points ak . The principal parts are determined
at these poles from formula (5). The difference
n1 Ck
G) =V, C}- (C-ak)' +C-ak)
(6)
k-1
has no finite singular points at all. Let us examine its behavior at oo. Since a
suitably chosen function
A R)= f(C)+dEA const
is real on each of the arcs y considered above and since f 1(0) it follows
oo ,
from the symmetry principle that this function can be extended from the disk ICI < 1
to the domain ICI > 1 by taking f 1 (S) = f1 In particular, it is regular at
the point oe; that is, in a neighborhood of S = oo, it has an expansion
f, (C) _ co + C + ... ,
where c 1 0 (by virtue of the conformality of f 1(C) at the point = 0). But then,
the corresponding expansion for If, J) has the form
This means that { f, I has a zero of at least fourth order at oo . But then the dif-
ference (6) has a zero at the point oo; that is, this difference is regular on the en-
tire plane including oo . Therefore, it is identically equal to zero, so that we have
the identity
1) We note that, if a finite point to, I to, > 1, is such that f(C o) = oo, then in a neigh-
borhood of t o we have f (C) = b_ 1/(C- C o) + bo + , b-1 ji 0 so that If, t l is regular at
t = t o.
1. DOMAINS BOUNDED BY POLYGONS 81
n ( _ a) C
2 k
!. (8)
k=I
Our assumption up to now has been that none of the ak is 0, 1, or 2 and
that there are no straight line segments on the boundary of the domain B. However,
if these assumptions are not satisfied, we can still show that (8) is valid by re-
placing the domain B with suitable circular domains and then using the theorem
on the convergence of univalent functions (Theorem 1, §5, Chapter II).
Thus, equation (8) is proved for an arbitrary domain bounded by a circular
polygon. It represents a third-order differential equation in f(C). Its right-hand
imember includes the unknown constants ak and Ck , for k = 1 , 2, , n. There
are certain relationships between these constants. Specifically, since If, C1 has
an expansion of the form (7) in a neighborhood of w, the coefficients of 1/c, 1/
and 1/C3 must be equal to 0 in the corresponding expansion of the right-hand
member of (8). This gives us the three conditions
21 Ck=0,
k=1
n
(1 - ak) +
yy
Ckak = 0, (9)
2
kt
n
k=1
n
2] (1 - ak)+ 2] Ckak=0,
k-1 k=1
that the constants ak and Ck must satisfy. Furthermore, it should be noted that
three of the constants ak can be chosen arbitrarily on C1 = 1 by virtue of Theo-
I
rem 6, §3, Chapter II. In the case of a circular triangle, this is sufficient to deter-
.mine all the constants ak and Ck .
Similarly we can also show that, when the domain B is mapped onto the
upper halfplane (c) > 0, the inverse function z = f(C) also satisfies the differ-
ential equation (8), where, this time, the ak are points on the real axis corre-
sponding to the vertices Ak. The only difference is that if one of the vertices
A k , let us say A k o, is mapped into oc, then the summation in (8) is over all k =
1, 2, , n excluding k = ko.
Now, let us look at the nature of the differential equation (8). Since it is a
third-order equation, its general solution has three arbitrary constants. On the
other hand, if f (C) is a particular solution of equation (8), then, obviously, the
82 Ill. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
fraction (af, (C) + b)/(cf, (C) + d) which already contains three arbitrary constants
(a/c, b/c, and d/c), is also a solution. Consequently, this is the general solu-
tion of equation (8).
Although we need to know only one particular solution of equation (8) to find
the desired mapping, the finding of that one solution is difficult because of the
nonlinearity of the equation. However, the problem of solving equation (8) can be
reduced to solving a second-order linear equation, owing to a single remarkable
property of the function If, C1.
Let w 1 and w2 denote two linearly independent solutions of the linear dif-
ferential equation
w"-}-q(C)w0 (10)
with given q(t). It is easy to show that w1w2 - w2w1 = const = c (the left-hand
member is the Wronskian of the two solutions). Therefore, if we set ri w2/w 1,
we have
C
(C) =Vii, C} _ - 2V;
d,
dC
!-L
Wt
2q ()
It follows that the ratio of any two linearly independent solutions of equation (10)
is a solution of the equation
{,q, C} = 2q (C). (10')
This shows that, if we denote the right-hand member of equation (8) by R(C),
set q (C) = R(C)/2, and solve the differential equation (10) with this q (C), then
the ratio of the two linearly independent solutions yields a solution of equation
(8). 1) Equation (10) with this R(C) belongs to the most intensively studied class
of linear differential equations with variable coefficients, known as equations of
the Fuchsian type. However, the use of this advantage is made difficult by the
fact that we do not have a general method for determining the constants ak and Ck.
1) Also, equation (10' ) can be reduced to equation (10) in another way, specifically,
by remembering that
-2 12 (I )
and setting 1/\(-i' = w. Then, if w1 is a particular solution of equation (10), the corre-
sponding particular solution 711 of equation (10') is obtained from -1 = 1/w 1.
§ 1. DOMAINS BOUNDED BY POLYGONS 83
n 2 (1 -ak)
q)2 dC
_d o 1
( - ak)' 2 =C - ak
k=1 k1
- - 2 (1 - q2) d
C Cn n-11
n
2 (1 - q2)
an-s02 (n Cn 1) Ci '1
The problem of finding f thus reduces to solving the linear differential equa-
tion
w" + 4
(1 - q9) (ca- I )a w - 0. (12)
= 1-q , T- -n,
= 2 -n,
I-q I p
2
1
GE
1 (14)
This is the familiar differential equation of Gauss. Solution of it with the aid of a
power series v = In' _o cn6n shows that it is satisfied by the so-called hypergeo-
metric series 1)
F(a, , T, E)=1+ 1a7 E+a(1 21T(T } 1)I)E9+ (16)
which converges in the disk IKj < 1 for all a and P and all y> 0. To obtain a
second solution of equation (15), we make the substitution v = eI-'Yvi. The re-
sulting equation can also be put in the form of the Gauss equation if we set
a- y + 1 = a', 13 _ y + 1 = 13' , and 2 - y = y'. Therefore, this equation is satisfied
by v1 = F(a , 13 ', y, ). Then we obtain for equation (15) the second solution
v-Et-1F(a-T+1, P-T+1, 2-7, E),
1) For more on the hypergeometric series, see, for example, Smimov [1953, p. 381
of English translation.
§ 1. DOMAINS BOUNDED BY POLYGONS 85
and this solution is, as one can easily see, linearly independent of (16) for 0 <
y < 1. Thus, we have for equation (15) the two linearly independent solutions
-q__ l 1-q 1- 1n'
2 n' 2 ' E
and
1-q 1- q
+n' +n1
1
1 E
( 2 2 )
f(C)=C F(1
-q--1
F
2
2
q+ n'
n
-t
2 q
1q
2
1+ n' sl
- -1n Cn ) (17)
which converges for 13 > 0, y - 13 > 0, and < 1. Let us.expand the factor
(1 - et)-" in a binomial series and then integrate term-by-term. We obtain
J=
t
0
tP-1(1--t)-P-1
m
k=0
-a(- 1
1)
2 k
...(-a-k+1)
00
a(a+1)...(a+k-1)
X1)ktktkdt= 1.2...k
k=0
00
a(a+l)...(a+k-1)
X S tP+k 1(1 -t)1 P Idt.tk=1
J 1
0 k=0
X r(P+k)r(1r-p),k=r@)r (1-P) F(a
r(1+k) r(1)
And, consequently,
F
(a' R' T' ) r r (T) ) S tP-1(1 - t)1
0
P-1 (1 - U)" dt. (18)
Let us use this formula to transform the function (17). Then, for 0 < q < 1 and
t;'I < 1, we obtain
86 111. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
1 q+1
2
(1 -t)
= q
2
1 1
n (1
q -1
2
I
n
Sl -Cnt) dt
f(C)=cC0
2
q 2 1 + n dc
S q+1
f(C)=C- q-1 1
2
(20)
2 ds
s q--1
((1_.C)(1-C"T)) 2
in which the dependence on n is simpler. We note that none of the integrals in
formulas (19) or (20) can be evaluated in closed form in terms of elementary func-
tions.
The most interesting case is that of q = 0. In this case, equation (20) becomes
1
tl/ndt
(1 -Cnt)
fn(C)=Co
1 - nds
- ! (21)
J
with f(i) now being denoted by fn
Let us point out some very important properties of the function (21) and of
its inverse /n 1 (z). On the basis of the same considerations as in §6 of Chapter
II, the function C= [n1(z), defined inside the n-sided polygon with zero angles,
can be extended to the entire disk z < 1. It represents in that disk a meromor-
phic function that assumes only values in the domain Bn, which is the z-plane
with the points ak = eZnk'/n, k = 1, 2, , n, deleted. More precisely, the
§1. DOMAINS BOUNDED BY POLYGONS 87
function J= `,',1(z) maps the disk Izl < 1 bijectively onto the many-sheeted
Riemann surface constructed from the interiors and exteriors of the circle I z I = 1
in a manner similar to the construction of the modular surface in §6 of Chapter II.
On the other hand, the function z = f (C) can be extended in B along an arbi-
trary path and it assumes, when this is done, only values in the disk I z I < 1.
Let us see what we get if we take the limit as n -.-, oe. The function
can, if we begin at the point C = 0 with an initial element of the form c C+ - ,
be extended along an arbitrary path in the cplane that does not pass through the
points 0, 1, or no. From formula (21), we have
. I n
T In dT
1
n
oS T(1--T)(1-CT) =C (1 + n) , (22)
LfR G1/n)]" = C
i l/n dc
T(1-T)(1-CT)
where
Jim n (t l1n - ti 11n) dT 2 log z dT
yT(I-T)(1-CT) 0
T(1-T)(1 -CT)
Jim An=
n ao n- ao 'In dT dt
(((\\\1'''\
T (1 - T) (1 - CT) o YL (1 - T) (1 - CT)
This limiting operation is uniform on an arbitrary finite chain of closed disks not
containing 0, 1, or oo . In view of this, formula ( 22) yields the results that the
function
1
S
2Iogzdi
z (1-T) (1 -Cz)
0
1
d2
being regular in the disk ICI < 1, can be extended from CI < 1 along an arbitrary
path in the C -plane that does not pass through 0, 1, or no and that the extended
function satisfies the inequality If(C)I < 1. Let us denote by B' the image of the
disk ICI < 1 under the mapping z = )'(C). This image is a domain in the disk
IzI < 1. Let us show that the inverse function C_ `-1 (z), which is necessarily
regular in B' , is regular in fact in the entire disk I z I < 1. To do this, let us
clarify the boundary of the domain B'. The function z = 1`n (C) maps the disk
88 111. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
CI < 1 onto a domain one arc of the boundary of which is given by the equation
z - 1 - i tan (a/n)I = tan (a/n) with I z I < 1. Consequently, the function z =
fn (C I /n) maps the disk C I < I univalently onto a domain bounded by the curve
IT- 1 - i tan (a/n)I = tan (a/n) with I z I < 1. As we let n approach no, this
curve becomes the curve I log z - is I = a with I z I < 1, which is also the boundary
of the domain B. If we shift to the t-plane by setting t = log z, then B' is mapped
single-valuedly into a domain B" with boundary determined by the system of
equations I t - ink a, k = t 1, t 3, . - . with R (t) < 0, that is, into the left half-
plane with cuts along semicircles. The function t = log f (C), which is regular in
0 < I C1 < 1 maps the circle I CI = 1 onto the boundary of the domain B" in such a
way that an arbitrary continuous image of the circle with the point C = 1 excluded
is the boundary semicircle of the domain B". The inverse function C= f-I(er),
which is regular in B", is, by virtue of the symmetry principle, extendable, just
as in §6 of Chapter II, to the entire halfplane 9t (t) < 0. This shows that the func-
tion C= f -I (z) is regular in IzI < 1. Also, it follows from the extension process
that C = f (z); does not assume the value C = 1 in I z I < 1 and that it assumes
the value C = 0 only at z = 0. The function f (C), on the other hand, can, by be-
ginning with an element defined in a neighborhood of C= 0, be extended along an
arbitrary path that does not pass through the points 0, 1, and 00. But along a path
passing through C= 0, its extension through C= 0 is possible only by means of
an original element of the function. We easily obtain from (23) the expansion
932
in a neighborhood of C = 0.1)
The following is a simple application of this last function f(C) to one of the
covering questions considered in §7 of Chapter II. Suppose that the function
F(z) = z9 + c1Z9+I + , for q> 1, is regular in IzI <1 and that it does not
assume the value 0 in 0 < I z I < 1. Let c denote a number such that F(z) c
in IzI < 1. Then, the composite function 4(z) = f(F(z)/c) = z9/16c + can be
1) In (23), we need to make the substitution r = sin20 for 0 <q <a/2. Then calcu-
lation of the coefficients reduces to evaluation of elementary integrals and integrals that
reduce to the integral
a
a
logsinydcp-- z log 2.
0
§2. PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS 89
Like the function g(z, t), the function f(z, t) is a continuous function of t in the
interval 0 < t < to. Furthermore, one can easily see that, for every t in the inter-
val 0 < t < to, the function w = f(z, t) maps the disk z I < 1 onto the disk
I
w I < 1 with a cut along a Jordan arc, that is, onto a domain that, with respect
to the disk I w I < 1, is a domain (s). Let us show that, for every z in the domain
z I < 1, the function f(z, t) for 0 < t < to, satisfies the following differential
equation, known as Loewner's equation:
Of _ {1 +kf
(3)
dt - -' 1 - kf'
Let us show that under both these limiting operations, the arcs Btu i and
St, it,, are constricted simultaneously to the point A(t). If we extend the function
h(z, tt") past the arc B:, N, complementary to Bt,,t. with respect to the
circle z I = 1 onto the domain Izl > 1, we see that the function w = h(z, t, t ")
maps the entire z-plane with a cut along the arc Bt, t onto the entire w-plane
with a cut along the arc St, t and along the arc S, ,tt symmetric to St , t about the
circle I w I = 1. Since one of the arcs Bt , , t and St #.t if U S, is constricted to the
point A(t) in both limiting operations, the other must also be constricted to the same
point. This is proved on the basis of the principle of condensation of analytic
functions and the fact that, if the z-plane with a single excluded point is mapped
univalently by means of a function w = 0(z), where ,(0) = 0 and 0`(0) = 1, then
O(z) = z. On the basis of what has been said, under both limiting operations, the
function h(z, t `, t") converges to z uniformly on each closed bounded subset of
the z-plane that does not include the point A(t). In particular, it follows that A(t)
is continuous throughout the interval 0 < t < to.
What we are concerned with at the moment is only that, under both limiting
operations, the arc Bt, t,, is constricted to the point A(t). If we denote the end-
points of this arc by eiaand a°Q, where a< < a+ 2rr, then the function
(z) = log h (z, f"
(D 0 (0) < 0, (6)
is regular in the open disk I z I < 1 and continuous in the closed disk Izl < 1 and
its real part is zero everywhere on the circle I z I = 1 except on the arc (a, 0), on
which it is negative. On the basis of what has been said, if we apply the Schwarz
formula to the function (6), we have in I z I < 1
h (z, t',
log 2n ( (e`o)) eie ± d9.
a
Y - t' 2n S
((1? (eie)) dB. (8)
If we now apply the integral theorem of the mean to the real and imaginary
§2. PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS 93
(2, t')
r re+f
reiB" "+f (2,
log f (z, t"
)
-L1eIe'f(,t') l+ 1
eie
f(, e )l
X 2n S it ((D (e`)) d9, (9)
a
8
where 0' and are points in the interval (a, /3 ). If we divide (9) by ( 8), we
obtain
log f (z, t") -logf (z, t') _ r ete'-f-f(z, t')
l (e,e"---f(z,
-
t')'].
(10)
t" - t' \e10'-f(z, t')1+ 1el t'))J
Since a and /3 approach the same limlt, arg A(t), under both limiting opera-
tions that we are considering, the same will be true of 0' and 8". Consequently,
by taking the limit in (10), we obtain the differential equation
dlogf_ X(t)+f
of a (t) - f,
that is,
tf
dt - f '+ kf,
l - kf' k - k (t) _ (t)
1
Thus, equations (3) and (4) hold throughout the interval 0 < t < to.
This result shows that corresponding to every curve L contained in B is a
function k (t) that is continuous and equal to unity in absolute value in a suitable
interval 0 < t < to such that the function g (z, 0), where g(0, 0) = 0 and g= (0, 0) > 0,
which maps the disk jzI < 1 univalently onto the domain B with cut L is defined
as the limit
g(z, 0)=limg(z, t),
1-+0
Z09.
Then, by setting z = g-1 (w, t), we obtain for arbitrary w E Bt
Set(w, t)I
(1-I-(w,
-w petIg- ` (w, t)1
(1-I g' (w,
t)1)$.
(13)
The first of these inequalities yields Pet lg-1(w, t)l < 4lwl and consequently,
limIg'(w, t) 0.
t -.co
But then it follows from the two inequalities (13) that, for arbitrary finite w,
t)
lim pet g 1 (w' = 1. (14)
t -. 00
Now, if (12) fails to hold for some finite point w0, there exists a sequence
{ tv } such that t1, - oa and Se'vg-1 (w, t,)/w0 - a If we choose from the1.
Net"9-1 (w, tv)/w
a subsequence that converges every-
sequence of the functions
where in the w-plane to a regular function OW, we conclude on the basis of
(14) that I 0 (w)I = 1 and, since 0(0) = 1, O (w) = 1. But O(w0) = a 1. This
contradiction proves (12) for arbitrary finite w.
§2. PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS 95
Let us turn now to the function f(z, t). Since f(z, 0) = z, we conclude from
what was said above that f (Z' t) is a solution in the interval 0 < t < to of the dif-
ferential equation (3) that satisfies the initial condition f(z, 0) = z. If B has more
than a single boundary point, then, in addition, we have in the disk I zI < 1
li m f (x, t) = f (z, to) = g ' (g (z, 0), to). (15)
I-*10
In particular, if B is the disk Iwl < 1, then g(z, t0) = z and it follows from
what was said above that the function g(z, 0) can be represented as the limit
g (Z' 0) = li m f (z, t),
t - io
where f(z, t) is a solution of the differential equation (3) satisfying the initial
condition. This was Loewner's result.
On the other hind, if the domain B is the entire w-plane excluding the point
oc, then, in addition to the differential equation (3) and the initial condition
f (z, 0) = z, we have in accordance with (2) and (12)
g(z, 0) = 1im pe`f (z, t).
(18)
dt 1- k (t) w
that satisfies the initial condition w 1t=0 = z is a function w = f (z, t) such that
f (0, t) = 0 and fZ (0, t) = e -t which, for each t in the interval 0 < t < 00 is a
regular univalent function of z in the disk IzI < 1.1) Furthermore, the limit
f(z)= lim etf(z, t), f(0)=0, f' (0) = 1, (19)
t- 00
exists and is also a function with these properties.
Proof. Equation (18) with initial condition w W o = z is obviously equivalent
to the integral equation
t
-SI_kw dt
1-kw
w = ze 0
(20)
1) However, as Kufarev [1947c] has shown with an example, the function w = f(z, t)
does not always map the disk Izl < 1 onto the disk Iwl < 1 with a cut.
§2. PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION OF UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS 97
I + hwn-1 dt
wo=z, wn=wn(z, t)=ze 0 , n=1, 2, .... (21)
Since l ((1 + kw)/(1 - kw)) > 0 for IwI < 1, it follows from (21) that Iwnl <
IzI for all n = 0, 1, . This means that all the w = wn(z, t) are regular func-
tions of z in the disk IzI < 1 and that w (0, t) = e-t. Let us
show that the sequence of the functions w converges uniformly inside the disk
IzI < 1 and hence in the interval 0 < t < to, where t0 < oo. From (21), we have
awn _ -- w I + kwn-1
Therefore, at u n1 - kttln_., '
own 0w'_1
at - at
(wn - W.-I) I ± kwn-1 - 27?1n-1 (1
- kwn 11) kwn-.)
CIW.-'wn_tI I-IZI TIWn-1-Wn-SI(1 )IIZI
= A I W. - Wn -.i + B I W.-1 wn-a I,
that is,
al wn-wn-1
at - `4 W. - P1R-1
B I wn.-1 - wn-S Ir
where A and B depend only on z. If we multiply this by a-At and integrate, we
obtain, for 0 < t < t0 (where t0 < oo),
t
wn - wn_1 I C eAto B 7FJn-1 - TQJn_9 dt.
0
Integration yields
a(logf+t)
at - 2kf
1 - kj'
But the function etf(z, t) C S. Consequently, for I z I < 1, we have I f(z, t) I <
MZe-t, where Mz depends only on z for z I < 1. This shows that the integral
I
J 'o (k f/(1 - k/)) dt converges uniformly inside the disk I z I < 1. From this we con-
clude on the basis of (22) that, as t --, -, e° f (z, t) converges in the disk I zI < 1
to a univalent regular function f(z) such that f(0) = 0 and f' (0) > 0. This com-
pletes the proof of the theorem.2)
In conclusion, let us show how to obtain the coefficients in the expansion of
the function f(z) referred to in Theorem 2. To do this, we consider first the func-
tion f(z, t) for 0 < t < to, where to < uo. We define
gio (z, t) =f (1'-1(z, t), t0)= et -'o (z -f- c2 (t, to) zA + ...).
This function is regular at the point z = 0. From
gt0 (f (z, t), t) =f (z, to)
we have
agt0 of agto =0.
of dt at
at
where fl = f(z1, t), f2 = f(z2, t), and Mz depends on z for I z I < 1.
2) Equations (17) and (18) were studied by Kufarev [1946, 1947, 1947a, 1947c, 1947d,
19481. In the article [19431, he studied the question of parametric representation from a
more general point of view.
§3. VARIATION OF UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS 99
1) Goluzin [1946f].
100 III. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
each A in the interval 0 < A < Ao, it is univalent in the annulus r < I z I < 1. Sup-
pose that, for every z in the domain r < z I < 1 and small A,
F (z, A) =f (z) -}- Xq (z) -F 0 (XI). (1)
If we combine the image of the annulus r < I z I < 1 under the function w* _
F(z, A) with the domain interior to the image of the circle z I = r, we obtain, for
I
small A, a simply connected domain BA including the point w` = 0. For the func-
tion w* = r (z), where r (0) = 0, which maps the disk I z I < 1 univalently onto
BA, we have in i z I < 1
f* (z) =f (z) + X q (z) - Azf ' (z) S (z) + Azf' (z) S ( z) + 0(X$), (2)
where S(z) is the sum of terms with negative powers of z in the Laurent expan-
sion of the function q(z)/zf' (z) in the annulus r < I z I < 1.
The symbol 0(A2) in equations (1) and (2) denotes a quantity whose ratio to A2
is uniformly bounded for all z belonging to an arbitrary closed subset of the disk
IzI <1.
Proof. Our problem will be to find the function w* = f * (z) referred to in the
theorem, such that f * (0) = 0 (depending on the value of A). We can arrange for
this by making a suitable substitution for the variable z in the function w* _
F(z, A). Specifically, we set
00
a"w, w)
zz'e"=I (3)
where we assume the functions 0,,,( z ' ), v = 1, 2, - -, have been chosen so that
1) they are regular in the annulus r < z ' I < 1/r;
2) 2 (Ov (z' )) = 0 on the circle 1z' = 1 for v= 1, 2, . - ;
3) the series Av0v(z') converges uniformly in the annulus r < z
1/r for sufficiently small A;
4) when we substitute (3) into F (z, A) for sufficiently small A, we obtain
a function that is regular in the disk I z' < I and that vanishes at z' = 0.
When these conditions are observed, for small positive values of A the cir-
cles I z' I = p, where r < p < 1/r are mapped by the function (3) into curves close
to the circle I z I = p and the derivative dz/dz' differs on I z' I = p from 1 by a
quantity of the order of A. Therefore, for small positive values of A, the function
(3) maps the annulus r < I z' I < 1/r in such a way that the subannuli corresponding
§3. VARIATION OF UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS 101
Iz'
to I < 1 and I z' I > 1 are mapped respectively into the disks I z I < 1 and
z > 1 since I z = 1 on I z' 1. But then, for small positive A, the function
00
21 a"'P" lz')
'cv*=F(zre"=1 , A) (4)
maps a rather narrow annulus r' < I z' I < 1 univalently onto a doubly connected
domain whose outer boundary is the boundary of the domain BA. Since the function
(4) is regular in z' I < 1, we conclude on the basis of a familiar theorem that it
I
maps the disk I z' I < 1 univalently onto BA. Thus, the problem of determining
the function w"` = f *(z) which maps the disk I z I < 1 univalently onto the domain
BA will be solved if we can construct functions 0,, W) satisfying conditions 1)-
4).
To construct the functions (kn (z' ), we substitute the function (3) into F(z, A)
and expand the result formally in a series of powers of A:
00
E )p " z, -
n=0
where ID 0 (z') = f W ), and, for n > 0,
Do
"EIXp (s')
1 do
D F (z 'e
(z.) = n! W A) I k-0
n-1
_ 1 da a'v (z')
-nl d)lnF(z'e(1 +XV'P. (z)), 1`)I a-0
n--1
a"
_nl d (s), 1`)`a-a zf W)'P.(z)
n-1
E ""
_ xf (z) [n! I do F(z'e" 1
- d+ Tn(z)J (6)
dtn z7' (z')
In particular, for n = 1, this gives
tilt
/ [Fi(zO)
(Z) = z f (z) Z, f, (Z,) -J P, (Z')] . (7)
tions 1) and 2) are satisfied for On (z' ). (Here, and in general, (bn (z') is
determined up to a purely imaginary constant term.) If we choose On (z ') succes-
sively, for it = 1, 2, , according to the rule given above, conditions 1) and 2)
will be completely satisfied and condition 4) will be formally satisfied.
We still need to investigate the convergence of the series appearing in condi-
tion 3), on which the satisfaction of condition 4) depends. To do this, we need
to prove the
Lemma. Suppose that the function O(A) has the expansion O(A) _ Yn=1an,1n
the coefficients in which satisfy the inequalities Ian I < 1/(n + 1)2 for n =
Suppose that the kth power of this function has the expansion [0(A)]k = F,°°_Iank)An
where k is a positive integer. Then the coefficients in this last expansion
satisfy the inequalities la(k)I < Ck/(n + 1)z, n = 1, 2, , where C is an absolute
constant.
Proof. If the coefficients in the expansions of the two functions
m 00
cp (X) = 2] a,A", 4 (X) = f bnX'
nc1 n_1
satisfy the inequalities
§3. VARIATION OF UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS 103
B
1an1 (n+l)s,
A bnIC(n+1)s, n= 1 , 2,
and if
co
u (A) (4) _ CE Cn4n
n=1
then
cn1 alb,,-1+aibn-s+ ... +an_lb1 AB
AB AB 2AB
(n_1)s'I- ... + ns2s(n+1)z 1 1
3, [22 s
( n
n+1J
(fl[n+1j+2y]
8AB / CAB
(n+ 1) 2
1
22 3! + ... = (n+
1
1)s
When such majorizing series converge, they possess the obvious properties
IIXI(z)+X9(z)11c11X1(z)II+11X2(2)11,
(12)
Let us investigate the convergence of the series Let us show
that the inequalities
DM-1
v=1, 2, ..., (13)
hold in the annulus r < I z' I < 1/r for suitably chosen constants D and M.
To prove the validity of (13) for v = 1, we need only take for D the maximum
of the quantity 4 11 01 (z' )1I in the annulus r < I z ' I < 1/r.. Let us seek, by choos-
ing M suitably, to satisfy inequality (13) for all v. Let us suppose that inequal-
ity (13) holds for v = 1, 2, - , n - 1 and let us find a bound for 11 On (z') 11. To
104 III. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
This series converges for r < I z I < 1 and 0 < A < A0. From (10) and (12), we
have n-l
n k YWy (z/)
kale
II Tn (z) II C I zf (Z) nl dkn Aklz y l
I
x=0 II
k, I
n-I
I 1 d' jIAk!I kXlelklYEIx°II'Py(Z')Ilr
zf'(z') II
k, I
Iz'I x 0
zI A'DM°-'
n
Ikl
IITn(x')II<Bj,IAklIr knoI
I do l r-l (v+I)Y
k, I
x-o
n-l
IkID
c A'
I dln M Y
I Akl I rk
Mn-l
ale y t (V+I)
B a=0
k, I
B A kl I rkMn l 1 1 k J/DJ l
do l r jl l A'
\1
k,I
, I
J-o
jIM1 n. dlR l L.i -1)' f x=o (15)
In particular,
II T. )II2( +1)s
k:.-oo
C(klllz kc2D(17) n-1
Furthermore, since the majorant series of the second sum in (11) does not
exceed the majorant series of the first sum, for Iz ' I < 1, it follows that (17)
yields the inequality
DMn-t
(z) II ` ( + 1) (18)
on the circle Iz' r and hence in the annulus r < I z I < 1/r.
For M chosen independently of n, we conclude by induction that inequality
(13) holds for all v in the annulus r < I z ' I < 1/r. This shows that the series
converges uniformly in the annulus r< Iz ' i < 1/r if IAI < 1/M,
and this proves the validity of condition 3) and hence of condition 4).
Thus the functions 0v(z ') satisfy all conditions 1)- 4) and function (4)
constructed from them does indeed map the disk W I < 1 univalently onto the
domain BA. This function f *(z') is, for every z' in the disk I z ' < 1, an analytic I
106 III. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
DO
Ia (z) = 1 (19)
.=o
where (Do (z ') = f (z '). Furthermore, keeping (1) in mind, we obtain from formulas
(7) and (9)
411(z')=q(z')-zf'(z')(S(z)-SCZI ,
)).
From (19), we obtain (2). This completes the proof of the theorem.
Let us give some examples of the application of this theorem. Let us con-
sider first the function
w*=w+Aw(A+ Iin
L ryAkYplk
k=1
\1
(20)
where A and A k are complex constants and w I, wm are finite points in the
w-plane.
For arbitrary given p > 0 and for sufficiently small A > 0, the function (20)
is univalent in the infinite domain consisting of the exteriors of the m circles
I W - wk = p, k = 1, , in, because, for distinct points w' and w " in this
domain,
I w* (w') - w* (w') I m
is regular and univalent in the disk I z < 1 and that it is normalized by\,the con-
dition f* (0) = 1. On the other hand, if the points w1, all lie in the inter-
ior of the domain B, then, for sufficiently small A> 0, the function (21) is regular
and univalent in some annulus r < I Z I < 1.
If Z1, , zm are points of the disk jz I < 1 such that wk = f (z k), k=
-
Here, we have
m
f* I +X
(0) L Ak (zkf((zk) 19 + °
k=1 1
(23)
+ Xz!
J (Z) I
k-1
in
Ak
k
(Zk)
( Zkf' (Zk))
`I9 -*kZ
1 - 2kz + 0
(k2). (24)
108 III. REALIZATION OF CONFORMAL MAPPING
which is univalent and regular in the domain > 1 except for the pole
C _ 00 and which does not vanish in that domain. To do this, it is sufficient to
apply (21) and (24) to the function
f(z)=
and set
1 (C)= I I =C+ao + ...,
(We note that F, (') 0 in > 1.)
Simple transformations lead to the following formulas:
in
)F (C)
(C(C-Wk
F* (C) = F (C) I Ak + O (X9),
Fwk
(25)
k=1
m
(C)k:) F((tk)
F* (C) = F (C) + A A k
k-1
M M
+ AF (C)
k=1
Ak (C,yF((Ck)l Je - CF (C)
I Ak
)s
( l
C lr
F ltk) (26)
+ ),CF C m A( i
(Xi),
CkF' GO
where the wk in formula (25) are arbitrary fixed points all exterior to the image
of the domain ICI > 1 under the mapping by the function w = F(C).
As our next example, illustrating the theorem on the variation of a univalent
function, let us consider a function w = f(C) that is regular and univalent in
z < 1 and that does not assume in I z I < 1 certain given finite values al.
am, where m > 1. Following the lead of the preceding variational formulas,
we can construct univalent varied functions with the same property, that is, not
assuming the values a 1i , am in I z I < 1.
Specifically, if B is the image of the disk I z I < 1 under the mapping
w = f (z), then, for arbitrary wk either lying inside B or external to B, for arbi-
trary A and for sufficiently small A > 0, the function
m
II (w - ak)
w*=w+AAwkM1 (27)
11 (w - wk)
k=1
will, as was shown above, map the portion of some neighborhood of the boundary
of B that lies in B onto a doubly connected domain and it will map the boundary
itself into the boundary of some simply connected domain Bx that includes w* = 0.
Furthermore, the doubly connected domain referred to above will lie in BX. Since
the points al, , am do not lie in B and are mapped by (27) into themselves,
it follows that, for sufficiently small A, they will lie outside BX. Therefore, the
function w* = f* (z), which maps the domain z I < 1 onto the domain Bk does
I
Ao=A, Ak=A" m I
11 (wk-w,)
1. Rotation theorems
As we noted in Chapter II and as will again follow from Chapter V, extremal
questions for various classes of univalent functions are of prime importance in
the theory of univalent conformal mappings. When these questions are answered,
it turns out that the requirement of univalence of the mapping influences the in-
crease in various quantities characterizing to some degree or other the amount
of distortion of the domain being mapped. In §4 of Chapter II, a number of extre-
mal problems dealing with inequalities involving the initial coefficients of the
mapping functions, and covering and distortion questions were solved by
an elementary procedure. In the present chapter, we shall concern ourselves
specifically with these questions, this time using more powerful methods, for
example, the method of parametric representation of univalent functions and the
method of variations. 1)
For convenience, let us adopt some notational conventions regarding certain
classes of univalent functions with which we shall be dealing in what follows.
Specifically, let us denote by S the class of functions ((z) = z + czz2 + ... that
are regular and univalent in the disk I z I < 1. Let us denote by I the class of
functions FW = C+ ao + a1(-1 + .. that are meromorphic (with pole at Do)
and univalent in the domain ICI > 1.
As a supplement to the sharp bounds on the modulus of a function belonging
to the class S and the modulus of its derivative that were established in §4 of
1) The reader wishing to become more familiar with extremal questions regarding
univalent functions is referred to the author's articles [1939d, 1949c] .
110
§1. ROTATION THEOREMS 111
Chapter II, we shall give in the present section the corresponding sharp bounds on
their arguments. In particular, we shall establish the final formula for the rotation
theorem for the class S consisting of a sharp bound on the argument of the deriva-
tive. The parametric representation of univalent functions given in §3 of Chapter
III will provide us with these bounds.') Let us denote by S' the subclass of the
class S that consists of functions ((z) having a representation of the form
f (z)= lim etf (z, t), (1)
t-m
where [(z, t) is a solution of the differential equation
df _ _f 1-F kf
dt 1 -kf' (2)
by I(z, t) and separate the real and imaginary±parts. This gives us the two iden-
tities
dIP2, t)1=-If(z, t)I1-If(z, t)I4
at 1 1-- k (t) f (z, t) 1s (4)
1) See Goluzin [1936] and a number of subsequent articles by the author in Mat.
Sbornik, for example, [1939c, 1946c].
112 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
(where we write for brevity f and k instead of f(z, t) and k(t)) or, eliminating
dt with the aid of (4) and keeping in mind that arg f = arg erf,
I dt arg e f I 1I
2d
l
l 1,
If we integrate this with respect to t from 0 to - or, consequently, with respect
to I f I from I z I to 0, we obtain, by virtue of (1) and (3)
argfZZ) I (6)
arg f i Z ) _ dr argf Z, t)
(8)
dargf=- 1-if
2difI l
from which we get
f(zo, t)-lo I+Iz°I -log
ar
g zo - g 1-IzoI g 1-If1' (10)
which, on the basis of (9), can also be expressed in terms of t. Then, k(t) is
determined from
argk(t)-}-argf(zo, t)_- 2
Since all these operations are reversible, we have equation (10) for the func-
tion f(z, t) defined from the function k(t), which is a solution of equation (2)
evaluated at the point z = zn Z. Here, as t -4 a the rieht-hand member approaches
log (1 + Izo j)/(1 - Izo I) . Consequently, the upper bound for arg [f (z)/z]
given by inequality (6) is the least upper bound. In the same way we can show
that the lower bound for arg [f(z)/z] given by inequality (6) is the greatest lower
bound.
Since the function
f (C+z
l l -}-
zC) -f (z)
g(,)= f'(z)(I-Iz12) =C } ..., (11)
where z is an arbitrary number in the disk I z I < 1, belongs to the class S when
f(z) does, by applying inequality (6) to this function with J_ -z, we obtain the
following inequality: 1)
arg zf (z)
f(z) <log1-1zI'
(12)
.which holds for an arbitrary function belonging to the class S and for an arbi-
trary point z in I z I < 1. By arg [zf '(z)/f (z)] we mean the branch defined by the
equation
1) Inequalities (6) and (12) were first given by Grunsky [1932]. For information on
their generalization to univalent functions in multiply connected domains, see Goluzin
E19371.
114 1V. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
=-z
`1±zi --f z)
o
f iz)
argzfO d arg
Cf
f O( II)
= S
d arg f(C)-z(z)
'
that is, the branch that approaches 0 as z -- 0. The bounds given by inequality
(12) are also sharp because, when we apply (12) to the function (11) at the point
z, we again obtain (6).
A bound for arg f '(z). In an equally simple manner, we can find a bound for
arg f'(z). Specifically, from (2) we have
1 for I fl
Therefore,
4dlfI
l-IfP
for ifI<y
_ 2difl for
If1>_y2
Ifl(1-IfI2)
Integrating this with respect to t from 0 to we obtain for I z I < 1/V
Izl
argf'(z)I< 4difI -4 arc sin IzI,
1-Ifr
and, for I z 11 1/\/-2,
I
Ir-2
If I IS+ 2d If
-If Y
Ifl=)'
)r2
§1. ROTATION THEOREMS 115
that is,
9
Iargf'(z)J-iiv log
1
Izlzl'
Consequently, for functions f (z) in the class S, we have 1)
That this inequality gives a sharp bound on I arg f'(z)I for I z I < 1// is obvious
from the fact that, for a function
z
-1 for If 1 2
or, what amounts to the same thing, the condition
1 for (14)
Y2
for arbitrary t in the interval 0 < t < oo and given z = zp in the disk I z I < 1.
From (14), we obtain by simple calculations
IfI(IfI- l 1 -Ifls) for IfIv-2,
kf= I:t 21f1'-1 _i1+y21fI"-1 for IfI> 1
2 2
1) Inequality (13) was proved by the author (see Goluzin [19361 ). That it represents
a sharp bound for I z I > 1/\/Z was shown by Bazilevic [1936a1.
116 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
Here, we can take either of the signs ±. Now that we have found k f expressed in
terms of I f I, let us substitute the result into (4) and (5). Then, from (4) we obtain
t as a continuous monotonic function of if i and, consequently, I f I as a continu-
I
argf'(zo) =
4arc sin z0 for I z 0-
I
1
it
+ log z0I'
t-IZoI' for IzoI,V-2
This shows that the upper bound for arg f ' (z) given by inequalities (13) is the
least upper bound for arbitrary z in I z I < I. In the same way we can show that
the lower bound given by inequalities (13) is the greatest lower bound.
We note that, reasoning as above, we can prove the inequality
which gives sharp bounds for arg Lz 2f ' (z)/f (z)Z] at an arbitrary point z in
z I < 1. Therefore, by shifting from f(z) to the function F(t) = 1/f(1/0 +
const, we immediately obtain sharp bounds in the class for arg F '(c):
IargF'P I<`log(l- (16)
We note that, by modifying slightly the preceding derivations, we can some-
times obtain stronger results. For example, if we divide equation (2) by f, dif-
If, we obtain
ferentiate with respect to z, and then divide by f '
dlogf
2kf
kf)"
from which we get
---l-IfI"
Idlogf 2dlfl
f
§1. ROTATION THEOREMS 117
On the basis of this equation, we have for arbitrary real 0, which we assume inde-
pendent of t,
e-" d log
f) - 1-jf'
If we integrate both sides of this last inequality with respect to t from 0 to oo,
we obtain
zf'(z) Elzl 2dif_.-lo I+IzI
e 1B to
g f(Z)) 1-IfI gI-IzI
Consequently, for all f (z) E S we have in I z I< 1
(e!° log
f (z))) - log I + z . (17)
If we apply (17) to the function (11) with = -z, we obtain another inequality'
logLZZl--log(1-IzI')IC1og1+1zI (19)
which also holds for all f(z) E S and all z in I z I < 1. We note that we can show
by a procedure like the one used above that inequality (17) is sharp for arbitrary 0.
In the same way we can show that for the functions F (C) E E in the domain
> 1 we have the sharp inequality
I log F* G) I <--log (1 - IIIIt) . (20)
Furthermore, this inequality, from which one can get the inequality
1 I 1 9 (21)
1-IOI2
constituting the distortion theorem for the class 1, will be derived later by a
different procedure.
(We give the following definition: suppose that a functional 1g is defined
on a certain class of functions g(z). The set D of values w that the functional
w = Ig assumes on the given class of functions is called the range of values of
the functional Ig in that class of functions.
1) Inequalities (18) and (19) were obtained by Grunsky [1932] by a different procedure.
118 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
()f"
we obtain by direct calculation the relations
d e tt f"-f", 2
kf" kf
dt log [f"f z" 1 - kf, - 17- kf
(1)
( kf N
(2)
kf
2 f fkf, (1-kf k yr
log
g I dt,
C"C"' co
1
` 0
where we set
Z,
(-1-)
}.
We introduce the expansions
-
00
log
F(C) F (C') ak,:C_ ICI>1,
,
IC'I>1,
k, 1=1
(3)
00
k(t)f(z, t)
l-k(t)f(z,t) I bk(t)zk, z<1.
k=1
When we substitute these expansions into (2) and identify the resulting equations
with respect to C. and we arrive at the formulas
00
Co
0 for 1,
We shall now prove two theorems dealing with the applications of formulas
(2) to inequalities.
Theorem 1. Let F denote a function belonging to 1. Let av. for
v, v' = 1, 2, .. , n, where n > 1, denote real numbers such that In
,, mIa'v v'x v'
is a positive quadratic form. Then, for arbitrary C., v = 1, 2, , n, the
inequalities
n
I1
Vl=1 V
f, V
V,
it F(Q-F(tv)
CV - Cy,
1
(6)
n
ay
1 1 vl
CCy,
Y, V' = 1
hold throughout the domain I I > 1, where we should understand the factor
IF' (Cv)I in the second product when Cv = Cv'
Proof. Let us first prove inequalities (6) for the functions F(t;) = 1/f(110,
where f(z) E S'. In this case, if we set
120 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
kfY
1- kfY
=XY+IYY, , =1, ..., n,
and take out the real parts in (2), we obtain
60
F(CY)-F(CY,)
log I CY - CY = - 2 f (X.,X,, - Y., Y.,,) dt,
0
F(C,)-F(C, )
logI c - CY, = log + 4f YYr' dt.
0
We multiply these formulas by the numbers a v, and sum each of them with
with respect to v, v ' = 1, , n. Then, remembering that for numbers av v, that
satisfy the conditions of the theorem, we have
n
r.y VIXYXYI ' O, "`Y, V' YYYY J O
Y V'=t Y
We then immediately obtain inequalities (6). But these inequalities, which were
proved for the functions F(C) E represented in the form F(c) = 1/f(1/0, where
f (z) E S', obviously remain valid for arbitrary functions F(C) E that can be
represented in the form F(C) 1/f(11C) + roost, where f(z) E S, and conse-
quently they remain valid for the entire class . This completes the proof of the
theorem.
Theorem 2. Let n denote a positive integer. For v = 1, , n, let yv denote
arbitrary complex numbers and let Cv denote complex numbers in the domain
I C) > 1. Then
F(Cr)-F(C,)
T'TY' log
C -C
n
1YT: log (1 } (7)
- Y1
C CY,/
§2. SHARPENING OF DISTORTION THEOREMS 121
n 00 n
kf"
Co 1
kfY' kfY 19
2 dt 2 dt
IYTY' 1 - kfY 1-kfY, \ TY
1 - kfY l
0 =1 V
and, consequently,
n n 9
F (C") - F (CY,) kfY
TYT:Iog _< 2 TV I - kf dt
CY-CY, Y
V=1
M n
Rj"'
= 2 Y '1 ' 1--M,kfY 1 - kfY,
dt
!
From the second of formulas (2) applied to the last integral, this yields (7) and
completes the proof of the theorem.
As will be shown in §3, inequality (7) is sharp for arbitrary yr, and and
determines the range of values for the summation on the left .
In an analogous manner, we can prove the more general
Theorem 3. Let n and n' denote two positive integers. Let yr,, v = 1, , n,
and v'= 1, , n ' , denote n + n' complex numbers . Let , v = 1, , n,
and v r = I, , n) . denote n + n ' complex numbers in the domain > 1.
Let F denote a function belonging to E. Then,
A6.d
J,TYT,'IogF(C")-F(C")
V, CY' - C
Y-1 Y'=1
1) The expression log F (C ) -F (C) with t and C in the domain I C I > 1 always
refers to that branch (single-valued in this domain) of the multivalued function
log
F (C) - F (C') that approaches zero when at least one of the points approaches
co. For I = C' , this quantity becomes equal to log FP(C) and then it can be understood
as the value of that branch of the multivalued function that vanishes at C = W.
122 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
(If we write inequality (8) for F2(t;) E 12, replace n and n' with 2n and 2n',
and set yn +y = - yy and Sn+v = - Sv for v= 1, , n and y.,+,, = Yv and ,,,}v =
- Cv for v = 1, , n', 'we obtain the
tJ`n1'
`J1 F,(Cv)-F2(Cv')Cv+Cr'
7riv log F. (Cv) + F. (Cr,) Cr
v l r'=1
n1
"
c 7r7r, log
CrCr, +
IX- - 1
CSC,, +
7,7" log C'XY,
-1 (9)
Theorem 3 and its corollary were first obtained by Lebedev [19511, who
started with the area principle.)
We mention some special cases of Theorem 3. In the first place, if n = n'= 1
and S I = I S I = P > 1, then (8) gives the sharp inequality (the subscripts are
omitted for t;)
Ilog F(CC-C (C') <-log (1-(10)
with equality holding for the function F(C) = t;+ e`L/t;.E E, where a is a real
constant (Goluzin [1947]).
Second, if n = n' = 2, YI=Y2 =1, Y2 YI 1, C2 C1, and t`Z =-SI,
we obtain the inequality
which, if F(t;) is an odd function, yields the sharp inequality of Bazilevic [19511
and Milin (see Lebedev and Milin [19511):
l+
log (F (C) - F (C')) (C + C') log Pp . (11)
g (F (C) + F (C')) (C - C') I 1 1
P'
§2. SHARPENING OF DISTORTION THEOREMIS 123
with equality holding for the same function F()). (Inequality (11) also follows
= n' =1 and
from(9)for n=n' I b1 I = 161 I =P> 1.)
The applications of formulas (4) and (5) are effectively used.
Theorem 4. Suppose that f(z) = In E S. If we set
F(C)=
((Ill
ICI>landlog F(C «')
C
;(C)'
00
where the ak,t are rational functions of the coefficients ck, then, for arbitrary
values of the complex variables xk (where k = 1, 2, , n with n > 1),
n n
( 12)
, ak,I xkxr k l9
k,1=1 k=1
In the case of real values of xk, equality holds in (12) for the functions f(z) _
z/(1 ±z)2.
Proof. We can confine ourselves to functions f (z) E S'. In this case, the
ak,1 have an integral representation (4) with the functions bk(t) subject to condi-
tions (5). Therefore,
n oo n oo n
E ak, txk,xt = - 2 E bk (t) b, (t) xkxldt = -2S (E bk (t) xk\2 dt
k, 1=1 0 k, 1=1 0 h=1 /J
and, consequently,
n 00 n 2 ao n (t)xk_xidt.
On the basis of (5), this yields inequalities (12). In the case of functions f(z) _
z/(1 ± Z)2, we have k (t) = ± 1 for 0 < t < so that the functions b k (t) for
k = 1, 2, - -, corresponding to them are real. Therefore, equality holds in the
conditional inequality (13) for these functions when the values of xk, k = 1,2,
, n, are real. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Schiffer [19481 proved the sharpness of inequalities (12) for arbitrary complex
values of xk.
As a generalization of inequality (12), let us prove, under the same condi-
tions,
124 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
M n
I Yak, exkxe
k=I1=1
AMW
J Ixkl' k=1
k
l=1
x18
1
where in > 1, n > 1, and xk and x1' are arbitrary complex numbers (for k = 1,
2,---,m and l= 1, n.)
Let us prove two more theorems for functions in the class .
H
F (C,) - F (C,,)
CY - CY
}(1-:)2(n_I)II CYCyr
n (14)
Y$Y Y#Yr
11
V # V.
CY - CYr
Ycl
\l nil
YY `
(Y(,
I
1
n
(16)
§2. SHARPENING OF DISTORTION THEOREMS 125
Y#r rjIE,C-e.CI=p'(n-1)TTIEv-`v
V:;1-V'
P /
which yields inequality (17). This completes the proof of the theorem.
We now have the following sharpened bounds on the modulus of a function
belonging to the class S:
Theorem 7. Let n denote an integer > 2. Let cv, v = 1, . . . , n, denote
distinct numbers such that IEvI = 1. Then, for functions f(z) E S on the circle
z I = r, where r < 1,
Ar
min If (EYz) I C (]
V=I,.. n - r)2/n' (1S)
where A is finite and depends only on n and Ev.
Proof. Inequality (18) is obtained from (17) if we apply the latter to the func-
tion F(C) = l/f(z), where J= 1/z, and to the points Ev = l/zv and then replace
C. with F V.
We note that the exponent 2/n in the right-hand member of inequality (18)
cannot be replaced with a smaller number without additional restrictions on the
126 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
2
a -
1+ 2
(1_z)= k=1
z I
n
I
1-Iz12
Ekz l
>0
where z re `s. Consequently, as z moves around an arbitrary circle I z r,
where 0 < r < 1, in the positive direction, the function arg f (z) increases mono-
tonically by an amount 2n; that is the point w = f (z) describes (one time around)
a closed Jordan curve. But then the function w = f (z) maps the disk I z I < r
univalently for any r in the interval 0 < r < 1. This means that f (z) E S. Now,
for 0 < r < 1, we have
r Ar
If(Evr) I- n
(1 - r)2/a
Ii I I - -8.,r I21n
km1
1) Goluzin [1946e].
2) Lebedev and Milin[1951], inequality (11.1).
§2. SHARPENING OF DISTORTION THEOREMS 127
the form
log
F(C)-F(Co) +log(-Co)+ log (1- )
C Co Co
-
Co
_
- ` Cn an (Co)
}- log (- Co)
1
a (Co
C n
n=l n=l
Therefore, the area S of the bounded domain bounded by the image CP of the
circle I z I = p, where 1 < p < 1 Co I, is 4\qual to
00
S- a-
\ Il
n I an
p
fn l n ( 1 1 )
2nl
10
CIO 0
ICoI/2n
11
log(1-Iol9}
n=1 n=1
nan(C0)I9c-log(1- IC )
n=1
nIa_(Co)14' nJC1 n
n- -
n-
(1 - - C7
C Is) log (1
If we now replace the absolute value with the real part taken with a minus sign,
we obtain inequality (19). We note that inequality (11) can be derived in the same
way.
128 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
/
I\
j
n
-1
7Y7 109
n
.,--1
7,7y, log (1 - (1)
Equality holds in (1) only for functions defined in the domain > 1 by the
equation
n jjn
These functions map the domain > 1 onto the entire w-plane with a cut along
the curve defined by the equation
(2]n
7, log (zap - F (C )))=const. (2')
Furthermore, for I CI > 1, we have the inequality
n n
log F (C') - F (C,.) < 7y7V-log 1
_ l ,), (3)
Cy - C, C,t,
.,=1
.' -t
which defines the range of values for the summation on the left. Thus, for arbi-
trary given yv and t;',,, v = 1, 2, , n, this range of values is a disk.
Proof. Let us find the maximum of the quantity
n
for given y and [;v, v = 1, 2, , n, and for F(t) ranging over the entire
class 1.
1) Goluzin [19471.
§3 EXTREMA AND MAJORIZATIONS 129
Since the quantity IF has the same value for functions that differ from each
other by a constant amount, this maximum coincides with the maximum IF in the
subclass E0 of functions F(J) of the class I such that F(O 0 in ICI > 1.
That this maximum is attained follows from the normality of the class 7.0. Suppose
that w = F(t) E !0 is one of the a'tremal-functions. Let us suppose that the
image B of the domain I CI > 1 under the mapping w = F (C) has an exterior
point w0 . Then, let us form the varied function F. (0 E 10 by using formula
(25) of §3 of Chapter III with m = 1 and with w1 replaced with w0.
For this function, we have
n (F,-Fy,)(1-AA1
IF*= at( E 7r7r' log C - C' I
V, V-1
IF-X ( Al 7r7r'
(Fv -- W0) (P"' - tD0)
.
)+ (4)
[Here and in what follows we shall write for brevity, Fv instead of F(Cv).]
Since w0 can always be chosen in such a way that the last sum is nonzero, we
obtain IF. > IF for small ,A > 0 and suitable arg A 1. But this contradicts the
extremality of the function F(J). Consequently, the domain B cannot have
exterior points.
Let us now turn to the varied function (26) of §3 of Chapter III with m = 1
and with t 1 replaced with CO , where ICI > 1. For this function we have
a
F'2
IFS =1F Al 17r7r'
(Fv - FO) (Fr' FO)
v,r'-1
C'FF C''F'y'
It
l9 F 4
n
_ Y
C,F, C"F",
1
A1(Ca COC, -1 toC,, -1 I+ 0 (A2).
+ 0 9 n 7r7r' Fy - Fr. l 1
r,r'-1
(Here, all the ratios representing indeterminate forms must be replaced with the
ratios of derivatives.) If we replace the last term in the large parenthetical ex-
pression following $2 with its complex conjugate, we conclude on the basis of
the arbitrariness of arg A 1 and the extremality of F (C), that the quantity in the
parentheses following R after we divide by the common factor A 1 must be equal
130 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
to zero because otherwise, for suitable choice of A 1, we would have IF. > 1F,
which would contradict the extremality of the function F(C). This leads to the
condition
n it
00 (Fv - Fo)
-1
n vFr
C2 1F. Cv"F"r"
- r _1
TrTr'
Cc-I Coc,, - 1
Fr-F," (5)
the point t = e'`B. This function is obviously obtained from the equation
teie-}- to=(1 +h) (Cete-+ -'Ceie) +2h
with h > 0. From this we obtain, for small h,
1-Ceie+0("' COO)=1+h.
By means of the function l/i(C), let us define the following function in the class
(
Fl (C) _ F (C) - h (F (C) + CF (C) I, 0 w).
For this function,
n
IF.=1F-h(Y TvTv
where r= do.
Then, by virtue of the extremality of FW, we obtain, for all t on the circle 1
§3. EXTREMA ANP MAJORIZATIONS 131
r
IVIV
V, Y1= 1 V, V1
A (C)-B (C)=12
C"F', -C"F'y,))
TvTy'(1- F, - F, , JJ (6)
Y, 1
Let us show that the right-hand member of this equation is equal to zero. To
do this, let us again consider the function F0 = e-`BF(e`B/') E E0 for different
real values of 0. The quantity IF, attains its maximum on the interval 0 < 0 <
2rr at 0 = 0. Therefore, (dIF6/d0)I B=o=0, which, in expanded form is equivalent
to vanishing of the right-hand member of ( 6). Thus, on the circle 1, we have
0.
It follows from this result that, if the rational function A (C) has zeros on
the circle CI = 1, all these zeros are of even multiplicity because the increase
in arg A (4) as C moves around a small circle with center at any of these zeros
will, by virtue of the principle of symmetry, be equal to twice the increase in
arg A (C) as C moves around an arc lying in ICI > 1 and this last increase is
equal to an integral multiple of 27r. Therefore, the function VrjT?) is regular and
real on ICI = 1. Turning now to the differential equation (5) (with CO replaced
with C), we note that twice the sum in its left-hand member can be represented in
the form
n
( TY
1
v.1
7, log (Fy -F) -- S A (C) CC = C (C), (7)
( 11
C (C) -
V=1
(7, log G., - ) - 7ylog \ 1 - (8)
will have a constant real part on ICI 1. But this means that the sum on the left
side of (8) has a real part that is constant everywhere in the domain I C1 > 1
because it is a harmonic function in ICI > 1 and hence it cannot attain its maxi-
mum or minimum in I C1 > 1. From this we conclude that the left-hand side of (8)
is a constant everywhere in I C1 > 1. Then, by considering its behavior at
we conclude that this constant is equal to zero.
Thus, for an extremal function, we have proved equation (2) in > 1 and
we have proved equation (2') for the boundary of the domain B.
Let us now set C= Sv, in (2), multiply both sides by and sum over
v' = 1, , n. We then obtain for the extremal function
n
/
1p=- log (I 1
(The sum on the right is, of course, real.) This proves inequality (1) with the
supplementary conclusion regarding the equality sign. Furthermore, if we replace
-
yv for v = 1, . , n in (1) with yve`B, where 0 is an arbitrary real number, we
obtain the following sharp inequality,
n n
F (CY ")
WF log F (C°) -
Gr Cy
V. r'=l
for given yv and v = 1, 2, . , n, and for F(C) ranging over the entire class
1, completely covers the circle
I wl=-
V,
7Y7,' log(1 - CyC,,)
(9)
IW
V, %'ml
7J,'log( 1 - 1
P'CYCY, )
But from the construction of the quantity (10), we can easily see that
WFtC),p WF(PC)'
I
n
WI- V. V'= l
7y7Y'log(1-C
l
which, therefore, is the range of values for WF. This completes the proof of the
theorem.
For n = 1, inequality (3) takes the form
IlogF'(C)I-1og(1-IClla), (12)
Here, equality holds in (13) with C= S1 only when Lcf. (2')] the function F(O
maps the domain I CI > 1 onto the w-plane with cut along an arc of the curve
defined by the equation
ffi (e' log (w - F (Ci)) = const. (14)
134 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
But equation (14) defines a logarithmic spiral with asymptotic point at w = F(CI)
such that rays issuing from that point intersect the spiral at an angle 77/2 - a. In
the special cases a= 0 and a= rr/2, this spiral degenerates respectively into a
circle with center at the point F(C1) and a ray issuing from F(C1).
For a= 0 and a= rr/2, we obtain from inequality (13) the distortion theoreml)
for the class E:
I- F'(C)I< 1 (15)
I C12
From what has been said above, the least upper bound is attained for = S1 only
by a function w = F (C) that maps the domain 141 > 1 onto the w-plane with cut
along an arc of the circle with center at the point w = F(CI) and the greatest
lower bound is attained only by a function F(C) that maps the domain I CI > 1
onto the plane with cut along a segment of the ray issuing from the point F(J1).
Here, F(C1) obviously can be chosen arbitrarily.
We give yet another application of Theorem 1.
log
F(tl)- (CQ) I<- 2 1og[(1 l((
- I I$1
(16)
8 ) ! I C, 19)]
.
Equality can hold in (16) only if the functions F(C) E E for which equations of
the type (2) hold simultaneously in the domain I CI > 1. If we add and subtract
these equations, multiplied respectively by 1 and i, we obtain the following
two equations:
F(C)-F(C,)_(1_ 1 -e-2ia
C-C. 1,2,
CC'
or
1 -e - 2ia v=1, 2.
F(C)=F(CY)+(C-CY)(1- Cc,) ,
In particular, from (16) with a= rr/2 and IC1I = IC2I = P, where p> 1, we again
obtain the sharp inequality
1) Loewner [19191J.
§3 EXTREMA AND MAJORIZATIONS 135
F(C2)
(17)
C, - Cs
Here from what was said above, equality holds only for the function
QiO
F(C) =C- +const,
argC1-}-argC2.
Furthermore, for a i and C1 4 C2, inequality (16) will not be sharp because,
if it were, the extremal function F(C) would, as follows from the corresponding
equations of the type (2'), map the circle I CI = 1 onto an arc of a logarithmic
spiral with asymptotic point simultaneously at F(CI) and at F(C2) or ( for a= 0)
onto an arc of the circle with center simultaneously at F(C1) and F(C2), which
is impossible.
With regard to the complete answer of the question that we have touched on
here, we present the following theorem:
Theorem 2. Let a denote a real number and let C1 and t 2 denote distinct
complex numbers outside the disk ICI > 1. Then, among the functions F(O E Y,
the function maximizing the quantity
legta iog
F (L8) 1 (18)
(C )- F
maps the domain ICI > 1 onto the entire w-plane with cut along the curve defined
by the equation
w _ F1±Fs+ F1-F2 (e(c+ioe to (c+il)e-`a
2 2 + C (19)
where t is a real parameter defining points of the curve. For a= 0, this will be
a cut along the ellipse with foci at F1 and F2. For a= n/2, it will be a cut
along the hyperbola with foci at F 1 and F 2,
Proof. Following the same reasoning as in the proof of Theorem 1, let us
show that extremal functions exist, that each of them maps the domain ICI > 1
onto a domain B without exterior points, and that each of them in I I > 1 satisfies
a differential equation of the form
efia
Cg F e
(F- F=
s)
Q C(F-F1)
which also holds on the circle IC I = 1. From this we conclude, just as above,
that all boundary points of the domain B satisfy the equation
eialog( w-Fl- w-F9)=c+2lt,
where c = const and t is real.
When we solve this equation for w, we obtain a parametric representation of
the boundary of the form (19). This completes the proof of the theorem.
We mention without proof 1) that the quantity
W- =log F (Cl) -F (Cs)
Cl - CA
has, for arbitrary C1 and C2, a disk for its range of values. But neither the
radius nor the center of that disk can be expressed in terms of S1 and S2 by the
use of elementary functions.
Theorem 3.2) For functions F(C) = C + a1/C+... E E, we have the sharp
inequality
F(C) -}- 1 - I
C A- -2 -<:: 2-2 (20)
K (k) _ c dx
- (1- x$) (1- A'x')'
(20')
1 - k9x9
E (k) = SJ dz.
1 - x9
0
Inequality (20) defines the range of values for the quantity F(0/C for arbitrary
given C in the domain ICI > 1. Consequently, this range is a disk.
Proof Let us look at the problem of maximizing the quantity
(e91a F
IF = Rt (C))
1) Goluzin [1947 I.
2) Theorems 3 and 4 were proved by the author (see Goluzin [1943a1 ).
§3. EXTREMA AND MAJORIZATIONS 137
for given where >.h.nd for F(C) ranging over all the functions
F(C) = C+ aI/C+ E Obviously, this maximum coincides with the maximum
of the quantity
rF = R (ells (F (Ci)
- an))
among all the functions F(0 E E. ( Here a0 is the constant term in the La urent
expansion of F(C).) But I`" has equal values for nonconstant functions F(0 EE.
Therefore, among the extremal functions of this last problem there are functions
without zeros in Icl > I. Let F(C) denote one of them.
By applying the varied function (25) of §3 of Chapter III, let us show that the
image B of the domain ICI > 1 under the mapping w = F (C) does not have exterior
points. If we then apply the varied function (26) of the same section, we get the
following differential equation for F (C) in ICI > 1:
(C-C1)(1-C,C)
(22)
V (C-C1)(I-C1C)
is regular in CI > 1 and, obviously, continuous on I CI > 1 and since its real
part on ICI = 1 is given by formula (22), this function itself in ICI > 1 is deter-
mined by the Schwarz formula (the integral is taken in the counterclockwise
direction):
C(F(C)-F(C1)) c C'+ Cdt'
e
to
V (C - C1) (1-C1C) ttIt'I S
C'
(C'-C,)(1-C,C')C'-C C' -{ ict (23)
138 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
From this we obtain F(C). To determine the real constants c and c1 and also
F(C) - ao, we use the normalization of F(O. Specifically, if we understand
the radical appearing in (23) as referring to that branch that approaches 1 as
V o and equate the constant terms and coefficients of 1/C in the expansions
of the two sides of (23) about = we have
e1' c dC'
2xl`, k1 (24)
t C,
=1 C7(C1-C')(1-C1C')
is
(
+'ao(Ct))=- (25)
2i 1C1-{-C1 C'(C, CC)(1-C1C')
IC'I=t
Let us make cuts along the real axis of the C'-plane from 0 to 1/C1 and
from C1 to 0o and if we take for
_00 - C1C')
YC' (C1-
that branch that is positive on the right-hand side of the cut (0, 1/r;'1). Since the
integrands in (24) and (25) are regular in the cut planes, we can deform the paths
of integration and, in particular, we can constrict them to the path extending from
1/C1 to 0 along the upper side of the cut and then from 0 to along the
lower side of the cut (0, 1/C1).
As a result, we obtain
ti
I
ele
C1
c
n JC'
dC'
(1 -C1C')
+ 1C , (26)
I
2i
C'+ + -ao- F (C1))=n C'(C1-C')
(27)
where the radicals are understood to mean their positive values. By equating the.
real (and imaginary), parts of the two sides of (26), we determine c and c I. We
then obtain from (27) an expression for F (C) - ap :
C1
C'dC'
`
O VC'(C1-C')(1-C1C')
9ia - 1)
,F (CI)-Qo=CI- 1
C1+2(e 1
dC'
If we make the substitution -xs SjS' in these two integrals and use the
notation (20 ') for complete elliptic integrals, we obtain
r1
F(C,)-ao=Ci+C +2C,(e-sta-1)r 1-E1C/
T,
K(
For the maximum that we are seeking, we have
(Ci
E (1 _E 1
K K \C,
From this it follows that for all the functions F(C) _
From + aI/C+ E E and arbi-
trary given a, we have
-E(C1l
(F)+C-
1 1
es;a 2C 1 (28)
K1C/
for t> 1. By virtue of the arbitrariness of a in (28), we obtain inequality (20).
That this inequality also holds for complex C in the domain ICI > 1 follows from
examination of the function The remaining conclusion regarding the
range of values of F(C)/C is proved just as in Theorem 1. This completes the
proof of the theorem.
Theorem 4. For functions F(0 E I in > 1, we have the sharp inequality
E(ICI /1-E\ICI/
CF"(C) 41C 1--2
IC19-1
41CIO c 4101' Ir
K`ICII I (29)
P(C) + ICI'-1 K11Cl/
Inequality (29) determines the range of values of the function V"(0/P(C)
for arbitrary given C in ICI > 1. Consequently, this range is a disk .
Proof. When the function F(C) belongs to the class so does the function
0 F )
FI ( C )
F 1±.ICLC I')
r
+ 2 (1 - I Ct Is) \ =c -I +...
for every CI in ICI > 1 and conversely.
If we apply inequality (20) to FI(C) at the point C= ZI , we obtain inequal-
ity (29) for C_ CI . Conversely, from (29) we can obtain (20). To do this, note
first that, if f(z) E S, then, by applying (29) to the function F(O ^ 1/f(11C), we
obtain in I z I < 1 the inequality
140 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
g(c)= f-(Z)(1-Iz12)
...Es
(where I z I < 1) at the point t; = - z, we obtain in I z I < 1 the inequality
If(z)+c2z+1-Izj2-2 (31)
(LO
Finally, if F(C) = C+ a1/C+ E I and F(0 1 c in C1 > 1, then, by apply-
ing (31) to the function f (z) = 1/[F (1/z) - c] E S, we obtain inequality (20) in
CI > 1. From this we get the conclusions on the range of values. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
taken overall pairs of distinct-numbers v, v' taken from 1, , n.) Let Pdenote
the least upper bound of the quantity PF over all functions F E Y'. Then P is
attained by some function w = F (C) that maps the domain I ' > I onto the entire
w-plane with analytic cuts and that satisfies the, differential equation
C2
[F1p12
1 1
in 1.
[1 I F (C P) - F (C",. P) (3)
V:f V,
over all possible systems of points C"P1v = 1, , n, on the circle ( = P,
where p > 1, and we denote by PP the maximum of PPP. F over all F (C) E 1.
By virtue of the normality of the class 1, the maximum PP obviously is
attained. Let FP(C) denote one of the extremal functions. We denote by C"'P,
for v = 1, , n, the points on the circle p for which the quantity (3), set
up for the function FP(C), attains its maximum PP. For the system of these
points Cv, P, let us consider the extremal problem of Theorem 1 of §3. One of
the extremal functions in that problem is obviously FP(C). It follows from the
proof of Theorem 1 (equation (5) with y,,,, v = 1 for v v' and y v, = 0 for
v = v') that the function FP(S) must satisfy in the domain > 1 the differen-
tial equation
[CF (C)]9 I
V :Pl
v
(F(C) - F", P) (F(C) - F"',P)
C'V.FF"P
F'
=n(n- I)+2 1
11 (F",P - Fv'. P) (C - Cv,P)
CV, PF". P
a defined in the interval - rr < a< rr that attains its maximum at a= 0. Therefore,
the derivative of the logarithm of this function vanishes at a= 0 and this leads
to the condition
Cv,P.F, P _ o,
V1=1
Fv,P-Fv'.P
v,
where the summation is over all v' = 1, , n excluding = v. Since this
equation holds for all v = 1, , n, we conclude that the numbers
n
v Cv, PFv, v=1, n,
F, P - , -P
V'=1
are all real. Therefore, the last term on the right side of equation (4) is equal to
Cv, PFV. P
v v'
(Fv,p-Fv, P)(CCr,p-1)
Then, it can easily be combined with the preceding term. As a result, equation (4)
takes the form
1
[CF' (C)]'
VI (F (C) - F, p) (F (C) - Fv',P)
=n(n-1)-2C 1
}, (FY Fv,
1)
) (C - Cv, p)'pFr'P
(C-C, p -1)
(5)
vt-v'
for w = FP(C) in ICI > 1.
n
=n(n- 1)+C
Y=I
I C,
9, cY = const. (6)
nn-1 cY
]
Y=1
If some cv 10, then, in a neighborhood of the point the left-hand member of
(7) is bounded whereas the right-hand member behaves like log which
is impossible. Thus equation (7) reduces to the form (1).
We need also to show that the function FW that we have obtained is the
extremal function in the problem mentioned in the formulation of the theorem. To
do this, we note that, for given c > 0 and fixed pI sufficiently close to 1 but
greater than 1, we have P > PP1 F - c. Furthermore, for a sequence p' -- 1, p' > 1,
such that FP, (J) --+ F(C) we have, from some point on PP1,F - c > PPI,FPS -
2c > PP, F , - 2c = PP, - 2c. Consequently, P > PP, - 2E. On the other hand, for
these same values of p ' , we have PP, _> P. This shows that PP, --+ P; that is,
the function F(J) exhibited above is extremal.
It remains to show that w = F(C) maps the domain > 1 onto the entire
w-plane with analytic cuts. The analyticity of the arcs constituting the boundary
of the image follows from equation (2). We denote this image by B. That B does
not have any exterior points follows from the fact, that, if it did, we could, with-
out changing PF, add on to B a two-dimensional segment and then for the func-
tion w = F. (c), with IF'(-) I < 1, mapping I CI > 1 onto the modified domain B'
we would have I F. (..) i < 1, by Lindelof's principle. But then the function w =
144 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
F' (01F*(-) E I would give PF a higher value than the function F (c), in
contradiction to the extremality of F(C). This completes the proof of the theorem.
The problem considered in Theorem l with n = 2 constitutes the problem of
the extremum of the ordinary diameter of the boundary of the image of the domain
16 1 > 1 under the mapping w = F (C) E Y.. Its solution is well known: P = 4, and
the extremal function is the function F (C) = £+ ??IC + const, where l1l = 1. This
same result can easily be obtained by solving equation (2) with n = 2. The com-
plete solution of this problem for arbitrary n is laborious. We note that the func-
tion F(0 = C(1 + rl/C")21n E E, satisfies equation (2) for arbitrary n > 2 also,
for this function av = 22/net n"il" for v = 1, - , n. However, for the case n = 3,
we can carry the solution through to the end.
Theorem 2. Let F(C) denote a function belonging to E. Then, for arbitrary
points a1, a2, a3 on the boundary of the image of ICl > 1 under the mapping
w=F(C),
l (at-as)(at-aa)(as-aa) 12, (8)
with equality holding for the function
2
the points a 1, a2, a3. These expansions show that av , for v = 1, 2, 3, are the
endpoints on the boundary of the image of the domain I z I > 1 under the mapping
w = F(C) and the point (aI + a2 + a3)/3 is a multiple boundary point out of which
issue the boundary arcs extending to av for v = 1, 2, 3.
Since the extremality of the function F (C) is not lost when we add a constant
to it, let us normalize the function in such a way that a1 + a2 + a3 = 0. If this
extremal function has an expansion
SR14): 0, x > o.
C'
146 1V. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
3 3
cg=2a1, c8=2aQ..
For p > 1,
00 \\
r 3 9 -2 (n- 2
Zp.
n-2
If we take only the first two terms of the series, we get, by letting
Iel11+31c911 3,
that is,
Ia112+31a2 12
Proof. We may assume that all the cv are finite. Consider the function
F(0 = 1/f(1/t) E E0. Then, the points av = 1/cv, v = 1, 2, 3, lie on the bound-
ary of the image of the domain I CI > 1 under the function w = F (C) and, in fact,
on three rays issuing from w = 0 at equal angles with each other. From Theorem
2, we have inequality (8). On the other hand, for v v' (v, v' = 1, 2, 3, we have,
a,-a, -I a,, I9-2cos23 Ia,a,,
a,12+ Ia,,11+Ia,a,'I =31a,a,,I
and, consequeently,
(a1 - a9) (a1 - a3) (a3 - a3) I i 3 V3 I a1aSa3
This last inequality, together with (8), yields I a 1 a2 a3 l < 4, which is equivalent
to inequality (14). We verify directly that equality holds for the function (15) and
the points cv = 2-2/3q-1/3e217vi/3, v = 1, 2, 3.
Without going into detail, we mention the following. By using Schiffer's
studies [19381, one can show first that equation (10) holds in the domain ICI > 1
for an arbitrary extremal function of the type mentioned in Theorem 2 and then
that equality holds in (8) and (14) only for the functions (9) and (15) respectively.')
Let us look at the following problem on the extrema of the coefficients in
the class S.
Theorem 3. Among all the functions w = f(z) = X,°=1cvz' E S, the maximum
of the quantity
Tyco (16)
for arbitrary given n > 2 and arbitrary given complex numbers y,, for v = 1,
, n, where y,, X 0, is attained only by functions that map the disk I z I < I
onto the entire w-plane with analytic cuts that extend to w = oe without finite
multiple points and that form an angle less than n/4 with the corresponding radial
direction at each point.
Proof. The existence of extremal functions is obvious. Suppose that f (z) is
one of these. The function f (z) also maximizes the quantity
JI = t (e`, T,cy) (17)
r=1
1)(Theorems 1 apd 2 and the more general corollary of Theorem 2 have recently been
proved by Reich and Schiffer [19641 with the additional assertion that the extremal func-
tions are unique.)
148 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
and consequently,
n n
((ef(zo)1"-
Jf.=Jl+51 (eteh I17"(E) eieh Goofo )"Y1T"e"
- eiBh Zofo
(fo 1'
f
n
r=1
" Jzo`f' (E)1 + e'oh. (foo 1'"=f" J oE'f' (E)l)
1 Ezo J" Z' ( 3 EJ + 0(1 hIs)
n
1
1
The condition of extremality of the function f(z) requires that the inequality
Jir. < Jf hold, that is, that
§4. METHOD OF VARIATIONS 149
For small IhI and arbitrary arg h, this can be true only if
ere
(r
zT
f
If
l9
/ 11
n
f (E)'
f(E)-f(zo)
}
(ere,(Yc. + et0T
v
IzE
n
ere (zf' (z)1' J f (E)' 1
f(z) f(E)-f(z)
n
(ere,(YcY JzEf (E)1 ere f zE'f (E) 11
.=t 11 + et0
1 E-Z V 7° l 1-3E lYl (19)
It follows from this differential equation that the boundary of the domain B con-
sists of a finite number of analytic arcs and that equation (19) holds for w = f(z)
on the circle I z I = 1.
Let us show that the right-hand side of formula (19) is negative for z I.
We note that a function w = O(z) that satisfies the conditions t/i(0) = 0 and
i/i' (0) > 0 and that maps the disk z I < 1 univalently onto the disk w < 1 with
I
radial cut of length r issuing from the point w = e-`q6, can be determined from the
equation
9
werI-{- were - (1 h) zero -}-
sere
)+2h, h - 4 T__8
1
For h, we obtain
yr(z)=z-hz i+zer ; +0(h9), 4+' (0)=1-h, h>0. w
n n
Jf.=Jf+hUt(e;e T+c+-e 1- Eet 0(h9).
y
v=1
17+
l i < 0. (20)
The difference between the right-hand side of (19) and the left-hand side of (20)
is equal to n n
ye+ ete
+=1 l.
But this quantity is equal to zero, as is shown by comparing its value for the func-
tion f (z) with its values for the functions e-"-"f (e `az) E S with real a. This
proves that the right-hand side of (19) is negative for z I = 1.
Let us now show that, if our extremal function w = f (z) does not map the
disk I z I < 1 onto the w-plane with rectilinear cuts that would include the point
w = 0 if extended in the opposite direction, then the real part of the quantity
n
Q zm= e;eI J f(E)°
+-I
which appears in equation (19), is positive at all finite boundary points of the
domain B. Let w0 denote an arbitrary finite point on the boundary of B. The
function
-f( )(Z
0
on the entire boundary of the domain. But the quantity on the left-hand side of
this inequality measures the angle between the tangent to the boundary of B at
the point w = f(z) and the ray passing through the points w = 0 and w = f(z).
Consequently, this angle must be less than it/4. This completes the proof of the
152 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
theorem.
Let us now apply the method of variations to the investigation of a particular
extremal problem for the class S. of functions
f (z)=clz+c%Z%-{-...,
that are regular and univalent in the disk I z I < 1 and that do not assume m given
finite values a 1, , a,,, , where m > 1. Let us look at the problem of maximizing
-
Icn I for given n > I with respect to functions of the class Sa (see Goluzin [1946f]).
Theorem 4. A function w = f(z) = c1 z + c2 z2 + C Sa for which I c I, where n is
a given integer > 1, attains its maximum maps the disk I z I < 1 onto the entire
w-plane with cuts along a finite number of analytic arcs and satisfies in the disk
I z I < 1 the differential equation
n.-1 _
R((1(z)) z2f''(z)9=n+ om \Cv
l/ Z -v
V( )) l L..I (n - V) Cn CCnv zv), (25)
V - I
where
m m-3
P(w)= II(w-ak), R(w)_ E bkwk,
k=1 k=-n-1
the bk being constants. In equation (25), the right-hand member is real and non-
negative on the entire circle I z I = 1, and the boundary cuts referred to are with
a suitable parametric representation w = w(t) (t real), the integral curves of the
differential equation
R(n') (26)
P (w) dt
Proof. The existence of extremal functions is obvious. Specifically, the
quantity I c I has a finite upper bound because, if f(z) = I' k=1 ck zk E Sa, we
k
have the well-known inequality I c I _< en for the function f (z)/c 1 =1 c k z
and consequently, I c I < en I c 1 I . If we apply the familiar inequality If (z)/c 11 >
I Z I/(1 + I Z I ) 2 to a point z on the circle I z I = r at which If(z)I < I a11, we obtain
I C 1 I< ((1 + r) 2/r) I a I. It follows from this that c 1 I< 4 I a 1 a s r -+ 1. Conse-
I
quently,
Icnl<4enIa1
By virtue of the normality of the class Sa , this upper bound is attained.
If f (z) is an extremal function, the function f (e C1L z) for arbitrary real a,
which has the same image B, will also be an extremal function. Therefore, there
§4. METHOD OF VARIATIONS 153
exist extremal functions such that c > 0 and they exhaust all extremal functions
in the sense of the characteristic of the images B.
Suppose that f(Z) = 17_1 Ck Zk is one of the extremal functions such that
cn > 0. Let B denote the corresponding image. By using the varied function
obtained from equation (27) of §3 of Chapter III, when we replace w with f(z)
and take w I = w2 = .. - = wn = 0, we can show, following the same reasoning as
in the proof of Theorem 3, that the domain B does not have exterior points.
Nov\We can easily obtain a differential equation for the function f(z). Since
the functioa\(29) of §3 of Chapter III is a function in the class S. for arbitrary
distinct z 1, j , z,, in the disk I z I < 1 and sufficiently small A, we have, set-
ting AA = /Y in that formula
m
(f (E) - ak) m
t{g E -CC.+h {(E) k-l hI Akf(Zk) '(E
1J
! k= lZkf' (Zk)9 E - "Z n
(f (E}-f(n
k=1
m
+ + 0 Q h 9)
Akf (Zk) f WI (E)
1 -2kE n
k= Zkf'(Zkr
where (0())In denotes the coefficient of z in the expansion of the function
O(z) about z =0. But since $2((f" <c,,, we have
m
(f (E) - ak)
Akf (zk) IEf' (E) I
f (E) km I h
E - Zk n
II (f(C)-f(Zk)) n k-1 kf (k)9
k-1
m
+W J Akf(Zk)
k=l zkf'(Zk)9 1- ZkCJJn
If we replace the next to the last term with its conjugate (which leaves the
real part unchanged), we obtain
m
R (f (E) - ak) m
k=1 Akf(zk) Ef' (E)
f (E) (it - Zk In
lh zkf' (Zk)s
IT (A0 -f(Zk)) n k=1
k=1
-{1'f 2kEIn/J/+0(1 h19)=0.
Because of the arbitrariness of arg h, this leads to the condition
154 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
m
J1 (f (E) - ak) m
f k=1
m
II (f (E) f(zk)) ln
- 1
Akf (zk) (fEf' (E)
kf' (zk)'
IE'f' (E)
ll- kEIn)
l = 0. (27)
Since the first term on the left does not vanish identically for all values of z1,
, zm, we can choose_ z 1, , zm such that this term is nonzero. Now, fixing
z 2, ,zm, let us change z 1 , considering it a variable z. Then, the A k take
the form
Al __ P (f (z)) (k = 2 , ... , m) ,
Q (f (z)) Ak - f (z) Bkf (zk)
where
m in
P (w) = lI (w - ak), Q (w) _ fl (w -f (xk)),
k=1 k-2
and the Bk are constants. Therefore, condition (27) can now be written in the
form
m
(f (E) - ak)
f(E)
k=1 _ P (f (z)) f (z) Ef' (E)
l (a - 2
'" Q (f (z)) zf' (z)9
R MO -f (zk)) n
k=1
in
Il1f, (01")
- 3E +1
k=2
f(z) -f (zk)
Ck 0,
,
R- -z$f'(z)'= Rl,
z- (28)
P(f(z))
where
m-3
R (w) _ }J bkwk.
k=-n-1
Thus, the function f(z) satisfies the differential equation (28) in the disk
z I < 1. Admittedly, this differential equation contains the unknown constants
ck aril bk, We conclude, therefore, from the analytic theory of differential equa-
tions,that f(z) is regular not only in the disk I z I < 1 but also on the circle
I Z I = 1 except at a finite number of points. Consequently, the boundary of the
domain B consists of a finite number of analytic arcs.
The differential equation for the boundary of the domain B can be put in a
simpler form. To do this, let us consider a function w = 1r(z) where 4i(O) = 0 and
0'(0) > 0, that maps the disk I z I < 1 univalently onto the disk I w I < 1 with a
small radial cut issuing from the point w = e-'8. For this function, we have the
expression in I z I < 1
obviously belongs to the class S,,. By setting f 1 (z) = k=1 c (1) zk , we have
n-1
C(,) = cn - h (ncn +2 E kcke(n-l)re) + 0 (h9).
k-1 /
From the extremality of the function f (z) we have Y (c;11) < c,, , which,
because of the smallness of h, leads to the condition
n-1
ncn + 251(E kcker(n -k) e 1 ! 0.
k=1
If we now set e`8 = z, we obtain an inequality expressing the nonnegativeness of
the right-hand member of equation (28). Thus, on the circle z 1,
R (f (z)) z1 f, (z)9 ':- 0.
P (f (z))
It follows that, with a suitable parametric representation w = w(t), where t is
156 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
real, of the boundary of the domain B, we have for this boundary the differential
equation
R (tai P(w) I dw\ ,+ 1 _0'
where L dt
m m-3
P (w) = ft (w - ak), R (w) _ 2] bk wk.
k=1 n-1
Consider the function f (z) with c = I c I e-`0. Let us apply the above
reasoning to f (e `B/6 Z). If we replace z with a-`0" z In the formulas obtained,
we obtain the assertion of the theorem (I c I is included in the coefficients bk ).
Let us stop for the important special case of n = 1; that is, let us find a
bound for I c 11 = I f ' (0) 1. This quantity represents the radius of the disk onto
which the domain B containing the point z = 0 is mapped univalently by the func-
tion z = 95(w) normalized by the conditions 95(0) = 0 and 0'(0) = 1. It is called
the con formal radius of the domain B (cf. Chapter II, §2). The results obtained
above concerning the bounds for the coefficients with n = 1 thus apply to the
extremum of the conformal radius for domains B not containing oe and a given
finite system of points a1, , am. The corresponding extremal function belong-
ing to the class S. satisfies the differential equation obtained from (25) with n = 1:
Rt ( f ' (z))
P (f' (z))
_
(Z )
f (z) 1
1,
This yields an explicit analytical expression for the function O(w). The con-
stants B0, B 1, , Bm remain undetermined.
A formula of the form (29) was proved earlier by Lavrent ev (1934] by starting
with the principles of Lindelof and Montel.l) These principles lead to the
1) Grotzsch L1930] studied the extremum of the conformal radius for the class S. on
the basis of other considerations. He also pointed out the analytic form of the extremal
function in a certain particular case.
§4. METHOD OF VARIATIONS 157
uniqueness of the extremal function f (z) normalized by the condition f ' (0) > 0.
We note that, in the case of the extremum of I c I for n > 1, the function
f (z) normalized by the condition c > 0 does not always have a unique extremum.
Let us show this with an example. Suppose that ak = ae21rki/m (k = 1, 2, , n),
where n > 1 and n i 1 (mod m). If f (z) is one of the normalized extremal func-
tions, then the function f1(z) = f(ze2ni/m) e-err`/m belongs to the class S. and is
-also a normalized extremal function for I cn I. This function is distinct from f(z)
bec"µse f'(0) = e-2n(n-1)i/m f'(0)
f'(0).
Ijt is also easy to show that Lindelof's principle does not apply to Icn I for
n > 1, that is, that I c i does not necessarily increase when the domain B is
I
broadened.
In conclusion, let us examine the following problem on disjoint domains: Let
a, a2 , , an, where n > 2, denote n distinct finite points in the w-plane.
Functions w = fk (z), k = 1, 2, , n, that are regular in the disk I z I < 1 map
that disk univalently onto disjoint domains Bk including the points ak , for k =
1, 2, , n, respectively in such a way that fk (0) = ak for k = 1, 2, - , n, The
question arises: can we speak of the maximum of the product
rt
J_HIfk(0) I
k=l
over all possible functions fk (z), for k = n?
In the case n = 2, the answer to this question was given by Lavrent rev
L19341 (on the basis of his variational method). It consisted in the sharp ine-
quality
If (p)f;(0)Icla,-al I9,
in which equality holds only for the functions f 1(z) and f 2,(z) that map the disk
I z I < 1 onto the halfplanes about the common boundary of which the points a1
and a2 are symmetric.
The existence of extremal functions is easily proved. Specifically, since the
function gk (z) = (fk (z) - ak )/ fk (0), belongs to S for k = 1, 2, , a, and does
not assume in the disk z I < 1 the values (ak 1 - ak )/fk (0), where k 1 L k, it
I
follows from Koebe's theorem that (ak 1 - a0 f; (0) > %; that is, I fk (0)I
4I ak 1 - akI . This proves that the quantity I has a bound independent of the form
of the functions f k (z) for k = 1, 2, - , n. From this and the normality of the
family of functions fk(z) that we are considering, we conclude that the least
upper bound J0 of the quantity J is attained.
158 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
11 (w-a,)
w*=w+h v=1 1 kon,
n
II (w-w")
V=1
v#ko
where A is a complex number and the wv, for v = 1, 2, . , n, v / k0 are distinct
points. This function can be represented in the form
n
w*=w+h w+ xo+ I au-1
v#ko
From this we easily see that, for sufficiently small the function w` is uni-
valent on the entire plane from which sufficiently small neighborhoods of all points
wv, for v = 1, 2, , n, v / k0 are removed. Therefore, if wv = fv(z,,), for v =
1, 2, , n, where z v I .< 1, then the function
I
n
1I (fk (Z) - av)
f k (z) =fk (z) + h n"
-I 1 kon, (30)
11 Vk (Z) -A (Z,))
V=1
v#ko
is, for k = k0, regular and univalent in the disk I z I < 1. For k / k0 , the function
(30) has a simple pole z = zk in the disk z I < 1. Consequently, the theorem in
I
(fk (Z)
-
-fv (zv))
V=1
v= ko
§4. METHOD OF VARIATIONS 159
n
17
1 (A (4) - av)
zfk (z) V=1 1
Zk V; (zk))9 n z
(fk (zk) -fv (Z9))
v=1
v#k, ko
n
17
1 (fk (zk) - av)
i°fk (z) -I
T 0 (I h I9) (31)
+h xk (fk (zk))2 n 1
1 Zkz
(fk (zk) -fv (zv))
v=1
-,#k, ko
which is regular and univalent in the disk I z I < 1 for small values of I A I: also
f k (0) = ak . The functions w = f k(z), k = 1, 2, , n, thus defined now map the
disk I z I < 1 for small I A I onto disjoint domains and f k(0) = ak ,. k = 1, 2, ; n.
Equations (30) and (31) are the desired variational formulas.
From the functions f k (z) for k = 1, 2, , n; k ko , let us now construct
the varied functions (31) with z 0 for v = 1, 2, . , n, v / k0 , which, together
with the function fk0 (z) constructed in accordance with formula (3), are also
admissible functions of the extremal problem that we are considering. Now, we
easily obtain the equation n
(ak - av)
v=1
ko
J*_ ft Ifk (0)I=Jo 1+9Z I h
k=1
y111 (ak -fv (zv))
of k
n
7n
11 (fk (zk) - av)
+21 Zk (f(zk))9 n
+ O (I h Is) .
k-1 (fk (zk) - fv (zv))
k*ko v=l
v$k, ko
By virtue of the arbitrariness of arg A and the extremality of the functions fk (z)
for k =.I, 2, , n, this last relation can hold only if the expression in the large
square brackets is equal to zero, that is only if
n 11 (ak
vl
v$k
av)
I
n
1
11 (fk (zk) - av)
v=1
= 0. (32)
zk (fk (zk))9
k=1 lI (ak ---A (Z9)) T k_ 1 11 (fk (Zk) -A (zv))
_ ' k - k v=1
9 -/'ko ° v#k. ko
160 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
Consequently, this condition must be satisfied for an arbitrary choice of the points
z k , for k= 1, 2, - . , n in the disk I z I < 1 and for arbitrary k0 = 1, 2, - - - , n.
It follows from (32) that the functions fk (z) are piecewise-analytic on the
circle I z I = 1. To see this, let us fix all the points zk, k = 1, 2, - -, n; k k0,
with the exception of one of them zk 1 = z (where 1 < k 1 < n). We see that condi-
tion (32) becomes a differential equation for fk 1(z):
z9 (f"k, (z))9 = R (.fk, (z)),
where R (w) is a rational function. Our assertion then follows from the analytic
theory of differential equations.
Let us look at some particular cases. The case n = 2 can be carried through
to its completion without difficulty and we shall not stop to do this.
Now let us look at the case n = 3. In this case, equation (32) with 'k0 = 1
yields
(a,- a9) (a, - aa) _L (a3 - a,) (a, - a,)
(a, - f, (z8)) (a, f a (za)) (a9 -f2 (23)) (a8 -f8 (23))
1=1(
a
v2 z 9)- a,)
(aa-a,) +
(as -f9 (za)) (aa -fa (za)) f, (z9) -fa (za) 3 s (f2 (z9))'
Since equations (33) and (34) hold for arbitrary Z1 , Z2, and z3 in the disk
Iz I < 1, it follows that in the disk I z I < 1 we have A (fk (z)) = C = const for
§4. METHOD OF VARIATIONS 161
for k = 1, 2, 3; that is, the functions w = fk (z) for k = 1, 2, 3 are each a solution
of the differential equation
a
II (ak-w)
k=1 _ (a,-a,) (a,-a,) + (a,-a) (a,-as)
a, _W a, -w
z°w'9
+ (a, - a,) (a, - a+ C, (35)
a, - w
C=const.
1
Of cdurse, the constant C may depend on al, a2 and a3 However, we are not
able 'to determine its value.
Let us consider separately the two cases C / 0 and C = 0.
In the first case, equation (35) reduces to the form
YP(w)w' Z,
7J=±'1, (36)
3
11 (ak - w)
k=1
where p (w) is a polynomial of exactly third degree, and its zeros are distinct
from a1, a2, and a3. For extremal domains Bk, the union UJ=1 Bk coincides
with the entire w-plane. Therefore, the. point w = oe lies on the boundary of cer-
tain of these domains Bk , let us say, for example, on the boundary of B 1 . Let us
denote the point on the circle I z 1 corresponding to it under the mapping w =
f 1(z) by z = z 1. Then, in a neighborhood of z = z 1, we have
f; (A+ B-f-...)
3 fi
_'z A t- 0.
f,2
Consequently,
1(A'-}-+...)=_71ogz_ z-z,+ c,(z-z1)",
f, z,
fa z, v-2
This means that, in a neighborhood of z = z
00
If the point w = oe were also a boundary point of some other domain Bk (k 1),
the same would be true about the corresponding function fk (z). But this is impos-
sible since the domains Bk, k = 1, 2, 3, are disjoint. Thus, in the present case,
the point w = oo lies on the boundary of only one of the domains Bk. The other
162 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
fk(Z)=askl -+ckz)3,
ckz
\\\ 1
ck=const, k=1, 2, 3.
For the functions fk(z) to be regular in the disk I z I < I and for the union
U jc=1 Bk to coincide with the entire w-plane, we must have ck = e 1k for k =
1, 2, 3, so that we finally obtain
2
Thus, for an arbitrary system of functions fk (z), for k = 1, 2, 3, that satisfy the
condition fk (0) = ak , that are regular in the disk I z I < 1, and that map this disk
univalently onto disjoint domains, we obtain the sharp inequality
3
fk (0) c gl
Y 8 I (a1- a3) (at -- as) (as - as) I (41)
W
cw
+d, ak cak + d , k =1, 2, 3, (42)
ti
then w as a function of z satisfies the same,differential equation
a
This is easy to verify directly by substituting the expressions (42) for w and the
ak into equation (35). Using this property, we choose the transformation (42) in
such a way that the points ak, k = 1, 2, 3, are mapped into the points ak = atk,
where e = e 2n`13. Then, the equation for w reduces to the form (38). Consequently,
ti ti
its solutions are functions w = fk(z), with f k (0) = a k of the form (39) that map
the disk I z I < 1 onto the three angles mentioned above. The functions w = fk (z),
with Ak (0) = ak , that satisfy equation (35) with C = 0 are then of the form
%
k=1
fk (0)
over all possible systems of functions fk (z), for k = 1, 2, 3, that are regular and
univalent in the disk I z I < 1 and that map this disk onto disjoint domains. Since
I does not change when we replace the functions fk(z) with cj:k(z), where c is
a constant, we can confine ourselves to functions fk(z) that satisfy the condi-
tion Ifk (0) I < 1. Now, just as above, let us show that
I ff (0) I 4 Ifr (0) -fa (0) I, Ifa (0) J C 4 Ifs (0) -f3 (0)
If9(0)1-4If3(0)-fr(0)I
164 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
From this we conclude that the family of functions fk (z) that we are considering
is normal and that I < 83. Consequently, the least upper bound of the quantity I
is finite and is attained by some system of functions f k (z), for k = 1, 2, 3.
Let us set f k(0) = ak , for k = 1, 2, 3, and let us look at the question of the
maximum of the quantity
J= 6 fk (0)
k=1
over all systems of functions fk (z), for k = 1, 2, 3, that satisfy the condition
fk (0), that are regular in the disk I z < 1, and that map that disk univalently
onto disjoint domains. According to what was said above, this maximum is attained
by the functions f k(z). Therefore, on the basis of the exposition above, we con-
clude that the images Bk of the disk z I < 1 under the mappings w = f k(z) are
such that the union Uk=lBk coincides with the entire w-plane. Therefore, there
exists a point a that lies on the boundary of at least two of the domains Bk.
Let us define new functions
k = 1, 2, 3.
These functions also map the disk I z < 1 onto disjoint domains, and the quan-
tity I has the same value for them as for the functions f `(z) for k = 1, 2, 3 since
I is invariant under a single fractional linear transformation performed on all the
functions fk (z) for k = 1, 2, 3. This means that the functions f (z), for k =
1, 2, 3, are extremal under search for the maximum of the quantity 1. If we set
rr
f k (0) = 1/(ak - a) = ak , we conclude that the functions f k`(z) are extremal also
for the maximum of the quantity
J'=
Ik=1 I
with respect to all of the functions fk (z), k = 1, 2, 3, that satisfy the condition
fk(0) = ak , that are regular in the disk Izj < 1, and that map this disk univalently
onto disjoint domains. Since the point w = o lies on the boundary of at least two
of the three domains onto which the disk I z I < 1 is mapped by w = f k* (z), it
follows in accordance with the analysis made above that the functions w = f%`(z)
are solutions of a differential equation of the type (35) with C = 0. But then, the
maximum Jp of the quantity J is calculated, in accordance with (40), from the
formula 64
4 81 Y g
1 (a; -- Q (al - as) (a; - ay) I
§5. LIMITS OF CONVEXITY AND STARLIKENESS 165
This fact, in conjunction with the fact that the maximum of the quantity l is
attained by the .functions f ` (z), leads us to the conclusion that this maximum is
equal to 64/81 /. But then, for an arbitrary system of functions fk (z), k = 1, 2, 3,
that are regular in the disk I z I < 1 and that map this disk univalently onto dis-
joint domains, we have I < 64/81 vl_, which is equivalent to inequality (41). We
note, finally, that, since l is invariant under an arbitrary fractional-linear trans-
formation of the functions fk (z) (but the same transformation for all three values
of I), inequality (41) holds also when one of the functions fk (z) is meromorphic
in the disk IzI <1.
We formulate the results of this section in two theorems:
Theorem 5. If points a1 , a2, and a3 are vertices of an equilateral triangle,
then the maximum of the quantity j = ink-lfk (0)1 out of all possible systems of
functions fk (z) for k = 1, 2, 3 that satisfy the condition fk (0) = ak, that are
regular in the disk I z < 1, and that map that disk univalently onto disjoint do-
mains is attained by the functions w = fk (z), k = 1, 2, 3, each of which maps the
disk z I < 1 onto the domain between two rays at an angle 21r/3 with vertex at
the center of the triangle and with bisector passing through the point ak . On the
other hand, if the points al, a2 and a3 are not all situated in such a position,
then the same maximum is attained by the functions fk(z), for k = 1, 2, 3, one
of which is bounded in the disk I z I < 1.
Theorem 6. For functions fk (z), k = 1, 2, 3, that map the disk I z I < 1
univalently onto disjoint domains, we have the sharp inequality
6
4
k=1
fk (0) 81 3
I (fr (0) -.ff (0)) (ft (0) -fa (0)) (f9 (0) -f9 (0)) I (44)
Equality holds in (44) only for functions (39) and for the functions obtained from
them by any fractional-linear transformation (the same transformation for k = 1,
2, 3).
0 + arg ['(z) with the real axis. It follows that I z I < r is mapped into a convex
domain if and only if
'(2 +,p+argf'(z)) 0
on the circle I z I = r or, what amounts to the same thing, if and only if
zf " (z)1 + 1 : 0
f' (z) /
(
on that circle. But inequality (6) of §4, Chapter II yields, when we replace the
absolute value on the left with the real part taken with minus sign
1-4IzI+Izl2
f (Z) Z 11,
1) R. Nevanlinna [1919-1920].
§5. LIMITS OF CONVEXITY AND STARLIKENESS 167
E( ) 7
KI 1) T 8P,=0.
1
lP
Calculations show that R' = 1.78 .
The limit of starlikeness. We define the limit of starlikeness for the class S
as the least uupperr bound R., of radii r of disks I z I < r that are mapped by an
arbitrary function td,= f(z) of the class S onto domains that are starlike about
w = 0, that is, onto 4omains possessing the property that arg w always increases
as a point w moves around the boundary of such a domain in the positive direction.
To determine R5 , we note that the disk I z I < r is mapped onto a starlike domain
if and only if
0argf(z) =s1 (zf'z(z)10
fO
where z = re `(P, everywhere on the circle Iz = r, or, what amounts to the same
thing,
zf (z) C a
arg f (z)
By virtue of inequality (12) of §1, which gives a sharp inequality for
arg (zf ' (z)/f(z))I for arbitrary z in I z I < 1, it now follows that R5 is a solu-
tion of the equation log [(1 + r)/(1 - r)] = rr/2; that is, 1)
x
R5 = 1 - e 2
_ tanh 4 = 0.65... . (2)
1+e 2
1) Grunskyj1934].
2) Goluzin 19351.
168 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
Furthermore, Dn < 1 for arbitrary n because there exist functions of the class S
that map the open disk z I < 1 onto spiral-shaped domains. Furthermore, DI = RS
I
The exact values of D,, for n > 1 are unknown. We shall give the greatest
possible lower bounds for L), . We use the following
Lemma. The closed disk
z1 (ld,'nE'< (n= /
d1 d.2jTll9)' IEIC1, do<Dn
n
1, 2, ...) (4)
is mapped by an arbitrary function w = f(z) C S into a domain of the type Dn(f(.))
Proof. If f(z) belongs to the class S, so does the function
(C+El fl1+EC-f(E)
g(C)= =c+b9C9-}-...
f (E) (IC0
for arbitrary 6 in tI < 1.. Consequently, this function maps the closed disk
ICI : do , where d < D,, , into a region of the type D. (0). Therefore, the function
w = f(z) maps the closed disk
(5)
z=1+EC, Itl=d,,,
that is, the disk I(z - l;)/(1 - Tz)I < d,, onto a domain of the type
From (5), we get in succession
Iz-EI9<dnII-Ez
zl9-A(Ez)+IEI' dR-2POR(Ez)+dnIEz12,
IZI9(1-d'jEI')-2T(Ez)(I-da-dn - IEll,
$- 2 Z1-dJIE
r (1-da 1 E1'(1-d,i)
IZI + 1-dnjEl-
§5. LIMITS OF CONVEXITY AND STARLIKENESS 169
d'-IEI' IE1'(1-d:)'
dn(1-IEfs)s
1-d,EI' (1-dnIEI2)' (1-dnIEI')s,
from which (4) follows immediately.
We shall now use this lemma to prove the inequalities
\\ 1- Din < (1- Dn \ 1- Dsn+m < f l - Dn I - Dm (6)
11+Dsn_ \1+DnI ' 1+Dsn+m 1I +DnI 1+Dm
for arbitraril m > 1 and n > 1.
To derive the first inequality, we set 6= adn in (4), where I a 1 and
n > 0. We then see that every function w = f (z) C S maps the closed disk
adn do
z-1+ dnI C +d.-,
dn< Dn (7)
1
onto a domain of the form Dn(f (adn)). The disk (7) includes the point z = 0 on
its boundary. If we let a move around the circle I a I = 1, then the disks (7) cover
completely the disk I z < 2dn/(1 + An arbitrary point in the image of this
disk can be connected with the point f (0) = 0 by a broken line that lies entirely
in it and that consists of no more than 2n rectilinear segments because there
exists an a of modulus unity such that the image of the disk (7) includes
both these points, with the result that it is possible to connect them with the
point f(ade) by broken lines lying entirely in it and consisting of not more than
n rectilinear segments. We conclude from this that 2dn/(1 + d 2 ) < D2n . Since
this is true for arbitrary d < Dn, by taking the limit as do -+ Dn, we see that
2Dn/(1 + Dn) < D2n and hence that
2Dn
1-Din 1+Dt (1-D. l9
1+DsnC1 + 1 +D'n
2Dn 1+Dn1 '
which proves the first of inequalities (6).
To prove the second of inequalities (6), we set = ar in (4), where I al 1,
do < r < 1, and n > 0. Since
_ IEI do
I E I (1-dx) }dn(1-IEII) _1
1-djIEls - 1-dnjEj' i-dnIEI '
we conclude on the basis of geometrical considerations that the disk (4) is con-
tained in the annulus
IEI - dn C I z C IEI+dn (8)
1 - dnIEI I
- 1+d aIEI'
170 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
and is tangent to both its boundary circles. If we now let a move around the
circle I a I = 1, the disks ( 4) completely cover this annulus. Let us now choose
6 in such a way that (161 - dn)/(1 - d,, 16I) = D. , where m > 0. This yields 161 =
(Dm + dm)/(1 + d,Dm) < 1. Then, by the same reasoning used to derive the first of
inequalities (6), we see that the image of the disk I z I < (161 + do )/(1 + do 161)
is of the type Den+m (0) and consequently that (I 61 + dn)/(1 + do 19) < Den,.-
This yields
1-Dm_1+dnl-
1+Dn-I-dn1+
1-D2n+m
I+Dnn+mC1+dn1+IEI .
If we now take the limit as do -+ Dn and divide the inequality by the equality, we
obtain the second of inequalities (6).
From these inequalities with n = 1, we have
I-D ((1-D
1+D, < 1+D,) '
1 -Din r1-D l+Dm-s
I+DC `1+D,) al-D , m >2 .
From these we find by iteration that, for arbitrary in,
1 -D (I -D m
1+DmC 11+D, ) (9)
Noting that D1 = tanh (n/4) we obtain from (9) for arbitrary m > 0
I- Dm<e T2
I+Dm
that is,
am
D. :-:- tanh MIC
- > 1 - 2e 2
This is the desired lower bound for Dm. In particular, D2 > 0.91 and D3 > 0.98.
question is given by the theorem on p. 174. The proof of that theorem is based on
two lemmas, which we shall now prove.
Lemma 1 (Grotzsch's principle)." Suppose that we have a set of n disjoint
simply connected domains Sk, for k = 1, 2, , n, that are contained in the
annulus r <t, I < R, where r = 0 and R and that are bounded by Jordan
curves each of 'which has a nondegenerate arc (i.e. an arc not consisting of a
single point), in common with each of the circles z = r and I z = R. (The
I
Sk can be regarded as strips extending from the inner to the outer circle.) If
these domains are mapped onto rectangles in the C-plane with sides equal re-
spectively to ak and bk in such a way that the arcs referred to are mapped into
sides of lengths ak, then
n
T ak 2n
1ikC k
(1)
kt log r
with equality holding only if the Sk are domains of the form r < I z I < R, ok <
arg z < ck+1 completely filling the annulus.
Proof. Let us cut the annulus r < I z I < R along an arc belonging to the
boundary of one of the strips Sk and let us map the
simply connected domain obtained onto the plane
t = log z = u + iv (see Figure 8). This mapping
maps the strips Sk into strips S1," that extend from
the line u = log r to the line u = log R (see Figure
9). Let z = gk (t) denote the functions inverse to
those mentioned in the lemma. These functions map
the strips Sk onto the rectangles Rk : 0 < 6 < bk ,
0 < 71 < ak (see Figure 10). Then the functions t =
log gk(t) = fk(') map Rk onto the strips Sk . The Figure 8
images of the sides of length ak under this mapping
lie on the straight lines u = log r and u = log R.
We denote by Ik the area of the strip Sk . Then, we obviously have
r
I Ikc2rtlogR.
k=t
r
1) Grorzsch[19281.
172 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
S I A (c) I dt
0
are the lengths of the images of the sides parallel to the sides of length bk ; that
is , they are the lengths of certain curves extending from the line u = log r to the
line u = logg R. Therefore f 0k f k (C)d> log (R/r ), and, consequently, Ik >
(ak /bk) (log (R/r))2. If we substitute this into ILI Ik < 2 n log (R/r) and divide
by (log (R/r))2, we obtain (1).
For equality to hold in (1), it is obviously necessary that the strips Sk com-
pletely fill the annulus r < I z I < R and that the images (referred to above) of
all the lines parallel to the sides of length bk be lines parallel to the real axis,
that is, that the Sk be of the form r < I z I < R, ck < arg z < ck+1. A simple
check shows that in this case equality does indeed hold in (1).
R, a
lOgr logR
Figure 9 Figure 10
these domains onto rectangles in the ic-plane with sides equal respectively to ak
and bk in such a way that the line segments referred to are mapped onto sides of
length ak, then
n
Y bk_ (2)
kal
E.gv,ality holds only if the Sk are rectangles entirely filling the rectangle of sides
A and A,
Proof `(analogous to the preceding). Let z = fk (C) denote the functions inverse
to those mentioned in the lemma. These functions fk(C) map the Sk onto rec-
tangles Rk : 0 < e < bk , 0 < q < ak . Let 1k denote the area of Sk . Then, on the
one hand, we have
Ik -,c-- AB
kl
and, on the other,
d'i ak bk ak
Ik =SSA (C)19 A
Rk
S bk
0
1)0 fia (C) dE)9 d > B9
bk
d l = ak B9
bk
Consequently, Y,k=1akB2/bk < AB, from which we obtain (2). That equality holds
in (2) only when the Sk themselves are rectangles completely filling the rectangle
of sides A and B is proved just as in Lemma 1.
The possibility of conformal mapping of the z
strips asserted in Lemmas 1 and 2 follows from
the fact that every simply connected region having
more than a single boundary point can be mapped
onto some rectangle in such a way that four given
accessible points on the boundary are mapped into 01 8
the vertices of the rectangle. We prove this last Figure 11
assertion as follows: Let us first map our domain onto the upper half plane and
let us denote by a 1i a2 , a 3 , and a4 the points on the real axis into which the
four given boundary points are mapped. (We can arrange for all the ak to be
finite.) We then map the upper halfplane onto the rectangle by using the function
C
- dC
(C - al) (C - a1) (C - a1) (C -- a4)
Then, the points a I , a2, a 3, and a4 are mapped into the vertices of the rectangle.
174 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
As a consequence of Lemma 2, we obtain the result that the ratio of the sides of
the rectangle is determined uniquely by the mapped domain and the points that are
mapped into the vertices.
Theorem. 1) Let f(z) denote a member of S. Consider n rays issuing from
the point w = 0 forming equal angles each with the next. On each of these n rays
consider that point of intersection of the ray with the boundary C of the image of
the disk z I < 1 under the mapping w = f(z) which is closest to the point w = 0.
I
v
1) Lavrent'ev and Sepelev[1930, 1937](Rengel [1933 ]).The proof presented here was
given by the author [1939d] .
The theorem can be generalized to the case of p-sheeted functions (see Goluzin
[1948]).
§6. COVERING OF SEGMENTS AND AREAS 175
strips Sk, and Sk"" whose images Ik' and Ik " under the function w = fo (z)
will have a common boundary segment on the rays Lk and will together constitute
Figure 12
a strip Ik ' U lk which extends from so and returns to so . The entire w-plane
exclusive of so and, consequently, the image of the annulus r < I z I < 1 under
the function w = f (z) is partitioned into subsets contained in the strips Ik'U 1k"
Also, by hypothesis, the number of such subsets of the image in question that lie
in each strip 1k' U Ek" will not be less than two. Consider the pairs ak , and
ak of these subsets contained in the strips Ik'U Ik" and adjacent to s. Let
us denote by ak ' , bk ' and ak, bk " the sides of the rectangles into which
they are mapped in accordance with Lemma 1 and let us denote by sk ' and sk
their preimages under the mapping w = f(z) lying in r < z I < 1.
Then, in accordance with Lemma 1, we have
a'kr ak 2a
bk, + bkl 1og-
1 (3)
r
Now, let us denote by Ak' and Bk' (Ak "" and Bk ") the lengths of the
sides of the rectangles into which the strip Sk' (Sk ), and hence the strip 1A,
(ak 11) is mapped (as described in Lemma 1). Obviously, we may assume that
AA, , = AV and B k ' = B k . Then, the strip I k ' U E k " is mapped into the rec-
tangle Rk ' k with sides Ak ' and 2Bk ' such that corresponding to sides of
length Ak ' are the parts of the boundary Ik ' U Yk lying on so. These last
176 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
On the basis of this, when we twice apply the inequality (a + b)/2 > a_b, where
a and b are both positive, we obtain
ak, + a,:,--,, 2 ak, a ,, _ 2
bk, bk
V ak, akr,
4 2Ak, Ak, Ak
bk bk Bk, Bkr B4r,
dkr + ak
But, in accordance with Lemma 1, we have
(Ak, Ak.) _ 2a
Bk,+Bk" log Qr
Consequently,
(g_L, ak" 2S
bk, + log 1
Qr
When we compare this with (3), we obtain
2z' 2n
1
1
log log
r Qr
But this contradicts the fact that Q > I. This proves the theorem for the case in
which C is an analytic curve.
In the general case, we need only apply this result to the function f(pz)/p C
S, where p < 1, and then take the limit as p --' 1. By the same method we can
also prove the following theorem on the covering of the segments.
§6. COVERING OF SEGMENTS AND AREAS 177
Theorem 2.1) Let f(z) denote a member of S. Then, in the image of the disk
z I < 1 under this function there are n rectilinear segments issuing from w = 0
at equal angles (2rr/n) to each other the sum of the lengths of which can be made
arbitrarily close to n.
Proof. Let us look at the image B of the disk z I < R, where R < 1, under
I
the function w = f(z). We define the star of the domain B as the largest domain
cdgttained in B that is starlike about w = 0, that is, that has the property that a
straight line segment containing an arbitrary point in it with w = 0 is contained
in it.', Corresponding to the annulus r < (z I < R in the w-plane is a doubly con-
nected domain the inner boundary s of which will, for small r, lie outside the
disk J w < r (1 - Sr) = p, where Sr -- 0 as r --p 0. Let us partition the part of
the star lying outside s by drawing a finite system of rays issuing from w = 0
that have the following properties: 1) the system contains all tangents to the
boundary C of the domain B: 2) it is mapped into itself by a rotation about w = 0
through an angle 21rk/n for k = 1, -, n; and 3) the fluctuations in I w I on the
portion of C between two adjacent rays (though not on the rays themselves) is
less than a given t > 0. Since C is an analytic curve, such a system does exist.
There are nm such rays, where m is an integer. Let us denote them in order by
ll , 12, , l nm . Here, lm k+ q is obtained from lq by a rotation through an angle
2rrk/n (see Figure 14). Let us denote by pk (k = 1 , 2, , nm) the greatest
distance between w = 0 and points of the part gk of the star lying between lk
and lk+1 and outside s (for k = 1, 2, - , nm, gnm+i = gl) By means of the func-
tion J= log (w/p), we transform this system of domains gk into a system of do-
mains hk lying respectively in rectangles with sides of length log (pk/p) and ak .
lK,F
Figure 14
Here, Gk"` , ak = 2n where amk+ 1 = a'1. On the horizontal sides of each of these
rectangles is a boundary segment (see Figure 15).
I
dK
Figure 15
When the domain hk is mapped onto a rectangle with sides ak and bk such
that the boundary segments mentioned above are mapped into the sides of length
bk, we have, in accordance with Lemma 2,
ak : ak
bk J log Pk
P
Therefore,
nm m n-1 m n-I
amk+1
Yk at
Pmkl
Aftj bk
k-l l-lk=olog Pmk+1
P
J
1=1 k=o log PT
log R
r
' min L
k-o log-P 1=I Pmk+1
U1
mI n
k=olog
Pmk+l
P
(4)
n n` n
I Ck Ck, Ck 0, (5)
n k_1 Y k
we obtain
n-I
1 nz
I
k=0 log Pmk+i
n-1n n-1
P
I1. log
k=o
Pmk+i
P
I
k=0
log Pmk+l
P
n-1
2n
log Pmk+1, log R
k=0
and take the limit as n --1, 00, we obtain the following inequality: 1)
1
2a
log R,
S
where w = pe`g' and the integral is over the boundary of the star of the image of the
disk I z < R under the mapping w = f(z).
On the other hand, if we raise (6) to the power 2/n and if we apply inequality
(5) to the right side of the resulting inequality, then, when we take the limit as
n = oe, we obtain the inequality
1
2 S p'd
where the integral is over the boundary of the same star. This integral is equal
to the area of the star. By letting R approach 1, we obtain
Theorem 3.2) if f (z) is a member of S, then the area of the star of the image
of the disk I z I < 1 under the mapping w = f(z) is no less than rr.
Starting with other considerations, we can obtain the stronger result:3)
Theorem 3 '. If f (z) is a member of S, then the product of the area of the
star of the image of the disk I z I < 1 under the mapping w = f (z) and the area of
the preimage of this star is not less than n2.
Proof. Consider the star of the image of the disk I z I < R, where R < 1,
under the mapping w = f(z) and let h denote its boundary and l the curve corre-
sponding to it in I z < 1. This last curve is a closed Jordan curve. The function
F (x) =log f Z) = U-}- l V, F(0)=0i
is regular in I z I < 1. Consequently, from Green's formula, we have, taking z =
x + iy and using the Cauchy-Riemann conditions
UdV= S Uadx+Uydy
a 1
_ I SR /du av OU dV`
Ty dz dz dy = I
5 IF (x) I9 dx dy,
S, l az ay S,
s
1) Goluzin_[1917a .
2) Goluzin
3) Bermant[1938a].
§6. COVERING OF SEGMENTS AND AREAS 181
or
log
r
d0
log pd + log rd +logpdy. (7)
x 1 A 1
i.e.
logpdp=S logrd+.
But this last integral is equal to 2a log R because v' = const on the radial seg-
ments lying on A and log R on the remaining arcs. On the basis of this, inequality
(7) takes the form
log pdq+log rdp:-:- 4nlogR. (8)
Let us now consider the doubly connected domain B. bounded by the curve
A and a small circle y: w = e. From Green' s formula, we have, just as above
log p
dt
- J=2I
log p 5
du dv
WI P (9)
with a double integral taken over the domain BE . Now, if we denote by SR the
area of the domain B bounded by the curve A (that is, the area of the star) and
note that the integrand in. the last integral in (9) is no less in the part of the disk
w < SR/7r not belonging to the domain B than in the part (of equal area) of
the domain B lying outside that disk, we conclude that
du dv du dv
SS
B`
I'- SS i' SS
R
Pdp1
< i h<Imi<
= 2n ( log - log e) .
Remembering that
182 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
logrdylog -R S
7C.
know bounds for certain moduli. These bounds are provided in the following lemmas.
Lemma 1.1) Let f(z) denote a function belonging to S. For A > 0 and 0 <
r<1,
2a r
where
M (p)= max I f (z) I
IzI=P
Proof. We have
2% 2a 2x
d1f ie) I' d log I f(rets) I
d S If (re") Ix d9
d d9 = l If (reie) 1a A
But, from the Cauchy-Riemann conditions,
dlogr
Therefore, when we set f (z) = Re`' , we obtain
-
d log I f (reie) t_ d arg f (re`B)
dB
dr
2w
From this formula with A > 0 (it obviously holds also with A < 0) we get the ine-
quality
SR'd(Dc5R'd(D. (4)
C C'
I'
2a "If (T era) - I f (re'°) I de'
21+
2p(1±a)-2 a
..
1//TM(1)(M(P))2
1
dP, (6)
r e 1-r P
8
where
M(P)=maxIf(x)I,
IZI-a
p is a positive integer, and A + 1 - p-1 > 0.
Proof. Let us consider the function
w
fv (Z) = P Z5 _ 1, (7)
n-0
which, as we showed in §4 of Chapter II, belongs to the class S.
From ( 7), we have
1) Goluzin[1949c].
§7. LEMMAS ON THE MEAN MODULUS 185
I< r b)
I f (Tete) I P d9.2 us rP If (zP) Is d9. (8)
Let us find a bound for each of the integrals under the radical. Lemma 1
provides a bound for the first of these:
2x da+2- 2 cr 2A+2- 2
If (re')
12,+2-
P dO < (2a + 2 -
p2) l dp (9)
2a .) M (P) p
0
With regard to the second integral, we have from equation (7)
2x 1 00
Ifp(ZP)I'd9=
Y(nA+1)$IcR'I9r2a.
(10)
2a
a-0
But, for 0<x<1 and m>0,
mm
xm(1 x)----0 max (xm(1 -x))= 5M-+1)m+i
1 1 1
-m 1 m+1Ct'1 I
(1+ ml
from which we get
m< ex-(I- x) O<x<l, m>0. (11)
If we now set m = (np + 1)/p and x = r, we obtain
np+1 P
nP+ l
er P (1-r)
Equation (10) yields
186 M. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
c2i 2 m
1
nP+I
A \ Iff(zP)IsrPdO a (1- r)
o1cPc(P)nisr
P -}- ) I P (12)
j5
But the last summation is equal to (1/7r) times the area of the image of the disk
z I < r1 /'2p under the mapping w = fp (z). Consequently, it does not exceed
(max,z!=r1/2pIfP(z)I)2; that is;.it does not exceed max I f(z)I2lp 2/p .
Thus, it follows from (12) that
2n
Ifp(zI1P)Isr2/PdA< T U -
P M(J ' )2/1, (13)
2n r)
Using inequalities (9) and (13), we obtain inequality (6) from (8). This completes
the proof of the lemma.
Lemma 3. Let f(z) denote a member of S such that, in the disk I z I < 1,
MIZI (14)
If(z)I C(1-Iz1Y,
where M and a are independent of r and where a> 1/2. Then, for 0 < r < 1,
2n
P
P t-- dp M'r P
d p -< r P
(1-P)(2 -
P)a 0
0-P)(2 P)
a
(1-r)(2-P) -1
where M' depends only on a and p.
§7. LEMMAS ON THE MEAN MODULUS 187
2+c
2a+1 _ 1 1
2p
:e p MIM12 v r p
1
we have Izl=r
2c
1 M (P)
CnIC rn P dP
But, from inequality (10) of §4 of Chapter II with 0 < p < 1, we have M(p) <
p/(1 - p) 2. Consequently,
r
1 dp
IC.I< 1
CnIC(nnn n-1
1)n-1=n (i+n 1 1) <en.
Thus, we have obtained inequality (17). This completes the proof of the theorem.
1) Littlewood[1925].
188 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
Ic,,\<2432e2=3.39.... (19)
Proof. We have
' f (z)
ncn = Tai1 Zn dz, n=2, 3, ..., O<r<1.
(=1=r
From this we get
2n
n I C. I C
n I6e
r
kf (/' r )1/l
r
M (P) '/A dP'
p
(20)
But if the odd function f (z) is a member of S, then so is the function g(z)
f (z 54)2. To see this, suppose that g (z 1) = g (z 2), where z 1 and z 2 are points in
the disk I z I < 1. We can easily show then that z 1 = z2. If we now apply inequality
(10) of §4 of Chapter II to g (z), we obtain If(z) I < I z I/(1 - I z I2) for I z I < 1.
Consequently, for 0 < p < 1, we have
M(P)c 1 -p
P
1 __ dp
r' /s.
66 (1-r)°1t
Crn , e (1-p,)s/,
6 r`/4 r l1/B
e
rn--2(l -r) l
41 - l
rn 2(1-r)
1) The existence of an absolute constant bounding `cn I was proved by Littlewood
and Paley [19321. For the numerical value of the constant, see Levin [19351.
§7. LEMMAS ON THE MEAN MODULUS 189
2
( 1
nen(1+2n)log(1+2n) n(1-2n)log(1_in)
1 1 I \ l l
= ne" (1 2 (2n)y+ 3 (2n)s + ".)+(1
1 1 1 1 1 1
l
c net + 3 (2n)9 + 6 (2n)
1 1 1
+...)
1 1 l 1
that is, we have obtained inequality (19). This completes the proof of the theorem.
The functions
00
z
(1-z)' nzn, (21)
n=1
1- z8
_ Ltl zsn-1,
00
(22)
n=1
which belong to the class S, show that the bounds on the coefficients given by
Theorems 1 and 2 with regard to order are sharp. However, in many extremal
problems dealing with the functions that we have been considering, the functions
(21) and (22) are extremal. In connection with this, mathematicians came to feel
that these functions are also extremal in the problem of sharp bounds on the coef-
ficients, that is, that the inequality Icn I < n provided the answer to the question
in the case of the entire class S and that the inequality Icn I < 1 provided the
answer in the case of the subclass of odd functions. The first inequality with
arbitrary n for the entire class S has not at the present time been proved either
true or false. This question constitutes a widely known problem today. Except
for the inequality Ice I < 2, we have only succeeded in proving so far that
C 3 I <- 3.1) In the general case, all that we have are various improvements in the
0 1) Loewner [1923] . (At the present time, it has been shown that I cn l< e (cf. §2,
3 of the supplement))
190 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
inequality, for example, the inequalities 1c,, I < % en and I c,,, I < (e/2)n + 2.
With regard to odd functions in the class S, it has now been proved that there
exist functions for which Ic2n_1I exceeds unity for given n> 3 (for Icy I see
§9). Furthermore, there even exist functions of this kind with real coefficients. 2)
V
We denote by Av rV, the cofactor of the element 'q v'
of this determinant. In
accordance with the properties of determinants,
(0 for k=v',
L 71k k= 1, .,µ
=t l 0 for k v'.
1) Goluzin [1948a]. Bazilevic [1951] and, independently, Milin (see Lebedev and
Milin [19511) have given a sharp bound for Icnl in the class S. The bound given in the
text was found by Milin (see Lebedev and Milin [1949] ). (In 1964, Milin showed that
Icn I < 1.243 n(see §2 of the supplement).) For an improvement in the bounds for the
coefficients of odd functions, see Alenicyn [19511. (In 1951, Gong Sheng (Kung Sheng =
Kung Sun) showed that, for the coefficients of odd functions, Icn I < 2.55 (see §2 of the
supplement).)
2) Schaeffer and Spencer [ 1943] and also Goluzin [1949c].
3) Goluzin [1948b].
§8. THE RELATIVE GROWTH OF COEFFICIENTS 191
Ic nI < cna, where a> 0, holds for all n = µk + v for k = 0, 1, . Then, the
inequality Icn I < c ' na, where c ' depends only on c, a and ft, holds for all
n = 2, 3, . For a< 0, this assertion does not hold for all p and v.
Proof. We define
co
1al i- "
n=0
Then,
(z) cr (µa .
2saQa
- r)a
jr
W
n=1
2`
)
C Mlr
(1 - r)'+a
I for
7y ply _ S= 1, ..., p., S V. (6)
.'#.1 0 for S V*,
According to the lemma, this system has solutions. Let us denote these solutions
by y,, . For each v' , we multiply inequality (5) by I y , and add, replacing I
the sum of absolute values on the left with the absolute value of the sum. We then
obtain the inequality
fµ. V. (z) + afµ. (z) I C 1Ml r (7)
where Mil and a depend only on P. . Using (2), we obtain from (7) the inequality
M
Ifµ. V. (z) I ` (1 )l+a (8)
where M 1 depends only on µ, a, and c. This is true for all v, = 1, , P. but
v, # v. But in accordance with (2), such an inequality holds for v. = v. In view
of this, we obtain from (1) inequality (3) with M2 depending only on µ, a, and c.
But now that we have proved inequality (3), it follows immediately on the
basis of Lemma 3 of §6 that Icn I < c' na, where c' is the c' of the theorem.
Thus, the assertion of the theorem is proved when a> 0. That this assertion is
not valid for all P. and v when a < 0 is shown by the example of the function
(22) of §7 for which c2n = 0 for n = 1, 2, . Consequently, when a< 0, the
§8. THE RELATIVE GROWTH OF COEFFICIENTS 193
inequalities Ic,, I < cna are satisfied for arbitrary even .t and v for all n = µk +
v with k = 0, 1, , whereas the coefficients c do not even approach zero for
odd n. This completes the proof of the theorem.
We note that, in the simplest case of µ = 2 and a = 0, this theorem is a di-
rect sharpening of Theorem 2 of §7 in the sense that it establishes the relative
boundedness of the even and odd coefficients of functions in the class S. We now
give bounds on the relative growth of successive coefficients of functions in the
class S.
Theorem 2.1) For functions f(z) = E7=1 c z" belonging to the class S, we
have
1
This is the sharpened form of the distortion theorem that we shall need.
Let us now prove inequality (9). From
1) Goluzin [1946e]. (This result has been improved by Hayman (see §2 of the supple-
ment)-)
194 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
Izl=r
Let A denote any number in the interval -1 < A < 0 and set µ = - A, so that
A + µ = 0. From (10), we have
2a
I (z - zt)f (z) I d0
S
Izl=r
1S Iz- IIf(z)I"'If(z)I'If (z) I dA
Izl=r
2t-µ (12rsr2)
obtain`` J/ . 2n If (z) I ' If- (z) I A.
I z 1= r
If we now apply Lemma 2 of §7, we
r"I(n+1)Icn+iIr_-n lcnI I
_ 2r 2x+2- 2
vi M(Yr)P
(1-r)µ r 1-r
M(P)
p
dp, (11)
2 I
where A and p are connected by the condition A + 1 - 1/p > 0. But
Vr)9 <(1
-2
M (P) C (l P p)e, R1 (Y r) c 0 4 r)p, ,
r(1-r) ++P
4(1+t_P\
(1-p) \\ )
Now, let us choose A so that 4(A + 1 - 1/p) = 1; that is, let us set A = -% + 1/p.
Then, the quantity (12) takes the form
21+ P
log 1
1-+Yrr (13)
6+1
r(1-r)4 P
Furthermore, if we set p = [log (1/(1 - r))] and assume r to be such that p > 1,
(13) reduces to the form
Cr log 1 1
r,
r(1-r)4
§8. THE RELATIVE GROWTH OF COEFFICIENTS 195
Finally, if we set r = n/(n + 1), we obtain inequality (9) from (14) for n suf-
ficiently large and hence for all n = 2, 3, - - . This completes the proof of the
theorem.
Theorem 2 '. For odd functions f (z) = En =I c zn_I z 2n-I belonging to the
class S, we have
Proof. Let us represent f(z) in the form f(z) = g(z2), where g(z) _
[f(z%)]2 E S. Suppose that the maximum value of Ig(z)I on I z I = r, 0 <r< 1, is
attained at z = z 1. Then, just as above, we have inequality (10) on I z r with
f (z) replaced by g (z). We now have
(z9
00
Let X denote an arbitrary number belonging to -1 < A < % and set µ = -Jt - so
that A+ µ = -%. Then,
I(n+l)lcn+Ilr-(n-1)Icn III
1 z' ztIIg(z9)IV--Ig(z$)I'Ij(z2)Id1
S
2ar2 Isl=l'r
n 2 g(z)(z)IdO.
S
2ar2(1--r)w IzI=r
196 N. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
We get a bound for the last integral just as in the proof of Theorem 2. As a
result, for r sufficiently close to 1, we have
(n+l)1cn+lI r
1 r = (n - 1)/(n + 1), this yields inequality
(15), proving the theorem.
The inequalities given by Theorems 2 and 2 ' are undoubtedly not sharp, but
they are the best that have been obtained.
we have
00
Inequality (2) is sharp for each given v with equality holding only for the func-
tion a(r) = ±z(r), where p(r) = e-" for 0 < r< v and p(r) = e-r for r> v.
[We note that a v satisfying condition (1) always exists because the left-
hand member does not exceed f p e- Zrdr = %, and the right-hand member decreases
from % to 0 as v increases from 0 to oe .]
Proof. That the function µ(r) belongs to the type of functions A(r) with
given v is easily verified. Specifically,
CO 00 00
Now, for an arbitrary function A(r) of the type in question, we have for r > 0
§9. SHARP BOUNDS ON THE COEFFICIENTS 197
(EL(T)-IA(r)I)(2e`"-p(t)-IA(r)1):0,
(e_v
because the left-hand memher is, for 0 < r( v, equal to
e_v
- IA(r)I)2 and, for
r> v, we have > µ(r) > I A(r)I. From this we obtain
0 0 0 r
Consequently we obtain inequality (2). From what was said above, we easily see
that equality holds in (2) only for the function A(r) = ±p(r). This completes the
proof of the lemma.
Theorem 1. 1) For functions
f (z) 00
_ 21 C,,z"
nel
belonging to the class S and an arbitrary real number a in the interval 0 < a < 1,
we have the sharp inequality
26
Cs -act' 2e I--- + 1. (5)
00
4 (1 - a) (S
"0 e cos 6 (t) dr )t - 4 e-2" cos' 0 (t) dr + 1'
0 0
00 co
= 4 (1 - a) \ k (T) dT)t
- 4 10 kt (T) dr + 1, (7)
0
where X(r) = e-T Cos 0(r). Since IA(r)I < e-T, by representing the last integral in
the form (1), we have from (2)
(c3-aes)<4(1 -a)(v-f-1)2e 2'-4 (v+ 2)e +1
=4 [(1 -a)vt-(1 -2a)v+ '-a] e-t"+1. (8)
and, hence, inequality (5). Now, for equality to hold in (9), it is obviously neces-
sary and sufficient that k (r) be such that
00
Se' sin6(r)dT=0'. (10)
0
and that A(r) = e-rcos 0(r) coincide, in accordance with the lemma, with the
function ft(r) (with v = a/(1 - a)), that is, that
I
e-('--0 ±j 1-e-2('-z) for rev,
k (t) (11)
S` 1 for t ] v.
It is easy to show that we can satisfy condition (10) by choosing the sign ±
properly in (11). Specifically, if we take the plus sign in (11) for 0 < r < S < v
and the minus sign for 13 < r < v, then, by virtue of ( 11), condition (10) can be
written in the form
"
e-` 1-e dT -- e` Yl--e dt=0. (12)
0
00
fP (z) 21 c ` + lzk+1 E S,
k=0
where p > 1, we have the sharp inequality
ap=
IC e - P+1 +p
2
(13)
Proof. The function f, (z) can be represented in the form f, (z) = n f(zp),
where f(z) _ l,°, =1 c z" E S. We have
B(f (Z)- 1
z)f(z)-}-12 z+... al
is regular in the disk Iz I < 1 and satisfies the condition I g(z)I < 1 in that disk.
It then follows on the basis of the Schwarz lemma that Ia, I < 2. If we now denote
by rlk, for k = 1, . . , n the nth roots of unity, we have
1 n t
n
k=t
f `Ikz0
Consequently, the function
n I
jf(1kzn)=1 az
k=1
200 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
also satisfies the conditions of the lemma. Therefore, Ian 2 for all n = 1,
2, . This completes the proof of the lemma.
Theorem 2.1) For functions f (z) £'n =1 cn Zn C S with real coefficients, we
have the sharp inequalities
IC.I_n, n=1, 2, .... (15)
also retains sign. Since this expression is positive at r = 0, the sign is plus.
On the basis of this, the function
F (z) =1 + csrz + (car' - 1) z' + (ckr9 - c9) rza
+ (Cnr' - cn_9) rn-8zn-1 +. ,
is regular in the disk I z I < 1 and satisfies the condition l (F(z)) > 0. In accord-
ance with the lemma, we have
Ic9I<-2, Icar' -II<2, Ic4r'-c511 2, ..., Icnr'-cn_5I2, ...
or, taking the limit as r 1,
Itfollows by induction that I cn I < n for arbitrary n. This completes the proof of
the theorem.
ES
n-1
with real coefficients,
_1
4logn, n =2, 4, ..., (17)
we have
Icn±cn-s1-2, n=3, 5, ... .
Consequently,
cn.1+ICn-%1<2, n=3, 5, .... (18)
On the other hand, Theorem 2' of §8 can be applied to f (z). According to this
theorem,
_ 1
1) Goluzin [1949c].
2) This was mentioned on page 190 with bibliographic references.
202 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
Zf (Z) (20)
_ f(Z))>0,
in the disk I z I < 1. In accordance with the maximum principle of harmonic func-
tions, equality cannot hold here.
We now have
Theorem 4. For functions f(z) =I n=i
ES that map the disk IzI<1
onto starlike domains, we have the sharp inequalities 1)
1).Loewner [1917].
2) Privalov [1924]. The requirement that the function f (z) be odd can be replaced
with the condition c2 = 0 (see Goluzin [1938]).
§9. SHARP BOUNDS ON THE COEFFICIENTS 203
Proof. If we set
zf (z)
atz (23)
7 (2)
we have, in accordance with the lemma, I a.,, I < 2 for n = 1, 2, . On the other
hand, comparison of the coefficients in (23) yields
(n - 1) C. = an_t + an-acs -I" ... + atcn_t,
from which we get
IcnI°n-sl an-,I
n-1
1C21+...+[I I'Icn-il:
_21+II+...
n-1
For n = 2, it follows that I
C2 < 2. Let us assume that I ck I < k for k < n. We
then conclude that
2+...+(n-1)_n,
ICnIc21+ n-1
so that inequality (21) holds for all n. Inequality (22) is proved in an analogous
manner.
Consider the functions f(z) = z + C2 z2 + E S that map the disk I Z 1
onto convex domains. Let ((z) denote such a function and let B denote the image
of the disk. I z I < 1 under the mapping w = f W. From the definition given above
of a convex domain, for two points w 1 and w 2 belonging to B, all points t w 1 +
(1 - t)w2, for 0 < t < 1, that is, all points of the line segment connecting w 1 and
W2, also belong to B. Let us show that, in this case, the image Br of the disk
z I < r, for 0 < r < 1, is also a convex domain. If w 1 = f (z 1) and w2 = f (z2),
where IZ1I _< I z 2 I < r, we easily see that the points O (Z) = tf (z 1 z/z 2) +
(1 - t) [(z) for I z I < 1 and 0 < t < 1 all belong to B. Therefore, the function
O(z) = f -1 ((k (z)) is regular in I z I < 1, t&(0) = 0, and ItA (z)I < 1 in the disk
I z I < 1. From the Schwarz lemma, we have kt'(z)I < I z I. For z = z2, this yields
Il-1 (tw1 + (1 - t)w2)I < r. But twl + (1 - t)w2 = f(zo), where Izo I < 1. There-
fore, I z o I < r, so that tw 1 + (1 - t )W2 E Br . This proves that the domain Br is
convex.
A consequence of this is the fact that, if a function w = f (z) E S maps the
disk I z I < 1 onto a convex domain, then, as z moves in the positive direction
around an arbitrary circle I z I = r, where 0 < r < 1, the corresponding point w
describes a curve the tangent to which always turns in a counterclockwise direc-
tion, and, in accordance with §5, this is equivalent to satisfying the condition
204 IV. EXTREMAL QUESTIONS
(24)
(z)
Y, zn' (26)
z
n-1.
which maps the disk I z I < 1 onto the halfplane $2 (w) > -4
CHAPTER V
205
206 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
1) Every strip has two infinitely distant boundary points, which we denote by ±ai.
208 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
the closed region B" and that its inverse is analytic in the annulus 1 < Ii < eh.
Summarizing these results, we have
Theorem 1. Every doubly connected domain B can be mapped univalently
onto a circular annulus. This mapping defines a one-to-one correspondence
between the prime ends of the domain B and the points of the boundary of the
annulus. If the domain B is bounded by Jordan curves, the mapping is one-to-one
and continuous exclusive of the boundary. On the other hand, if the domain B is
bounded by analytic curves, then, in addition, the mapping function is analytic in
B and the inverse function is analytic in the closed annulus.
As a supplement to this existence theorem, let us prove a uniqueness theorem,
one which reveals a significant difference between univalent mappings of simply
and multiply connected domains.
Theorem 2. The circular annulus onto which a given doubly connected domain
B is mapped univalendy is unique up to a linear transformation: that is, if the
domain B is mapped univalently onto two distinct circular annuli, then each of
these annuli can be obtained from the other by means of a linear transformation.
Consequently, the ratio of the radius of the larger boundary circle to that of the
smaller is the same for the two annuli. Furthermore, the function f (z) that maps
the domain B onto an annulus in such a way that a given point on the boundary
of the annulus corresponds to a given point on the boundary of B is uniquely
determined.
Proof. If a domain B is mapped univalently onto two distinct circular annuli,
these annuli can be mapped univalently onto each other. Consequently, it will be
sufficient for us to show that, if two circular annuli are mapped univalently onto
each other, they can be obtained from each other by a linear transformation. And
to do this, it is obvious that we need only show that, if two annuli r < Iz I < R
and r < 14 < R' can be mapped univalently onto each other in such a way that
IzI = r is mapped into W = r, 1) this last mapping is of the form C= e"z, where
a is a real constant. This can be shown as follows: A function f (z) can be
extended, by the symmetry principle, beyond the circle IzI = R into the annulus
R < I z I < R 2/r and maps this annulus univalently into the annulus R '< I ci < R 121r.
Then f(z) can be extended further into the annulus R2/r < Izi < R4/r3, etc.
1) We can always arrange for this by an inversion under which the ratio of
the radii of the boundary circles does not change.
§ 1. MAPPING A DOUBLY CONNECTED DOMAIN ONTO AN ANNULUS 209
Analogously, we can extend f (z) past the circle IzI = r into the annulus r2/R <
IzI <r, and so forth. As a result, we see that the function J= f(z) is regular and
univalent on the entire plane with the points z = 0 and z = oo excluded and that
f (z) ---' 0 as z --' 0. Consequently, it is regular at z = 0 and it maps the entire
z-plane univalendy. Furthermore, since f (z) -- oo as z - oo, it follows that
f (z) = az, where a is a constant; and since Iz I = If (z)I = r everywhere on the
circle Izl = r, it follows that IzI = 1, that is, that a = ewhere a is a real
constant. This completes the proof of the theorem.
The ratio mentioned in Theorem 2, of the greater of the radii of the boundary
circles to the smaller is called the modulus of the domain B.
Theorem 3. When a doubly connected domain B is extended, that is, when we
replace B with a doubly connected domain B' such that B C B' and B B' and
B separates the boundary components of B', the modulus increases.
Proof. We shall first prove an inequality. Suppose that a doubly connected
domain B is contained in the annulus r < Izl < R and that it separates the circles
Izl = r and Izl = R. Suppose that this domain is mapped univalently onto the
annulus r < I < R'. The inverse function z = q u + iv has the expansion
CID
Z=p(`)_ E C4C"
n=-ao
in the annulus. If G and g are the areas of the finite domains bounded by the
preimages of the circles I1 = r i and 11 = R , where r ' < r l' < R i < R ', we have
G= SCI S
-Rl
uv'd9=a
n=-oo
'I Ic n1 I9R'2n,
g= S
ttv'de^,r co
I
ICI:= r, n--oo
(where C = re`B), so that
G nR'2 ari2Ri E n cn I' (Ri2n-2 ` r'1 n-2 )
n=-OD
g nr,2 co 0,
ar12 2] n I Cn 1' r12n
n--00
since n (R i 2"-2 - r 12n-2) > 0 for all integers n except 0 and 1. If we now let
ri approach r' and Ri approach R', we obtain
210 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
nRA
gxr9 (2)
with equality holding only when c0 + c 1S. But G < rrR2 and g > rrr2. Con-
sequently, from (2) we have
RJR'
r-- (3)
R(e-2i6a1) = R2.
Proof. It follows from the area theorem of § 4 of Chapter II as applied to the
functions
RF(RC)=C+' +-...,
that lalI < R2 with equality holding only when F(z) = z + R2eiu/z. Therefore,
R(e 9iea,)cR$,
with equality holding, obviously, only for the function F (z) = z + R 2e 2 /z, which
maps the domain IzI > R onto the plane with cut at an angle 0 to the real axis.
Lemma 2. If the function C= F(z) = z + ao + al/z + is univalent in
IzI > R, then IF(z) - aol _< 21zl in the domain IzI > R and the entire boundary of
the image of the domain IzI > R under the mapping t = F(z) is contained in the
disk IC- aol < 2R.
Proof. If I z 0 > R, then the function
C=F,(z)= I F(zuz)- zo
is univalent in IzI > 1. Consequently, in accordance with §4 of Chapter II, the
entire boundary of the image of the domain IzI > 1 under this function is contained
in the disk 11 < 2. In particular, IF1(1)I < 2; that is, If(z) - a0l < 21zl, where
IzI > R. Then, if we shift from IzI > R to Izl = R, we obtain the second part of
the lemma.
Theorem 1.1) Every domain B in the z-plane can be mapped univalently onto
a domain B' in the extended cplane such that an arbitrary continuum in the
complement of the domain B' with respect to the plane is a straight line segment
of given inclination 0 to the real axis. Also, this mapping is such that a given
point a of the domain B is mapped into C = oa and the expansion of the mapping
function about z = a is of the form
z a
+'a,(z-a)+... or z+ Z ...,
according as a is finite or infinite.
Proof. It will be sufficient to prove the theorem for the case in which a
because, in case of finite a, we can map the domain B by means of the pre-
liminary transformation z" = 1/(z - a) onto the domain B' containing z * = oo,
1) Beginning with the extremal property of the mapping function, which was indicated
in the proof given below, this theorem was proved by de Possel [19311 and Gtotzsch [19321.
212 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
which, however, is impossible. This shows that the function f0(z) meets all of
the requirements of the theorem. At the same time, we have established an
important extremal property of the mapping function, namely, the fact that it
maximizes the quantity R(e-2`9a1).
In the case of finitely connected domains, this theorem can be formulated as
follows :
Theorem 1 '(Hilbert). Every n-connected domain B in the z-plane can be
mapped univalently onto the aplane with n parallel finite cuts of inclination a
with the real axis in such a way that a given point z = a is then mapped into
214 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
C_ oc, and the expansion of the mapping function about z = a has the form
according as a is finite or not. Some of the cuts referred to may consist of single
points.
Let us now look at the question of the correspondence of boundaries under
univalent conformal mapping of multiply connected domains. We shall confine our-
selves here to finitely connected domains that have only accessible boundary
points. We may assume that the point oc is in the interior of the domain. Let B
denote such a domain and let K 1, K2, - - , Kn denote its boundary continua. Let
us map the domain B univalently onto a domain bounded by closed analytic
Jordan curves. This can be done as follows: we map the simply connected domain
including z = ea and bounded by the continuum K 1 onto the interior of a circle.
Under such a mapping, the domain B is mapped into a domain B' bounded by a
circle Ki and the continua K21 , K,, . Then, we map the simply connected
domain containing the domain B' and bounded by the continuum K2 onto the
interior of a circle. Under this mapping, the domain B' is mapped into a domain
B ° bounded by a circle KZ , an analytic curve K1 and the continua K3, ,
Continuing in this way, after n steps we arrive at an n-connected domain B(n)
whose boundary consists of n closed analytic Jordan curves. The univalent map-
ping of the domain B onto the domain B(n) is a composite of successive mappings
of univalent domains. Since these mappings define a one-to-one correspondence
between the boundaries, the correspondence between the points of these bound-
aries defined by the mapping of B onto B( n) is also one-to-one. Furthermore,
as in § 3 of Chapter II, we can show that the function inverse to the mapping
function is continuous in B(") except at the point -a. If the domain B is bounded
only by closed Jordan curves, we can show in addition that the mapping of B
onto B is also bicontinuous. If we now map the domain B(n) onto the plane
with rectilinear cuts, then, just as in the proof of Theorem 5 of §3 of Chapter II,
we can show that the mapping function is regular on the entire boundary of the
domain B("). Combining all that we have said, we conclude that, in the present
case, the mapping mentioned in Theorem 1' is one-to-one except for boundary
points of the domain B.
An important supplement to the existence theorem proved above is the follow-
ing uniqueness theorem:
§ 2 MAPPING ONTO A PLANE 215
Theorem 2. There exists only one function performing the mapping mentioned
in Theorem I'.
Proof. Let us suppose first that B is a bounded domain with boundary con-
sisting, of closed analytic Jordan curves KI, , K,,. Let us suppose that there
are two functions C'= fl(z) and t;'"= f2(z) that map the domain B univalently
onto the plane with parallel rectilinear cuts of inclination 0 and normalized as
indicated in Theorem 1 '. Then both these functions are regular in B except at
the point z = a. On K, v = 1, , n, they assume values that lie respectively
on certain straight lines -J(e-` c and Ne-` 9C°) = c v, for v= 1, , n;
that is, on K we have c,, and -J(e-`Bf2(z)) = cv, where cv and
c v = 1, , n, are constants. It follows from this that the difference t; =
F (z) = f 1(z) - f 2(z) is regular in B and assumes on K (for v = 1, , n) values
lying respectively on certain straight lines d Consequently, if we take an
arbitrary point Co that does not lie on any of the straight lines dv, we conclude
that arg [F (z) - Col does not change as we move around any of the curves K.
Therefore, on the basis of Cauchy's familiar theorem on the zeros of analytic
functions, it follows that the function F (z) - Co has no zeros in B, that is, that
F(z) does not assume the value Co in B. Thus, all values that F(z) assumes in
B lie on the straight lines dv. However, this is possible only when F(z) = const
in B. Since F(a) = p, it follows that F(z) a p, that is, f 1(z) = f2(z), so that the
theorem is proved in this case.
Now, let B denote an arbitrary finitely connected domain. Here, we may
assume that it has no isolated boundary points. If there were two distinct func-
tions performing the mapping described in Theorem 1 ', we could, by mapping the
domain B univalently onto the bounded domain B0 with boundary consisting of
closed analytic Jordan curves, find two distinct functions mapping the domain B0
univalently as indicated in Theorem 1 ', which, on the basis of what was said
above, is impossible. This completes the proof of the theorem.
In conclusion, we present an important relationship for the functions mentioned
in Theorem 1' for various values of 0.
Let B denote an n-connected domain bounded by closed analytic Jordan
curves KI, , K and let C= jg(z, a) denote a function that maps the domain
B univalently as indicated in Theorem 1 '. Let us show that the following rela-
tionship holds for arbitrary 0:
216 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
2
jo (z, a) = ei0 (cos 6 jo (z, a) -1 sin 6 j (z, a)). (1)
The difference d(z) between the two sides of this asserted equation is a function
that is regular in the domain B and that vanishes at z = a. Furthermore, all the
values that d(z) assumes on any of the curves Ki, lie on a straight line
9 (e-' 64) = const.
Reasoning as in the proof of Theorem 2, let us show that d(z) = 0; that is,
let us prove (1). This relation, which has been proved for a domain bounded by
closed analytic Jordan curves is also valid for an arbitrary finitely connected
domain B. For this, it is sufficient to map the domain B onto a domain B*
bounded by closed analytic Jordan curves, apply(1) to B*, and then return to the
domain B. This yields the relation (1) for B.
Equation (1) yields jg(z, a) for arbitrary 0 as soon as we know j0(z, a) and
l n/ 2 (z, a).
z b
+aa+at(z-b)-} ... or x+ao+ z +- (1)
a domain B' in the cplane that includes the points 0 and oo such that an arbi-
trary continuum of the complement of the domain B' with respect to the cplane is
an are of a logarithmic spiral of given inclination 0. This mapping maps given
points a and b of the domain B into 0 and oo and the expansion of the mapping
function about z = b has the form (z - b) 1 + ao + a1(z - b) + or z + ao +
a1z-1 + according as b is finite or infinite.
Proof. We may assume that b = 00 because, if this is not the case, we can use
the transformation z* = 1/(z - b) to switch from B to a new domain B. and we
can then prove the theorem for this last domain, replacing a and b with 1/(a, b)
and oo.
In the case of simply connected domains, the theorem was proved at the
beginning of this section. To prove it in the case of a multiply connected domain
B, let us consider the family 3R of all functions f (z) that map B univalently in
such a way that a and oo are mapped respectively into 0 and oo and that have an
expansion f (z) = z + ao + al/z + in a neighborhood of z = 00. An example of
such a function is f (z) = z - a. We pose the extremal problem: Out of all func-
tions of the family 9, find the one that minimizes the quantity R(e-2`Blog f'(a)),
where log f'(z) denotes the single-valued branch in the domain B that approaches
0 as z
Let us show that this problem has a solution. To do this let us choose a
simply connected domain B' contained in B that includes a and oo. In this
domain, all functions f (z) E 9 are univalent. Consequently, for these functions,
the quantity R (e- 2` S log f '(a)) is bounded below by the same number as was
calculated for a function that maps the domain B' univalently onto the plane
with cut along an arc of a logarithmic spiral of inclination 0 in such a way that
a and 00 are mapped into 0 and oc. Let us denote the greatest lower bound of the
R(e-2c0log
quantity f'(a)) for functions in 3R by A.
Let us show that this greatest lower bound is attained. We assume the
opposite. Then, there exists a sequence of functions f"(z) E 9, for n = 1, 2,
such that, as n -- 00,
R (e-9`B log fn (a)) - A.
Suppose that the entire boundary of the domain B lies in the disk Izl < R.
According to Lemma 2 of § 2, it follows that the entire boundary of the image of
the domain Iz I > R under the function w = f"(z) = z + ao") + al" )/z + (where
n = 1, 2, ) lies in the disk JC- ao")l < 2R and that 1f"(z) - ao")l < 2Izl in the
§3. MAPPING ONTO A HELICAL DOMAIN 219
domain IzI > R. If Ial > R, this last inequality with z = a implies that
Iao")I _< 21al. On the other hand, if lal < R, then the point Co = &(a) = 0 does not
belong to the image of the domain IzI > R under the mapping C= f"(z} hence, it
belongs to the disk IC- a("'I < 2R. Therefore, lao"Il < 2R. Thus, in all
cases, lao"))l < 2max (lal, R) = M. But then, If" (x)/zl < 2 + ;11/R
in IzI > R. Consequently, the condensation principle can be applied
the sequence 1f"(z)/z{, so that it contains a subsequence {f"k(z)/z1 that converges
uniformly in IzI > R to a regular function. The corresponding sequence tf"k(z)}
converges uniformly in an arbitrary closed bounded subset of the domain IzI > R
to a function f0(z) that is univalent in IzI > R. But since the values of C= f"k(z)
corresponding to points of the domain B that lie in IzI < 2R belong to the disk
a((0"'I
IC- < 4R and hence to the disk l l < 4R + M, the set of functions f"k(z) is
uniformly bounded inside the domain B with the point z = oo excluded. Therefore
the uniform convergence, mentioned above, to f0(z) holds also in the interior of
the domain B, and f0(z) C M. The function f0(z) thus proves to be a solution of
the extremal problem posed, so that this problem does have a solution.
Let us show that the extremal function f0(z) provides the mapping indicated
in the theorem. Let us suppose that the complement of the image of the domain B
under the mapping C = f0(z) contains a continuum other than an arc of a loga-
rithmic spiral of inclination 0. Let B1 denote whichever of the simply connected
domains in the plane that are complementary to this continuum contains 0 and
o-. Suppose that the function w = q (0 maps B 1 univalently onto the w-plane
with cut along an arc of a logarithmic spiral of inclination 0 in such a way that
0 (0) = 0 and QS (oo) = 00 and suppose that 4 (0 has an expansion C + go +
f31/C + in a neighborhood of C = -o. Let us show that
T(e l" log y'(0)) < 0.
In accordance with Riemann's theorem, the domain B 1 can be mapped uni-
valently onto a domain Itl > R in such a way that the inverse function has an
expansion of the form J= C(t) = t + y0 + yl/t + . Suppose that the point
t = a' corresponds to the point C = f 0(a). The function w = .0 (C(t)) maps the
domain ItI > R univalently onto the w-plane with cut along an arc of a loga-
rithmic spiral of inclination 0 in such a way that the point t = a' is mapped into.
w = 0. From the preceding lemma, we have
sf (e-2:e (log gyp' (0) + log C (d))) < 51 (e-211 log C' (d)).
220 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
where suitable branches of the logarithms are chosen. The difference d(z) between
the two sides of (2) is a regular function in B and the values that it assumes on
the curves K,,, for v = 1, , n, all lie on some straight line -J(e-Dgt) = const.
Reasoning as in the proof of Theorem 2 of §2, let us show that d(z)
const = c, where c is equal to 0 for a suitably chosen branch of d(z). This
yields equation (2), which is now proved for a particular form of the domain B.
To see this, let us map the domain B onto a domain B. bounded by closed
analytic Jordan curves and isolated points. We apply formula (2) to B. and then
return to the domain B. As a result, we obtain (2) for the domain B.
Some theorems on the existence of univalent mappings of multiply connected
domains onto various other canonical domains will be given in §6.
and, analogously,
dz
P (z, a, b) = P (b, z) - P (a, z),
(3)
d
-dz-Q(z, a, b)=Q(b, z)-Q(a, z).
assume that the domain B is finite and bounded by analytic curves KI, K21 ,
K,,. Since
(lo (z, a)) = const, 2 (11 w (z, a)) = const,
T
on K. (v= 1, , n) for fixed a e B, that is, since
jo (z, a) = jo (z, a) + const
j(z, a)_- j, (z, a)+const,
2
taken over the entire boundary K = U'= I K, of the domain B in the positive
direction.
In accordance with (1) and (2), the functions F(j, z) and P (C, a, b) are, for
arbitrary fixed z, a, b C B, regular in B. Therefore, in accordance with Cauchy's
theorem, 11 = 0. On the other hand, applying (4) and (5), we have
n
r
1' - r=1 tat J P (C, z) dP (C, a, b)
n
I
n
where z, z 'E B, by two different methods. Keeping in mind this fact, together
with (6) and (7), and the fact that
log f (C) _ ]og f (C) +const on K,
and
We note that z ' appears in (9) as an apparent parameter since f (z) is, in
accordance with Theorem 7 of §6 of Chapter V, determined up to a constant
factor.
In conclusion, we derive an integral formula involving the function P(z, a, b).
For any two functions f (z) and g (z) that are regular in B, we define their scalar
product as -
SB S - t
K
d f (=a g' (z) - df(Za
(y
g Z)
) dx dy = - 21 S S f' (z) g' (z) dx dy,
J B
where z = x + iy. For (f, g) we also have the contour representation
g) = 2i
S f (x) (z) dz. (12)
If we apply (12) to the case in which g(z) = P(z, a, b) and remember that
_-Sf(z)dQ(z, a, b)=21cl(f(b)-f(a)),
K
We point out two applications of this formula. The first of these is the
§4. RELATIONSHIPS INVOLVING THE MAPPING FUNCTIONS 227
Theorem (minimization of area). 1) Out of all functions f (z) that are regular
in B and satisfy the conditions f (a) = q f (b) = 1, where a, b E B, the minimum
value of the integral
(f, f)=SSIf'(z)I9do,
B
Therefore,
(f, f) _ (fo, fo) + (p, fo) + (P, fo) + (y, F) _ (fo, fo) + (,P, P)
It follows that
(f, f) (fo, fo),
with equality holding only when 0, that is, only when f (z) - f o(z). This
completes the proof of the theorem.
As our second application of formula (13), consider a sequence of functions
k(C) such that kt,(b) = 0 for v = 1, 2, , that are regular in $ and satisfy
the orthogonality conditions
1 for v=v'
v v' = 1 2 .. .
l 0 for v v'
and have the property that an arbitrary function f (z) with f (b) = 0 that is regular
in B can be expanded in a convergent Fourier series in B:
1) (The problem of the minimum area of the image of a finitely connected domain has
also been solved for the class of all functions that are regular in the domain that have at
given points of it given initial segments of their Taylor expansions. See Alenicyn [19641).
228 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
Co
including the point C_ on in such a way that fn(o) = on and fn W = 1. Then, for
the sequence .{fn(z)1 to converge uniformly in the interior of the domain1) A to a
univalent function f(z), it is necessary and sufficient that the sequence IB"I
have a kernel and converge to it, in which case the function C= f(z) maps A uni-
valently onto B.
We note that although the functions are defined at certain points z E A only
from some n on, this does not destroy the sense of convergence at such points.
Proof of the necessity. Suppose that the sequence i fn(z)y converges uni-
formly inside the domain A to a univalent function f W. Then f (z) is regular in
A except at the point z = 00, where f (z) This maps the domain A onto a
domain B' containing 00.
Let us show that the sequence has a kernel and that B' is contained
in that kernel. It will be sufficient to show that an arbitrary closed bounded
domain B * contained in B' belongs to every Bn from some n on.
Let 8 > 0 denote the distance from R* to the boundary of B'. Let us con-
struct a grid of squares with sides of length 8/2. Consider the domain B. con-
stituted by the union of all squares containing points in B. Then B` C B. and
$. C B'. Let 81 > 0 denote the distance from $* to the boundary of B.. Corre-
sponding to the domains B' and B. under the function = f (z) in A are domains
A* and A.. Here, A* C A. and A. C A. But, for any point CO E we have
If U) - Col > 81 on the boundary of the domain A.. On the other hand, it follows
from the uniform convergence of the functions fn(z) in J. that there exists an
n > 0 such that Ifn (z) - f (z)I < 81 on the boundary of the domain A. for n > N.
Consequently, from the equation
we conclude on the basis of Rouche's theorem that the function fn(z) - Co has
one zero in A., that is, that for n > N the image of the domain An under the
mapping C= fn(z) contains an arbitrary point Co E B. This in turn shows that
the sequence I Bn I has a kernel, which we denote by B, containing B'
Now, let us consider the functions z = (An(C) inverse to the functions
C- fn(z). For any closed subset of the domain B, these functions are defined on
it from some n on. For sufficiently large positive r, the functions On(0 are all
defined and univalent in the domain ICI > r and in that domain they have the
expansions
230 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
Vin)
/ J
I'Pn(C)-Q( n)I{2ICI,
0
so that
C2-F Ia)I
Or.
But the convergence of the sequence (&(z)} to a function f (z) to a function f (z)
implies that the sequence {a0")} converges to a finite limit. Therefore, the func-
tions On(O/C are regular and bounded in the domain ICI > r and the condensa-
tion principle can be applied to them, so that the sequence has a sub-
sequence (0"k (0/0 that converges uniformly in the interior of the domain
ICI > r to a limit function O(C)IC. On the other hand, the sequence 10"k (:)}
converges uniformly to O(C) in an arbitrary bounded subset of the domain 11 > r.
On the other hand, for all C E B" belonging to the disk ICI < 2r, we have, in
accordance with .Lemma 2 of § 2,
1 yn (C) - m(on) I< 4r.
Consequently, the functions q"(t) are uniformly bounded in every closed subdomain
of the domain B that is contained in the disk ICI < 2r. Therefore, in accordance
with Vitali's theorem, the sequence { 011k (0} converges uniformly to O (C) in the
interior of the domain B exclusive of the point C = oo, and 0 (c) is univalent in
B. Reasoning word for word as on p. 57, we can show that the function z = c¢(C)
is the inverse of the function C= f W. It follows that 4(c) is independent of the
sequence chosen, that is, that the sequence h itself converges
in B. Thd function z = O(C) maps the domain B onto a domain A'. Reasoning
as at the beginning of the proof but reversing the roles of the domains A" and
we can show that A 'C A.
Now, it is easy to show that B '= B. If Co E B, then z o = O(to) C A and,
consequently, Co = f (z o) E B '. This shows that B C B '. But we showed earlier
that B 'C B. Consequently, B '= B. Thus, the function C= f (z) maps A uni-
valently onto B.
If we now take an arbitrary subsequence of the sequence 1Bn} and the corre-
sponding subsequence of the sequence I f4 (z)}, which also converges to f (z),
then by applying to these subsequences the conclusions derived above, we see
§ 5. CONVERGENCE THEOREMS 231
that the function C = f (z) maps A onto the kernel of this subsequence, which
again is the domain B. Thus, Bn - B. This proves the necessity of the con-
dition in the theorem.
Proof of the sufficiency. Now suppose that Bn B. Let p denote a positive
number such that the domain IzI > p is contained in each of the domains An and
suppose that the domain > r is contained in each Bn. If z + (n) +
ain)/z + in a neighborhood of z = 00 and if c does not belong to the domain
Bn, then Ic - a(On'I _< 2p by virtue of Lemma 2 of § 2. On the other hand, I c I < p.
Consequently, Iaon I _< 3p; that is, the coefficients a0(n) are uniformly bounded
with respect to n. Again in accordance with Lemma 2 of §2, we have
1fn(z) - ao")I < 2IzI in IzI > p, so that Ifn(z)I < 2IzI + 3p. In particular, Ifn(z)I <
5p on IzI = p. By virtue of the univalence of the fn(z), this last inequality remains
valid at all points of An belonging to the disk IzI < p. Comparing the bounds on
Ifn(z)I in the disk IzI < p and in the domain IzI > p, we conclude that Ifn(z)I <
2IzI + 5p in every domain An. This shows that for every closed bounded sub-
set of A, all the functions fn(z) from some n on are defined and uniformly
bounded on it. Consequently, the condensation principle can be applied to an
arbitrary sequence of these functions.
Let us show now that the sequence { fn(z)} converges in A. Suppose that
there exists a point z0 E A such that 1fn(z0)} diverges. Then, there exist two
subsequences of functions that converge at z = z0 to distinct limits. Further-
more, these two subsequences themselves contain subsequences { fn,(z)} and
{ fnu(z)1 that converge uniformly in an arbitrary closed subset of A to functions
f.(z) and f..(z), that are regular and univalent in A except at z = 00, and that
have different values at z0. It follows from our proof of the necessity of the con-
dition of the theorem as applied to the sequences {Bn,} and {Bnu} thai the func-
tions f .(z) and f ..(z) map the domain A onto the kernels of these last sequences,
that is, onto the same domain B. The function
z' =f* ' (f, , (z)) = + (x)
maps the domain A into itself and ifi(z)i z. Suppose that >fi(z) has, in a
neighborhood of z = 00, the expansion
where a,,, for v > 0, is the first nonzero coefficient (which necessarily exists).
232 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
W_3(z)_ (2(z))=z+3y+
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
These functions also map the domain A univalently into itself. Since the domain
IzI > p is contained in A, the functions t/i(z), for n = 2, 3, , are, in partic-
ular, univalent in IzI > p and the functions !(pz)/p = z + na,/p"+lzv are
valent in IzI > 1. It then follows as a consequence of the area theorem that
V+I
Ina ,,/p I < 1, n = 2, 3, , which can be the case only if a = 0. This con-
tradiction shows that ,(z) = z, that is, that f.(z) = f..(z). This last fact in turn
shows that the sequence 1 f(z)] converges in z0. Thus, the sequence 1f (n)1
converges everywhere in the domain A. The uniform convergence of this sequence
inside the domain A now follows from Vitali's theorem. This completes the proof
of the sufficiency of the conditions of the theorem and hence the theorem itself.
One can also prove other theorems on the convergence of sequences of uni-
valent functions on the basis of the manner in which they are normalized. We shall
give one of these theorems.
Just as above, we shall first introduce the following concepts: Let 1B,I ,
where n = 1, 2, , denote a sequence of domains contained in the z-plane:
Suppose that a given point z0 belongs to each of the domains B. We define the
kernel of this sequence with respect to zo as the largest domain B containing
the point z = z0 and having the property that an arbitrary closed domain contained
in it belongs to every B from some n on. Convergence to a kernel is defined
just as before. Obviously, the kernel of the sequence of images of the domains
B under a fractional-linear mapping of the z-plane is the image of the kernel B
(of course, with respect to the image of the point z0). This does not violate con-
vergence to the kernel. Furthermore, if we perform similarity transformations
z '= pnZ on the domains B for n = 1, 2, and then let p approach 1, the
kernel of the sequence 1B} remains unchanged and convergence to it is not
violated.
We shall now prove a convergence theorem.
Theorem 2. Suppose that a point z = z0 belongs to each of a sequence of
§5. CONVERGENCE THEOREMS 233
domains An, for n = 1, 2, , in the z-plane. Suppose that the sequence }An}
converges, with respect to z0, to the kernel A. Suppose that the functions
C= fn(z) map the domains An univalently onto domains Bn in such a way that
fn(zo) = Co and fR (zo) > 0 for n = 1, 2, . For the sequence {fn(z)} to converge
Fn(z) = In (0)
1
In (z)l
which are univalent in the domains An obtained from An by means of the mapping
z '= 1/z, converges uniformly inside the corresponding kernel A'. Therefore, on
the basis of Theorem 1, the sequence of the images Bn of the domains An under
the mappings C= F,(z) converges to the kernel B'. Consequently, the sequence
}BnI converges to a nondegenerate kernel B connected with B' by the relation-
ship J'= The conclusion on the nature of the mapping C= f (z) follows.
Proof of the sufficiency. Suppose that Bn --. B. Then, in the same notation,
the sequence {Bn} has the kernel B' and it converges to that kernel. Consequently
the sequence {Fn(z)} defined by
F.
(z) = fn (0)
fn(Z)
converges uniformly in the interior of the domain A ' to a univalent function F (z)
such that F(oQ) _ o and F'(00) = 1. But then the sequence { fn(z)} defined by
fn (0)
fn z) =
Fn(z)
234 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
f(z)= Ci , C/Q,
F(Z)
which maps A onto the kernel B of the sequence of the domains B. This com-
pletes the proof of the Theorem.
t; plane and is bounded by circles K I', K2' , , K, and that the mapping in
Denoting the mapping function by 4 _ f (z), we then have f (oo) = -. The func-
tion f (z) can be extended across the circle K,, (v = 1, 2, , n) into the domain
B,, obtained from B by inversion about K,,. It maps B univalently onto the
domain B, obtained from B' by inversion about K. Consequently, the function
f (z) maps the circular domain consisting of the domains B, B1, , B uni-
valently onto the circular domain consisting of the domains B', B j , , B,. We
reason analogously with these extended domains and continue the process indefi-
nitely. As a result of such extensions in the z-plane, we obtain a limit domain G,
which the function C= 1(z) maps univalently onto a limit G' in the 4 -plane. Let
z '= S (z) denote a fractional linear function composed of an even number of inver-
sions about the circles K1, K29 , K,, taken in any order. Then, the function
f (S(z)) also maps the domain G onto the domain G' univalently since the function
S(z) maps the domain G into itself. Consequently, [(z) is invariant under the
group of fractional-linear transformations z '= Sk(z), for k = 1, 2, . . , composed
of a finite number of inversions about the circles K1, K21 , K,,. The functions
z '= Sk(z), for k - 1, 2, .. , exclusive of the function z ' - z map the domain B
onto disjoint circular domains B(k), for k = 1, 2, , that have no common
boundary points and lie each inside one of the circles K1, K21 , K,,.
Consider a disk Iz - al < r contained in B. Then, in accordance with Koebe's
covering theorem, the domain B(k) (for k = 1, 2, - ) contains a disk of radius
(r/4)ISk (a)I Consequently, the area of the domain B(k) is not less that
n (rI Sk Since the sum of the areas of all the domains B(k ), for k =
(a)1/4)2.
I Isk(a)I9
k=1
(1)
I Rk
k-n+ t
(2)
converges. To see this, let us delete from the domain G the images of the point
z = 00 under the mappings z '= Sk(z), k = 1, 2, . Then all the functions Sk(z)
are regular and univalent in the remaining portion G* of the domain G. There-
fore, from the general distortion theorem (see §4 of Chapter II), we have on K
236 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
k=n+I
Y Rk
v=I
where a is a given positive number. This is always possible by virtue of the con-
vergence of the series (2) and (3). Now, for a sufficiently large circle K: lzl = R,
we have, in accordance with Cauchy's formula,
1 f (z') 1 f (z')
f(z)=2ni z'-dz
z - v=1 tai Kk(r)
z'-z dz' (4)
for any point z belonging both to G. and the disk lzl < R. But
1
f (z) dz' = 1 C f (z') -f (z) dz'
2ni J z' - z 2tci J z' - z
k(,) k(v)
Now let d denote the distance from z to the boundary of the domain G.. It
follows from what was just shown that
m m
I "Al" R,,(v)
I.d 2ni
1 f (z
z' -z dz' C d
v=1 Kk(v) v=1
M m
But the left-hand member and the first term of the right-hand member of (4) are
independent of the domain G. chosen and hence of e. Therefore,
f (z) dz'.
f (z) =tai1 ` z'-z
This shows that the function f(z) is regular in the disk lzl < R for arbitrarily
large R, that is, that f(z) is an entire function. Since this function has a simple
pole at z = -, we conclude that f(z) is a linear function. This completes the
proof of Theorem I'.
This existence theorem which we now wish to prove consists in the
following:
Theorem 2.1) Every n-connected domain B in the z-plane can be mapped
1) This theorem was proved by Koebe. The continuity method was developed in his
article [1918a] It has been simplified by the present author (see Goluzin [1938a]}
Another proof has been given by Keldys [1939].
238 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
univalently onto a circular domain in the cplane. Among these mappings there is
only one normalized mapping that maps a given point z = z E B into C= - and
has an expansion in a neighborhood of the point z = a of the form
z a+al(z-a)+... or z+ z +...,
according as a is finite or infinite.
Before proceeding with the proof of this theorem, let us recall a few concepts
from n-dimensional geometry.
Consider n-dimensional Euclidean space, in which a point is an n-tuple of
finite real numbers (x1, x2, , xn). We denote this space by Rn and we denote
n-dimensional Euclidean space R,,. This means that to every point in the set E
is assigned a point in the set E'. The mapping is said to be one-to-one or
bijective if to every point of E there corresponds exactly one point of E' and
vice versa. The mapping is said to be continuous if, for every sequence lx(')[ of
points in E that converges to a point x(') in E, the sequence of images of these
points converges in E' to the image x '(0) of the limit of the original sequence.
It is easy to show that the inverse of a bijective continuous mapping of a closed
set E C Rn onto a set E 'C Rn is also continuous. A one-to-one continuous map-
ping is also called a topological mapping. Obviously, the image of a closed set
under a topological mapping is a closed set. The following theorem of Brouwer
on topological mappings of arbitrary sets is known as the theorem on preservation
of a domain.
Theorem 3 (Brouwer). The image of an interior point of a set E C Rn under a
topological mapping is always an interior point of the image set E'; equivalently,
the image E' of an open set E C Rn under a topological mapping is an open set.
We postpone the proof of this important theorem to the following section. The
proof of Theorem 2 by the continuity method is based on it.
Proof of Theorem 2. By virtue of the results of § 2, any finitely connected
domain can be mapped univalently onto the plane with parallel straight-line cuts
at an arbitrary given inclination 0 and with suitable normalization. Therefore, it
will be sufficient to prove Theorem 2 for domains constituted by the z-plane with
rectilinear cuts parallel to the real axis and for a = ..
Let us denote by 9 the family of all n-connected domains B consisting of
the z-plane with n finite rectilinear cuts parallel to the real axis (numbered from
1 to n) and let us denote by 9R' the set of all n-connected circular domains B'
in the cplane with boundary circles numbered from 1 to n. Two identical domains
B and B' wi th boundaries numbered in a different manner are considered as
distinct.
Let us consider normalized (as indicated in the theorem) univalent mappings
of domains B E 9R onto domains B 'C 91' such that identically indexed boundary
curves of the domains B and B' are mapped onto each other. We consider
domains in the families 911 and 9' as corresponding to each other if they can be
mapped one onto the other as indicated. Then, from Theorem 1 of the present
section and Theorem 2 of § 2, we conclude that
240 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
where B: Bo. It then follows on the basis of the same convergence theorem that
B; = Bo. But if B --> B. and B,,' B:, then we conclude, again on the basis
of the convergence theorem, that the domain B. can be mapped normwise onto the
domain B., which proves the assertion made.
From this point, the proof of the existence theorem is fairly simple. We are
now dealing with a one-to-one continuous mapping of the open set Dl' of points in
3n-dimensional space R3- onto a subset (proper or otherwise) of the set Dl in
another 3n-dimensional space R 3n- Consequently, Brouwer's theorem can be
applied. According to this theorem, the image Do of the set 9R' is an open set
in 3n-dimensional space. Let us show that Dto coincides with 9.
Let B 1 denote a domain in the family Di that can be mapped onto the domain
B' in the family V'. Such a domain can be obtained by a mapping of an arbitrary
domain in 9' onto the domain in Dl corresponding to it. On the other hand, let
B 2 denote an arbitrary domain in V for which we have not yet determined whether
it can be mapped. Let us connect the point in the space Ran representing the
domain B2 with the point representing the domain B1 by a continuous curve L
contained in Dl . Let us proceed along this curve from the point B 1 to the point
B2. If the domain B2 could not be mapped onto a domain in Dt', then, as we
proceed along L from B1 to B21 we would encounter a point B. such that all the
domains in DI corresponding to points of the curve L between B1 and B. could
be mapped onto domains in D2' and the domain B. either could not be mapped
onto domains in DI' or would be a cluster point of the set of points of L corre-
sponding to domains that cannot be mapped onto domains in Df'. But this is
impossible because, by virtue of the property of the limit domains mentioned
above, the domain B. can be mapped onto a domain DI' and hence the point B.
belongs to Dio, but then it cannot be a cluster point of domains that cannot be
mapped onto domains in Dl' because go is an open set. Thus, all points of the
curve L from B1 to B2 belong to the set D10. But then, again on the basis of the
property of limit domains, B2 E DI0.
Thus, we have shown that the set go coincides with 9R and, consequently,
for every domain in R there exists a domain in Dl' onto which the first can be
mapped univalently and normwise. This completes the proof of Theorem 2.
Since the proof that we have given used only the uniqueness theorem and a
few trivial properties of circular domains, the same procedure can be used with
242 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
z 1 a+a1(z-a)+... or z+ z +
according as a is finite or infinite.
Theorem 5. Every n-connected domain B in the z-plane with boundary con-
tinua K1, , K can be mapped univalently onto the -plane with n cuts along
arcs of logarithmic spirals of inclinations 01, , On respectively to the radial
directions in such a way that the continua K,,, for v = 1, , n, are mapped
respectively into arcs of inclination B,, given points a and b in B are mapped
into 0 and - respectively, and the expansion of the mapping function about z = b
has the form
1) See Koebe [1918a] and Goluzin [1938a] Krylov [1938] has given a different proof
of these theorems.
§6. MAPPING ONTO CIRCULAR DOMAINS 243
includes the point z = 0 and has the circle IzI = 1 as one of its boundary continua
can be mapped univalently onto the disk I < 1 with cuts along arcs of loga-
rithmic spirals of given inclination B in such a way that zl = 1 is mapped into
I = 1 and the mapping function C= f (z) is normalized by the conditions f (0) =0
and Oo) > 0. This mapping is unique.
Theorem 7. Every n-connected domain B contained in the annulus q < IzI <1
that has as two of its boundary continua the circles Izl = 1 and zl = q can be
mapped univalently onto an annulus q '< ICI < 1 with cuts along arcs of loga-
rithmic spirals of given inclination B in such a way that zI = 1 and IzI = q are
mapped into ICI = 1 and ICI = q '. This mapping function is unique up to a con-
stant factor.
We note that Grotzsch succeeded in proving analogous uniqueness theorems
for extremely broad classes of canonical domains and at the same time established
by the continuity method theorems on the existence of a univalent mapping of
arbitrary finitely connected domains onto such domains (cf. Grotzsch [19350.
We conclude our investigation of questions concerning univalent mappings of
multiply connected domains with a consideration of the possibility of univalent
mapping of any two given n-connected domains onto each other. In the case of
simply connected domains, Riemann's theorem tells us that, with very few excep-
tions, this is always possible. The situation is different in the case of n-con-
nected domains, where n > 1. For it to be possible to map two such domains uni-
valently onto each other, it is obviously necessary and sufficient that there exist
two circular domains onto which they can each be mapped univalently and which
can be univalently mapped one onto the other. We can take these circular domains
of a "special" form, specifically, annuli of the form q < z( < Q with n - 2
circular cuts in the interior since an arbitrary circular n-connected domain can
always be mapped onto a domain of such a form by means of a suitably chosen
fractional-linear function. But if two circular domains of the special form can be
mapped univalently onto each other, then by Theorem 1 ', the mapping function is
fractional-linear and, according to the symmetry principle, it maps the points 0
and = into each other. Consequently, this function is of the form z '= az or
z '= a/z. In the first case, the following quantities must coincide for the two
circular domains that we are considering: the ratios of the radii of all correspond-
ing boundary circles, the angles between the rays extending from the origin to
the centers of the circular cuts, and the ratios of the distances of these centers
244 V. UNIVALENT MAPPING OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS
from the origin; that is, the values of one quantity in the case n = 2 and of all
3n - 6 independent quantities determining these domains in the case n > 2 must
be the same for the two domains. In the second case, an analogous situation holds
for one of the circular domains in question and for the domain obtained from the
other by the transformation z '= l/z. Conversely, if these requirements are satis-
fied, the two domains can obviously be mapped univalently onto each other. Thus,
for it to be possible to map two n-connected circular domains of a special form
onto each other, it is necessary and sufficient that, in the case n = 2, one, and
in the case n > 2, 3n - 6 suitable real quantities determining one of these domains
coincide with real quantities determining the other. These quantities are called
the moduli of the circular domains in question and of all the domains that are
mapped univalently onto them.
If we partition all n-connected domains into classes, putting into a single
class all domains that can be mapped univalently onto each other, then each such
class will contain circular domains of a special form and, in accordance with what
was said above, all classes of n-connected domains constitute a set depending in
the case n = 2 on one and in the case n > 2 on 3n - 6 real parameters.
where al, a2, .. , an are not all zero, is called an (n - 1)-dimensional plane or
simply the plane Rn_1. The set of all points common to two (n - 1)-dimensional
planes the left-hand members of the equations of which are linearly independent
constitutes an (n - 2)-dimensional plane in Rn. In general, the set of all points
common to k planes under the same condition constitutes an (n - k)-dimensional
plane in Rn. An (n - k)-dimensional plane in Rn can be regarded as an (n - k)-
dimensional Euclidean space.
Let x(k) (x ik ), , xnk )), k = p, 1, , n, denote n + 1 points in Rn that
1) (Sperner [1928].)
§7. PROOF OF BROUWER'S THEOREM 245
do not lie in a single plane. The set of points X (X 1, . , x,) whose coordinates
are determined from the formulas
n n
t =1,2,...,n,x1 o, 1j=1, (1)
such a way that, if two subsimplexes have points in common, then the set of all
common points is a common face of some dimension or else a vertex of these
simplexes. Such a partition can be made as follows, for example: let us look at
all possible permutations jo, j 1, , jn of the numbers 0, 1, , n. Let us
denote by the set of points x E I that have the representation (1)
with ai0 < ai 1 < . < ain. _Let us show that Yio,i 1,...,in is a simplex. Let
6(k) (6 ik ), , Cnk )) (k = 0, 1, , n) denote the center of an (n - k)-dimensional
Consequently,
Xi
X =(n-{-1)X10,
X, = (n -o -{- 1) (A/v - A1, 1), ' = 1, ... , n,
n n
21 XV = X,
v-0 v=0 v-0
It follows that a point x belongs to i o.i I i.. tin if and only if it belongs to the
simplex with vertices 6(0), 6(1), . . . , 6(n). Therefore, the set 2io-i 1,...,i n
coincides with this simplex. The simplex I is therefore partitioned into (n + 1)!
simplexes lio.il,...'in. Two simplexes and lio.i{,...,in have in
common only those points x for which there are equal numbers among the numbers
A0, A1, ' ' ' , An, that is, for which certain of the All are equal to 0. These points
constitute the common faces of different dimensions of the simplexes
Jn and Tn particular, all these simplexes contain the
§7. PROOF OF BROUWER'S THEOREM 247
point 60). Let us now look at the question of the dimensions of the simplex
keeping the notation given above for it. Let d denote the greatest
of the numbers jxi') - ')I for i = 1, , n and 0, , n. We then have
n
(xi1 -xi1'))I_n+l' n,
1=0
(since one of the numbers x(j) - zip ' ), for j = 0, 1, , n, must be equal to 0).
Therefore, if x (x 1, , xn) E I and xi = In=oaixi' ), i = 1, , n, then
n n
EjO) - xiI= a/(Et)-xt/))
I
n+1 n+
/=0 J=0
IEII)-E,k)Icn- n nd
do n+1
n -}-1
we have
n n
vc-y;l=J=0Oi-a;))'ill= J=0 Xi)(YV'-yi°
n
and
n eP
P (.Y, y')= (yi-y;)9_ n28(,i+1) d'
i=I
2y n
(n+1)P
d. (3)
It follows that the diameters of all the subsimplexes after a sufficient number p
of stages in this partitioning process will not exceed an arbitrary given number
e > 0. This is the desired partition of the simplex 1.
To prove Brouwer's theorem, we need first to prove two lemmas.
Lemma 1. Let I denote an n-dimensional simplex with vertices x(j) for
j = 0, 1, , n. Suppose that the points of I are distributed among n + 1 closed
sets Ei, for .j = 0, 1, , n, in such a way that the following three conditions
are satisfied: (1) each point x E I belongs to at least one of the Ei; (2) x(') E
Ei; (3) Ei does not contain a single point on the face si with vertices in x(k)
for k # j. Then, the sets Ei, for j = 0, 1, , n, have at least one common point.
Proof. Let us partition the simplex I into a finite number of subsimplexes
Ql, a2P ' + UP in such a way that any two of these simplexes have in common
only faces of some dimension or other. Let us show that among the ak there
exists a simplex containing points of each set Ei for j = 0, 1, , n. Each
vertex of the simplex ak belongs to one or more of the sets E1. If it belongs to
the sets where v1 < vZ < < vy , let us assign to it the
number vl as coordinate. To the simplex ak let us assign as coordinates the
n + 1 numbers which are the coordinates of its vertices and to each face let us
assign the n numbers that are the coordinates of the vertices of ak in it. Let us
show that the number of simplexes ak of which all the coordinates are distinct
is an odd number. This assertion is true in the case n = 1 because then I is a
line segment which is divided into subsegments ak by a finite number of points.
§7. PROOF OF BROUWER'S THEOREM 249
The coordinates of the vertices of these subsegments are the numbers 0 and 1. If
we proceed from the vertex of E with coordinate 0, the first of the ak that we
encounter with different coordinates has coordinates (0, 1), the next has coordi-
nates (1, 0), then (0, 1), etc. (Here, we are indicating the coordinates of points
met successively as we move along I.) The last of these ak must necessarily
have coordinates (0, 1) because the second end of I must have coordinate 1. This
proves that the number of segments ak with distinct coordinates is odd. Let us
now suppose that the assertion has been proved for an (n - 1)-dimensional
simplex and let us prove it for an n-dimensional simplex. Let tk denote the
number of faces of the simplex ak with coordinates (0, 1, , n - 1). If tk > 0,
then the simplex ak has coordinates (0, 1, , n - 1, a), where 0 < a < n. Here,
if a = n, we obviously have tk = 1. On the other hand, if a < n, then tk = 2
because the coordinates of all n + 1 faces of the simplex ak are obtained from
(0, 1, , n - 1, a) by discarding a single number and we obtain the numbers
(0, 1, , n - 1) only by deleting the number a when encountered twice. Let e
denote the number of all simplexes ak with coordinates (0, 1, , n) and let f
denote the number of all ak for which tk = 2. Then, from what was said above,
P
E tk=e+2f. (4)
k=1
On the other hand, if a face of a subsimplex ak lying inside I has coordinates
(0, 1, . . , n - 1), it appears twice in the sum Y.k=1tk because each such face
belongs to two of the simplexes ak Let g denote the number of such faces
belonging to distinct ak. A face of a simplex ak lying on one of the faces of the
simplex 1, on the other hand, will have coordinates (0, 1, , n - 1) only if
this face lies on sn. But sn is an (n - 1)-dimensional simplex the points of
which belong to the n intersections sn n E;, j = 0, 1, , n - 1, that satisfy
conditions (1), (2), and (3) of the lemma.
Our assertion is considered proved for the case of (n - 1)-dimensional
simplexes. Consequently, Sn will have an odd number h of faces sk with
coordinates (0, 1, , n - 1). Thus, we have
P
2] tk = 2g+ h. (5)
k=1
there exist simplexes with coordinates (0, 1, - , n). Each such simplex contains
points belonging to all the sets E1, for j = 0, 1, , n, because its vertices
belong to distinct E1.
Now, suppose that we are given a sequence of positive numbers Ek, for k =
1, 2, , that approaches 0 as k --+ oo. Let us partition Y. into a finite number
of simplexes having in common only faces of different dimensions with diameters
less than E1. Suppose that among the subsimplexes al is a simplex containing
points of all the sets E;, for j = 0, 1, , n. From what we have shown, such a
simplex exists. Let us now partition into a finite number of simplexes of the
same kind but with diameters less than E2- And suppose that aZ is a simplex
containing points of all the sets E. We continue the process. As a result, we
obtain a sequence of simplexes all a'Z, . each of which is contained in I and
the sequence of diameters approaches 0. In accordance with Weierstrass's theoren
generalized to the space Rn, there exists in Y. a point a an arbitrary neighbor-
hood of which contains infinitely many of the simplexes ak. Since the sets E;
are closed, the point a belongs to all the sets E1, for j = 0, 1, , n. This com-
pletes the proof of the lemma.
Let us point out one way of partitioning the simplex I into sets E; as indi-
cated in Lemma 1 such that the sets E; have a unique common point a, which is
an interior point of 1. Suppose that Y. has the representation (1) and that corre-
sponding to the point a are the values of the parameters A; equal to A;0), where
A1°) 0, for j = 0, 1, , n. Let us form closed sets E1, for j = 0, 1, , n, by
assigning to E; all points of the set E for which A; > in the representation
(1). Each point of the set lies in at least one of the sets E1 because, other-
wise, we would have Ai < 0) for all j = 0, 1, - , n, which would contradict the
equations
For the same reason, the sets E;, for j = 0, 1, , n have the point a as their
unique point in common. Furthermore E; obviously contains the point x(j) and
does not contain points of the face We shall use this fact in what follows.
Lemma 2. Let E denote a closed bounded subset of R. Suppose that E is
covered by a finite number of closed sets Ek such that each point of the set E
belongs to at least one of them. If E includes a unique point a belonging to no
§7. PROOF OF BROUWER'S THEOREM 251
fewer than n + 1 sets Ek and this point is a boundary point of E (that is, not an
interior point of E), then, by changing the sets Ek in an arbitrarily small
neighborhood of the point a, we can arrange to have every point of the set E
belong to no more than n of the sets Ek.
Proof. Suppose that E is a simplex of arbitrarily small diameter and that a
is an interior point of L. We can get the simplex E by taking an arbitrary simplex,
displacing it in R in such a way that some interior point of it occupies the posi-
tion of a, and then performing a similarity transformation on it about a. Let S
denote the boundary of I (that is, the set of points on all of the faces of 1).
Define D = S n E. The set D does not include any points common to more than n
of the sets Ek. Consequently, every point x E D has a neighborhood whose inter-
section with E can be covered by no more than n of the Ek. In accordance with
the Heine-Borel theorem, generalized to Rn, it then follows that there exists an
c > 0 such that every ball of radius c with center at an arbitrary point x C D con-
sists of points belonging to no more than n of the sets Ek. Let us now cover S
with a finite number of closed sets Fi, for j = 1, 2, - , with diameter less than
c such that each point of S will belong tp no more than n of the sets F. Let us
show that such a covering exists. Let us partition S into (n - 1)-dimensional
simplexes with diameters less than i2n and then let us represent each such
simplex as the union of n closed sets with a unique point in common, each of
which contains one of the vertices of the simplex. Let us take one of the vertices
of the subsimplexes, for example b. Suppose that it belongs to the simplexes li,
for j = 1, 2, - , h. The point b belongs to only one of the closed sets into which
-
required covering for S. Let us now combine the sets Fk with the sets Ek as
follows: 1) If Fk does not contain points of D, we combine it with any one of
the sets Ek. 2) On the other hand, if Fk does contain points of D, we combine
Fk with one of the sets Ek to which such points belong. Let us show that each
point x E S still belongs to no more than n of the sets Ek. This is true because
a point x E S that does not belong to D belongs to no more than a of the sets FA,
and hence now belongs to no more than n of the sets El, On the other hand, if
x E D, it belongs to no more than n of the original sets, that is, to E1,
EZ, , E f, where f < n. On the other hand, x belongs to certain of the sets Fk,
let us say to F1, F2, , Fg, where g < h. The sets F1, . . . , Fg are contained
in the ball of radius E with center at x. But, from our construction, this ball con-
tains points belonging to no more than n of the original sets Ek, let us say to
the sets E1, E2, , Eh, where 1 < h < n. From 2), the sets F1, . . , Fg are
combined with certain of the sets E1, , Eh, Consequently, a point x E S can
belong to no more than n of the modified sets Ek, namely to certain of these sets
that contain the original sets E1, , Eh. Thus, after we adjoin the sets FA, to
the sets Ek, every point x E S belongs to no more than n of the sets Ek.
Since a is a boundary point of the set E, the simplex I contains an interior
point c that does not belong to E. Let us distribute the points of the simplex E
and hence let us redistribute the points of the set K = E U I among the sets Ek
as follows: If a point x E S belongs to the sets EvI, E 2 , - . . , Evp, where
p < n, then the entire segment cx (one-dimensional simplex) belongs to all these
sets and only to them. With this new covering of the set E U E, the point c is
the only point that can belong to more than n of the sets Ek. But c does not
belong to E. Consequently, E does not contain points belonging to more than n
of the sets Ek. This completes the proof of the lemma.
Brouwer's theorem. A topological mapping of a set E C R onto a set VC
R maps interior points of E into interior points of E .
Proof. Let a denote an interior point of the set E and let I denote an arbi-
trarily small simplex contained in E and including a as an interior point. Corre-
sponding to the point a is a point a' in E ', and corresponding to the simplex
is a set ' C V. Let us show that a ' is an interior point of the set V. Let us
subdivide I into n + 1 closed subsets E;, j = 0, 1, - , n, in such a way that
each E; contains only one vertex and no point of the opposite face and in such
a way that a is the only point belonging to all the sets E;. The mapping of E
§7. PROOF OF BROUWER'S THEOREM 253
onto E' assigns to the sets E; closed sets E;' in V that have the unique com-
common point a'. If a' were a boundary point of E' and hence of 2', then, in
accordance with Lemma 2, by modifying the sets Ej in a neighborhood of a', we
could arrange for the sets E;, j = 0, 1, , n, to have no point in common. With
such a covering, the corresponding modified closed sets E; have no common
points and at the same time satisfy the conditions of the lemma, which, however,
is impossible. The contradiction proves Brouwer's theorem.
CHAPTER VI
254
§1. MAPPING OF A MULTI PLYCONNECTED DOMAIN 255
without loss of generality that a and b are finite and let us observe that, in this
case, the function t = log ((z - a)/(z - b)) can be extended into B along an arbi-
trary path and it maps the domain B onto the t-plane with the point -0 excluded.
The inverse function z = 0(t) is regular in that plane. Therefore, if there existed
a function C= f(z) that maps the domain B conformally onto the disk ICI < 1, the
function C = f (0 (t)) would be regular in t I < Do and it would not exceed unity in
I
given direction at that point is the direction of the positive half of the real axis.
1) This theorem was discovered by Poincare. Rado noted [1922-1923a] that the idea
of the proof of Riemann's theorem that was given in §2 of Chapter II can be used to prove
this theorem also.
256 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
In this case, let us consider the set 9 = (f(z)} of all functions f(z) with the fol-
lowing properties: 1) they are defined by basic elements about z = 0 for which
f (0) = 0 and f ' (0) > 0; 2) they can be extended into B along an arbitrary path;
3) the values that these functions assume in B as a result of analytic continuation
all belong to the disk I CI < 1; 4) every value of 4 in the disk < 1 is assumed
I
I
fo (z), which is not a constant, since f 0' (0) = a> 0. If we now extend these ele-
ments into B along different paths, we see step by step in accordance with
Vitali's theorem that the sequences of analytic continuations obtained converge to
the corresponding analytic continuations of the function fo (z). Consequently, the
function fo (z) can be extended into B along an arbitrary path and IA (z)I < 1
everywhere. Let us show that C= fo (z) assumes in B every value in the disk
I CI < 1 at no more than one point. Let us suppose, to the contrary, that there
exist in B two distinct points z I and z2 such that fo (z 1) = fo (z2) = c. Here,
fo (z 1) and f0 (z2) are the values at the points z I and z2 of certain elements of
the function f0 (z) that are obtained from the basic element by analytic continua-
tion along certain paths 11 and 12 contained in B. Suppose that the disks
I z - z I I < e and I z - z 21 < E have no common points, that they are contained in B,
and that these elements assume the value c neither in the interiors of these
disks, except at the center, nor on their boundaries. Suppose that Ifo(z) - c I >
m > 0 on the circles I z - z I I = r and I z - z 21 = e. Let k denote an integer such
that I fnk (z) - fo (z)I < m on these two circles. Then from
it follows, on the basis of Rouche's theorem, that the function 1 k (z) assumes
the value c at two points of the domain B, which is impossible. This proves our
assertion.
Let us show now that the function f0 (z) provides the mapping mentioned in
the theorem; specifically, that it assumes in B every value C in I CI < 1. Suppose,
to the contrary, that there exists a number c such that I c I < 1 and f (z) c
everywhere in B. Let us denote by t = q(C) the function used in §2 of Chapter
II. We note that this function can be extended into I CI < 1 along an arbitrary path
that does not pass through c and that 0 (0) = 0 and q ' (0) > 1. We see that the
0
function F (z) _ 0 (fo (z)) C 3 and F' (0) = f6' (0) 0 (0) > a., which is impossible.
It remains to prove the uniqueness of the mapping mentioned in the theorem.
Suppose that C = fI (z) and C= f2 (z) are two functions providing this mapping.
Then the function C' = f 1 (fZ I (C)) = OW and its inverse C= f2 (I1 (C )) are
regular in the disks ICI < 1 and IC' I < 1, respectively. Therefore, the function
4' = q(c) maps the disk ICI < 1 bijectively onto itself in such a way that 9(0) = 0
and 0' (0) > 0. But then, 0(C) _ C; f 1 (z) = f2 (z). This completes the proof of
the theorem.
Now let C= f(z) denote the function providing the mapping indicated in the
preceding theorem. Let C= F W denote any other function mapping the domain B
onto a disk but not satisfying the same normalization conditions as C = f (z). Then,
the function C' = F(f-1(C)) maps the disk 141 < 1 bijectively onto itself. Conse-
quently, it must be a fractional-linear function. Thus, F(z) = (af(z) + 13)/(y f(z) + 8);
that is, any other mapping function can be expressed as a fractional-linear func-
tion of f (z). In particular, if we take two distinct elements of the same multiple-
valued mapping function f (z) at the point z0 and extend them along all possible
paths contained in B, we obtain two functions, that is, two branches of f (Z),
both of which map the domain B conformally onto the disk I C.I < 1. It follows
from what has been said that these branches can be expressed each as a fractional-
linear function of the other. Thus, all branches of a multiple-valued mapping func-
1tion can be represented as a fractional-linear function of just one of them and the
corresponding fractional-linear functions map the disk ICI < 1 into itself.
This conclusion enables us to study more deeply the nature of the multiple-
valuedness of the mapping function f(z). Let f0(z) denote one of the branches of
the function f (z). We denote by C' = S (C) = (a.C + 0)/(yC + 8) or more briefly,
by S the fractional-linear function mapping the branch f0 (z) into the branch
258 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
f. (z); that is, f. (z) = S fo (z). Let us show that the set G of all "transformations"
S corresponding to all possible branches of the function f (z) constitutes a group.
Let us extend the branch S 1 f0 (z), S 1 E G, along a closed path such that
extending the branch fo (z) along this path yields the branch S2 fo (z), S2 E C. We
thus obtain a new branch S 1S2 f0 (z) of the function f (z). Therefore S 1S2 E C.
Analogously, if we extend the branch fo (z) along a closed path the, extension of
fo (z) along which yields a branch S f0, S E G, though in the opposite direction,
we obtain a branch f. (z) = S f0 (z), where S. E G and we again obtain from Sf0(z)
the branch fo (z) and at the same time the branch SS, f0 (z); that is, we have
f0 (z) = SS, fo (z), so that S. = S -1. Consequently, S -1 E G. Thus, G is a group.
We note that the neutral element of this group is the identity transformation
With regard to the function z = 0(0 inverse to C= f (z), when B does not
contain -, it can be extended into < 1 along an arbitrary path and hence is
regular in I I < 1. From this we conclude that, in the general case, its only singu-
larities in the disk CI < 1 are poles; that is, that it is a meromorphic function in I CI < 1.
It follows from the relation z = 0(f(z)) that 0(Sfo(z)) = 0(f0(z)) or 0(SC) _
95 (c), where S E G. This shows that the function 0(e) remains invariant under
transformations belonging to the group G. Therefore, it is an automorphic function
with group C.
We noted above that all the transformations belonging to the group G leave
the circle ICI = 1 unchanged. Let us show now that the fixed points of all these
transformations lie on the circle ICI = 1. By fixed points of the transformation S,
we mean points C satisfying the equation SC= C. A fractional-linear transforma-
tion other than the identity transformation has no more than two fixed points. Let
us suppose that a given transformation S E G has a fixed point a such that
IaI < 1. Then, 1/a will also be a fixed point of S. But the equation Sa= a
implies that SC a in a sufficiently small domain 0 < ICI al < S. Suppose that
I SC - al > m > 0 on the circle I C - al = S. Let 0 denote an arbitrary number in
the domain 0 < IC - °'I < m. Since S(C) - f3 = (S (C) - a) + (a- 0), it follows from
Rouche's theorem that the function S (C) - j3 has a zero y in the disk C - al <.5.
Here, y is distinct from a and 13. It follows from S (y) = 0 that 95 (y) _ 95 (9 ).
But, for sufficiently small S and m, this last cannot be since 95 '(a) 0. Conse-
quently, the function z = '(C) maps a sufficiently small neighborhood of the
point J= a univalently. This contradiction leads to the conclusion that there can be no
fixed points of the transformations S E G in the open disk ICI < 1 and hence that there
can be none in the domain I CI > 1. Therefore, all the fixed points lie on the circle I I = 1.
§1. MAPPING OF A MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAIN 259
Now, if the point in (1) lies on the circle ICI = 1, then the point J must
also lie on the circle ICS I = 1. Therefore, the arguments arg((t; ' - 0/'- 0)
and arg ((C- CI) (C- Cz)) indicating the angles subtended by the segment blb2
at the points e' and C are equal. From this we conclude that a > 0. Furthermore,
a 1 because we would then have C' = 4 which cannot be. Thus, the transforma-
c f.
tion S can be obtained from equation (1) by solving that equation for Here, a
is positive and different from unity. The transformation J' = S"t; (where n = ± 1,
± 2, . ) can obviously be obtained from the equation
_
C'-C, C'-Cf-a
. C-C2 (2)
C'-C, +
C-C1a' (3)
260 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
_
C' --C1
1
+na
Cr
CI (4)
Therefore, once again, it eannot be the identity transformation for any n. We note
that the sequences of the functions S"C and S-' converge uniformly to 6 on
an arbitrary closed set including the point CI as n +o.
This property shows, in particular, that G is an infinite group, that is, that
it contains an infinite number of distinct transformations and that f (z) is an infi-
nitely-many-valued function in B. On the other hand, the function 0(0 assumes
in ICI < 1 every value in B at an infinite number of points. All points in the disk
ICI < 1 at which the function O(C) assumes the same value are called equivalent
points. For every point a in the disk I a I < 1 there is an infinite set of points
equivalent to a. These are all obtained from each other by transformations of the
group G. Since these points are zeros of the function O(C) - 0(a), they do not
have points of accumulation in I I < 1. It follows, in particular, that the group G
is countable.
Since the function f(z) is not single-valued in B, the question arises as to
what conditions must be satisfied by the path 1 contained in B and issuing from
and returning to a point z0 in such a way that as we proceed along it with some
element of the function f (z) we return to the point z0 with the same element.
Consider the case in which B does not include oo. If, as we proceed along 1 from
zo with some element of f(z), we return to z0 with the same element, the corre-
sponding point C= f(z) issuing from some point CO returns to Co after describing
a closed path l' in the disk ICI < 1. The path l' can, by a continuous (for example.
similarity) deformation be reduced to a. point that does not leave the disk ICI < 1.
Obviously, under this deformation, the preimage 1 as it is continuously deformed
also reduces to a point without getting outside B. Let us show that, conversely,
if the path l can, by a continuous deformation, be reduced to a point without ever
getting outside B, then, by proceeding along it with an arbitrary element of f(z),
we always return to the original point with the same element of f (z). This is true
because, otherwise, under such a deformation, the corresponding path 1', while
being continuously deformed in I CI < 1, will go from the point Co to some other
§1. MAPPING OF A MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAIN 261
and S E G.
When the entire boundary of the domain B consists of isolated points, it fol-
lows from what was said above that, as we let z approach the boundary of the
domain B, the function f(z) can have as its limiting values only values belong-
ing to a countable set of numbers, which are points on ICI = 1. It follows that, as
C describes a path in the disk ICI < 1 that terminates on the circle ICI = 1 at
some point different from these points, the corresponding point z = O(C) describes
a path that cannot terminate at a definite point. Thus, in the present case, the
function (k(C) does not have definite limits on ICI = 1 as r approaches any but
a countable set of points on that circle from ICI < 1.
Now, let K1 denote a closed curve constituting part of the boundary of B1.
Let us encircle K1 with a Jordan curve l contained in B and defining, together
with K1, a doubly connected domain B ' consisting only of points belonging to
B. If we go around the curve l with branch fo (z) once in the positive direction,
we arrive at the original point with a branch Silo (z). On the other hand, if we go
around l several times (possibly some times in one direction and some times in
the other), we arrive at the original point with branch S i ° fo (z). Here, S is a
1
may coincide). If we extend f 0 (z) inside the domain B ', we obtain a multiple-
264 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
valued function in that domain. If, by means of a cut, we map the domain B ' into
a simply connected domain, all the branches of the multiple-valued function will
be single-valued in that domain and will map it bijectively onto domains adjacent
to each other and filling up completely one of the domains, let us say B 1, into
which the curve A partitions the disk ICI < 1. There is a continuous one-to-one
correspondence of the boundaries under these mappings. Therefore, the arcs corre-
sponding to the curve K 1 lie on the circle I CI = 1 and together they cover the arc
s1C2 In addition to the arc S1S2 there are other arcs on ICI = 1 and these arise
in the same way from other branches of the function f (z) than S i f o (z) and from
other curves constituting parts of the boundary of the domain B (with one excep-
tion to be mentioned below). These arcs cannot overlap because, if they did,
domains analogous to the domain B 1 would have common points whereas either
domains analogous to the domain B' have no common points or the branches of
the function f(z) considered in them do not coincide at a single point in them. It
follows that the arc which does not reduce to a point, cannot cover com-
pletely the circle I CI = 1; that is, S1 Cz. The only exception is the case when
B is a doubly connected domain one boundary of which is an isolated point. In
this case, the group G consists of the powers of one of its transformations which
is a parabolic transformation. Thus, when we exclude this last one, we may assert
that the transformation S 1 considered above is hyperbolic. If the point z C B
approaches a point on K1 while describing a continuous curve, the corresponding
point ' defined by an arbitrary branch of f(z) describes in ICI < 1 a curve that
terminates at an interior point of one of the arcs obtained according to the type
of the arc C1C2. On the other hand, as the point z approaches K along a curve
that encircles K infinitely many times, the corresponding point C describes in
< 1 a curve that terminates at one of the endpoints of these arcs.
It follows from what has been said that, if the boundary of a multiply con-
nected domain B does not consist entirely of isolated boundary points, then
points on the circle I C1 = 1 fall into four classes:
1) interior points of all arcs defined according to the type of the arcs b1 C2
Corresponding to each such point is a unique nonisolated boundary point of the
domain B, and at each of these 0(4) is regular.
2) points of the type S1 and S2 are fixed points of hyperbolic transformations
of the group G . There are countably many of these points.
3) points of the type of Cp, that is, fixed points of parabolic transformations
§2. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 265
Z Uk (C). (2)
k=l y
For C= 0, this series obviously converges. Furthermore, if we denote by sn(S)
the sum of its first n terms, we see that sn W < s n+1(J) in I C1 < I. It follows,
in accordance with Harnack's theorem, that the series (2) converges uniformly
inside the disk I tI < 1 and that its sum s (C) is a harmonic function in < 1.
Furthermore, it follows from (1) and (2) that
2a
r 1-r'
1
ed0=1
S(C)C2n of 1-2rcos(0-T)+r
in < 1. If we now let C approach an interior point of the arc S 1k1S 2k 1, the
sequence sk(C) 1 and, since sk(C) < s (C) < 1, it follows that s 1 as
C approaches an interior point of that arc. Furthermore, if we map the disk I Cl < 1
into itself by means of transformations of the group G, the arcs ybvalues
(k) y ( sk)
are
then mapped into each other (because O(C) has definite limiting only on
1) The derivatives here refer only to derivatives at finite points. In what follows, the
harmonic functions mentioned may at times be multiple-valued, but in such cases an arbi-
trary branch of such a multiple-valued function will be single-valued in an arbitrary suf-
ficiently small neighborhood of each point in the domain B.
§3. DIRICHLET'S PROBLEM AND GREEN'S FUNCTION 267
with either sign chosen is then regular and bounded in the neighborhood in ques-
tion of the point z = a, and, with suitable choice of the value for F (a), regular
at the point a itself. Obviously, F (a) is nonzero. Therefore, the function u + iv
is also regular at z = a and the function u (z) is harmonic at z = a. It follows
that a function u(z) that is harmonic and bounded in a domain B is harmonic at
all isolated boundary points when it is extended in a suitable manner to these
points.
The maximum principle of harmonic functions has an important generalization:
-Jf a function u(z) is harmonic and bounded above in a domain B (that is, its
values in B do not exceed some finite constant) and if all its limiting values, as
its argument approaches any except finitely many boundary points of B through
values in B, are no greater than M, u (z) < M everywhere in B. An analogous
generalization holds for functions bounded below.
Proof. We may assume that the domain B includes the point o. Let al,
an denote the exceptional points referred to and let H denote the diameter
of the boundary of the domain B. For arbitrary c > 0, consider the function
a
v(z)=M-u(z)+e Iloglz Haktl'
which is harmonic in B. As z approaches boundary points other than a 1, , an,
this function approaches nonnegative limits since each term in the sum above has
a nonnegative value. As z approaches one of the points ak, this sum approaches
+ oo, but u(z) is bounded above. Consequently, the limit of v(z) as z approaches
any of these points is +Do. Since v(z) is obviously not a constant, it cannot
have minima inside the domain B. Therefore, v (z) > 0 in B; that is,
n
it(z)M+e log
tl
IZ -ak
k=l
This holds for arbitrary c > 0. By letting c approach 0, we obtain u (z) < M,
which completes the proof.
Let us now pass on to Dirichlet's problem. Suppose that the domain B has a
boundary K consisting of a finite number of closed Jordan curves without com-
mon points. The Dirichlet problem for such a domain consists in finding a func-
tion u(z) that is harmonic and bounded in B, that is continuous in B except
possibly at countably many points on the boundary K; and that assumes prestated
values at points of continuity on the boundary K. The boundary values are subject
268 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
only to the condition that they constitute a function on K that has a finite or
countable set of points of discontinuity. Let us show that this problem always
has a unique solution.
Let us map the domain B onto the disk < 1, just as in §1. Consider the
set of points V on the circle I(' I = 1 belonging to the class (1) of §2. Let
U W) denote a function whose values coincide with the values u (z ') at points
z ' of the boundary K that correspond under this mapping to the points V on
I C'I = 1. This real function U is defined, bounded, and continuous almost
everywhere I) on the circle I C' 1 and satisfies almost everywhere on that
circle the condition U (S (C )) = U('), where S is an arbitrary transformation be-
longing to the group G of §2.
Thus, we arrive at the problem of finding a function U ((') that is harmonic
and bounded in the disk ICI < 1 and that coincides with U(C') at all points of
continuity of the function on ICI = 1.
Consider the function
2x
UP= 1 ie 1- r'
U ( e ) 1- 2r cos (0 - , f ) -}- r'
tP
dO C = re,
2a
where the integral is in the sense of Riemann. By virtue of the known properties
of a Poisson integral, this function is harmonic and bounded in I I < 1 and, under
the shift to C' I = 1, it coincides with U (a') at all points of continuity of the
I
function U(CH). On the other hand, any function U(C) possessing these proper-
ties is unique. To see this, suppose that there exists another such function U1(O.
Then, for arbitrary C in 41 < 1, we have, in accordance with Poisson's formula
2x
H
e RH-2RrR9
ret',
U1 (C)=2 U1(Ret) cos(er 'p) -}-r' de' C=
where r < R < 1. If we now take the limit as R -' 1, remembering that we can
take the limit under the integral sign (Lebesgue's theorem), we see that U1(C)
U(C) in ICI < 1.
It follows from the uniqueness property that U (C) remains invariant under
transformations of the group G. In fact, the functions U(S(C)) and U(C) are
both solutions of the problem that we have just examined and hence they are
1) In the present case, with the possible exception of a countable set of points on
ICI= 1.
§3. DIRICHLET'S PROBLEM AND GREEN'S FUNCTION 269
identical in CI < 1. If we now return to the z-plane, the function U(5) becomes
the function u(z), which is single-valued and bounded in B and which satisfies
the Dirichlet problem posed above. It also follows from what was said above that
this problem has a unique solution. We note that if certain of the curves constitut-
ing the boundary K degenerated into points, the Dirichlet problem for the domain
obtained would not always have a solution. To see this, note that the function
u(z) which provides a solution to the Dirichlet problem for such a domain is, by
virtue of what was said above, a harmonic function at all isolated boundary points.
*Therefore, it is uniquely determined by its values on the remaining boundary
curves. This shows that the values of the function u(z) at isolated boundary
points cannot be chosen arbitrarily.
Thus, we have proved the existence and uniqueness of the solution to the
Dirichlet problem for an arbitrary finitely connected domain B bounded by Jordan
curves and for arbitrary given values on the boundary K that constitute either a
continuous function or a function with a finite or countable set of points of dis-
Continuity. To find the solution of an arbitrary Dirichlet problem for a given
domain B, it is sufficient to know the solution of any one particular Dirichlet
problem. Here, it is a question of finding the Green's function. The Green's func-
tion for a domain B is defined as a real function g (z, C) satisfying the following
three conditions: 1) for every C E B, it is a harmonic function of z in the domain
B except at the point z = J; 2) g(z, C) approaches +oo as z - C in such a way
that the difference g (z, C) - log 111z - remains bounded if is finite and in
such a way that the difference g (z, 00) - log I z is bounded if C = o.; 3) as
I
circle and it assumes at points in the lower semicircle the same values as the
function u (t) assumes at the conjugate points in the upper halfplane with with
opposite sign. The function U(t) is obviously continuous on the circle I = P.
Consider the integral
2+c
U(t)2i U(Peie)p'-2prps-rs
cos(B-cp)+r'dA,
It is obviously equal to 0 at points on the real axis and it coincides with u (t) on
the upper boundary semicircle. Consequently, U (t) coincides with it (t) on the
'entire boundary of the upper half-disk and therefore throughout this entire half-
disk. If t(t) is an analytic function in It 1 : p and its real part is the function
U(t), then the difference $(t) - F(O(t)) has real part equal to zero in the upper
half-disk. Therefore, this difference must be a constant in t I < p. This last fact
I
is applicable to the functions u(z) and u1(z) = g(z, 0 and to the domain B.
obtained from B by subtracting the disk I Z - CI < E.2) Here, the integral on the
left is over the domain B. i that on the right is over the boundary KE of the domain
Be in the positive direction; ds denotes an element of'arc on KE; and d/dn de-
notes the derivative with respect to the inner normal. Since Au = Au 1 = 0 in BE
and since u 1 = 0 on K, the preceding formula reduces to
1) This formula is also valid for a domain B including z = o., as we can see if we
apply it first to the domain Be obtained from B by subtracting the domain IzI > 1/E, let
C approach 0, and then proceed as described in the text.
2) For finite C. In the case t = a., we take the domain Izt > 1/E.
§3. DIRICHLET'S PROBLEM AND GREEN'S FUNCTION 273
conclude that the last integral approaches 0 as a --b 0 . With regard to the middle
integral, we have
d log 1
lim u dg ds = lim It z
do
ds
.-.o
u ds`
lim 27cu (C).
Iz i
C
This formula is known as "Green's formula". It expresses the values of the func-
tion u(z) inside the domain B in terms of its values on the boundary of B. Since
the function p (z, C) = g - ih is regular on K and hence dg/dn = dh/ds (one of
the Cauchy-Riemann conditions), we can put the preceding formula in a different
form:
u (C) = 21- it (z) dh (z, Q. (3)
Let us show that formula (3) holds for a finitely connected domain B bounded
by arbitrary closed Jordan curves and for an arbitrary given function u (z) on the
boundary K, where the integral on the right should be understood as a Stieltjes
integral. Let g(z,. C) denote a Green's function for the domain B and let 8 > 0
denote a number less than the distance from any of the zeros of the function
p'(z, t;) (where p = g - ih) or the point C to the boundary K and also less than
'half the distance between different boundary curves constituting K. On the set
consisting of all points of the domain B whose distance from the boundary K is
8 or greater, the function g (z, C) has a positive minimum A0. Consider the set
KA of points of the domain B defined by the equation g(z, C) = A, where 0 <
A < Ao . This set consists of analytic curves. To see this, let zo denote a member
of KA. The points of KA in a neighborhood of zo have a parametric representa-
tion z = z (t) that can be obtained by solving the equation p (z, t;) = A + it. Since
pi (z, 0 for z = z0, this parametric representation defines an analytic arc in
a neighborhood of zo. Furthermore, the subset K,, of the set KA consisting of
points at a distance no greater than 8 from a given boundary curve L of the do-
main B consists of a single closed analytic Jordan curve surrounding L because,
274 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
otherwise, B would contain a domain in which g (z, t;) would be a harmonic func-
tion and on the boundary of which g (z, would be equal to A, which is impos-
sible since we would then have g(z, ) = A in B. It follows that the inequality
g(z, t;) > A defines in B a domain Bk including the point z = J with boundary
KA consisting of closed analytic Jordan curves approximating the boundary of the
domain B. Now, suppose that u (z) is a function that is harmonic in B and con-
tinuous on B. Let us apply formula (3) to the domain BA. Since g(z, t;) - A is
obviously a Green's function for the domain BA and since the function a = h(z, t;")
increases as z moves around KA in the positive direction, so that we may take
a as parameter determining points on KA, it follows that
Finally, formula (5) remains valid when the function u (z) has a finite number
of points of discontinuity on the boundary K but remains bounded (Iu(z)I < M) in
B. To see this, let us include the points of discontinuity on K in the interiors
of small arcs (z (ak ), z (ak )), such that I I ak - ak I < t/2M and let us denote by
K. the remainder of the boundary K when these arcs are removed. Then,
But off these arcs, u (zA(a)) -- u (zo (a)) uniformly. Consequently, for sufficiently
small A, the last integral is also less than a/2. This proves formula (5) in the
present case.
§4. APPLICATION TO A UNIVALENT MAPPING 275
We note that univalent mappings of the domain B transform formulas (3) and
(5) into the corresponding formulas for the image.
In conclusion, let us prove the symmetry of a Green' s function; that is, let
us prove that g (z, C) = g (C, A. Let us apply formula (5) to the function u (z) _
g(z, C) + log 1z - Cj, which is harmonic in B and continuous on B. Since
g (z, C) = 0 on K, we obtain
as z moves around KI in the positive direction (with respect to the domain B).
One can easily show that the determinant jck,1I of the numbers a k.t is nonzero.
Let us suppose, to the contrary, that this determinant is zero. Then there exist
real constants kk , for k = 1, . , n - 1, not all equal to zero, such that
Ik=1Akcok,1 = 0, 1= 1, ... , n- 1. The function
n-1
f(z)= YjXk(uk+1vk),
k_l
which can be extended into B along an arbitrary path, returns to its original
value as z moves around each of the curves K, encircling K. But then, this
function is single-valued in B and hence is regular in B. The real part of the
function f (z) is constant on each of the curves Kk, for k = 1, , n. Then,
reasoning as in the proof of Theorem 2 of §2 of Chapter V, we can show that
f (z) = const in B. But this is impossible since the real part of the function f (z)
vanishes on the curve K and is nonzero on at least one of the curves Kk for
k = 1, , n - 1. This contradiction proves that Icuk.,I 0.
Now, suppose that u0 is a harmonic function in B that is equal to
-3`(e'`B/(z - a)) on the boundary K = Uk=1Kk and that v0 is its harmonic con-
jugate. Let us choose real constants Ak, k = 1', , n - 1, such that the function
n-1
ve + Xkvk
cannot be the case. Thus, the univalence of f (z) in B is proved and so is the
fact that the image of the domain B under the function C = f (z) is a plane with
parallel rectilinear cuts of inclination 0 with the real axis. The function f (z) + c
yields the same mapping, and for some c we have, in a neighborhood of z = a,
the expansion
I
z-a -{--al (z----a)+...,
if a is finite and the expansion z + a1z-t +- - ' if a = oe.
By analogous reasoning, we can prove Theorem of §3 of Chapter V re-
garding the mapping of a finitely connected domain B onto a plane with cuts
along arcs of logarithmic spirals of equal inclination.
past the real axis and it is a function that is regular on that axis except at the
point 1= 0. It follows that the function f(z) = (1/7ri) log (z -ak) is regular in a
neighborhood of the point z = ak. In the same way we can prove that the function
. f(z) + (1/7ri) log (z - bk) is regular in a neighborhood of the point z = bk. It fol-
lows from what was said above that the function v(z) approaches +00 uniformly,
at the same speed as the function -n-1log I z - akl, as z approaches ak through
values in B, and that v(z) approaches -- uniformly at the same speed as the
function -n-'log (111z - bkl), as z approaches bk through values in B. This
.property enables us to show that the function w = f (z) maps the domain B onto
the' n-sheeted strip 0 < $2 (w) < 1. Let w0 denote any point in the strip 0 <
Y (w) < 1. Since the function f(z) does not assume the value w0 in sufficiently
small neighborhoods of the points ak and bk for k = 1, , n, the number of
.zeros of the function f(z) - w0 in B is equal to (21r)-1 times the increment in
arg [f(z) - w0] as z moves around the boundary K = Uk=IKk of the domain B in
the positive direction, where, in neighborhoods of the points ak and bk, the path
is along small arcs contained in B. But as z moves around the curve Kk (for k =
1, , n) in the positive direction, beginning at some point zo a Kk, the corre-
sponding point w = f(z) first moves downward along the imaginary axis and then
moves along a sufficiently distant curve to the line S% (w) = 1 and then moves up-
ward along that line. It then moves along a sufficiently distant curve back to the
imaginary axis and returns along it to the initial point z0. This shows that the
increment in arg [f(z) - w0] as z moves around the curve Kk in the positive
direction is equal to 2n. Then, the increment in arg [f(z) - w0] as z moves
around the entire boundary of K in the positive direction is equal to 27rn. Conse-
quently, the number of zeros of the function f (z) - w0 in B is equal to n no mat-
ter what the value of w0; that is, the function w = f (z) does indeed map the
domain B bijectively onto the n-sheeted strip 0 < R(w) < 1. We assume that the
function f (z) is single-valued in B.
Let us show that values t 1, , t,, for which all the numbers rv 1. , G) n
are equal to zero do exist. Choosing tR arbitrarily in the interval 0 < t < 1, let
us consider the different tk such that 0 < tk < 1 for k = 1, 2, , n - 1.
Then u (z), v (z), and &)k, k = 1, , n, are functions of t 1, , t,-I- We
set
Let us show that there exist numbers t1, , t,,-, such that
Wk(t1, .. ., k=1, 2, ..., n. (1)
and hence u(z, t1i , au/ax, and au/dy are continuous functions of z,
ti, , as z varies in B and each tv varies in the interval 0 < tv < 1 for
v=1, ,n-1.
But wk (t 1, , 1) is determined from the formula
wk dv- -aydx+azdy
k
where the integral is over an arbitrary closed analytic curve Ck contained in B
and encircling only the curve Kk. Consequently, each wk (t1, , t,,_1) is a con-
t2i . , In- 1 Since, in accordance with property 2), w 1 (rl, t2, , In-,) increases
with increase in t2, , In- 1 and, in accordance with property 4), decreases
with increasing rl, it follows from the identity
w1 [T1 (t9, ... , to-1), {y, ..., tn_r] = 0
that rl (t2i -, tn_0 increases with increasing ti, for v / 1.
Let us define the functions
wk(t9, ..., to-1)=wk(r1(t9, ..., tn_1), t9, ..., tn_1), k=2, ..., lt.
282 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
These functions are continuous with respect to t2, , tn_ 1. For each k, the
function wk (t2, - , obviously increases with increasing tv for v k.
Furthermore, it follows from (2) that, for all t2, , tr_1,
and c on K are mapped respectively into + ioo, S, and - ioo and the function
w = f (z) is uniquely determined. This completes the proof of the theorem.
The proof that we have given is due to Grunsky.1) The question arises
whether the idea of the proofs of numerous existence theorems can be used in the
present case to establish the existence of functions mapping an n-connected
domain B onto an n-sheeted disk by using some extremal property of these func-
tions. It turns out that this is possible and that in this connection the problem
centers around the maximum value of If' (a) 1, where a is a finite member of B,
out of all the functions f (z) that satisfy the condition f (a) = 0, that are regular
*in B, and that do not exceed unity in absolute value. The proof is given in §3 of
Chapter XI. It uses a number of boundary properties of analytic functions which
will be explained in Chapters IX and X.
usual denote the increment in the function tvv(z) as z moves around the curve
Kµ in the positive direction (that is, positive with respect to the domain). Sup-
1) Grunsky [19371.
2) See Garabedian and Schiffer [19491.
284 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
pose that
( (z))K = 2aPl, µ, v=1, ..., n.
If we now set wv(z) = cov(z) + iwv(z) (for v = 1, . , n), then the analytic func-
tion satisfies the conditions
1) W.(z)_-W.(z)+c,,,, on Kµ, cµ const, (2)
3) WY(Z) is regular in B.
Turning to the contour-integration method, we shall use the functions P(z, u),
Q (z, u), P (z, u, v), and Q (z, uy v) introduced in §4 of Chapter V. With respect
to these functions, we recall that they satisfy on K. (v = 1, . , n) the conditions
P (z, u) = - Q (z, it) + k. (u), (4)
where kv(u) and kt,(u, v) are independent of z in K. We note that the functions
kt,(u) and kv(u, v) will appear explicitly in the relationships that we derive
below.
Now consider the integrals
t = tai 5 P (C, u) WY (C) dC, Is =tat P (` u, v) w, (C) dC. (6)
5
In accordance with Cauchy's theorem, each of these integrals is equal to 0. If we use
formulas (2) and (4) to transform the first of these integrals, we obtain
n
W;(u)_ I k,,(u)PIL.
M
(7)
µe1
§6. SOME IDENTITIES 285
Transforming the second of the integrals (6) in the same way, we obtain
+ n
I) wµ (z)j
µ=1
is single-valued and consequently regular in B. Also, it assumes on each curve
K. (for v = 1, , n) values lying on some rectilinear segment. By the same
reasoning as was used in the proof of Theorem 2 of §2 of Chapter V, we can
show that this function must be constant in B. But then the function µ=1" A (D (z)
µk
will also be a constant. Since this constant assumes the value av on K. (for
286 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
v= 1, , n), it follows that Al= A2 = .. = An. This shows that the only pos-
sible system of solutions of equations (9) is the system Al = A2 = ... = An .
Now, on the basis of (1), we have
n
wµ (z) = const in B, (10)
µ=1
so that the increment in the sum on the left as z moves around any of the curves
in question is equal to 0; that is
n
Ei Pµ,0, µ=1, ..., n. (100)
µ=I
From this we conclude that the numbers Al = A2 = .. = An do indeed satisfy the
system (9). This shows that the rank of the matrix lI Pµ, vll is equal torn - 1.
Furthermore, it follows from what we have shown that the functions kµ(u), for
µ = 1, . , n, can be determined from formulas (7) and that the functions kµ(u, v),
for p = 1, , n can be determined from formulas (8), in both cases up to a com-
mon term. On the otter hand, the differences kµ(u) - kµ, (u) and kµ(u, v) -
kµ, (u, v), for p, p' = 1, , n, are uniquely determined by these formulas. This
last fact is significant, for example, for formulas (9) and (10) of §4 of Chapter V.
Let us now turn to the Green's function g(z, C) for the domain B. We de-
note the corresponding analytic function of z by p(z, t), so that g(z, 0 =
2 (p (z, Obviously, the function p (z, C) has a logarithmic singularity at the
point z = t and is not single-valued in B. The multiple-valuedness is easily
shown:
a' (P (z, Q)
(p (z, C))K _ ` dp (z, C) _ t as
ds
12`
V V
- t
AS
ag (z, C) ds = - 21tlw (C).
Ia
=2 P (C, u, v)f (C) A.
From the residue theorem we have
N
15 = }J rkPZ (ak, u, v).
k=1
On the other hand, by using (5) and the relationship
288 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
we obtain
16 = I
n
r=1
2aI
t
r
f(z)=f(z)
- on K, (v=1, ..., n),
(The last integral is calculated by use of the cut y connecting u and v, just as
before.) As a result, we obtain the relationship
N
f (it) -f (u) = E (rkQ; (ak, it, v) - rkPZ (ak, u, v)). (13)
A-1
By using formulas (3) of §4 of Chapter V, we transform (13) to the form
N
f (u) - Z (rk Q (u, ak) - rkP (it, ak)
k=1
N
=f (v) - E (rkQ (v, ak) - rkP (v, ak))
k=1
Since the left-hand member depends only on u and the right-hand member only on
v, we conclude that the function f (u) has a representation in the domain B of
the form
also has nonzero real solutions in the rk, for k = 1 , - , n. Consequently, condi-
tions (17) are satisfied for the numbers rke `9 and ak , for k = 1 , , n. There-
fore, there exists a constant A such that the corresponding function f(u) defined
in accordance with formula (14), which, in the present case, is the function
n n
t (e l1 Q e-'OP
! (z) = E rk (z, ak) - (z, ak)) + A = rke1B1-e (z, ak) + A
k=1 k=1
290 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
[this last on the basis of formula (1) of §2 of Chapter V], is a Schottky function.
The only poles that this function can have in B are included among the ak.
If the number of these poles is m, where m < n, then, by evaluating the increment
(arg [f(z) - c]) K, we easily conclude that f(z) assumes every value not lying on
suitable intervals of the real axis at exactly m points of the domain B. Conse-
quently, the Riemann surface consisting of m sheets of the w-plane with suitable
cuts lying over the real-axis is the single-valued image of the domain B under the
bijective function w = f(z).
In conclusion, let us look at functions that are regular in the region B with
modulus equal to unity everywhere on the boundary K. It follows easily
from Cauchy's theorem on the number of zeros that if such a function F(z) has
exactly N zeros in B, it maps the domain B onto the N-sheeted disk I C1 < 1.
Suppose now that the function F(z) has in B only simple zeros ak, for k =
N, and that
F(z) = , k=l,..., N.
lim
s-.alt z - ak rk
1
(19)
where u, v E B, is such a function and each of them maps the domain B onto the
2n-sheeted disk CI < 1.
We confine ourselves to proving this assertion only for the first of the func-
tions (23), assuming, as above, that the domain B is bounded by closed analytic
Jordan curves K,,, v = 1, , n.
In the first place, it follows from formula (1) of §2 of Chapter V that, for z,
u C B.
je (z,_ u) = ei0 (cos 6j; (z, u) - I sin 9j' (z, u)) # 0.
T
Therefore,
Jo (z, u)
J'. (z, u) # I tan'9, (24)
0
for all real 0. This means that, for all z, u C B, the ratio on the left side of
(24) cannot assume purely imaginary values. And since this ratio approaches 1
as z --* u, we conclude that it assumes only values in the right halfplane. But
then, we have in B
Qz (z, u) = 2 (jo (z, u) +j'a, (z, u)) # 0-
2
Thus, the function Qz (z, u) has in B a unique double pole z = u and has no
zeros at all.
In the second place, if z = zv(s) is the equation of the curve K. and s is
the length of arc on K. measured in the positive direction with respect to the
domain B, then, when we differentiate (4) with respect to s , we obtain
292 VI. MAPPING ONTO A DISK
On this basis, we conclude that the functions PZ (z, u) and QZ (z, U) have
no zeros on K. To see this, suppose, for example, that QZ (a, u) = 0, where
a E K. Then, in accordance with (26), we have Pz (a, u) = 0 and hence jo (a, u) _
.0 (a, u) = 0. Therefore, in accordance with formula (1) of §2 of Chapter V, we
have 1B (a, u) = 0 for all 0. This means that, for all 0, the mapping £= 1e(z, u)
maps the point a into the endpoint of the boundary cut of the image of the domain
B. On the other hand, if in a neighborhood of z = a we set
J (z, u)=cl(z-a)+..., f,a(z, u)=dl(z-a)+...
we conclude from the geometrical interpretation of the argument of the derivative
of an analytic function that the ratio c 1/d1 is purely imaginary. Therefore, since
it follows that the derivative 1e (z, u) has at the point z = a a zero of no less
than second order for some real 0, and this contradicts the univalence of the
function je (z, u) in the domain B. This proves the assertion.
Thirdly, from (25) we have((
1) In a similar way, Garabedian and Schiffer [19501 have constructed functions that
map the domain B onto an n-sheeted disk.
CHAPTER VII
Let us show that do does not increase with increasing n. Let el' e2'
, n+1 denote a system of points belonging to the set E such that
C
IV(S1, S2' ,' Sn+I)I = V, +1* Then, since
V 01, ... , to+1) = (1 W (F1 - `a) ... (1 - -, t'i+1) V (Eg, ... , to+1) (3)
we obtain
1) Fekete [ 19231.
293
294 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
Analogously,
Vn+1`IEl-ElI'IE2-EaI ... IEl - En+tl Vn,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (5)
Vn+t<_IEn+t-Eil IEn+t-E91 ... E.4 -En V.
Multiplying (4) and (5), we obtain
Vnn f11
< n.+1
r
so that
2 2
where z 1, , zn t1 are points in E (the same points for all the polynomials).
It follows from this representation that the polynomials pn. k (z) are uniformly
bounded in absolute value on an arbitrary bounded subset of the z-plane. Conse-
quently, in accordance with the condensation principle, the sequence of them
contains a subsequence of polynomials that converges uniformly on every bounded
§1. TRANSFINITE DIAMETER AND CEBYSEV'S CONSTANT 295
subset of the z-plane. Since the sequences of their coefficients converge when
the sequence of these polynomials themselves converges, it follows that the limit
function is a polynomial t. (Z) = zn + + cn, whose maximum modulus on E is
obviously mn. This is the polynomial with least maximum modulus on E. It is
called ?ebyrev's polynomial for E.
Together with to (z), let us also consider the polynomial tn (z) = Zn +
+ cn, which has the smallest maximum modulus on E out of all the polynomials
p(z) = zn + + cn, which have zeros only on E. In this case, we denote the
smallest maximum modulus by mn. We shall also call the polynomial 1 n (z)
? ebysev's polynomial for E.
Let us define r n = n
and let us show that the sequence of the numbers
rn, for n = 1, 2, converges. We note that this sequence is bounded since, for
z 0 E E,
T,-<VrnaxI(z-za)n
sEE
maxIz-zoD,
zEE
M. < VV
n
l' < (n + 1) (8)
Therefore, if the points x , 61, .. , e n belong to E and if 61, , 6. are such that
I V(61, , Sn)I = Vn, we conclude that the modulus of the right-hand member does not ex-
ceed V +1/ V . For x E E, the modulus of the left-hand member is no less than
mn. Consequently, M. < Vn+1 IV . Furthermore,
1 1 1
x1 X2 ... Xn+1
Now, if x1, .. , xn+1 are points on E such that I V (x1, , xn+1)I = V +1'
we obtain
Now for n let us set the successive numbers 2, 3, , n and multiply the re-
sulting inequalities. We obtain
2 2
But (V2) 2/n(n+1) -, 1 and [(n + 1)!]2/n(n+1) _. 1 as n---,, co. Cons ently, to
show that d = r it remains only to show that
2
(C1r ... C:)n(n+l)_.. (9)
4
§1. TRANSFINITE DIAMETER AND CEBYSEV'S CONSTANT 297
as n -' oo. Since rn -+ r as n -+ w, the sequence r1, r2, r2, r3, r3, r3, , in
2n
where z = Re`B, for an arbitrary polynomial pn (z) = z' + - + cn, it follows that
mn > Rn. But for pn(z) = zn, we have maxZEE Ipn(z)I = Rn. Consequently, mn =
Rn and d = r = R. Since the transfinite diameter does not vary under parallel
translation of the set E, it follows that the trans finite diameter of an arbitrary
disk is equal to its radius.
2. Suppose that E is the interval -a< x < a. For an arbitrary polynomial
pn(z) = zn + . + cn, we have
mExIPn(z)I=0:x_-It
max IPn(acosx)I
max
0_-X_-?C
Pn 2 (etx -}- a tx) l I - max I qn (x) I,
O'* x:* t
where qn(x) is the trigonometric polynomial
an
q4(x)=a0 +al cos x---...+an cos nx, aK=n=i
Since
2t n
1 I9aan
Ign(x)I9dx=2Ia0I9+I Iak 21(A-1)
k=d
it follows that
a9n
2 max q4(x)I>. 29
O- 2a (n-i)
so that
max IP4(z)Ian
Izl=l n-2I
2
This shows that m n > an/2n- and r> a/2. On the other hand, since
maxzEE Ipn(z)I = an/2n-I for the polynomial
n
Pn (z) = 2n-i cos n arc COs a)=:z-+...+c,,
Theorem 2. 1) Let E denote a closed bounded set and let p(z) denote a
polynomial zn + + cn. Let E* denote the set of all points z such that w =
p(z)6E. Then
d(E*)=" "-d(-E). (10)
Proof. Let t. (z) and tn(z) denote the &bysev polynomials for E and E
Define in n = Itn(z)I, * = maxzEEs Itn(z)I. Then, we have the obvious
inequalities
mnr = max t,*,r (z) max I
zEP* tr (p(z)) I < max
zEE'I t, (z) mr
zEE*
nr n
and consequently, mnr < jlmr, . If v we have the inequality
d(E*) < . On the other hand, if, for arbitrary fixed w0 E E, we denote by
z 1, , zn the roots of the equation p (z) - w0 = 0 and if we denote by zi, .
, zv the roots of the equation tv(z) = 0, then it follows from the equation
n r r n
H H (z!-z%)I=k=11=1
1=1k=1
H jj(zt-z!)I 11
that
(P(Zk)-Wo)I.
tv (Z,)I=I JJ
1=1 k-1
Since
4r (w) _ fl (w - P (ZZ))
k=1
and consequently,
Vm
n V nor
1) Fekete [1930].
300 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
As v -, 00, we have l d(E) < d(E"). Therefore, equation (10) must hold. This
completes the proof of the theorem.
If we apply Theorem 2 to the case in which E is a disk, we obtain the
Corollary. The set of points z defined by the inequality Ip(z)I < R, where
p (z) = zn + + cn has transfinite diameter d = V R
§2. -Bounds for the transfinite diameter
The question arises as to the relationship between the transfinite diameter
and the usual measures that are employed in analysis. Pdlya proved two theorems
of this nature, dealing with outer Jordan'content. Let us review the definition of
this content. Let E denote a bounded set in the z-plane. Let us cover the plane
with a grid of squares of side 1/n and let us denote by sn the sum of the areas
of those closed squares that contain at least one point belonging to E. The limit
of sn as s -p 00 is called the outer Jordan content (two-dimensional) of the set
E. Analogously, if E is a bounded subset of a straight line, we partition this
line into intervals of length 1/n and we denote by In the sum of the lengths of
the closed intervals that contain at least one point in E. The limit of In as
n ---f no is called the one-dimensional outer Jordan content of the set E. Let us
turn now to the theorems mentioned above.
Theorem 1. 1) The two-dimensional outer Jordan content of a closed bounded
set E does not exceed 7rd2, where d is the transfinite diameter of E.
Proof. Let us first prove the theorem for the special case when the set E is
defined by the inequality Ip(z)I < R, where p(z) = zn + + c In this case, in
accordance with §l, d(E) = 7-R-. Therefore, if we denote by SR the sum of .,We
areas of the domains covered by the set E, we need to prove the inequality
2
SR=ICBM (1)
For this, along with C = p (z), let us consider the inverse algebraic function
z = f([;). This function has no more than n - 1 branch points (that is, points
C= p(z) such that p'(z) = 0). Let us suppose that the circle ICI = p does not
pass through any of these points. Then, the set of points z defined by the equa-
tion Ip(z)` = p consists of disjoint closed analytic Jordan curves K1, ... , K.
These must lie outside each other because inside each of them we have I p (z)I < p
by virtue of the maximum principle. There are no more than n of these curves
1)Polya [1928].
§2. BOUNDS FOR THE TRANSFINITE DIAMETER 301
(that is, m < n) because inside each of them there is at least one root of the poly-
nomial p W. This last fact follows from the fact that otherwise we could conclude,
on the basis of the maximum principle as applied to I1/p(z)I and to the interiors
of the Kk, that p(z) = const. Then, as the point z moves once around the curve
Kk, the point t; = p (z) moves around the circle ICI = p exactly mk times and the
point t; = ) moves once around the circle p 1 im k. Consequently, one
of the branches of the function z = f (Cm k) is regular on t; = pl/mk and has on
that circle,the Laurent expansion
ao
f (Cmk) = Fj a k)rv.
r=-ao
Equation (2), with C = pe`46, is a parametric equation of the curve Kk. Here, c
varies from 0 to 2rrmk. Therefore, the area of the interior of the curve K. is
equal to
2zmk
xdy-ydx= 2 5(zdz)= 2 dC dyl
1k kk
2smk ao v ivy ao V !rq
I / ( l avklpmke Wk l ayk)pmkemkdp\
-z l a\7 L
V=-00 L M-A
V-00
J
00 2v
- it
I vIa(rk)I9pmk.
Therefore, if we denote by SP the sum of the areas of the interiors of the curves
K 1, ) Km, we obtain
m 2r 2
_LP
02/6' k-l v-_ao v I ask) I9 pmk n
(3)
2v/mk - 2/n in such a term is also negative. Therefore, SP/rrp2/" does not de-
crease with increasing p and is obviously a continuous function of p, including
values of p equal to the moduli of the branch points of the function f (c).
But for p sufficiently large, we have m = 1 and m 1 = n because the function
f(C) on ICI = p is then defined by the expansion
f
which is the inverse of the polynomial p (z) about This means that,
for large p,
P(z)_ k-1
[J (z-Tk), z=x+ly, Tk=ak+lbk.
§2. BOUNDS FOR THE TRANSFINITE DIAMETER 303
ments constituting P 1 is greater than the corresponding sum for P. To see this,
suppose that P(x) = Q(x)R(x), where Q(x) is a polynomial with zeros on 1 and
R W is a polynomial with zeros outside 1. Furthermore, let d denote the dis-
tance from I to P - 1. Let us define P 1(x) = Q(x + d)R (x). If x E P-1 then
I Q(x + d)I < I Q(x)I because each linear factor in the expression for Q(x + d) is
less in absolute value than the corresponding factor in Q(x) by an amount d.
Consequently, if x E P - 1, then I P 1(x) I < I P (x)I < R. This shows that
304 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
n
other hand, P is contained in the set of points defined by the inequality IPk(z)I
R and the transfinite diameter of that set is, in accordance with §1, equal
n
to v R . Consequently, L/4 < T that it, L < 4 q R = 4d, which proves the
theorem as regards the special case in question.
Now, let us turn to the general case of the theorem. Suppose that to (z) is
the ebysev polynomial and r the &bysev constant for the set E. Then, for given
e > 0 and sufficiently great n, we have I tn(z) I < (r + C) n on E. But, by virtue of
what was said above, the projection of the set of points defined by this inequality
onto an arbitrary straight line does not exceed 4 (r + e). Consequently, the projec-
tion of the set E onto the same straight line has one-dimensional outer Jordan
content not exceeding 4 (r + E), that is, by virtue of the arbitrariness of c > 0, not
exceeding 4r. This completes the proof of the theorem.
If the set E is a continuum, we easily obtain from Theorem 2 the result that
the ordinary diameter of the set E does not exceed 4d. As we shall see in §3,
this result is equivalent to a bound on the diameter of the boundary of the image
of the domain ICI > R under a univalent mapping by the function z = t; + ap +
a 1/t,' + . and it follows directly from §4 of Chapter II. Thus, Theorem 2 is a
generalization of this property of simply connected domains to multiply connected
domains if by the sets E we mean the boundaries of domains. The question arises,
is it possible in the case of an arbitrary closed bounded set to conclude on the
basis of its transfinite diameter whether there exists an upper bound for its ordi-
nary diameter, as is the case for a continuum? The following example shows that
the answer to this question is negative.
Let E denote the closed bounded set of points defined by the inequality
§2. BOUNDS FOR THE TRANSFINITE DIAMETER 305
z- 2a 22 -1
and, for a2 - 1 > 2a, consists of two ovals without points in common. On the
boundary of the domain B lie the roots of the equation (z - a) (z - 1/a) = 1, that
is, the points 0 and a + 1/a. The difference between these two roots, which is
equal to a +'1/a, can be made arbitrarily great by a suitable choice of a. In
this case, the ordinary diameter of the set E can also be made arbitrarily great.
We mention some consequences of Theorems 1 and 2 for a set E with zero
transfinite diameter. In this case, the two-dimensional Jordan content for E is,
by virtue of Theorem 1, equal to zero. It remains equal to 0 in the case in which
all complementary domains not containing oo are adjoined to E because this does
not change the transfinite diameter. It follows that E has no complementary do-
mains not containing oo. Thus, if d(E) = 0, the complement to the set E is the
unique domain containing oo and every point of the plane is either an interior or
a boundary point of that domain. Theorem 2 proves more than this, namely, that
E does not contain any continuum because if it did there would be a straight line
such that the projection of the set E onto it would have a positive one-dimensional
outer Jordan content. These are necessary conditions for d(E) to be equal to 0.
They are not, however, sufficient. As Nevanlinna 1) has shown, there exist sets
that do not contain a continuum but that have a positive transfinite diameter. We
shall not stop here to construct such sets.
In' conclusion, we present another interesting theorem.
Theorem 3. 1) Let E denote a closed bounded set in the z-plane and let B
denote the domain complementary to E that contains oo. If f(z) is regular in B
and if it has the expansion f(z) = aIZ-1 + a2z-2 + in a neighborhood of
then, by setting
1) KNevanlinna [1936].
2)Polya [1929].
306 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
al as ... a,
a9 a3 ... an+t
An= (5)
-
an = tai S
1
J
f (z') z' n-1 dz ,
K
n=1, 2, ... ,
A,,
= (2,c1)n J
... f (z,).f (z9) ... f (z,,) ziz9ze ... zn-'
R I 1 I.... 1
z1 z9 ... zn
x dzldz9 ... dzn, (8)
zj -I z ' -1 . . . zn
n-1
where zk denotes the variable of integration in the integrals in the kth column.
If in the integral in (8) we make all the possible n! permutations of the z 1, z 2'.
, z,,, which does not change the value of the integral, and if we then sum over
1 ... 1 2
nlAn -- 1
(tai) n KSK
... f(zi) ... f(Z.) Zi ... Zn
dzi ... dzn. (9)
n-l n-i
zi ... zn
But we have inequality (7) giving a bound for the Vandermonde determinant in (9).
Consequently, if we set M = maxZEK we have 1f(z)1,
-n(d
A. I < (2a)n
-' nl
-2E) n (n-1) n (n-1)
f (z) log
z -1 1 I 1 1
... - n Zn - .. .
1 1
z Z T 2 ze
is regular in the domain B complementary to E that contains oc. Consequently,
Theorem 3 can be applied to E and f(z). The determinant (5) in this case is
1
1
2 ... 1
n
1 1 1
I I I
or
1 P(2N+p+1)
1 4
1 1 P(2N+P +11 1 a
? IN+P) AN +Pl
1 16 -
s) 2(N+P)' ANN+P) <A N+PP)
9
16 + E)
1)Goluzin [1946b].
§3. CAPACITY OF A CLOSED BOUNDED SEA' 309
exists and is finite. The quantity y" is called Robin's constant for the domain
Bl"I. Consequently, in a neighborhood of z = -, we have
ga (Z, 00) log I Z + T. + U. (z),
where u" (z) is a harmonic function in Bi"' including the point z = 00, and ap-
proaches 0 as z -, 00. Since B(n) C B("+l), it follows that the function
g" +l (z, -) - g" (z, 00) is harmonic in B (n ), including the point oc, and it is non-
negative on the boundary K'"). In accordance with the maximum principle, this
last statement also holds everywhere in the domain B("); that is, for all z e B("),
It follows in accordance with Harnack's theorem that the sequence of the functions
y" + u"(z) either converges everywhere to + - in B or converges to a harmonic
function y + u(z) such that u(oo) = 0. In the latter case, the quantity y is called
Robin's constant for the domain B, the quantity C = e-7 is called the capacity
of the set E, and the function g(z, -) = log Iz I + y + u(z) is called the Green's
function of the domain B. Obviously, C and G(z, o) are independent of the
choice of exhausting domains B("). Green's function g(z, -) does not assume
negative values anywhere in B. Consequently, as we let z approach the boundary
B, all its limiting values are nonnegative. However, we cannot assert that these
limiting values are always equal to zero. For example, at isolated boundary
points of the domain B, the value of g(z, -) will indeed be positive because, in
a neighborhood of any point, the function g(z, -) is a harmonic function that is'
bounded below, so that it is also harmonic at that point itself. We note that, in
the case in which Y. + u"(z) -i 'a for z in B, it is also true that y" -+ oc be-
cause u" (oo) = 0. In this case, the capacity of the set E is taken equal to zero.
It should be noted that the concept of the Green's. function g(z, -) that we
have given here coincides, when the boundary of the domain B consists of a
finite number of closed Jordan curves, with the Green's function defined in Chap-
ter VI. Specifically, if g(z, oc) is a Green's function in the previous sense, for
the domains B(n) that exhaust the domain B let us take domains defined respec-
tively by the inequalities g(z, oc) > e", where e" -, 0 as n - oc. The Green's
functions for the domains B(n) are respectively the functions g(z, 00) - en , and
they converge in B to g(z, -).
The result that we obtained above can be formulated somewhat differently as
§3. CAPACITY OF A CLOSED BOUNDED SET 311
t;, z C B,
U
(C, z) = 2 log 1 C' - z 1dh (C', Q.
K
g (z, 00) - 7 = 2a
log I C' - z 1 dh (C', oo). (1)
Making use of this formula, let us show that r = e-7, where r is tebysev's con-
stant for K.
Let h denote a positive number sufficiently small that the inequality
g(z, 00) > X defines in B a domain Bh with boundary Kh consisting of closed
Jordan curves that approximate the corresponding curves constituting parts of K.
Since
1a dh(C',co)=1,
1) Szego [1924].
312 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
2a S
A (C', oo) = n , k = 1, ..., n.
!k
Let us compare the integral (1) with the sum
n )logZ
n
k=1
For z E KA, the oscillation of log IC- zI on each of the subsets lk consisting
of only one arc will, for sufficiently large n, be less than prenamed e > 0 inde-
pently of z. On the other hand, the number of subsets lk consisting of several
arcs does not exceed the connectedness of the domain B. Therefore, the difference
k=1
n
S(loglC'-zl-loglCk-zI)dh(C', oo)
k=1 1k
with respect to the z-plane somewhere on KA, it follows that (2) also holds at
all points of this complement and, in particular, on K. This means that <
e2A-7 for n sufficiently great, where mn (see §1) is the quantity corresponding
to the set K, and consequently, r < e2A_7. By virtue of the arbitrariness of
A >'O, it follows that
r < e-7. (3)
On the other hand, if ' (z) is the Cebysev polynomial for K (with zeros on K)
and Mn = max=EK Itn W1 then the function
I tm(Z)
vn (z) = 9(z, oo) - n log n
(4)
§3. CAPACITY OF A CLOSED BOUNDED SET O 313
Now as n -+ oo, we obtain r> e and this, together with (3) yields the re-
sult r = e - Y.
Proceeding now to proof of the theorem for the set E, consider the domain B
complementary to E and containing Do. Suppose that B is exhausted by domains
B(" bounded by closed Jordan curves. Let yn denote the Robin's constant for
the domain B(n). We denote by En the complement of B(n) with respect to the
z-plane. We note that the Cebysev polynomials tv,N (z) of degree v for the set
Enn are also Cebysev
y
polynomials for the boundary of the domain B(">. Let us de-
fine rn = limvyM mv.n . In accordance with what we proved above, t = e-7".
But since E C En, it follows that r < rn, where r is Cebysev's constant for E.
Consequently, r < e-yn. By letting n approach oc, we see that r < a-y. On the other
v
hand, it. follows from (5) that V > e y". This shows that
where E v(z) is the Cebysev polynomial for E. This means that, for every n,
there exists a point zn on the boundary of the domain B(n> such that an <
v,
Itv (z,,)I. All the cluster points of the sequence (zn , for n = 1, 2, -, lie on
E. Let z0 denote one of these points. Then, this last inequality implies a-y <
v v -
Itv (z0)I and consequently, a-y <V mv. By letting v approach w, we ob-
tain e < r. This, together with what we showed above, gives the result r = e
or, what amounts to the same thing, d(E) = C(E). This completes the proof of the
theorem.
An interesting result is obtained when E is a continuum. Then, the domain
B is simply connected and the Green's function g(z, oc) for B coincides with
the logarithm of the modulus of the function C = `(z) which maps the domain
B univalendy onto the domain ICI > 1 in such a way that the point z = on is
mapped into C = no. Therefore, Robin's constant for the domain B is equal to
log If'(-)I, and the capacity C(E) = 1/If'(oo)I = R. Here, R is the conformal
radius of the domain B (with respect to no), that is, that number R such that the
domain B is mapped univalently onto the domain ICI > R by means of a normalized
314 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
1) Fekete [19231.
2)R. Nevanlinna [1936a]. All the material of the present section is taken from that
article.
§4. HARMONIC MEASURE OF CLOSED BOUNDED SETS 315
The sum of two closed bounded sets of zero harmonic measure is a set of
harmonic measure zero.
To show this, denote the two sets by a1 and a2 and let S denote a curve in
the complement to a = a1 + a2. Let {B(1)} and {BZ"I} denote two sequences that
exhaust the complements to a1 and a2 respectively and that contain S. Then,
for a given point z in the domain B complementary to a and containing S, we
have
B(2n))
(0 (z, at n, Bln)) < 7t, w (z, as, ., \2'
for sufficiently large n. Here a 1,n and a 2, n are the boundaries of the domains
B(1 and B(z) . Let B(n) denote that one of the domains in the intersection of
B in and B (z) that contains S . For suitable choice of the domains B (n) and
Ben) (they can, for example, be constructed from squares as at the beginning of
§2), the boundary of the domain B(n) consists, for every n = 1, 2, , , of a finite
number of closed Jordan curves. Therefore, the domains B(n), for n = 1, 2, ,
exhaust the domain B. The function
0 - co( z a
y B(n))
w (z,r an, r 1-
1, n B`'n)
' w a9B(n')
(z, as, n 9 r
which is harmonic in B(n) is equal to zero on S and does not exceed zero on an .
18
Consequently, in Bp we have
w (z, a, Bp) < w (z, at, B1) + w (z, as, B9),
that is, w (z, a, BR) = 0.
We shall now prove the theorem of R. Nevanlinna, which is fundamental in the
theory of harmonic measure.
318 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
Theorem I. A closed bounded set has zero harmonic measure if and only if
its capacity is equal to zero.
Proof. As a preliminary, we shall make a necessary observation concerning
Green's function.
Let B denote a domain containing oo and bounded by a finite number of
closed Jordan curves. Let_g(z, 00) denote its Green's function and let h(z, 00)
denote the conjugate function. Let y denote Robin's constant. Formula (1) of §3
is then applicable and from it we obtain the inequalities
logd,(z)cg(z, oo)-7clog dg (z), (1)
where d1(z) and d2(z) are the minimum and maximum distances from the point z
to the set of boundary points of the domain B. We shall very shortly have occa-
sion to use these inequalities.
Turning to the proof of the theorem, we may assume that the closed bounded
set referred to in the statement of the theorem is contained in the disk I z I < 1
because, otherwise, we could arrange for this by means of a similarity transforma-
tion without affecting the property to be proved. Let us denote this set by a and
let us denote by B the domain complementary to a that includes *a. Let B' de-
note a domain including 00 that is bounded by a finite number of closed Jordan
curves contained in I z I < I and satisfying the condition B' C B. Let us denote
by g(z, 00) and g'(z, 00) the Green's functions for B and B'. Let us denote by
co P (z, a', B'P) the harmonic measure of the boundary a' of the domain B' with
respect to the subset BP of the domain B contained in I z I < p, where p > 1.
(1) If a has positive capacity, then the constant y = limz.,00(g(z, -)-log Iz1)
is finite. Let p denote a fixed number > 2 and let MP and mP denote the maxi-
mum and minimum values of the function g' (z, oo) on I z I = p. The difference
g, - (1 - w p)mP is a harmonic function in BP and it is nonnegative on the bound-
B'P.
ary of Consequently, this difference is also nonnegative in B that is,
g, > (1 - a) P)mP (2)
in B P . If z 1 is a point on the circle I z I at which g' (z, oo) has a minimum,
which we denote by m1, then inequality (2) yields
since y' < y. This shows that if the capacity of the set a is positive, the har-
monic measure of a is also positive.
(2) Now suppose that the capacity of the set a is equal to zero. Since the
difference (1 - a)P)MP- g' is a harmonic function in BP and since it is non-
negative on the boundary of B P, it follows that this difference is also nonnega-
tive in B o and this yields
g' < (1 - 0P)MP. (4)
For a point z 2 on I zj = 1 at which g' attains a maximum, which we denote by
M 1, inequality (4) yields
IzI=I1, P P
7'+1og(P+1)
If we fix p > 1 and let B' (a sequence of domains exhausting B) approach B,
then y' approaches oc and consequently min,,,=161 (z, a', BP) approaches
10
zero. Since the function o (z, a', BP) on I zj = I then converges uniformly to
(a (Z' a, BP) where BP is the portion of the domain B lying in the disk I zj < p,
it follows that t) (z, a, B ") - 0 because the function o U (z, a', B'P) would
otherwise have a positive bound on I z = 1. Therefore, the harmonic measure of
320 VII. MEASURE PROPERTIES OF CLOSED SETS
Proof. Suppose that u (z) < M in B. Let us suppose that there exists a point
z0 in B at which u(z) > in. It follows from the hypotheses of the theorem that
there exists a point zl E B such that u(z1) < u(zo). Let us describe a small disk S
around z 1 in which u (z) < m 1, where m < m 1 < u (z 0). From the hypothesis of
the theorem, the set a can be contained in the interior of a finite number of Jordan
curves lying in the complementary domain containing B. Let us denote the union of these
Jordan curves by an, so that, for the domain B( n) with boundary an U 8, we have
w(z 0 , a n , B (1)) <c. Let us now look at the function
P
v(z)=u(z)-m-(M-m)a)(z, an, BAS),
which is harmonic in the intersection of the domains B and B.T. As we let z
approach boundary points of the domain B that are distinct from points of the set
a, its limiting values do not exceed m - in - (M - m) < 0 and as we let z approach
points of an, they do not exceed M - in - (M - m) = 0. Finally, on 8 we have
v(z) < rn - m. It follows that v(z) < m1 - m in B() n B. In particular, for
z = z0, this yields
it (zo)Cm1+(M-m)w(zo, an, Bpn))cml+(M-
Since a is an arbitrary positive number, we obtain u(z0) < m1, which contradicts
the assumption that u (z 0) > m 1. This completes the proof of the theorem.
§5. An application to meromorphic functions of bounded form
A function f(z) is called a meromorphic function of bounded form in Izl < 1
if it can be represented in that disk as the ratio of two bounded regular functions
f (z) _ T(z)
(z)
. (1)
be bounded above for 0 < r < 1. Here, the bk are the poles of the function f(z)
other than the point z = 0. These zeros are indexed in such a way that a pole of
multiplicity n is counted n times. The summation is over all poles bk in the
disk I z I < r. The symbol log a is defined by
+ (logs if a>1
log a=j
L0 if0<a<1.
Proof. If the zeros of the function f(z) are denoted by ak and the poles by
bk, then, by setting
rr r (z - ak) :
Jr (z) fl r' - akz
Iakl<r Ibkl<r
r (z - bk)
r' , bkz
O<r<I,
we conclude that the function f,(z) has the same zeros and poles in I z I < r as
does the function f(z). Furthermore, fr(z) I = 1 on the circle IzI = r because,
for arbitrary a such that I aI < r, we have I r(z - a)/(r2 - az)I = 1 on I z I = r.
Therefore, if r is such that there are no zeros or poles of f (z) on I z I = r, then
the function F(z) = f (z)/fr(z) is regular and has no zeros on I z I < r and
log F(z) is a regular function on Iz I < r. If we apply the Schwarz formula to the
function log F (z) and to the disk IzI < r, we have
a:
z =- 12n 1ctog I F re'° ) I reie+z
tog F() rest-Z d6 IC
in I z I < r, where C is a real constant. Keeping in mind the value of F(z) and
the fact that IF(z)I =If(z)I on the circle IzI = r, we obtain from the above equa-
tion the formula
This formula remains valid when there are zeros and poles of the function
f (z) on the circle I z I = r. That this is true can be proved by a passage to the
limit with respect to r. In the particular case in which f(0) / 0, if we set z = 0
in (2) and equate the real parts of the two sides of the equation, we obtain the
familiar formula of Jensen
§5 APPLICATION TO MEROMORPHIC FUNCTIONS 323
logIf(0)1=
I
IakI<r
logl k
IbkI<r
log lbkl
2s
1
-} log j f (re') I A
2n (3)
l
log I f (re1B) I = o g If (re") I- log i
f (e11) ,
we obtain from formula (2) the following representation of the function f(z) in the
disk I zI < r:
f(z)`Ir(z)
+r (z)'
(4)
where
2+c
I Sto 1
red±y A+IC
2s
H r (Z - aA' 0 } (reie) rep z
'Pr (z) e
r9 - 8kz
I a, < r
2+c
iB
Here the functions Or(z) and Or(z) are regular in the disk I z I < r, also,
Itr(z)I < 1 and I fr(z)I < 1 in that disk and 10r(O)l = e-T(r).
Suppose now that T (r) is less than some constant M for 0 < r < 1. Let
(rn), where rn < 1, for n = 1, 2, , denote a sequence that converges to 1 as
n approaches oo. Then, the sequences I/rn(z)) and {1n(z)( contain subse-
quences (i/in (z)} and ion (z)} that converge uniformly in the disk I z I < 1 to
regular functions VI (z) andk 0 (z) such that Ir (z)I < 1 and 10 (z)I < 1 in I zI < 1.
As a result, we obtain the representation (1).
Conversely, suppose that the representation (1) holds also for i/i(0) / 0 (to
which we can easily reduce the representation (1)). Then since
I O<r<l,
and, consequently,
2%
IbkI<r
where the b'k, for k = 1, 2, , constitute all the zeros of the function tA(z) in
I z I < 1. On the other hand, in accordance with Jensen's formula (3) as applied to
,i (z), we have
2a
On the basis of (6), the right-hand member of (5) is equal to -log (0)I.
Consequently, for 0 < r < 1, we have T (r) < - log I tfi (0)I; that is, T (r) is bounded.
This completes the proof of the theorem.
If we replace the requirement that T (r) be bounded for 0 < r < I with the re-
quirement that its limiting values be bounded as r - 1, Theorem 1 will remain
valid without the assumption that f (0) oc. One can show this by modifying the
proof given above.
Now, by using the material of §3, we shall prove a sufficient condition for
a meromorphic function f(z) to be bounded form.
Theorem 2. 1) Suppose that a function f(z) is meromorphic in the disk IzI < 1
and that it does not assume in that disk a set of values w that is a closed
bounded set E of positive capacity. Then, f(z) is of bounded form.
Proof. It will be sufficient to prove the theorem for a function f(z) that is
not bounded in I z I < 1. We may assume that f (0) oo because in the opposite
case, we could consider not f (z) but the function f(z + a) /1 + az) for suitable a
such that I al < 1. For arbitrary c # f (0) and 0 < r < 1, if we apply Jensen's
formula (3) to the function f(z) - c, we have
2a
Here the ak and bk are the zeros and poles respectively of the function f(z) - c
in the region 0 < <r. Since the bk are also the poles of f (z), they are inde-
pendent of c. For every r in the interval 0 < r < 1, let dr denote the distance
between the set of values assumed by the function f(z) in IzI < r and the set E.
Let Kr denote the set of Jordan curves lying one outside the other that enclose
the set E and have the property that the distance between Kr and E is less than
dr. For c C Kr, the first summation of the right side of (7) does not contain a
single term because f (z) c in I z I < r. If we denote by gr (w, w) the Green's
function for a domain Br containing oc and bounded by the curves Kr and if we
denote by -hr(w, 00) and Yr respectively the harmonic conjugate function and
Robin's constant for Br, we obtain from (7)
since fg dhr(c,
r
) = 2n. If we now apply formula (1) of §3, we obtain
2n
Now let R > 1 denote a number such that, for all r in the interval 0 < r < 1, the
set Kr is contained in the disk Iw I < R. Then, for i C Kr and w such that
I w I > 2R, we have
Furthermore, since Kr lies entirely in the disk I w I < R, we have d(Kr) = e-yr <R
and consequently, yr > - log R. Therefore, the above inequality yields
Inequality (9) also holds for all points of the domain Br lying in the disk I W I <
2R because the left-hand member is positive at these points whereas the right-
hand member is negative. -
Using inequality (9), which is valid in the entire domain Br, we obtain from
formula (8)
indexing them in order of increasing absolute value. These zeros are the poles of
the function 1/(f(z) - c), which is also a function of bounded form. If we apply
Theorem 1 to this last function, we conclude that the quantity
2 +
r
d9+ log
2n , log I f (z)- c
a.I<r
lakl.
k=1
If we now take the limit first as r 1 and then as n we arrive at the in-
equality
00
k=1
loglakl'A'
which means that the series on the left converges. Therefore, keeping in mind
the fact that
log 1
x-n1 1-x
we conclude that the series akI) also converges. Now, for I zI < 1,
we have
1 -a,pz
log I z - ak 11og (1 ---- akz) - log (1 - ak/) - log I ak I I
00 v v X00 00
CI v 1
dvz
v=l V
I-loglakl= zy lalaklv 1
loglak
00
Therefore it follows from what was said above that the series
00
42
S (z) = I log Z-dk
I
1
k-1
converges absolutely in the disk I z I < 1 and defines in that disk a function that
is harmonic except at the points ak, where it has a logarithmic singular term
- log I z - akl. The function s (z) is invariant under fractional-linear transforma-
tions in the group G (see §1 of Chapter VI) corresponding to the domain B be-
cause these transformations map the set of zeros ak into itself. Therefore, if we
shift to the by means of the function z = f(-"(w), then s(z) is trans-
formed into the function s I (w) = s (f -1 (w)), which is single-valued, nonnegative,
and harmonic in B except at the point w = c, where it has a singular term of the
form -log1w- cI.
Suppose now that the disk Iw - cI < e is contained in B. Define
me= min s1(w).
w-e I='
If the capacity of the boundary of the domain B were equal to zero, then Theorem
3 of §4 would be applicable to the portion B I of the domain B in which I w - cl > e
and to the function -s I W. According to that theorem, - s I (w) < - mE in B I;
that is, s 1(w) > mE in B I. But mE + oc as e - 0. Consequently, s 1(w) _ +
in B, which contradicts the finiteness, proved above, of the function s W. ibis
contradiction proves the theorem.
In connection with other results dealing with the application of the theorem
on harmonic measure to the study of analytic functions, we refer the reader to the
monographs of R. Nevanlinna [1936a] and Privalov [1950].
CHAPTER VIII
for fixed z in the disk z < 1, we see that the function g(C) satisfies the condi-
I
tions of the Schwarz lemma. Therefore, the inequalities mentioned in the conclu-
sion of that lemma hold. From this we obtain a further generalization of the
Schwarz lemma.
Theorem 2. If a function f (z) is regular in the disk I z I < 1 and if l1 (z) I < 1
in that disk, then, for arbitrary C and z in the disk I z I < 1,
f (C) -f (Z) Ic C- Z f
(1)
1 -f (Z)1(C) 1 - zC
329
330 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
If,(x)1=11If(Z)I (2)
with equality only for f(z) = E (z + a)/(1 + a z), where I E (= 1 and a I < 1.
We note that, if we set z = 0 in 1, we obtain the result that, in ICI < 1,
f(C)-f(0) (3)
I -f (0)f (C)
After some simple manipulations, as in §4 of Chapter IV, we can reduce this
inequality to the form
Here, for C 0, equality holds only when f() = E (C+ a)/(1 + a t;')., where I E I = 1,
Ial <1, and arg C=arga if
a geometrical interpretation. To do this, we define a
special metric in the disk I z I < 1. Let z I and z2 denote two points of the disk
I z I < 1 and let z3 and z4 denote the points of intersection of the circle I z 1
with the circle orthogonal to it passing through the points z1 and z2. Let us
assume that we have numbered the points in such a way that the point z3 is
closer to z I than to z2. Let us form the anharmonic ratio of these four points:
zl - za . za - za
(z3, z1, z2, z4) = z1-Z4 Z2-24' (6)
As one can easily verify, this ratio is invariant under an arbitrary fractional-linear
mapping of the z-plane; that is, if such a mapping maps the points z 1, z 2, z 3
and Z4 into points C1, S2, C3 Land '4 i have
Furthermore, the anharmonic ratio (6) is positive and less than unity for arbi-
trary zI and z2 in the disk I z I < 1. To see this, note that the function C =
(z - z I)/(1 - a Iz) maps the disk I z I < 1 into itself in such a way that the points
z I and z2 are mapped into the points SI = 0 and S'2 = (z - zI)/(1 - a Iz2) = re`s,
where 0 < r < 1, and it maps the circle orthogonal to the circle Iz = 1 and passing
1. INVARIANT FORM OF THE SCHWARZ LEMMA 331
through z1 and z2 into a straight line passing through C= 0. It follows that the
points z3 and z4 are mapped into the points t3 = -e`6 and tq = e`o. Then, by
using (7), we obtain
eiP reiv+eiPll +,-rr'
(z8, zi, z9, zt) = e-VIP '
1-
(z8, z1, za, z4) = - (8)
1+
Formula (8) gives a convenient expression for the anharmonic ratio in question.
In particular, the assertion made above follows from it.
We now define the hyperbolic distance between two points z 1 and z2 of the
disk I z I < 1 as the quantity
1 i Zl - Zy
I 1 -Z1Zy
D (z1, z2) = - 2
log (za, z1, z2, zi) = 2 log zl -z' (9)
O"uusly, D(z1, z2)=D(z2, z1) and D(z1, z2)>0. Also, D(z1, z2)=0 only
if z 1 =`sZ Furthermore, for arbitrary points z 1, z 2, and z 3 in the disk I z I < 1,
approaches the circle I z I = 1. This follows from (9). The set of points z in the
disk I z I < 1 whose distance from a given point z0 in that disk does not exceed
a given quantity p, where p > 1, that is, points for which D (z, z0) < p, will be
referred to as the hyperbolic disk with hyperbolic center z0 and hyperbolic radius
p. It follows from (9) that this hyperbolic disk is defined by the inequality
Z-Z0 C 1 -e'P
4
The hyperbolic length L of the curve z = z (t) for a < t < b in the disk
z I < 1 is defined as the least upper bound of the sums Ik_a D(zk, zk+1) for all
possible systems of points zk = z (tk), where a = t0 < t 1 < . . . < t, = b. In the
case of a piecewise-smooth curve, one can easily show that this length is finite
and given by the formula
6
L= 3 1-IIz'(t)I
z(t)12 dt.
a
In view of these definitions, we can reword Theorem 2 in the following form:
Theorem 3(the invariant form of the Schwarz lemma). 1) if a function f(z) is
regular in the disk I z I < 1 and if If(z)I _< 1 in that disk, then, for arbitrary points
z 1 and z 2 in it,
D (f (x1), .f (zs)) <- D (z1, zs)
Furthermore, in that disk,
do f dal (12)
(the differential form of the Schwarz lemma). Equality holds in (11) and (12) only
if f(z) is a fractional-linear function mapping the disk I z I < 1 into itself.
1) Pick [19161.
§1. INVARIANT FORM OF THE SCHWARZ LEMMA 333
Inequality (11) shows that, when the disk I z I < 1 is mapped by a function
w = f(z) that is regular in the disk and satisfies there the inequality If (z)I < 1,
the hyperbolic distance between the images of two points zI and z2 in the disk
does not exceed the hyperbolic distance between the points zI and z2 themselves
and is equal to that distance only in the case of a mapping of the disk I Z I < 1
into itself. From inequality (12) it follows that such a mapping maps an arbitrary
piecewise-smooth curve l into a curve of no greater hyperbolic length.
We now present some extensions of the Schwarz lemma.
Theorem 4. Let f(z) denote a function that is regular and satisfies the ine-
quality if W I < 1 in the disk I z I < 1. Suppose that this function has the repre-
sentation
f (Z) Ckzk, where n > I.
k=n
Then, if (z)I < I Z In in I z I < 1 with equality holding only when f (z) = ez°, where
I(I=I.
The proof of this theorem is the same as the proof of the Schwarz lemma if
we consider the function 0(z) = f(z)/z n, q(0) = en.
Theorem 5.1) Suppose that, in the disk I z I < 1, a function f (z) is regular
and satisfies there the inequality if (z) < 1 and has the representation f (z) _
CO + Fkan CkZk, where n > 1. Then, in the disk I z I < 1, we have
11Z I',
If- (z)IC l ZIsn (1-If(z)I9) (13)
or
If (Z) I
1-If(Z)1'
= I fi (Z) I (15)
I,
where
1) Goluzin [19451.
334 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
00
Therefore,
9n- 9
If1(Z)I,n r rn(1-ra) ' P=jf1(z) ,
and, consequently,
P
r'5-P3
I fl (z) " r + rn (1- ra)
1-IA(Z)1'
I
(17)
1-P'
Here p= I(I (z)I <r n . Let us show that the function on the right, treated as a
function of p, increases in the interval 0 < p < r". Its derivative with respect to
p has the same sign as the expression
n
rp -ran rt
-2r4(1-r2)P-}-r.
9
(18)
Since the product of the roots of the polynomial (18) (in p) is equal to 1, this
polynomial has no more than one root in the interval 0 < p < r". But (18) is posi-
tive at p = 0. Let us show that it is positive also at p = r'. We have
n r9n-2 -ran n
r 1-ra + r
= rn-1 [n (rn + Vin) -2(r'-'+ T
I
) - 2 (r_3 + r 1 - ...J.l
Since x + x'I decreases in the interval 0 < x < 1, we have in the interval 0 <
r<1
rn+rn frk-}- r k=0, 1, ..., n- i.
Consequently (18) is positive. This shows that the right-hand member of (17) is
an increasing function of p in the interval 0 < p < r". If we replace p in (17)
with the quantity r", which is at least as great, we obtain (13). Furthermore, it
follows from what was said above that equality holds in (13).only when ((z) =
cz ", where I c I = 1, that is, only when [(Z) = f (z" + a)/(1 + i z "), with I c I = 1
and Ia I < 1. By direct verification, we can show that equality does indeed hold
in (13) for this last function. This completes the proof of the theorem.
§ 1. INVARIANT FORM OF THE SCHWARZ LEMMA 335
where r= IzI and 0(r)=r n (r +Iy"I)/(1 + rjyi), where in turn y" = c,,41 - Ico12).
Equality holds only when
co+zn
z+Tn
1 + Tnz
.f (z) = = co + cnz" +....
1 + cozn z + Tn
1 + Tnz
with equality holding at a point z = zo, I zo I < 1, only if f(z) = e(z" - z"p)/(1- z 0"z"),
where lel = 1.
1) Goluzin [ 1945].
336 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
1
C'(z)IIdzI
-IC(z)I9 (1)
Since the last fraction is invariant under fractional-linear transformations of the
function C(z ),. the hyperbolic metric does not depend either on the choice of
mapping function or on the choice of branch of it, and it is completely defined by
the domain B and the position of the points in B.
For any piecewise-smooth curve 1: z = z (t), where a < t < b, contained in
B, we define the length L of 1 by the formula
-s
L-C do -
s
C'(z)IIdzl
1-IC(z)I9 - S
a
b
IC'(z(t))IIz'(t)Idt
1-IC (z(t))I' (2)
function w = w(0 maps the disk ICI < 1 conformally onto the domain G (both
mappings in the sense of § 1 of Chapter VI). Furthermore, if do,. is the differen-
tial element at the point z E B and dow is the corresponding differential element
at the image w E G, then daw < da= with the same condition for equality.
Proof. Suppose that functions C = jz) and t = t (w) map the domains B and
'G respectively onto the disks I CI < 1 and I t I < 1 in the sense of § 1 of Chapter
VI. Let us denote by z = z (C) the function inverse to C = C(z) and let us define
'xhe composite function t = t (f(z (c))) = X(C). Obviously, this function is regular
tin
I C I < 1; also, I X (C) < 1 in I C I < 1. From Theorem 3 of § 1, .we have
IX'(C)IIdCI
1-ILL()Is < I -IdtI
IC Is
or
1 -(Z()))Iz'(C)I
ItV(z(C))I1f t2 _141< 1
JAI
-It is
If we now shift from the disk I I < 1 to the domain B, we obtain in B the ine-
quality
It'(f(z))IIf(z)IIdzI IC'(z)IIdzI
< l - IC(Z)Is (3)
l-It(f(z))Is
that is, tj daw < das , where w = f (z). Furthermore, if we integrate (3) with respect
to 1, we' see that the length of the curve A does not exceed the length of the
curve 1. Equality holds in (3) only when X(C) maps the disk ICI < 1 univalently
into itself, so that the function f(z) = t-I(X(C(z))) has the form indicated in the
wording of the principle. This proves the hyperbolic metric principle.
Corollary. Let G denote a domain in the z-plane and let B denote a proper
sub domain of G. Then, throughout the entire domain B, we have dGai < dBai;
that is, broadening of the domain decreases the hyperbolic distance between two
points.
This result is obtained from the hyperbolic metric principle by applying the
latter to the function f (z) = z. We can use it to obtain a bound for dBaz by
replacing the domain B with simpler domains that we know how to map onto a disk.
As an example of the application of the hyperbolic metric principle, let us
now prove a theorem.
Theorem.') Suppose that a function w = f(z) = co + clz + is regular in
I z I < R and that it fails to assume in that disk q given finite values a1, , aq,
where q > 2. Then, if c 1 0, the number R is bounded by a finite quantity that
depends only on aI, - , aq, co, and cI (Landau's theorem). Furthermore, the
-
quantity I f WI is bounded in the disk I z I < OR, where 0 < 0 < 1, by a finite
quantity depending only on a1, , aq, CO (Schottky's theorem).
We shall prove this theorem and at the same time find an exact bound for R.
Proof. The hyperbolic metric in the disk I z I < R is given by the differential
element do, = R I dz I/(R2 - I Z 12). In particular, at the point z = 0, we have
duz = I dz I /R. On the other hand, let us denote by t = 0 (w, a 1 , , aq) a function
that maps the domain G constituting the entire w-plane exclusive of the points
a1, , aq onto the disk t I <1 in such a way that the point w = c o is
I
From the hyperbolic metric principle, do,,, < due, which, for z = 0, yields
I
cp' (co, a1, ..., aq) I If (0) I C R< I Ci I I V (Co, at, ... , aq) I
Here, equality holds only in the case in which f (z) = 0 -1(z/R, a I , , aq).
Furthermore, for any z0 in the disk I z I < 0 R, where 0 < 0 < 1. the hyperbolic
distance between the points f (0) and f (z0) does not exceed the hyperbolic dis-
tance between the points 0 and z0 in the disk Iz I < R; that is, it does not
exceed the quantity
OR
Rdr
L= R,-r, = 2 log 1-}-0
1-e
5
0
If E is the set of all points of the domain G such that the hyperbolic distance
between them and the point co does not exceed L, then this set is closed and
bounded and is completely determined by the values of c0 , a 1, , aq. Conse-
quently, if M denotes the maximum of the ordinary distance from the set E to the
point w = 0, then I f (z0) < M = M (co , aI , - - , aq). Here, equality holds for the
-
where gB (z, zo) and 9G (w, wo) are Green's functions for the domains B and G.
If equality holds in (1) for one pair z, zo E B, it holds for all such pairs.
Proof. We may assume that zo - because, in the opposite case, we can
arrange for this by means of a fractional-linear transformation of the z-plane.
Consider the two functions
g0 (f (z), f (zo)) + log If (z) - f (zo) I and gB (z, zo) + log I z - zo
Both these functions are harmonic in the domain B punctured by the point z = zo.
Theref re, their difference, that is, the function
f (z) --f (zo)
g0 (,f (z), f (zo)) - gB (z, zo) + log I z-zo
is also harmonic in B. This means that the difference gG (((z), f(zo)) - gB (z, z0)
is a harmonic function in the domain B after the zeros of the function ((z) - f(zo)
are deleted. (This difference may approach m as z approaches any of these
zeros.) On the other hand, as z approaches the boundary of the domain B, all
the limiting values of this difference are nonnegative. Therefore, in accordance
with a property of harmonic functions, we have everywhere in B
g0 (f (z), f (zo)) gB (z, zo) 0,
with equality holding only when
1) Lindelof [1908].
340 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
maps this domain univalently onto the disk I CI < 1 in such a way that z = z0 is
mapped into C= 0. Therefore, in the case of simply connected domains B and G,
we can give Lindelof's principle a different formulation. Specifically, if B, and
G, are the images of the disk I C I < r under mappings of the disk I C I < 1 onto the
domains B and G respectively such that C= 0 is mapped respectively into z0
and w0 = f(z0), then Lindelof's principle asserts that the values assumed in the
domain B, by the function w = f(z) all lie in the domain Cr. Furthermore, if one
of these values lies on the boundary of GT, then the function w = f (z) maps B
univalently onto G.
Let us give some examples of the application of Lindelof's principle.
1. In the case in which B and G are the disks I z I < 1 and I w I < 1, ine-
quality (1) coincides with inequality (1) of §1.
2. Suppose that B is the disk I z I < 1 and that G is the halfplane l(w)> G.
Suppose also that z0 = 0 and w0 > 0. In this case, a function mapping the disk
CI < 1 univalently onto the domain B so that the origin is preserved is z = C,
and a function mapping the disk ICI < 1 univalently onto the domain G so that
C= 0 is mapped into w0 = f(0) has the form w = w0 (1 + C)/(1 - C). Consequently,
all the values assumed in the disk I z I < r, where r < 1, by a function f (z) that
is regular in B, has positive real part in I z I < 1, and is equal to a positive
number w0 at the origin lie in the disk I (w - w0)/(w + w0)I < r. This disk is
symmetric about the real axis and its boundary circle intersects the real axis at
the points w0 (1 + r)/(1 - r) and w0 (1 - r)/(1 + r). This means that the radius of
the disk I(w - w0)/(w + wo)l < r is equal to 2wor/(l - r2). In particular, in the
disk I z I < r, r < 1, we obtain the inequalities
f(0)11 -r +rC8j (f(z))<f(0) 1+r'
I (f (z)) I <f (0) l 2r r"
f(0)1+ cIf(z)ICf(0)I+r.
3. Suppose that B is the disk I z I < 1 and that G is the strip - 1 < l (w) < 1.
Suppose that z0 = 0 and w0 = 0. A function that maps the disk Cl < 1 into G
univalently in such a way that C = 0 is mapped into w = 0 is of the form
+C
w= 2 log 1
Therefore, for functions f(z) regular in I z I < 1 and having the property that
§4. HARMONIC MEASURE. SIMPLEST APPLICATIONS 341
-1 < R (f (z)) < 1 in I z I < 1 and f (0) = 0, we have the following inequalities in
IzI <r:
I fft (f (z)) I C 79
arc tan r,
of f(z) in B). Finally, suppose that all the limiting values of the quantity I f(z)I
as z approaches the boundary of the domain B are bounded by a number M. Then,
the function
µ
log I M+ gB (z, nk) - gB (z, Pk)
k=1 k-I
is harmonic in the domain B except possibly at the zeros of the function f(z).
As z approaches any of these zeros, this function may approach -m. Furthermore,
this function has nonpositive limiting values as z approaches the boundary of the
domain B. Consequently, in accordance with the maximum principle,
µ
g(z,%)+k18(Z,PA,)
H z - pk
k_I 1-PkZ (3)
1) The definitions given below and the results remain valid for domains with non-
Jordan boundaries, specifically, for domains obtained from domains of the type indicated
by means of univalent mappings that are continuous up to the boundaries of these domains.
342 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
let us assume for simplicity that B is finitely connected. Consider a finite num-
ber of arcs (closed or open) of the boundary K of the domain B. Let us denote
by a the set of all points belonging to these arcs and let us consider a function
that is harmonic and bounded in B, that assumes the value 1 on a, and that
assumes the value 0 at all other points of the boundary K. Here, we exclude the
endpoints of the arcs constituting a since the function is not continuous at such
points. By §3 of Chapter VI, this function exists and is unique. Let us denote it
by rv (z, a, B) and let us call it the harmonic measure of the part a of the bound-
ary K of the domain B about the point z. Obviously, 0 < c (z, a, B) < 1 every-
where in B. If we partition the boundary K into parts a 1, ... , an of the type
indicated, we have
E w (z, (1)
k=1
everywhere in B because the function on the left is a harmonic bounded function
in B that assumes the value 1 on the boundary K except at a finite number of
points. Under a univalent mapping of the domain B onto a domain B 1, the har-
monic measure of an arbitrary part of the boundary K is mapped into the harmonic
measure of its image in B1.
An important property of harmonic measure is included in the following exten-
sion principle:
The extension principle.l) If the boundary K of the domain B is partitioned
into two parts a and S of the type indicated above, then, when the domain B is
extended by changing only the part fi, the harmonic measure w (z, a, B )increases
and when B is extended by notifying only a, the measure ta(z, a, B) decreases.
Here when we speak of extending the domain B by modifying f3, for example,
we mean replacing the domain B with a domain B' containing B and with bound-
ary containing the entire set a .
Proof. Suppose that B' was obtained from B by extending the latter set in
such a way that only 0 is modified. Then, the function
u (z) = U) (z, a, B') - w (z, a, B),
which is harmonic and bounded in B, is equal to 0 on a and is nonnegative on
0. Consequently, this function is nonnegative everywhere in B, which proves
1)Carleman [1921]
§4. HARMONIC MEASURE. SIMPLEST APPLICA'IRONS 343
the first part of the assertion. The second part of the assertion now follows from
the formula o (z, a, B) = 1 - ca (z, S, B).
The significance of the extension principle consists in the fact that it enables
us to strengthen various inequalities by replacing complicated parts of the bound-
ary K with simple ones for which the harmonic measure is easily calculated.
Another important property of harmonic measure is given by the following
theorem.
Theorem 1.1) Suppose that a function f (z) is regular and bounded in a domain
B with boundary K and suppose that K is partitioned into two parts a1 and a2.
Suppose that all the limiting values of f (z)I as z approaches interior points of
arcs constituting the ak (for k = 1, 2) through values in B do not exceed Mk.
Then, in A
log I f (z) I < w (z, at, B) log M1 + w (z, %, B) log M9. (2)
Furthermore, if equality holds in (2) at a point z E B, it holds for all points in B.
Proof. The function
u(z)=1oglf(z)I-w(z, %, B)1ogM1-w(z, as, B)logM2 (3)
is a harm nic function at all points of the domain B except at the zeros of f (z).
As z ap roaches all points of the boundary K except the endpoints of the arcs
constituting the ak from inside B, all the limiting values of the function u (z)
are nonpositive. On the other hand, u(z) approaches -oe as z approaches the
zeros of f (z). Consequently u (z) < 0 everywhere in B; that is, inequality (2)
holds and the remark made in the theorem about equality is obvious. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
From the theorem just proved, we get
Theorem 2. Suppose that a function f(z) is regular and bounded in a domain
B and the boundary K of B is partitioned into two parts a1 and a2. Suppose
that the limiting values of I f(z)I do not exceed Mk as z approaches interior
points of the arcs constituting the ak (for k = 1, 2) from inside B. Then, for
every closed set E C B, there exist positive constants Al and A2 independent
of the function f(z) such that )LI + A2 = 1 and
I f (z) I Mi1M9' (4)
on E.
1) F. and R. Nevanlinna [1922].
344 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
Proof. Suppose that M 1 and M2 are numbered in such a way that M I < M2.
For the function ((z) in the domain B, we have inequality (2) which, by virtue of
(1), we can write in the form
If(x)I<(MM,)m(Z.at,B)
, M. (5)
If we set Al = min 2EE(O(z, a1, B) and )L2 = 1 - A1, then AI and A2 are obvi-
ously positive and we obtain from (5)
(
If(Z)I_I") 1\x
By setting M (r) = maxi z is r I f (z) r I < r < r2, we obtain from (2)
log r/r, log r/rl
M (r) C MIlogrl/rr . M2logr2/ri (7)
w(z,a,B)=1,
it
(8)
where <A is the angle subtended by the diameter from the point z.
Let us now look at some applications of the theory of harmonic measure to
the study of bounded functions.
Theorem 3. Suppose that a function f (z) is regular and bounded in the half-
plane (z) > 0, and continuous except on the positive half without the point z = 0
of the real axis. Suppose that f (z) , a as z approaches the origin along this
half axis. Then, f (z) --> a uniformly for arbitrary 8 > 0 as z 0 in the angle
0<argz<rr-$.
Proof. We may assume that a = 0 and that If(z)I < 1 in (z) > 0. Let us
choose arbitrary c in (0, 1) and let us choose r > 0 such that If (z) < e on the
interval a, of the real axis from 0 to r. If we apply inequality (2) to the half-
disk B,.: z I < r, 3 (z) > 0, we obtain
log I f(z)I ---- w(z,a,.,B,)loge (10)
in B,. Let\us find a lower bound for w (r, a,, B,). To do this, let us find an
explicit expression for this quantity. The function C= rz/(r - z)2 maps the half-
disk B, into the halfplane (C) > 0 in such a way that the point z = 0 is mapped
into the point C= 0 and the interval a, is mapped into the positive half of the
real axis. We denote this last by a. If z and C are corresponding points, then
in the domain I z I < r' , 0 _< arg z < n - 8. Consequently [cf. (10)], I f (z) _< E S.
Since S does not depend here on r or c, this means that f(z) --' 0 uniformly as
z -+ 0 in the angle 0 < arg z < n - 6. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 4. Suppose that a function f(z) is regular and bounded in the half
plane (z) > 0 and 1 is a Jordan curve lying in that halfplane that terminates at
z = 0. Suppose also that f(z) --, a as z --+ 0 along 1. Then, f(z) --, a uniformly
as z --, 0 in the angle 0< arg z < n - 6 for arbitrary 8> 0.
Proof. We can again assume that a = 0 and I f (z)I < 1 in (z) > 0. Let c
denote a number in the interval 0 < e < 1. Let us choose r sufficiently small that
If (01 .5 e on the part of the curve 1 lying in the half-disk B,: I z I < r, (z) > 0.
Let us denote by a, the part of 1 extending from z = 0 to the first point at which
1 intersects the circle I z I = r. The arc a, partitions the half-disk B, into'two
domains B, and BT. Suppose that B, is adjacent to the negative half of the
real axis. By applying inequality (2) to B,. , we obtain
log E.
Here again, it remains only to find a lower bound for -(z, ar, Br ).
Let us denote by 0, the portion of the boundary of the domain Br comple-
mentary to a,, and let us denote by ar the portion of the boundary of the domain
B r complementary to f3, . Finally, let us denote by a" the interval (0, r) of the
real axis. Then, from the extension principle, we have
w (z, ar, B,.) . w (z, a Br) : w (z, ar, Br)
But, as follows from the proof of Theorem 3, the quantity a) (z, 0-,", Br) has a
positive lower bound S1 in the sector I z I < r', 0 < arg z < n -6 with sufficiently
small r' in (0, r).
, e
Thus I f (z) I < Esl in the part of B , lying in this sector. Treating B,s in
the same way, we can show that there exists a S2 > 0 such that I f (z)I < E 2 in
that part of B,. lying in the sector I z I < r" , 0< arg z < n with sufficiently small
r"
in (0, r). Suppose now that 0 < $ < n/2. If a is the greater of the numbers
S1, 82 and if r1 is the smaller of the two numbers r' , r" , then If(z)I <eS for
I z I < r1 and h < arg z < n -$ . This proves the uniform convergence of f (z) to
0 as z - 0 in the angled < arg z < n - $. This completes the proof of the
theorem.
Theorem 5. Suppose that a function f (z) is regular and bounded in the half
plane (z) > 0 and is continuous except at finite points of the real axis. Suppose
§4. HARMONIC MEASURE. SIMPLEST APPLICATIONS 347
1) Lindelof [19151.
2) Milloux [19241.
348 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
For any zo in the disk Iz I < 1, there exists a domain B containing zo and in it
the function f(z) is such that equality holds in the first of inequalities (11) at
z=zo.
Proof." When we apply inequality (2) to the function f(z) for z E B, we
obtain
log If (x) I < w (x, P, B) log e. (12)
Here, the question consists in finding a bound for the harmonic measure cw(z, 8, B).
We shall first need to prove an inequality for univalent functions. Suppose
that a function g(C) is regular and univalent in the disk ICI < 1 and that it does
not assume the value zero in that disk. Then, the function
g` C)-g(C.)
0
h(Q) -c+...
g'(CO)(1-ICoj)
will, for arbitrary Co such that ICo I < 1, be regular and univalent in IKI < 1 and
will not assume in that disk the value -g(to)/g'(t;') (1 - I Co12). By Koebe's
theorem it then follows that I g(Co)/g '(co) (1 - K0!2)! > 4; that is,
4
g(Ca) 1-ICoI (13)
Equality holds in (13) in the case of the function g(') = [(1 + 77.0/(1 - 770] 2
where 1771 = 1. If we set Co = rei9 in (13) and integrate with respect to r from 0
to r, we obtain, for arbitrary C in the disk I CI < 1 the inequality
llog
with equality holding under the same condition. Finally, if g(C) is such that
g(0) = 1, then for z = g(t;) we have in I z I < 1
-ylzl
1±ylzl' (14)
1) The proof given here with the sharp inequality was given by E. Schmidt [1932].
*4. HARMONIC MEASURE. SIMPLEST APPLICATIONS 349
mapped into a point Co, Idol < 1. By means of a supplementary mapping of the
half-disk B ' into itself, we can arrange to have the point Co lie on the imaginary
axis. Specifically, let us draw through Co a circle orthogonal to the circle ICI = I
and to the real axis. Denote by a the point of intersection of this circle with the
real axis. When we map the upper half of the C-plane into itself in such a way
that the points - 1, a, and + 1 are mapped into the points -1, 0, and + 1 respec-
tively, the half-disk B' is mapped into itself and the orthogonal circle mentioned
above is mapped into the imaginary axis. In particular, the point Co is mapped
into a point on the imaginary axis. Thus we may assume that Co = ito for to > 0.
We denote by z = g(C) the inverse function providing the mapping mentioned. We
have zo = g(ito). The function g(C) can, according to the symmetry principle, be
extended beyond the real axis, and it maps the complete disk ICI < 1 univalently
onto a domain that does not contain the points 0 and oo. Inequality (14) is there-
fore applicable to it. If we denote by j9 ' the boundary semicircle in B , we now
have by using (9)
4 4
.w (zo, B) = to (Co, P', B') = arc tan to = arc tan Co
R
which, by (14), yields
4 arc tan
I -- zo I
(zo, P, B} (15)
TT zo I
and, consequently,
arc sin
1-Izl' 1-IzI> 1-IzI
I+IzI 1+Iz1 2
we get the second of inequalities (11). This completes the proof of the theorem.
Now, we shall finally give an application of the theory of harmonic measure
to a single question associated with the principle of the maximum modulus. We
recall that, if a function f (z) is regular in a domain B and if none of the limiting
values of its modulus exceed M as z approaches any of the boundary points of
the domain B, then if (z) I < M throughout the domain B. The situation is quite
different when the requirement of boundedness of the limiting values of I f(z)I is
violated even at a single point of the boundary. Then, the modulus principle no
longer holds. For example, the function f (z) = e-" is regular in the upper half-
plane and its modulus is equal to 1 at finite points of the real axis. Furthermore,
I f(z)I > 1 in the halfplane (z) > 0. The reason for this is the fact that the limit-
ing values of the function are not all finite as z approaches the point z = o. in
(z) > 0. Now, we have
Theorem 7.1) Suppose that a function f(z) is regular in the halfplane
(z) > 0 and that all the limiting values of its modulus are bounded above by 1
as z approaches any finite point on the real axis. Then, either (1) If(z)I < 1 in
(z) > 0 or (2) there exist positive numbers A and R such that
M(r)>eAr (17)
where M(r) denotes the maximum value of I f(z)I on the semicircle Izi = r,
(z)>0 for r > R.
Proof. Let us denote by B the half-disk I z I < r, (z) > 0 and let us denote
1
cu
(z,a,
B ti 2 (l r-yx + ry--}- x ) = 2r. re2yr
7c - x°
4y
nr '
.
(19)
Suppose now that the inequality I f(z)I < 1 does not hold everywhere in B. Let
zo = x0 + iyo denote a point in B such that I f(zo)I > 1. Then, from (18) and (19),
we have
log If (zo) I < 11M
log M (r)
4yo r
r _, co
which shows,that, for suitable A > 0 and sufficiently large r, inequality (17)
holds. This completes the proof of the theorem.
By performing a conformal mapping, we obtain from Theorem 7 a generalizing
theorem that will be used in the following section.
Theorem 7'. Suppose that a function f (z) is regular in an angle of magnitude
no with vertex at z = 0. Suppose that the limiting values of I f(z)I do not exceed
1 at finite boundary points. Then either (1) If WI < 1 in the entire angle or (2)
there exist positive numbers A and R such that
M (r) > e''110 (20)
where M (r) is the maximum value of I f(z)I on an arc of the circle I z I = r lying
in th angle in question, where r > R.
the property that the oscillation of the function f (z) on it is arbitrarily small. In
the theory of entire functions, this convention identifies the asymptotic values of
the entire function f(z) with nonalgebraic (transcendental) singularities of the
inverse function.
If an entire function f (z) is such that, for some finite k > 0 and sufficiently
large r, we have M (r) < e rk , where M (r) = maxe Zl =r I f (z)j then f (z) is called an
entire function of finite order. The greatest lower bound p of the numbers k that
possess this property is called the order of the entire function f (z). It was
assumed that the number of asymptotic values of an entire function of finite order
is finite and is bounded by a quantity depending only on the order p. The com-
plete answer to the question was given by Ahlfors.1) We shall give his solution,
using the method of strips, which we have already used in §6 of Chapter IV.2)
Lemma. Suppose that there are a finite number n of nonoverlapping radial
strips Sk, for k = 1, 2, , n, in the annulus ro < I z I < r that extend from the
circle I z I = ro to the circle I z I = r. Let ak (rk) denote the arc of the circle
z = ro (I z I = r) that serves as part of the boundary of the strip Sk. Suppose
that none of these arcs degenerate to a point. If we map these strips
conformally onto nonoverlapping domains F,k: ro < < rF, 'k <arg S < 'k+1
that completely fill the annulus ro < I CI < r' and if this mapping maps the arcs
o, k and rk into the arcs tk < arg C < Ok+1 on the circle I I = ro and on the
circle ICI = r', then r' > r.
Proof. The assertion follows from Lemma 1 of §6 of Chapter IV. Specifically
the function t = log C maps the domains Ek onto the rectangles Tk: log ro <
R(t) _< log r', 'k < (t) < 95k+l, k = 1, , n, with sides of lengths ak =
Ok+1 -'k' bk = log(r'/ro). But the strips Sk are also mapped onto these rectangles
and in the way required by the lemma of Chapter IV referred to. Therefore, in
accordance with that lemma,
n
k-1
r, < log r
Pk+i - Pk
log !o
2+c .
,
ro
that is, r' > r. This completes the proof of the lemma.
Theorem. An entire function f(z) J const of order p has no more than 2p
1) Ahlfors [19301
2) Goluzin [1946d1
§5. ON THE NUMBER OF ASYMPTOTIC VALUES 353
ptotic values of the function f(z). On the basis of what has been said, we can
assui a that these issue from z = 0, that they have no other points in common and
that ach is a broken line without multiple points. These curves partition the z-
plan into domains Bk, for k = 1, , n, indexed in such a way that each Bk is
boun ed by 1k and 1k+1 (here, 1n+1 = 11). In each of the domains Bk, the func-
"
tion f z) must be unbounded; otherwise, in accordance with Theorem 5 of §4
(applied to the function f(z_1 + c)) its value would converge uniformly to a limit
as z --* - in one of the domains Bk and then the curves bounding this domain
would not define distinct asymptotic values. Therefore, the set of points in each
of the domains Bk, where
If(z)I>N= IVsup In If(z)I
is nonempty. This sets consists of domains that extend to infinity. This is true
because, if one of them were bounded, inside it we would have If (z)I > N, which
the maximum principle asserts is impossible. For every k, we shall consider not
Bk but one of the domains lying in Bk just mentioned and we shall now denote
it by Bk. Let r0 denote a positive number such that the circle I z I = r0 contains
points belonging to all the domains B k, for k = 1, , n. The maximum value of
354 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
of the arc ak, then, if we denote by Nk the maximum value of I f(z)I on the bound-
ary of the domain Bk, we have Nk < I f(zk)I. These operations are carried out
for all
Let us now consider the annulus ro < I z I < r for arbitrary r > ro. We denote
by Sk the connected subset of the domain Bk that is contained in that annulus
and that is adjacent to the arc vk. We denote one of its boundary arcs on the
circle I z I = r by rk . We treat the domains Sk, for k = 1, 2, , n, as strips of
the type mentioned in the lemma. As in the lemma, we map these strips onto strips
Ek filling the annulus ro < I C1 < r'. We denote by C = CA: (z) the functions car-
rying out this mapping and we denote their inverses by z = z k (C). Then, we have
r' > r. But, in accordance with the symmetry principle, the function C = Ck (z) is,
for each k = 1, - , n, extendable to the entire domain Bk and maps that domain
univalently onto some domain Gk contained in the sector ICI < r', Ok < arg C <
Ok+1. Let ak denote the image of the arc rk under this mapping and let 13k
denote the complement to ak on the boundary of Gk. On ak ,
If(zk(c))I -M(r)=maxIf(z)I,
zI=r
and on PA,,
If(zk(C))IGNk.
If we apply inequality (2) of §4 to the domain Gk, to the function f (zk (c)), and
to the point C k = Ck (zk), we obtain
loglf(Zk)I=loglf(zk(Ck))I
W(Ck, ak, Gk)log M(r)+w(Ck, Pk, Gk)logNk
U) Gk, ak, Gk)log
M N(k) +logNk. (1)
Let us now assume that r is sufficiently great that M(r)/Nk > 1 for all k.
§5. ON THE NUMBER OF ASYMPTOTIC VAIIUES 355
Let us find an upper bound for the harmonic measure co(Ck, ak, Gk). By the
extension principle, it is no greater than the harmonic measure of the arc ak with
respect to the sector obtained from lk by adjoining suitable points of the disk
C1 < ro. It follows from the mapping of the sector by the function cr _ C 1/8k ,
where '&k = (Ok+1 - ck)/rr, that this last measure is equal in the half-disk (C' i
r* = r' rlok,3 (C') > 0 to the harmonic measure of the boundary semicircle C' J =
r*, 0 < arg C' < n relative to some point CA, = ek + irlk on r1/8k; that is,
in accordance with (9) of §4, it is equal to
-n
(arc tan
r*-Ek
77k
+ arc tan
Thus we obtain
W
/
lCk, ak, GO - (arc
2
n \
tan '1k k
r*-Ek + arc tan r*+ek 1
2 'k 'Ik 4
7 \r*-Ek +r*+Ek) 'R r'2/8k-Ek
4 r'1/8krc/8k 4 r1/$rol$k
z
sin zP
and s'n zP dz
zP zP
1) Ostrowski [1927].
§6. THE HYPERCONVERGENCE OF POWER SERIES 357
1) In particular, if the inequality hn+1 > qhn, where q > 1, is satisfied for all n = 1,
2, , then the power series itself can be regarded as grouped. In this case, pi,n, Xn+1(z) =
enzxn+ 1. In accordance with Theorem 1, it will therefore converge in a sufficiently small
neighborhood of every regular point on I z I = 1. But this last is impossible because a
power series cannot converge outside its circle of convergence. This means that, in the
present case, the function f(z) cannot be continued beyond the circle of convergence.
This is a familiar theorem of Hadamard.
358 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
where Al and A2 are positive numbers depending only on R (note that K depends
on e). If we choose a sufficiently small that -A1q + A2E = -rl <0, we conclude
that, for k > K, we have on the circle z R the inequality uk (z) < -77, or,
what amounts to the same thing,
I Snk (z) I (Re --'1)4k.
By using this inequality, we obtain from the formulas
§6. THE HYPERCONVERGENCE OF POWER SERIES 359
(5)
Inequality (6) shows that the series 1k=1 Pq, nk+l, nk(z), treated as a power
series converges in the disk I z I < 1/p, where 1/p > 1. The remaining part of the
power series is obviously a lacunary series. This completes the proof of the
theorem.
Theorem 3. Suppose that a power series
f (z) = EE
CnzZn
n-0
has a radius of convergence equal to unity and that there exist positive numbers
nk, for k = 1, 2, such that Ank+l/Ank m as k --, o. Then the grouped series
co
Proof. Suppose that the function f (z) can be continued along some curve C
to the point z0, beginning with an initial element defined by the given powers
series. Then, there exists a simply connected though not necessarily one-sheetedl)
domain B lying over the z-plane and containing the points 0 and z0 such that
f (z) is regular on the closure of that domain.
1) With regard to Riemann surfaces and mappings of them onto a disk, see §2 of
Chapter XI of the present book.
360 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
The domain B can be put in one-to-one correspondence with the disk ICI < 1
by means of an analytic function. The inverse of this function z = (k(C ) is regular
in ICI < 1. Suppose that z o = q (Co ), where I Co I = p < 1. The function 0 (0 can
be uniformly approximated on an arbitrary closed subset of the disk ICI < 1 by
means of polynomials. Therefore, there exists a polynomial a(C) with a(0) = 0 of
some degree p such that the values assumed by it in the closed disk I CI < \IP
will be continuously distributed on the domain B. The transformed series (7)
co
1) Ahlfor [1938].
§7. NONANALYTIC GENERALIZATION OF SCHW1tZ LEMMA 361
(where A denotes the Laplacian operator) or, if we set u(z) = log A(z), the ine-
quality
Au ,- 4e'u. (2)
We note that in the case of the disk zI < I and the hyperbolic metric dQ =
Idzl/(1-Iz12), if A(z)=1/(1-1z12), we have in IzI<1
A log l = U2. (3)
Sometimes, a metric will be defined not in the entire domain B but only in some
neighborhood. of a given point zo E B. Then, we shall speak of a metric defined
in that neighborhood. It is a remarkable fact that an analytic mapping maps a
metric satisfying condition (1) (or (3), respectively) into a metric satisfying con-
dition (1) (or (3)). To see this, note that if a function z = z(C) is regular in a
neighborhood of a point C_ CO and a metric ds = A(z) ldzl satisfying condition (1)
(or (3)) is defined in a neighborhood of the point z0 = z (Co) E B, then the trans-
formed metric ds = A(z (C))I z' (C)I IdCI dtI also satisfies condition (1)
(or (3)) because, as one can easily verify,
A log ki = I z' (C) i9 A, log X.
If two metrics ds = k(z)ldzl and ds* A* (z)I dzI are defined in some neighbor-
hood'of the point zo, if A5(zo) = A(zo), and if a' (z) < A(z) everywhere in that
neighborhood, then we shall call the second metric the support metric with respect
to tl a first and we shall say that the metric ds = A(z)I dzI admits at the point
zo t e support metric ds* = A (z)I dz 1.
\ With these definitions at our disposal, we have the following generalization
of the Schwarz lemma, given by Ahlfors:
Theorem 1. Suppose that a continuous metric ds = A(z)1 dzI is defined in
the disk I z I < 1 and that it admits a regular support metric satisfying condition
(1) at every point at which A(z) 0. Then ds < dg, where dcr = Idz I/(1 - I z I
is the hyperbolic metric, throughout the disk I z I < 1.
Proof. We set
point z0 in the disk I z I < R. The metric ds = A(z)I dz I has at the point z0 a
regular support metric ds* = A* (z)I ds I that satisfies condition (1) or, if we set
u*(z) = log A*(z), condition (3). Since u*(zo) - v(zo) = u(zo) - v(z0) > 0, it fol-
lows that, in a sufficiently small neighborhood of the point z0i we have u*(z) -
v(z) > 0. But u*(zo) - v(z0) = u(z0) - v(z0) and, in a sufficiently small neigh-
borhood of z0, we have u*(z) - v(z) < u(z) - v(z). This means that the difference
U(z) = u*(z) - v(z) has at the point z0 a positive maximum with respect to some
neighborhood Iz - z0I < r0 of the point z0 and in that neighborhood it is positive.
Let us show that this last is impossible.
The relations Au* > 4e2a* , Av = 4e2°, and u* > v imply that, in the disk
Iz - z0l < r0,
A(u*-v)r4(e2U*`e2,,)>0,
that is, AU > 0. On the other hand, in accordance with Green's formula we have
for r < r0 ,
Tr-
rde- AUdxdy>O,
I z-zo I=r Iz-zo <r
where we set z = z0 + ret; that is,
dr
U(zo+reiB)d6>0.
If we now integrate with respect to r from 0 to r, where 0 < r < r0, we obtain
2+c
Since the function U(z) attains its maximum at the point z0, this last ine-
quality is possible only when U(z) - U(z0) on Iz - zol = r for all r in the inter-
val 0 < r < r0; this would mean U(z) = U(z0) = const in z - z0l < ro. This is
incompatible with the inequality AU > 0.
Thus, we have shown that u (z) < v (z) = log [R/(R 2- I z l 2)] in I z I < R. As
R , 1, we see that A(z) < 1/(1 - I Z I2), that is, that ds < da. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
Now, following Ahlfors, let us give an application of this theorem to covering
questions.
In §7 of Chapter II, it was pointed out that there does not exist a disk IzI <p,
where p > 0, that is completely covered by the image of the disk I z I < 1 under
§7. NONANALYTIC GENERALIZATION OF SCHWARA, LEMMA 363
(z)
Y -A I ncn (Z - zo)n-'
+ ... I
This shows that, for n = 2, the metric in question is continuous and, in fact,
regular at zo and that, for n > 2, we have A(zo) = 0. (Here, A(zo) is defined as
limn-=oA(z).)
Now, let us consider the point z0 such that Izol < 1 and f '(z0) 0. On the
boundary of Gao is a point a which either lies on the circle I z I = 1 or has the
properties that f '(a) = 0 and I a I < 1. In Gao, we define the metric ds* = A*(z)ldzl,
where
z) -- >r If (z) I
( 2 p`(w)(A-p (w))
P*(w)=lw-f(a)I, w=f(z) (5)
This metric is regular in Gao and condition (3) holds for it in Gao because it is
obtained from the hyperbolic metric in the disk I 'l < 1 by means of the analyti-
cal mappings C = w - f a A, w = f W. Furthermore, throughout the entire
§7. NONANALYTIC GENERALIZATION OF SCHWARZ LEMMA 365
domain Gzo, we obviously have p*(w) > p(w) and p' (wo) = p(wp). Therefore, in
Gro we have A' (w) <X(w) and A* (wo) = A(wo) though only on condition that the
function It (A - t) increases in the interval 0 < t < B f. Consequently, when this
last condition is satisfied, the metric (5) is a support metric for the metric (4) and
it satisfies condition (1). With regard to points at which f '(z) = 0, as was shown
above, at such points A(z) = 0 or else the metric ds = A(z)I dz I is regular and
hence can, itself, serve as support metric.
What has been said leads to the conclusion that if A is such that the function
f (A - t) increases in the -interval 0 < t < B f, then, for the metric (4), the condi-
tions of the theorem established above are satisfied. But f (A - t) increases for
0 < t < A/3. Therefore, if we take A > 3Bf, we have in I z I < 1 the inequality
ds < da, that is,
V If'(z)I 1
(6)
2 Iz
B>4=0.43....
In an analogous manner, we can find a lower bound for L. For every z o such
that Izo I < 1, let us denote by p(wp) the radius of the largest circle with center
at wo = f(zo) that is completely covered by the image B of the disk I z <1
under the mapping w = f(z) and let us define on I z I < 1 the metric ds = A(z)I dzl,
where
(z) - if (2) I
=f (z), (7)
2p (w) log p w
C being a constant greater than Lf.1) This metric is continuous in I z I < 1.
1) Again, it will be sufficient to consider functions f (z) with finite Lf.
366 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
Now, let us denote by Gao the largest domain contained in z I < 1 that
I
includes z0, where Iz0 I < 1, and that has the property that its image is contained
in the disk Iw - w0I < p(w0), where w0 = f(zo). Finally, let a denote a point
that is both on the circle Iw - w0 I = p(w0) and on the boundary of B.
Let us define on Gao a metric ds* = A' (z)I dz I, where
If'(z)I
k"(z)= -
2p' (w) logp*(W)
p`O-I I, w=f(z). (8)
B(1-a 1+a + 1 r2
ai =f. (0) = B/1-a
2
l+a
2 + 2 +3\r`3}
11 2 ' 2 -3) 2 3/l
Keeping this in mind, let us construct the function w = F(z) = f113(11/6(z)),
which maps the triangle Al/6 univalently onto the triangle Al/3 in such a way
that the point z = 0 is mapped into w = 0 and the vertex z = 1 is mapped into
the vertex w = 1. By the symmetry principle, the function F(z) can be extended
from Al/6 to the entire disk I z I < R, which is orthogonal to the circles of which
the sides of the triangle Al/6 are arcs, and is single-valued and regular in that
disk. It is easy to find the radius R of that disk. Specifically, the chords con-
necting the endpoints of the sides of the triangle A1/6 are of length VT and they
make angles of n/12 with the corresponding arcs of the triangle Al/6 On the
other hand, a circle y containing one of the boundary arcs of the triangle Al/6
that terminates at the point z = 1 intersects the real axis at an angle of 702.
Consequently, the segment of the real axis lying inside y, also is of length VF3_.
Therefore points of intersection of the circle y with the real axis are 1 and f + 1
and their product must be equal to R2. Therefore R = j + 1. It follows from
the prcess of the analytic continuation of the function F(z) that the Riemann
surfacF F, which is the single-valued image of the disk z I < R under the func-
I
Bfs(o)
fg(0)
1- r13)r(12J
V3 +lr(4)
Thus, we finally have for B the inequalities
368 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS.
r(1)r fti
4 =0.43 ... <B< 3
+1r(4)
12 1 ) =0A7 ... (9)
By considering the function w = F (z) = fI 13 (fI (z)), we can show that the
function
-- F. F (Z)
(0)
=Z+...
is regular in the disk I z I < 1 and maps that disk onto a Riemann surface F con-
sisting of a finite set of triangles obtained from A1/3 by means of a similarity
transformation with similarity coefficient 1/F' (0) but with the vertex of none of
these triangles belonging to the surface F. Consequently, this surface F cannot
covet any disk of radius greater than 11F'(0).
It follows that
L 1 - ' - r(
-f. (0)
5
{2
3) _ 3
lemma; that is, it is regular in z.1 < 1, 0 (0) = 0, and 195 (z) I < 1 in I z I < 1.
I
Proof. Let r0 denote an arbitrary number in the interval 0 < r0 < 1 such that
there are no zeros of F(z) on the circle I z I = r0. Let us write F(z) in the form
F (Z) =
where cm 0. Then, let us define
m
b (z) = ro/
Z if F W has no zeros in 0 < I z I < r0,
fror
I/
km1
9
r(Z
Furthermore, since Ib(z')I = 1 on Iz'I = r0 and Ib(z)I < 1 in IzI <r0, we have
1) Rogosinski [1943].
370 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
2x
(5)
0
If we integrate (5) over the circle I z I = r, 0 < r < ro, and keep in mind the fact
that, by virtue of the theorem of the mean,
2x
where z = re we obtain
2x 2%
and, as r -, r0, this yields (2). The case in which r0 is such that the function
F(z) has zeros on I z I = r0, is obtained from this one by means of a passage to
the limit. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 2. If the functions f(z) = Lk_lakzk and F(z) = Ek=1/lkzk are
regular in I z I < 1 and if f (z) -<F (z) in I z I < 1 , then, for n = 1, 2, . ,
n n
Z Iakl'` Ek=1
IAkI9. (8)
k=1
Proof. We set
n n 00
I9r9k+ I Ak
k=1
ak E [a l I9r9k 1'rik
k=n-}-1 k=1
From this we obtain
M a
1 l ak 12r218 - E
I AA, I9r'k
These inequalities are sharp with equality holding only for a function of the form
gzeZ),
f (z) = (1 , 1711=161=1.
(11)
Proof. From the representation of f(z) in the form (1), we have if '(z)I =
IF '(96 (z))I - 10' (z)I. But inequality (8) of §4 of Chapter II holds for If' (z)1,
and inequality (2) of §1 of the present chapter holds for 10' (z)l, so that
1-IT(z)I'
IF'(,p(z))I< 1+Iy(z)I
(z)I)
, IT (z)I< 1-IzI (12)
Consequently,
'1+I,(z)I' I
If'' (z) I < 1-IR(z)J)
1-Iz=I
Since JO(z)1 < I z I, we have the first of inequalities (10). We obtain the second
of inequalities (10) by integration of the first. Since equality holds in the relation-
ship 1 0W1 < I z I only for 0 (z) = 71z, where 177I = 1 and since equality holds in
the first of inequalities (12) only for the function F(O) = O/(1 - 7110)2, where
17711 = 1, equality holds in the relations (10) only for a function of the form (11).
Proof. Let us consider first the second case, in which the image B of the
disk z I < 1 under the mapping w = F(z) is a convex domain. Since wk = f(11kz)
belongs to B for z < 1, where 71 = e2n`/" for n = 1, 2 it follows that
(w I + . + w,n)/n. E B. But this means that the function
"
(71kz1/") = a"z -}- .. .
n Y
k-1
is subordinate in I z I < 1 to the majorant F (z). But then, it follows on the basis
of Theorem 2 (with n = 1) that Ia" I < 1 for all n= 1, 2, .
If the image of the disk I z I < 1 under the mapping w = F(z) is a starlike
domain, then the function F1(z) defined by F(z) = zF'(z), FI(0) = 0, F1, (0) = 1
maps the disk I z I < 1 onto a convex domain (see §9 of Chapter IV). Let us
represent f(z) in accordance with formula (1). In the disk I z I < 1, we have
10 (z) < I z 1. Therefore, for arbitrary C in ICI < 1 we have F I (CO (z)) -< F I (Jz)
in I z < 1. Therefore, if we set
m
FI (CAP (z)) _ E A. (C) zh, At (C) =1, (13)
k='1
we have on the-basis of what we have already shown IA,,(C)I < 1 for I I < 1 and
n = 1, 2, .. But A,, (C) is an nth-degree polynomial in C such that A,, (0) = 0.
Therefore, in accordance with Cauchy's formula, we have for I I < 1
An (C) - 2.I
1 S
IC'I=1
TA n (CC))'
dC =
§s. MAJORIZATION OF SUBORDINATE ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 373
co
1' dCr
2al n (C')L l
IC'1=1 =0
n-1
_ A. (C')
k
le
2ni [1 , dC
r
1C'I=I k=0
and, consequently,
-I
I A. (C) I c 2a A.(Cll I I I $IC
IC'I=1 k=0
n-I n-I
C 2,
IC'1=1 k=0
Ik I
14' I=
k=0
I C 10.
1) This inequality can also be proved if we replace the assumption that the image of
the disk j Z I < 1 under the mapping w = F(z) is starlike with the assumption that it is
symmetric about the real axis. For more information on this, see Littlewood [19441 .
374 VIII. MAJORIZATION PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
the equation I(w - a1zo)/(zo - alw)I = I zo1, where a1 = 0'(0) and 0 < a1 < 1.
If we now take a= al in the interval 0 < a< 1, let us find the envelope of all
the disks obtained. These disks are obviously contained in the disk Iw I < I zo I
and their centers lie on the segment (0, zp). The equation of the envelope is
determined from the equations
F (w, a)=., (log z - aw )= log I zo 1,
0
Fa(w, C
z°
w - azo - w
zo - atm ' =0. (14)
If we replace the first fraction in the second of these equations with its complex
conjugate, the equation takes the form
r 1 tm - azp
\ (i-V-ago) (za-aw)) =0 or
OR zo-arw0.
This equation together with the first of equations (14) leads to the conclusion
that (w - azo)/(zo - aw) = ± i Izo 1, i.e. w = [(a ±ilzo 1)/(1 ±ialzo I)]zo on the
envelope. As a varies in the interval 0 < a < 1, this determines the arcs of the
circles passing in one case through the points zo, i Izo Izo, and -zo (corre-
sponding to the values a= 1, 0, and -1) and the other passing through the points
zo, -iIzo Izo, and - zo. It follows that the circles I(w - alzo)/(zo - alw)I =
Izo 1,0 < a 1 < 1, cover the domain ; tzo mentioned in the lemma. This completes
the proof of the lemma.
Theorem 6.1) Let f (z) and F (z) denote two functions defined and regular
in the disk I z I < 1 and suppose that F(z) is univalent. Suppose that f(0) =
F(0) = 0, that arg f'(0) = arg F '(0) [this condition is dropped if f'(0) = 0], and
that f(z) -< F(z). Finally, suppose that f(z) / F(z). Then,
If(z)I<IF(z) (15)
1) Biernacki [1936] .
2) Xia Dao-xing (Hsia Tao-hsing) has shown that the best constant in this case is
the number (3 -\/-5)/2 (see §3, subsection 30 of the supplement).)
§8. MAJORIZATION OF SUBORDINATE ANALYTIC PUNCTIONS 375
at all points z zo in the domain Azo mentioned in the lemma. This is true
because the function F '(f(z)) = a1z + satisfies the conditions of the lemma
and hence, by applying (16) to the point z = F-'(f(zo)) Azo, we obtain (15).
To prove inequality (16) with Izol = %, we define the number p C (0, 1) as
a root of the equation
(1
P
(I±IzoI)a;
P)'
z,
P=0.123 ... >Izol'= 16 1
(17)
Since the function F(z) is univalent in I
I < 1, we have
for z E Azo.
I z
I
IF(zo)I>IF(o)I
(I-41Z.1
-lZ )l
-
(18)
If I z I < p, inequality (16) follows immediately from (18) and (17). Let us
now suppose that inequality (16) is not satisfied everywhere in the domain Azo .
Theta, on the boundary of the domain Azo there exists a . 11Z
point z at which I F (z) I "attains the value m = max=E esa I F(z)I .
1
to -y + arg z 1 + arg F' (z 1). Finally, the angle between this last tangent and the
radial direction at the point w 1 = F (z 1) is equal to y - arg z 1 - arg F'(z 1) +
arg F (z 1). As a consequence of all this, we have
W
7 - arg z'F F((z'z) 1) = arc sin 16 1
z,
17 z, I 1
1
But inequality (12) of §1 of Chapter IV holds for this last argument. Therefore,
-F 1 - arg z, F F(' z1)
(zi)
we obtain
IwI<aresin 161_'12+1
17Iz,1
+log'+I21I
1-Iz,1 16p=+1
x
< arc sin 17p
+ log 1+Izol
1-Iz 2'
o 1
However, this contradicts our previous conclusion that co = n/2. This contradic-
tion proves the validity of inequality (16) and, consequently, inequality (15) on
the circle i z I = %. But since the maximum value of If(z)1 F(z)I in the disk
z < % is attained on the circle I z I = %, it follows that (15) holds also in
I z < %. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Proof. Since the function F(z) = clz + is regular and univalent in I z I< 1,
the same is true of the function
C+Z
G(C)=F
F
it1-z) F( =C+...,
F' _(z) (1- I Z J')
(19)
Now, let f(z) and F(z) denote the pair of functions mentioned in the theorem
and suppose that f(z) = F(O(z)). If we represent the function cb(z) in the form
that is
F' (gyp (z)) 1-r'
I
F (z) (1--r'-2r) 1-Ip19'
On the other hand, we have the familiar inequalities
IzI < 1, where 01(z) = z-10(z) = a.... On the basis of these inequalities,
we have, in i z I < 1,
+1-r
r 9
1-r a
rI,,U
a + r
1-ICI r+1+ar 1-ITI'
1+r1'P,I 1+r a+r 1-r'
1 +ar
that is,
(z) < a 1+ r' + 2arr 1 1 I r' (22)
Here, the sign- of the derivative with respect to a of the right-hand member coin-
cides with the sign of the polynomial
p(a)=a8-3a-(3a8+1)a-2aas.
For 0 <a<1,
p(a):p(1)a8-3a8-5a-1=(a+ 1)(a8-4a-1),
so that, if a Z - 4a - 1 > 0, that is, if a > 2 + V5, we have p (a) > 0 in 0 < a < 1
and, consequently, the right-hand member of (23) is an increasing function of a.
But it is equal to unity for a= 1. This shows that I j' (z)j < I F ' (z)I if a > 2 + J5,
that is, if r < 0.12. Equality holds only when a= 1, that is, only when O(z) = z,
so that f(z) = F(z). This completes the proof of the theorem.
Remark. Consider the two functions
Theorem 7 be univalent in I z I < 1, then the inequality I j'(z) I < I F '(z) I holds
in the disk I-z I < 3 - fe though not always in a larger disk. l)
1) Goluzin [19511].
CHAPTER IX
2z
where
co
380
§1. LIMITING VALUES OF POISSON'S INTEGRAL 381
c P(r, t-O)dt=1,
2x a'
(3)
we have
2n
Let us partition the integral on the right into two integrals I1 and I2' the first
over he arc (00 - S, 00 + 8) and the second over the remaining arc A of the
circleIC I = 1. Noting that P(r, 0) > 0 in the disk ICI < 1, we obtain
Ap+b 2n
Since I t - 01 > 8/2 on A and hence, P(r, t - 0) < P(r, 8/2), we have
1-ra
1121- 2n S If(t)I dt.
1-- 2r cos
2
+ r'
This shows that I2 0 as r -s 1. Consequently, there exists an rt > 0 such
that 1121 < e/2 whenever r > 1 - ri. Consequently, for r > 1 - n and 10 - 001 <
8/2, we have I u (r, 0) - f (00)1 < c, which completes the proof of the theorem.
As a consequence of Theorem 1, we obtain the familiar theorem that, if the
function f(t) is continuous for all t, then the function u(r, 0) defined on the
circle ICI = 1 as the limit of u(r, 0) when the approach is through points inside
the disk I CI < 1 is continuous on I C I < 1 and u (l, 0) = f(0). On the other hand,
if f (0) is continuous on some arc of the circle I C I = 1, then the function u (r, 0)
defined on that arc as the limit of u (r, 0) when the approach is through points inside
the disk I C I < 1 will be continuous in the union of the open disk I < 1 and the
I
the open disk JCI < 1 along any nontangential path (that is, a path that lies in
ie0
some angle with vertex at e that, sufficiently close to eie0, lies entirely in-
side the disk ICI < I).
Proof. Let us first prove the theorem for the case of a function f(0) that is
linear in the interval (a, a + 27r): f(0) = A0 + B and that is extended as a periodic
function outside that interval. Then, from (1) we obtain
It follows that, for a < 00 < a + 2n, the derivative au (r, 0)1x0 --. A as rei0
e`00 along any path leading to the point e`60 from inside Icl < 1.
Let us turn now to the general case. It follows from (1) that
2x
Let us denote by uI(r, 0) the function obtained from (1) if we replace f(t) with
the linear function f(00) + (t - 00)f'(00 ) in the interval (a, a + 277), where eai
e` e 0 and extended as a periodic function outside that interval. From what we
have shown, au, (r, 0)100 - f'(00) as re` a -__, e`0o.
Now, from (4) and the same relationship applied to u 1(r, 0) we obtain, re-
membering the periodicity of f (o),
a+ 2x
du (r, 0)
de - du, (r, 0)
de - 1
T7C
a
S
r f (t) -f (00)
l t - 0o
- f' (00))
X P (r, t - 6) 1-2r2r
(t - 00) sin (t -- 0)
cos (t - 0) -f- r' d t (5)
Let us show that the last factor in the integrand in this equation is bounded
for t E (a, a + 277) if rece is sufficiently close to e`0b and lies in an angle with
vertex at a `90 and sides making angles `0.0, where 0 < a 0 < n/2, with the tan-
gent to the circle Cl I= 1 at the point a
We write this factor as follows:
§1. LIMITING VALUES OF POISSON'S INTEGRAL 383
sin (t
Q= 2r (t et 00). ret ° 0)
(6)
But j," - re`BI = Ie'('-'9) - rl > Isin(t - 0)I (this last is obtained by replacing
the absolute value of the expression as a whole with the absolute value of the im-
aginary part). Consequently,
2rIt-00I[
F9_'1__ Well
Furthermore, if we assume for the moment that I t - 001 < a.0 and note that
x
reie=etB se 2 e 0, a0<a--- a- MO,
we have
g°+.+2)lei x
{e'r-re`BI-Iett-eIBO-seI
t
sin t 2 00 -E I 2 1 sin (a - 2 00 1
QL
sin. 2
that is, Q is bounded for It- 001 < a0. If re`B is sufficiently close to e`BO,
that is, if e < E0, then Q is bounded on the remaining part of the interval a < t <
a + 21r because the denominator in (6) is then bounded below. Thus, for C < co
and all t, we have IQ I < Q0. Therefore, we obtain from (5)
du (r, 0)
d0
- du, (r, 0)
d0
I
C Q0
21c
a+ 2,g
S
f (t) -f (00) -f (go) I
t-00 I
(r, t - 8) dt.
a
But Theorem 1 is applicable to this integral because f' (00) exists and hence the
first factor in the integrand approaches 0 as t - 00. Thus, this integral itself
approaches 0 as a -' 0, that is, as rei0--. e'B0 in the angle in question.
Therefore, by passing to the limit, we have
du
lira (r' 0) = lim du, do
(r' 0) =f' (00),
de
384 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
F(8)=Sf(0)A
a
and then extend it as a periodic function. Then, F' (00) = f(00). If we now inte-
grate (1) by parts, we obtain
where a(t) is a function of bounded variation in the interval (0, 27T), which can
always be extended as a periodic function outside that interval. "Specifically,
Specifically,
1) The integral (1) can be regarded as the integral (7) with a(t) = fo f (t) dt. This
follows from the properties of a Stieltjes integral.
§2. REPRESENTATION OF HARMONIC FUNCTIONS 385
is bounded for 0 < r < 1. It follows from the obvious inequality x" < 1 + x',
which holds for 0 < p' < p and all x > 0, that, if u (r, 0) E hp, then a (r, 0) E
hp so that the class hp is broadened with decreasing p.
We begin with the representation of harmonic functions by means of a
Poisson-Stieltjes integral. To do this, we need as a lemma the following
Theorem 1 (Helly). Every uniformly bounded infinite family { f (x){ of real
functions that is of uniformly bounded variation 21 in the interval (a, b) contains
a sequence that converges at all except possibly countably many 3) points in (a, b)
to a function of bounded variation.
Proof. Obviously, it will be sufficient to consider the case in which all the
1) Fatou [1906].
2) This means that the total variations of all the functions in the interval (a, b) are
bounded by the same finite number.
3)Helly's theorem still holds even without this exception.
386 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
functions f(x) are nondecreasing in the interval (a, b). 1) Consider the set of all
rational points in (a, b) and arrange them in a sequence r1, r2, .
Let us show that this sequence converges not only at these points but everywhere
in (a, b) except possibly at countably many points. Let a denote a positive num-
ber. We assert that the set of points x in (a, b) for which
Hers and in what follows, we shall write u(r, 0)I=U = u(0). Then it follows that
u(r,Eh1.
2b. Conversely, let us suppose that u(r, 0) E h1. Consider the function
a, (0)401 u(r, t) dt which depends on the parameter r, where 0 < r < 1. Since
n n Ok+1
ar (0k) - Qtr (0k+1) I c 1
S
tt (r, t) dt 1 c 2ivM,
k=1 h=1 ek
0-01<0$<...<0,,,+1=2v,
where M is finite and independent of r and 0, the set of functions a,(0), for
0 < r < 1, is uniformly bounded and of uniformly bounded variation with respect
to r for 0 < r < 21r. Consequently, if we take a sequence of functions a (0),
Pk
k = 1 , 2, , pk -+ 1, we can, in accordance with Helly's theorem, take a subse-
quence aP,k (0) that converges everywhere in (0, 2rr) except possibly at count-
ably many points to a function a(0) of bounded variation. Let us now fix the
point C = re`6 and let us suppose that r < pk < I for k > K. Then, in accordance
with Poisson's ordinary formula we have, for k > K,
u (r, 0)
Zn
2x
Pk''
u (pk, t) pk9 - 2p kr cos (t- 0) -}- r9 A
388 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
Pk' - r'
27ru (r, e) = aPk (27t) Pks - 2pkr cos 9 -}- r°
2x q
!
Pk - l
aPk (t) at pill -26 r cos (t - 9) dt.
0
If we now take the limit as k -+ o and remember that aP,k (2n) = 277u(0) = a(2n),
we have
2x
Inverse integration by parts now yields formula (7) of §1. This completes the
proof of the first part of the theorem. The second part is proved analogously.
Corollary 1. For a function u(r, 0) to belong to the class hi, it is neces-
sary and sufficient that it have a representation in ICI < 1 in the form of the dif-
ference of two nonnegative harmonic functions.
Proof. Suppose that u (r, h) E h I Then, u (r, h) can be represented in ICI < 1
in accordance with formula (7) of §1. Consequently, as was shown above, it can
be represented in the form of the difference required. The converse follows from (3).
Corollary 2.I If a function u(r, 0) belongs to the class h I, it has definite'
limiting values constituting a boundary function u(9) almost everywhere on the
circle ICI = 1.
This follows from the theorem just proved and Theorem 4 of §1.
To establish conditions for representability of harmonic functions by means
of Poisson's integral and for many other questions that will concern us later.on,
we need to have some auxiliary inequalities, which we shall now prove. We shall
use the generally accepted notation. Specifically, we shall write Ax) E L" on E
(where p > 0 and E is a linear space) to indicate that I f(x)I" is summable on E.
For p = 1, we shall write simply L instead of L I.
Holder's inequality. If g (x) E L" and h (x) E L 9 on E, where p > 1, q > 1,
and 1/p,+ 1/q = 1, then g(x)h(x) CL on E and
To see this, note that the function 0 (x) = b,8xa - ax - 3b increases in the inter-
val 0 < x < b since
(x)-o;((X) - 1,>o.
Since S6(b) = 0, it follows that O(x) < 0 for 0 < x < b; this proves (5) for a > b.
By reversing the roles of a and b, we can prove (5) in an analogous manner for
a < b. Let us replace a, 8, a and b in (5) with l/p, l/q, ap and bg. Then, for
a, b, p and q all positive with 1/p + l/q = 1, we have the inequality
.ab p ap + bq (6)
Now, since the functions I g (x)I 1 and I h (x)I q are summable on E, it follows
from 'o) that g(x) h(x) is summable. Furthermore, from (6) we have
11
I g (x) I I h (x) I dx
g(x)IPdx)'IP ((Ih(x)Igdx)'lq
i g (x) IP .+ 1 I h (x) I g dx,
Y SIg(x)IPdx
E
that is, we obtain inequality (4). It is easy to show that equality holds in (4) only
when I g (x) I P = A I h (x)I ' everywhere on E for some constant A.
Minkowski's inequality. If g(x) E LP and h (x) E LP on E, where p > 1,
we have
+Sih(x)I g(x)+h(x)IP-'dx
By making mes e sufficiently small, we can make the right-hand member of this
inequality arbitrarily small independently of n. And this, in accordance with a
familiar test for the possibility of taking the limit under the Lebesgue integral
sign, yields (8).
Let us now turn to the representation of functions that are harmonic in 4 <
1 by means of Poisson's integral (1) of §1. We note first of all that not every
function u(r, 0) that can be represented in the form (7) of §1 can also be repre-
sented in the form (1) of §1.
For example, the function
§2. REPRESENTATION OF HARMONIC FUNCTIONS 391
u(r, 0)zi
In
u(p, t)
'-r'p'-2prcos(t-e)--r'dt, r<F<I. (9)
for 0 < p < 1, we may take the limit in (9) under the integral sign as p-.1. As
a result, we obtain
2x
in ICI < 1; that is, we have the representation (1) of §1 with f(t) = u(t) 6 L.
Proof of the necessity. Suppose that equation (1) of §1 holds in the disk
ICI < 1 with f(t) C GP, where p > 1. Then, by applying Holder's inequality (again,
1/p + 1/q = 1), we have
2x 2x 2x
I u (r, 6) IP de
{2a
If (t) I P (r, t - B) dt]9 d6
2z 2x
_ (21)P
f (t) I P11P (r, t - 0). PI /Q (r, t - 8) dt] P d6
2x 2x 2x
2a
If(t)I"P(r, t-0)dtde;--= f(t) j" dt,
in ICI < 1. Consequently, u(r, 0) E hp. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Finally, let us pose the question: What conditions must a function u(r, 0)
that is harmonic in the disk ICI < 1 satisfy for its harmonic conjugate v(r, 0) to
have a representation in accordance with Poisson's formula in ICI < 1?
A sufficient condition can be obtained from Theorem 2 and the following
theorem.
Theorem 4. I) If u(r, 0) E hP, where p > 1, then v(r, 0) E hp.
The proof of this theorem is rather complicated if p / 2. Therefore, we shall
not present the proof in the general case. 2) In the case p = 2, it follows easily
from Parseval's formula applied to the expansions
which gives the value of a harmonic function u(r, 0) in ICI < 1 in terms of the
limiting values of u (t) along nontangential paths. This follows from the fact that,
in accordance with Theorem 3 of §1, we have f (O) = u(0) almost everywhere on
the circle ICI = 1. Therefore, Theorem 2 can also be regarded as giving a suffi-
cient condition for applicability of Poisson's formula (10) to u(r, 0). This condi-
tion is expressed in terms of the membership of u(r, 0) in the class hP, where
p>1.
§3. The limiting values of analytic functions
Using the preceding results regarding harmonic functions, we can easily de-
rive a very simple result regarding the existence of limiting values of analytic
functions.
Specifically, suppose that a function f(C) is regular and bounded in I C I < 1.
Then, its real and imaginary parts represent bounded harmonic functions in I C I < 1
which belong, in particular, to the class h1. In accordance with §2, these func-
tions have definite limiting values almost everywhere on ICI = 1 as C approaches
this circle along nontangential paths. Therefore, f(C) also has definite limiting
values along nontangential paths almost everywhere on that circle. These limit-
ing values define a function on ICJ = 1, which we shall denote by f(C) or by
f(e`0) where J= e`0.
This very simple result can now be generalized to the class N (introduced
by R. Nevanlinna) of functions f(C) that are regular in the disk ICI < 1 and that
can be represented in that disk in the form of the ratio of two bounded functions:
f(C)=`f ) (1)
We can always assume that and fi(C) are bounded in absolute value by
unity in the disk < I.
I I
Now, if ,/i (C) = c.C' + cm Cm+1 + ...,where m> 0, then in accordance with
+1
Jensen's formula as applied to the function ,/i(C)/C'", we have, for 0 < r < 1,
2
r
2 S log(retB)Id6-log Ic,,, + logICkl+mlogr. (4)
0 0<ICkI r
Here, the C. denote the zeros of the function O(C) in 0 < It; I < 1 and the sum
is over all the zeros of 4,(C) that lie in 0 < I C I < r. Since the right-hand mem-
ber of (4) is a nondecreasing function of r in 0 < r < 1, the right-hand member.,
of (3) is a nonincreasing function of r and, consequently, is bounded above in
0 < r < 1. This shows that the integral (2) is bounded in the interval 0 < r < 1.
Conversely, suppose now that the function f (C) J 0 is such that the integral
(2) is bounded for 0 < r < 1. Then, in accordance with the Jensen-Schwarz for-
mula, we have in ICI < 1
2w
r 9C - Ck)
logf (C) _ log
r -CkC + 2a S log If (re") I reiT C d6 -}- IC,
0
ICkI<r
where we set
1) The proof given here differs only slightly from the proof of the more general Theo-
rem 1 of §5 of Chapter VII.
§3. LIMITING VALUES OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 395
zx
-k r log+ 1 { reie +C
r (C-Ck) e 0
J(re10) I rata-C
CC
ICkI<r r
2x
The functions Or(C) and '/!r (C) are regular in ICI < r, also 1 and
(C) < 1 in that disk. If we take a sequence of numbers rk in the interval 0 <
rk < 1 that approaches 1 as k - Do, we can, on the basis of the condensation
principle, choose a subsequence {q,rk# (C)} from the sequence that con-
verges uniformly inside the disk ICI < 1 to a regular function 0 i( ). Also,
I S(C)I < 1 in I C I < 1. Since the values of r (0)I, for k = 1, 2,
I
, are bounded
below by a positive quantity independent of k, it follows that i# (C) A 0. It fol-
lows from (5) that the sequence JO k,(C)I converges in ICI < 1 to some function
(C is regular in ICI < 1; also (C)I < 1 in ICI < 1. This completes the
I
and, as in the first part of the proof of Theorem 1, the last two integrals do not
decrease in the interval 0 < r < 1. Therefore, not only the integral (2) but also
the integral
2x
then, as was noted above, it has almost everywhere on ICI = 1 definite limiting
values f(ei0) along all nontangential paths, and, in particular, along radial paths.
In accordance with Fatou's lemma, we have
2a 2a
In accordance with what was said regarding the integral (6), the right-hand member
of this inequality is bounded.
Consequently, Ilogl f(e`0)II is summable on ICI = 1. But then, the values of
log I f(e`g) I are finite almost everywhere on 1; that is, the values of f(e`B)
are almost everywhere nonzero on I cI = 1.
Now, if f(C) J 0 is an arbitrary function belonging to the class N, then in
its representation (1) the functions q(C) and O(C) have almost everywhere on
ICI = I definite limiting values along nontangential paths and these limiting
values are nonzero almost everywhere. But then the function f (C) has almost
everywhere on ICI = I definite limiting values f(e`0). If we again apply Fatou's
lemma to the integral (6), we conclude that Iloglf(e`B)II is summable on Ill = 1.
This completes the proof of the theorem.
The finite limiting values of the function f(C) E N along nontangential
paths, which exist almost everywhere on 1, will now be called its boundary
values.
As a consequence of Theorem 2, we have the following uniqueness theorem.
Theorem 3. I) If two functions fI(C) and f2(C) E N have the same boundary
values on a set E of positive measure on the circle ICI = 1, they are identically
equal in the disk ICI < 1.
Proof. Obviously f(C) = fl(C) - fZ(C) E N. If f(C) 0 in ICI < 1, then, by
Theorem 2, Iloglf(e`B)II is finite almost everywhere on CI = 1; that is, f(e`B)
is finite and nonzero almost everywhere on It;I = 1. This contradicts the condi-
tion according to which f(ei9) = 0 almost everywhere on E (except at points at
which f, (C) = f 2 (0 = °O)'
In connection with the boundary values of functions in the class N, we also
have the following convergence theorem:
Theorem 4. 1) Let If,, (C)j denote a sequence of functions that are regular in
the interval ICI < 1. Suppose that there exists a single finite constant M such
that for every n and for 0 < r < 1,
2a +
Suppose that the sequence Ifn(C)I converges at all points belonging to a subset
E of positive measure of the circle ICI = 1. Then this sequence converges uni-
formly in the disk ICI < 1 to a function belonging to the class N.
Proof. If we take the real parts in formula (5) and note that the first two
terms o%
oethe
the right are nonpositive for ICI < r, we obtain in any disk ICI < r,
where r < 1,
\
If we apply this inequality to the functions f, (C) and use inequality (8), we ob-
tain the result that, in such a disk
loglfa(C) r+ItI
r ItlM
If we fix C in the disk I I < I and let r approach 1, we obtain the inequality
1+1CIM
If.(C)I<el-ICI
This inequality shows that the functions ff (C) are uniformly bounded inside the
disk ICI < 1. Let us suppose now that they do not converge throughout ICI < 1.
Then, just as in the proof of Vitali's theorem (§2 of Chapter I), they contain two
subsequences) &,k(C)1 and for k = 1, 2, .. that converge in ICI < 1 to
distinct functions that are regular in that disk. By hypothesis, the sequence of
the differences fk (0 = f° 'k (0 - fn"k (0 converges on the set E to zero and it
converges in ICI < 1 to a function q (c) A 0. Furthermore, since 2)
1) This theorem was proved by Hincin [1924] for uniformly bounded functions and
later generalized by Ostrowski.
2)This is true because, for arbitrary positive numbers a1 and a2,
log (a, + a2) C log (2 max ak) = max log (2ak) <C max (log a,, + log 2).
k=1, 2 *=- 1. 2 k-t, 2
E log a, } log a9 ± log 2.
398 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
On the basis of Fatou's lemma, we conclude from this, in particular, that 0(c) C
Let us now apply inequality (9) to the functions 0n(C). Since for arbitrary real a
we have a= 2a - l a 1, it follows that, for l l < r,
2n S
0
be bounded for 0 < r < 1. [We point out that, in accordance with Jensen's formula,
the integral (11) is a nondecreasing function of r for 0 < r < 1.1
Proof. First of all, let us show that the condition in the theorem is a neces-
sary and sufficient condition for the function f(C) to have a representation in
ICI < 1 of the form
(12)
where b is gular in I [; I < 1 and I b ([;) < 1 in I [; I < 1 ana where h ([;) is
regular and has no zeros in ICI < 1. In accordance with formula (5), we have in
the disk ICI < 1
f(C)_ r"Pr (C) hr (C),
2c
1 S log l 1tr ) I - +t de
hr(C)=e.
°
Moreover, in the disk II < r we have: r is regular and < 1, and also
hr(C) is regular and hr(C) 0. Let (rk1, for k = 1, denote a sequence of
functions in the interval 0 < rk < 1 that approaches 1 as k - 00. Then, the se-
quence (crk (C)( contains a subsequence that converges uniformly in the disk
C1 < 1 to a regular function O (C). Here, either 0(0) = 0, in which case O (C)
0 in I I < 1, or 0 (0) 0. In the first case, the corresponding subsequence of
the functions hr k (C) approaches 00 in I I < 1 and, in particular, at C= 0, which
means that the integral (11) is not bounded for 0 < r < 1. In the second case, on
the other hand, this same sequence converges to a regular function with no zeros
in ICI < 1, and then the integral (11) is bounded for 0 < r < 1.
400 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
This shows that, if the integral (11) is bounded, we have in ICI < 1 the re-
quired representation (12) (where b (C) = C m.0 (0).
Conversely, if (12) holds, then, for 0 < r < 1,
2: 29 2:
f(C) = b
in ICI < 1, where the function h(C) is regular in ICI < 1 and has no zeros in
that disk. To prove the sufficiency of the condition in the theorem, it remains, as
before, to prove that the bounded function O (C) has a Blaschke function.
If the function q(C) j 0 is regular in ICI < 1 and Io(C)( < 1 in ICI < 1,
then when O(C) has only finitely many zeros in that disk, the representation (12)
is immediately obtained with
C_-Ck
b(C)=LmJT
1 .- CkC '
where the product is over all the zeros of the function O(C) in 1Cl < 1. On the
other hand, if there are infinitely many zeros, Cl' C2, , indexed in such a way
in ICI < 1.
Now, the sequence Ibn (C)( contains a subsequence that converges in ICI < 1
to a regular function b (C) / 0 that has the same zeros as and satisfies in
ICI < 1 the inequalities
§3. LIMITING VALUES OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 401
\ 1, then, by §2
2a
(eit) I
g (re") I 2a Ig P (r, t- 0) dt.
0
But the sequence Ibn(J)I converges uniformly on ICI = r, where 0 < r < 1, to
b(J). Therefore, if we take the limit under the integral sign in (15) as r
we obtain
2x
0
that is,
2,c
S(1-Ib(e`')I)dt0. (16)
0
But it follows from the inequality I b (t) < 1 in ICI < 1 that I b (ei0 )I < 1 almost
402 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
everywhere on the circle ICI 1. This, together with (16) shows that Ib(eit)I = 1
almost everywhere on ICI = 1. This completes the proof of the theorem. In particu-
lar, since the boundedness of the integral (2) in 0 < r < 1 implies boundedness of
the integral (11), we obtain
Corollary I. Every function f(t;) 10 belonging to the class N has a Blaschke
function.
§4. Boundary properties of functions in the class HP
Now, let us denote by HP, for p > 0, the class of functions f(C) that are
regular in ICI < 1 and have the property that the integral
2
S If(re'e)Ipd9 (1)
0
1) F. Riesz [1923].
§4. BOUNDARY PROPERTIES OF FUNCTIONS IN CLASS Hp 403
where bP(C) is its Blaschke function and hP(C) 0 in ICI < I. The function
[hP(t;)]P is regular in ICI < 1. Consequently, from Poisson's formula applied to
this function,-we have in ICI < 1
2x
fp(0I < hP(t )I in ICI < 1 and I fP(t)I = I hp(C)I on ICI = 1. Consequently, in
accordance with (3), we have a fortiori
2x 2%
S If (rpe") I P dA - S I f (pets)
IP dA,
0 0
which is now proved, for arbitrary r and p in 0 < r < 1. If we now replace r with
p'/p, where p' < p, we obtain an inequality proving that the integral (1) is non-
decreasing in 0 < r < 1.
Turning now to the proof of the theorem, we note that, in accordance with §3,
the representation (2) holds in the disk ICI < 1 with the function h(C), which is
regular and has no zeros in ICI < 1. Let us show that h(C) E HP.
Suppose that the least upper bound of the integrals (1) in the interval 0 < r < 1
is equal to M.
Let us denote by bn([;) the product of the first n factors in the representa-
tion (13) of §3 of the Blaschke function b(C) and, for fixed a in the interval 0 <
e < 1 and fixed n, let us choose rr > 0 such that I bn (C)I > 1 - e for It; I > 1 - rl,
which it is possible for us to do. For 1 - 77 < r < 1, we have
2x
re fP M
(4)
b(((ee )j dOc(1-r)P
But since this integral is a nondecreasing function of r in the interval 0 < r < 1,
inequality (4) also holds for 0 < r < 1 - 77, that is, throughout the entire interval
0 < r < 1. If we fix r and let n approach oc, we obtain, remembering the arbitrari-
ness of e > 0, the result that, in 0 < r < 1,
404 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
2x
S Ih(rera)IPdO<M.
0
This proves that h (C) C Hp and, in fact, that the least upper bounds of the inte-
grals (1) for f(C) and h(C) in the interval 0 < r < 1 are equal. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 2. 2) If f(C) E Hp, where p > 0, we have
2a 2x
and
2+c
f(e'e) IP d0 = 0.
lim S I f (rere) - (6)
r_1 0
so that
21; 21t
S
I h(re") I"dO<S I h(e")IPdt. (8)
0 0
But since If(C)I < Ih(C)I in ICI < 1 and I f(O = I h(C)I almost everywhere on
ICI = 1, we obtain from (8), for 0 < r < 1,
1) F. Riesz [1923].
§4. BOUNDARY PROPERTIES OF FUNCTIONS IN CLASS HP 405
2x .2%
[The existence of the limit on the left follows from the monotonicity of the integral
(1).]
On the other hand, by applying Fatou's lemma to the integral on the left in (8),
we obtain the opposite inequality. Therefore, equation (5) holds.
To pr\ ove (6), let c denote any positive number. Then, let us choose 8 > 0,
such that, or any set e with mes e < S we have fe I f(eee)I P dO < e in the interval
(0, 2a). Sine I f(reee)I -- I f(eie)I almost everywhere in (0, 2a) as r--+ 1, by
taking an arbi y sequence of numbers r n < 1 that approaches 1 as n c, we
conclude on the basis of Egorov's theorem that there exists in (0, 20 a set el
such that mes eI < 8 and I f(rn eoe)I -' If(ei9)I uniformly outside e1 as n -
Therefore, if we denote the complement to e 1 with respect to (0, 20 by E, we
have
But the right-hand member of (12) is less than E. Therefore, there exists a
positive number N such that fe 1 I f (rnefe)I P dO < e for n > N. Now, let us choose
N sufficiently great that we also have the inequality I f(rne`0) - f(eie)I P <e on E
whenever n > N. Then, since
Ia-bl"C(Ia(+IbI)P=(max(2Iai, 2Ib1))P
=2amax(1aIP, IbIP)C2P(IaIP+IbIP), (12)
for arbitrary complex numbers a and b, we have
2%
S If (r.ere) -f (e") I P dO c S I f (rnete)
E
- f(eie)1P dO
Proof. If f (C) can be represented in the disk ICJ < 1 by the formula
2x
that is f(t) E H1
Conversely, if f (C) E H I, then, for. 0 < r < p < 1, we have
2x
-
211
f (Tets)
1
f (vtt) P (r, t - 0) dt
2%
1) Fihtengol'c [1929].
§4. BOUNDARY PROPERTIES OF FUNCTIONS IN CLASS HP 407
But in the first of the integrals on the right, the Poisson kernel is, for fixed
r in 0 < r < 1, bounded as p -+ 1. Therefore, in accordance with (6) with p = 1,
we conclude that this integral approaches zero as p -, I. Furthermore, in the
second of the integrals on the right, the integrand approaches zero almost every-
where in (0, 27r) and at the same time it does not exceed the function M if (e`B) I
for some finite M independent of p. Therefore, we can take the limit under the in-
tegral sign in this integral as p -p 1. This means that it approaches zero as
p -p 1. We conclude from inequality (14) that its left-hand member, being indepen-
dent of p, is egdal to zero and this yields formula (13). This completes the proof
of the theorem.
Theorem 4. Ii If f (t;') C HP, where p > 0 and if I f(e`9)I < M almost every-
where on ICI = 1, then I f(t;')I < M in ICI < 1. Furthermore, if f(C) C H , where
P
p > 0, and if f(e`0) C LQ, where q > p, then f(C) E H 4.
Proof. If f(C) C HP, where p > 0, then, in the representation (2), we have
h(C) C HP. Consequently, Poisson's formula (13)
2s
a S
2x
dt)919,
1) V. I. Smirnov [1929].
408 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
that is,
2n
This proves that f (C) E H.. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 5. 1)1f the function f(C) is regular in the disk ICI < 1 and if
f(re`B) --y f(ei0) almost everywhere on the circle ICI = 1 as r- 1 and if
f(e`9) E L in (0, 2n), then, for Cauchy's formula
f(C)=2ai
1
2s
f (elf) it
to hold in the disk ICI < 1, it is necessary and sufficient that f(C) EH1. Further-
more, for an arbitrary function f(C) E H1, Cauchy's theorem
2
f(elf)dett=0 (16)
S
0
holds.
Proof. If f(C) E H1, then the proof of formulas (15) and (16) is the same as
the proof of formula (13).
Suppose, conversely, that formula (15) holds for the function f(t;') in ICI < 1.
The integral on the right can be regarded as a linear combination of four Cauchy
integrals of the form
2n
I y (t) dt (17)
tai . elf G'
0
where 9(t) is a real nonnegative function in (0, 2a). Now, if we denote by F(C)
the integral (17), we have
I
2n
1- r cos (t - e)
OR (F (C)) = 2a p (t) I- 2r cos (t - 9) + r3 dt: 0, C - retO.
in I C I < I. If we rule out the case F(C) = 0 (when what we are trying to prove is
obvious), we have 92(F([;)) > 0 in ICI < I. Therefore, if F(C) = Rethen
101 < tr/2 in ICI < 1. Now, suppose that 0 < p < 1. If we set u,(r, 0) =R([f(,'')1 )=
RP cos pb, we have u. (r, 0) > 0 in ICI < 1. Therefore
RP = uD (r, e)
cospO
C u. (r, e)
cosp
2
If we integrate this over the circle ICI = r, for 0 < r < 1, we have
2z 4,r
and, consequently,
2%
If we integrate (2) by parts, we see that the function i J'(c) can be represented
in ICI < 1 by a Poisson integral. Consequently, iJf'(J) CHI; that is, f'(OEH,.
Conversely, let f' (C-) denote a member of H 1 Then, the function icf ' (0
can be represented in ICI < 1 in terms of its limiting values ie`Bf'(e''B) bymeans
of Poisson's integral:
2n
le1e f
(eat)P(r,t-0)dt. (3)
The function
t
(4)
0
that is,
elf (reie) =d 2:
where c (r) depends only on r. But c (r), being the difference between two func-
tions that are harmonic in ICI < 1, is itself a harmonic function. Since
d'c (r) 1 do (r)
Ac()
r dr' +r dr '
we easily obtain the result that c (r) = alog r + b, where a and b are constants.
Since c(r) is continuous at r = 0, it follows that a = 0 and hence c(r) = coast=c.
Thus, in I C I < 1,
§5. FUNCTIONS CONTINUOUS ON A CLOSED DISK 411
2x 2x
that is, the function f(C) can be represented in the disk ICI < 1 by means of a
Poisson integral of an absolutely continuous function. Consequently, it is continu-
ous in the disk ICI < 1 and it is absolutely continuous on the circle ICI = 1.
Obviously, f(e`t) = g(t) + c and equation (5) becomes Poisson's formula (1).
Furthermore, it follows from (1) that lim,. ,1(df(re`B)/dB) = ie`Bf'(e`B) almost
everywhere on ICI = 1. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 2. If a function f(C) is regular in the open disk ICI < 1 and continu-
ous on the closed disk ICI < 1 and if it is a function of bounded variation on the
circle ICI = 1 (that is, if the real and imaginary parts of the function f(C) are
functions of bounded variation on that circle), then f(C) is absolutely continuous
on the circle ICI = 1.
Proof. Since f(C) can be represented in ICI < 1 in accordance with formula
(1), we find, just as at the beginning of the proof of Theorem 1, that the real and
imaginary parts of the function if'() can be represented in C1 < 1 by means
of a Poisson-Stieltjes integral and, consequently, f'() E H 1. It follows on the
basis of Theorem 1 that f(C) is absolutely continuous on the circle ICI = 1.
Theorem 3 (Hardy-Littliewood). For a function f(C) that is regular in the
open disk It;'I < 1 to be continuous on the closed disk It;'I < 1 and to satisfy a
Lipschitz condition
f(ete) -f I c K I 0 - 8' I°`, a 1, (6)
2" tr
f(L)--2a fe it dt'
29 2a
1 f (eet) eit f(elt) -f(ell)
f (0=2n S
e(" - C)a dt = 2n -(ell- 2 e tt dt,
where C = re". Consequently,
2+c .1 .0 it
f(C)I 2a
I
7t
Therefore, on the basis of what was said above and also inequality (6),
m
k i p la d4 kyad
If (C) I -- 2n
(1-r)2+4y,2 n J (1- r)'+: 4r
1P'
it 0
l+a
00
kna r 2 ylld_
r)I-a . 1 +'P'
0
This shows that inequality (7) holds in 1/2 < ICI < I for suitable finite M inde-
pendent of r. If we take M greater than the least upper bound of the quantity
(1 - r)1-aI f'(C)I in ICI < 1/2, then (7) will hold in ICI < 1.
Conversely, suppose that inequality (7) is satisfied in the disk ICI < 1. Then,
the integral fQ f'(re`B)dr converges for every 0 and hence, the limit f(e`o) =
limr,1 f(re°B) exists fo? every 0. Furthermore, if we integrate (7) with respect
to r from 0 to r, where 0 < r < 1, we see that f(C) is bounded in ICI < 1 and,
consequently, can be represented by means of a Poisson integral in terms of its
limiting values f(e`0). Let us show that (6) holds. It will then follow by virtue
of §1 that f(C) is continuous on the closed disk ICI < 1. Obviously, it will be
sufficient to prove (6) for 10 - 0' I < I. We have
f(ete)- f(ell')=Sf'(C)dC,
where we take for 1 a curve consisting of the radial segments (e`0, hei0) and
(e`e0, he`e) and the arcs (he`0, he`0) on ICI = h, where h = 1 In
this case, we have
§5. FUNCTIONS CONTINUOUS ON A CLOSED DISK 413
1 8'
I f(ete)-f(eie')J
SIf'(1ete)I dr+I ShIf'(he")Idt
I 1 e,
Mdr
+ I f (re"') I dr < 2 (1- r)'- + (1-
Mh
by-a dt
ll
-M (1-h) hI8-8'I
-M ( 2
h )I 8-9`
1
2
a + (1-h)1^a)- I'
that is (6) with k = M(2/a + 1). This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 4 (Hardy-Littlewood). If a function f(C) that is regular in the open
disk It,'I < 1, is continuous on the closed disk ICI < 1, and satisfies a Lipschitz
condition
f(e,e)_ (8)
if(t)-f(c')I<KIC-C'Ia (9)
for arbitrary points re`e' re`B , r'e`B in the disk ICI < 1. To prove (10), we may
assume that 10 - 0'I < n. Now, the function 95e' t3 (t; )= (f (t; e`0) - f (t e `8')) / C is
regular in I C I < 1 and continuous on the closed disk I C I < 1. Therefore, the max-
imum of its absolute value on the closed disk ICI < 1 does not exceed the maximum
of the quantity I f(e°(t+0) - f(e`(t+e' )I in [0, 2n). In accordance with (8), this
maximum is no greater than k 10 - 0'I a Consequently,
But
a e f sin
9 26
=-4I
ere - eie'I'
2 2
414 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
(reiB)-f(re°)I<_M
t (I - t)a rlr
a
<M (1-r')a
a
M
CQ li-rla.
In both cases, we have obtained (11) for suitable K. This completes the proof of
the theorem.
Theorem 5. 1) if a function f(C) = u(r, 0) + iv(r, 0) is the open
disk ICI < 1 and if u(r, 0) is continuous on the closed disk 1 and satis-
fies the Lipschitz condition
0<a<1, (13)
on the circle ICI = 1, then f(C) satisfies a complex Lipschitz condition on the
closed disk ICI < I.
Proof. Since f(C) can be represented in the open disk ICI < 1 in accordance
with the Schwarz formula
2x
it follows that
2x 2x
f (C) = 2 1
(e"- C), dt ==u (t)7- u(p(8)a rr dt.
2u (t) eir 1
1) Privalov [1919].
§5. FUNCTIONS CONTINUOUS ON A CLOSED DISK 415
in I CI < 1; that is, f (c) satisfies the condition of Theorem 3. But then, in accord-
ance with Theorems 3 and 4, it follows that equation (14) holds. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 6. If a function f(C) = u(r, 0) + iv(r, 0) is regular in the open disk
ICI < 1 and u(r, 0) is continuous on the closed disk 1 and satisfies on the
circle ICI = 1 the condition
2 a (t) 2 a (t)
If(C)Ic a -reteIdt+M 1-rett1dt+Mt,
where M1 is also a constant. If we replace the absolute value in the denominator
of the integral on the right with its imaginary part and use the inequality sin t >
(2/7r)t, we obtain
x It
2 2
1)Smirnov [19321.
416 IX. BOUNDARY PROBLEMS FOR ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
trigonometric polynomial
m
s (9) = as + Z (an cos nO + bn sin nO ,
n=l
such that Iu(6) - s(O)I < E in the interval (0, 27r).
If we set
in
p (C) = as + Ej (an -1bn) Cn
n-1
(so that 92(p(e`0)) = s(0)) and 0(e) = f(C) - p(C), we have, for 0 < r < 1,
(tC = e1Pp (0).
'S
ta
I t l=r
e1Pv
Therefore, since
Inequality (16) has been proved for all r in the interval 0 < r < 1. This means
that e`O(C) E H If we now keep in mind the fact that the function a-`P (C) is
bounded in IcI < 1, we obtain the result that e`f(C) E HP also. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
CHAPTER X
remains bounded. The least upper bound of these sums out of all possible com-
binations of values t2, ... , t is called the length of the curve C. It is obvious
from the definition that a necessary and sufficient condition for a Jordan curve C
to be rectifiable is that the functions x (t) and y (t) be of bounded variation in
(a, b). Furthermore, it is obvious that, if. the curve C is rectifiable, any arc of it
is also rectifiable. We denote the length of an arc z = z (t) for a < t < t ', which
is a function of t ', by s (t '). Let us prove the following lemma regarding s(t).
Lemma. If x(t) and y(t) are absolutely continuous in (a, b), then
s(t)=S z'(r)Idwr, act-< b. (1)
a
417
418 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
Proof. Suppose that a < t < b and that a = t 1 < t 2 < . . . < 1, + 1 = t. Then, the
function
Pk('0=1z('t)-z(tk)I=V(x(T)-x(tk))9+(y(T)-y(tk))'
(for k = 1, , n) is absolutely continuous in (a, b) because the absolute value
of the difference between its values at any two points of the interval (a,1b) does
not exceed the sum of the absolute values of the corresponding differeces between
functions x(t) and y(t). Consequently, Ok(r) has a derivative almost everywhere
in (a, b) and
(x (T) - X (tk)) X' (T) + (y -y (tk)) y' (1)
(X (T) - .r (tk))' + (y (ti) -y (tk))
(X (T) - X (tk))2 + (y (I) -y (tk))' (,)'+y (T)9
Y (X ('t) - X (tk))' + (Y (T) -Y (tk))'
= I Z' (T) I
IIfk(T)IC S Iz,(T)Idt.
tk
In particular, for r = tk + 1,
tk+1
Therefore
s(t)GSIz'(T)Idt. (2)
it follows that
But at points at which all the derivatives s'(r), x'(r), and y '(r) exist, we have
As AX, + Ay,
s' (T) = lira Jim = x' (T)9 +y' (T)a = z' (T) I,
c'C-.o AT c-C-.o A%,
(T)IdT. (3)
a
Inequalities (2) and (3) lead to equation (1). This completes the proof of the lemma.
Suppose now that a finite simply connected domain B in the z-plane is
bounded by a rectifiable closed Jordan curve C. Suppose that a function 6 = X(z)
maps the domain B conformally onto the disk ICI < 1. Let z = &)(0 denote the
inverse function. In accordance with Theorem 4 of §3 of Chapter II, the function
X(z) is continuous on B and the function co(O is continuous on ICI < 1. Also,
the curve C can be represented parametrically in the form z = cu(ett) for 0 <t <
2n. Since C is rectifiable, the function t1)(e`t) is of bounded variation in (0, 27r).
In accordance with Theorems 1 and 2 of §5 of Chapter IX and the lemma just
proved we immediately obtain
Theorem 1. If a function z = a is regular in ICI < I and maps that disk
univalently onto a finite domain B that is bounded by a rectifiable closed Jordan
curve C, then the following hold:
1) &)(C) is continuous in the closed disk < 1 and is absolutely con-
tinuous on the circle
2) E H 1;
3) dtj(e`t)/dt = iett&)'(e`t) almost everywhere on the circle
4) the length s(t', t ") of the arc z = a )(e") for t' < t < t " is given by the
formula
ti,
s (r, r = S IW
(ett) dt. (3 ')
N
But meEz does not depend on a and the last integral can be arbitrarily small for
sufficiently small c. Consequently, me E. = mes Ez = 0.
2. Before proving the converse, we make the following remark: Since
&)'(0 0 almost everywhere on ICI = 1, the measure of the set E(Ij S(C)I <
of points on CI = 1 at which < e approaches zero as c - 0, it follows
that when we set mes E (Icj'(C)I < E) = S(c), we have the limit relation S(e) - 0
as c--b 0. Therefore, if E is a measurable set on the circle ICI = 1 such that
1. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 421
S w (e``)ldt<e,
then
; (err) dt >,- I a (e'`) I dt
e5
(mes E
so that
mesE<V +8( )=ry(e).
This shows that mes E can be made arbitrarily small by making a sufficiently
small and >f(E) depends only on e.
Now, let EZ denote a set of points on C such that mes EZ = 0. Let E.
denote the set of points on JC = 1 corresponding to it. For given e> 0, there
exists on C an open set OZ containing EZ such that mes OZ < e. In accordance
with the remark just made, we have mes 0 < ri(e), and consequently, meEz < rj(E)
But me E does not depend on c and q (c) - 0 as t -- 0. Therefore, me E _
mes E = 0.
3. To prove that corresponding to a set of positive measure on JCJ = 1 there
is always a measurable set of positive measure on C, we note that, if E is a
measurable set on 1 and mes E t > 0, then on I I = 1 there are closed sets
G (k), for k = 1, 2, , such that G(") C E. and mes G (k) -s mes E t. Let us
define G t= U k 1 GC Then, G C C E and mes G t> mes G (k), for k 1, 2,
so that mes G C = mes E,. Consequently, the set N = E - G t is a set of measure
zero on ICI = 1, and we have therefore represented E as the union of the set
N of measure 0 and the closed sets G (k), for k = 1, 2,
C
But corresponding
to the set N t is the set NZ of measure zero on C and, obviously, corresponding
to the sets Gk) are the closed sets G=k) on C. Consequently, the set E. corre-
sponding on C to the set E, is the set NZ U Uk 1Gik), which is a measurable
set. Its measure is positive because otherwise, E t would, from what we have
proved, be of measure zero. In an analogous way, we can show that corresponding
to a set of positive measure on C is a measurable set of positive measure on
ICI = 1. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Remark. It follows from part 2 of the proof of Theorem 2 that a function _
).(z) that maps the domain B onto the disk JC1 < 1 is absolutely continuous on
422 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
Since the derivative dw(e`t)/dt exists and is equal to zero almost everywhere
on the circle CI = 1, there exists almost everywhere on C a unique tangent such
that in a neighborhood of a point of tangency, the curve C lies on both sides of
the normal to C at that point. Let us show that angles are preserved at all points
on ICI = 1 that are mapped into points of the curve C with this property. Let 4U
denote one of these points on ICI = 1 and let zo denote the point on C corre-
sponding to it. Then, every branch of the, function
is continuous in the closed disk ICI < 1 except at the point Co. But since the
curve C has a tangent with the property described at the point zo, the function
u (C, CO) approaches a definite limit a as C approaches Co along the circle
ICI = 1 (this value being the same for approach from the two sides). We take this
limit as the value of is (C, C.) at the point Co. Obviously, the oscillation of the
function is (C, CO) in the portion of the disk ICI < 1 contained in a sufficiently
small neighborhood of the point Co is less than 3n. This shows that the function
u(C, CO) is a bounded harmonic function in ICI < 1 and it can be represented in
that disk in terms of its values on the circle ICI = 1 in accordance with Poisson's
formula. These values define a continuous function on ICI = 1. Consequently, the
function u (C, CO) is continuous on the closed disk ICI < 1 including the point
C., where it is equal to a.
Now, consider an arbitrary curve A lying in the disk ICI < 1 with endpoint
Co, and let l denote the corresponding curve in the domain B. Since u (C, CO) -- a
as C, t through values belonging to the disk ICI < 1, if the curve A has a
definite tangent at the point Co, the curve l will have a definite tangent at the
§1. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 423
point z0 and vice versa. Also, if these curves have tangents at the points indicated,
a will be the angle of rotation of the tangent in the transition from the curve A to
the curve 1. Since this angle of rotation is the same for all pairs of curves A and
1, this is equivalent to conservation of angles at the point Co in the shift from the
disk ICI < 1 to the closed domain 8 or the other way around. This completes the
proof of the theorem.
Let us now look at the question of the correspondence of boundaries under
conformal mapping of domains bounded by smooth Jordan curves. By a smooth
Jordan curve C: z = z(t), where a < t < b, we mean a curve possessing at every
point a tangent that rotates continuously as z moves along C, that is, a curve
for which the angle 0(z) of inclination of its tangent to the real axis is a con-
tinuous function of the point of tangency. In the case of a closed curve, we must
also have 0(z(b)) = 0(z(a)) + 21r. Obviously, a smooth curve is a rectifiable curve.
Therefore, 0(z) can also be regarded as a function of the arclength s on C:
0 = 0(s).
We now have
Theorem 4.1) Let z = a) (4) denote a function that is regular in the disk
< 1 and that maps that disk univalently onto a domain B bounded by a smooth
closed Jordan curve C. Let L'= a. (z) denote its inverse. Then arg &)%) is a
continuous function in the closed disk ICI < 1 and arg a.'(z) is a continuous func-
tion in the closed domain B. Furthermore, on the circle ICI = 1,
argni (()=9(Q-argC- 2. (4)
1) Lindelof [1916].
424 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
u (G i) = arg Celt
-C (C) ,
which is, for arbitrary fixed r> 0, a harmonic function in the closed disk Icl < 1.
We assert that there exists a finite constant K such that lu (C, r)I < K for all C
in the closed disk ICI < 1 and all r in the interval 0 < r < n. If this were not the
case, there would be a sequence for n = 1, 2, , such that Mn =
max 1 CIS1 lu (C, as n -, oc. Obviously, r, -4 0 as n --, oc. Furthermore,
we can, by shifting to a subsequence of the arcs r, if necessary, arrange to have
the sequence 1 ,1 of points on i C 1= 1 at which lu (t,,, m converge to a
point Co on the circle ICI = 1. But because of the smoothness of C, the sequence
of the values is ((, converges to the angle formed by the tangent to C at the
point zo = w(Co) and the tangent to the circle I = 1 at the point Co. This con-
tradiction proves the assertion made.
Now let a= e4 denote an arbitrary point on the circle I = 1 and let 0
denote the angle between the tangent to C at the point a = w(a) and the tangent
to the circle I C I = 1 at the point a. Then, for given e > 0, there exist q > 0 and
S > 0 such that, for Irl < 8, we have
lu(C T)-?I< a
on an arc of length q containing points on each side of a.
Let us show that this inequality also holds in that portion A of some
neighborhood of the point a that lies in the disk C1 < I. If we set
U r) r 0 and I k I< 1 in accordance with Poisson's
formula
2n
U (G r) = 2L U (e "t, r) P (r, t - B) dt
V a
where C= reie and I is the portion of the circle ICI = 1 complementary to the
arc (>/i - q , t/i + t?). Therefore,
U (C, r) l 47C
P (r, t - O) dt +
4-17
§1. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 425
But this last integral converges uniformly to zero as a through values in the
disk ICI < 1. Consequently, there exists an nl > 0 such that the inequality
IC- aI < rll, where ICI < 1, implies I NC, r)l < t, that is Iu (c., r) - 01 < t for all
r such that Irl < S. Then, for CC A, where A is the portion of a neighborhood of
the point a mentioned above, we have the limit relation u (C, r) ..._, arg to '(c) as
r -- 0. Therefore in A,
Iargw (C)-pI<e.
This shows that arg a)' (C) is continuous in the closed disk ICI < 1 if we define
this function at the points a such that IaI = 1 as being equal to the angle that
we have been considering.
The continuity of arg X'(z) in 9 now follows from the fact that X'(z) _
1/w'(c). Since 0 = B(s) - Vi - n/2, formula (4) also follows from what we have
shown. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 5. Under the conditions of Theorem 4, we have log w%) C H1 and
w'(0 C Hp for all p > 0.
Proof. From the inequality between the arithmetic and geometric means, we
have, for 0 < r < 1,
I
2% n zni
2n 1 log I w' (re1t) I dt - lim t log l w' (re n k) I
b n.oo n 1
n d k
lim log I w (re n )I
n-ao k- 1
1
n 2at 2cn
k
imo log log
I w' (Ten 2a } I w (re`t) I dt.
1
n (4 ')
n
S
I arg w' (re`°) I d6
0
426 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
is, by Theorem 4, bounded in the interval 0 < r < 1, it follows that log co' (i) E H I.
The second assertion of the theorem follows from Theorem 7 of § 5, Chapter IX as-
applied to the function u(p, 0) = arg co'(re`e), which, in accordance with Theorem
4, is continuous in the closed disk This completes the proof of the
theorem.
Theorem 6 (Kellogg). Let z = to(G) denote a function that is regular in the
disk JAI < 1 and maps that disk univalently onto a domain B bounded by a smooth
closed Jordan curve C. Suppose that the angle of inclination 0(s) of the tangent
to C as a function of the arclength s on C satisfies the Lipschitz condition
Ja, O<a<l, k-const, (5)
Then, to'(C) is continuous on the disk JCJ < 1 and the following Lipschitz con-
ditions
(6)
log w' (ete) - log w (7)
(ei0') I k2 l 0 - 0' Ja
so that
largw (S)-0(S) -I-- le-e'I
k9 Is-s'I2 f I0-0'1<k910-0'la/2.
It follows on the basis of Theorem 5 of § 5, Chapter IX, that log c,'() and
hence to'(c) are continuous functions in the closed disk ICI < 1. But then,
e
and, consequently,
§ 1. CORRESPONDENCE OF BOUNDARIES 427
k-1
ft L n _1=kMIW-w'I.
k®1
nl
(Ae`Bi)
If we apply this to w = log w'(e'e) and w'= log and use (7), we obtain
This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 7.1) Let z = to(C) denote a function that is regular in ICI < 1 that
maps that disk univalently onto a domain B bounded by a smooth Jordan curve C
such that the angle of inclination O() of its tangent to the real axis, considered
as a function of arclength on C, is an absolutely continuous function and
9'(s) E LP, where p > 1. Then cj"(C) E Hp.
Proof. From the condition of the theorem, we find, by using H61der's inequality
s
le(s)-0(s)I=S0'(s)ds<(S0'(s)pds) 9(Sds)iiQMIs-s 111q,
s'
where 1/p + 1/q = 1. From this we conclude, by Theorem 6 (with a= 1/q), that
co'(0 is a continuous function on the closed disk ICI < 1. Since
dO (s)
dA
- d9 (s) I w (e;8) I,
ds 1
so that ! (ec0to "(e`B)/w'(e`°)) E L". It now follows from the representation of the
function by means of Poisson's integral that
1) Smirnov [1932].
428 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
Cam, (C)
E hp
Proof. Let us consider first the case in which B is the disk Iz I < 1. About
every point z0 E E, let us construct a right angle with vertex at z0, with rays
directed into IzI < 1, and with bisector directed along the radius to z = 0. Let
us cut from this angle sectors S('), for n = 1, 2, , of radii 1/n. Consider a
0
sequence of functions fn(z), for n = 1, 2, , that are measurable 2) on E.
1) Privalov [1919].
2) The measurability of fn(z) follows from the fact that we can regard fn(z) as the
limit of a sequence of functions fn,r(z) constructed in the same way but issuing not from
sectors but from the parts of them lying in Iz I < r as r ---' 1. The functions fn r(z) are,
for r sufficiently close to unity, defined and continuous on E.
§2 PRIVALOV'S UNIQUENESS THEOREM 429
1) Privalov [1919].
430 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
Proof. As above, it will be sufficient to prove the theorem for the case of the
disk IzI < 1. Let us suppose that a function, f (z) having the properties mentioned
in the theorem does exist. We follow the same reasoning as above except that now'
we define the functions frt(z) on E according to the formula fn(z) = mins(,)If (z)I,
and we apply.Egorov's theorem to the functions On(z) = 1/(1 + &W). As a result,
we can show that the function f (z) is regular in the domain B 1 (cf. preceding
proof) and approaches - on a set P of positive measure contained in the bound-
ary B 1. But the function f (z) has only a finite number of zeros in B 1. This is
true because otherwise, these zeros would have a cluster point which must lie on
IzI = 1 and the only boundary points of the domain BI on IzI =4 are points of
the set P such that f (z) -' 00 as z approaches them from inside B 1.
We denote by p (z) a polynomial having the same zeros in B 1 as f (z) has.
Then, the function p(z)/f (z) is regular and bounded in B 1 and it has limiting
values equal to zero on the set P. But (cf. again proof of Theorem 1) this func-
tion would then have to be the function identically equal to the zero in B 1 but in
the case that we are considering it does not have any zeros at all in B 1. This
contradiction proves the theorem.
As a direct consequence of Theorems 1 and 2, we have
Theorem 3. If two functions that are regular in a domain B bounded by a
rectifiable closed Jordan curve on some set of positive measure on the boundary
have equal values along nontangential arcs, they are identically equal in B.
f V(8)) a ds S) ds'
exists.
Now consider the Cauchy integral
(1)
as c ---p 0, if this limit exists, is called Cauchy's singular integral, and this is
what we shall mean by the integral (1) when z = zo.
The following theorem 1) establishes a relationship between the limiting
values of the integral (1) as z approaches points on C and the existence of the
singular integral (2).
'Theorem 1. If Cauchy's integral (1) has almost everywhere on C definite
limiting values along all nontangential paths lying on one side of C, then
Cauchy's singular integral (2) exists almost everywhere on C and limiting values
of the integral (1) along nontangential paths lying on the other side of C also
exist almost everywhere on C. Conversely, if Cauchy's singular integral (2)
exists almost everywhere on C, then definite limiting values of Cauchy's integral
(1) along all nontangential paths on each side of C exist almost everywhere on
C. Here, in both cases the formula
urn
u
z z) dz = z (Z
zo
dz' ± if (zo) (3)
1) Privalov [1919].
432 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
holds almost everywhere on C. In this formula, the limit in the left-hand member
is understood to mean a limit along nontangential paths. In the right-hand\,,member,
the positive sign is taken when the nontangential path lies to the left of tie
tangent to C directed in the direction of the integration; the negative sign is
taken when the path lies to the right of that tangent.
Proof. It will be sufficient to prove that the difference
F
(z,
x°)_- etc' aicp (a) do
((1+m)a-aie'+) (1+m)a +
q (a) do
(1+m)a-iee'V' (6)
S
We require also that the point z0 be such that urn. 0c(a)/a= 0, where
a
Let us show that almost all points on C satisfy this requirement. Consider the
set (r 1, r2, 1 of all points in the plane with rational coordinates. Note that,
434 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
for almost all s in 0 < s < S. Therefore, if Ek is the set of points in the interval
0 < s < S at which the above assertion does not hold or at which f(z '(s)) = oo,
then mes Ek = 0.
1
If (z'(so))-rkI< a .
For a sufficiently small,
e a
+c If(z'(so))-rkIds< 2 + 2 =s.
But this means that for so outside E,
G
(a)
0 as a-.0.
Under the assumption that we have made, let us find a bound for each of the
integrals in (6). We have
(a) do do
Rr=l J (1+m)a-eiet I
a '4 (a)
C SeI (I+ m) a-ciel0'('
or, replacing the modulus in the denominator with the imaginary part,
Let us now break the first integral in (6) into three integrals over the arc Ch
and over the other two arcs, which together we denote by Ch. We have
g1Ve1cp (a) da c a cp (a) da
R9 = ICs ((1 -}- m) a - e ie (l -{- m) a [ ae'0-clI (I -,)a
.A eh
§4. CAUCHY'S FORMULA 435
or, replacing the modulus in the denominator with the real part,
R9< r 1 , f (a) I do _ a
1_ (a)
dd.
ar(cos`0-X1)(1-1j)-(cos`0-X1)(1-,) as 1
5 A
an
Integration by parts yields
t(;) L do= 11 a) I -{- 2. do
ah bah ah
max
lal<h
I (a) 13
L
h++h+ J
12
I
max
Consequently,
R9 ()
(cos o 1.1) (1- I) k I <h l as I '
Finally, we, note that the last integral approaches zero as c - 0 because we
can take the limit under the integral sign. Therefore, we conclude that none of the
limiting values of IF (z, z0')I as c --+ 0 exceed the number R(,1). But since these
limiting values are independent of 71 and since R(rl) ---+ 0 as 71 - 0, this means
that F(z, zp) -, 0 as c -+ 0, that is, as z --+ zp along the curve 1. This proves
the assertion and with it the theorem.
f(Z) = tai z (z
d z' ( 1)
has limiting values equal to f (z') along all nontangential paths in B almost
everywhere on C. Conversely, if Cauchy's integral (5) has almost everywhere-on
C limiting values equal to f (z') along all nontangential paths in B, then
0 (z) - 0 almost everywhere on C along all nontangential paths in B. Con-
sequently, by the uniqueness theorem of § 2, V,(z) e 0 in B; that is, the function
f (z) can be represented in B in accordance with Cauchy's formula (1).
Thus, the function f (z) has a representation in B by.Cauchy's formula (1) if and
only if Cauchy's integral has almost everywhere on C limiting values equal to
f (z') along all nontangential paths contained in B. But, by formula (3) of § 3
with the positive sign taken, this last will hold if and only if Cauchy's singular
integral
2ni
1 f(z),dz'
z'-zo
gal) z (z dZ
z
has almost everywhere on C limiting values equal to zero along all paths lying
outside B. Therefore, from the theorem of §3, we conclude that Cauchy's singu-
lar integral exists almost everywhere on C and that
f (z') dz' - f (zo)
tai z' - zo 2 '
(6)
If we now set
27ti 2
or, in accordance with (6), equal to f (z a). Consequently, the function f (z)
answers the requirements of the theorem. This completes the proof of the theorem.
438 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
is bounded for 0 < r < 1 (V. I. Smirnov). By changing to the variable C in this
integral, ;e asil. see that the function f (z) belongs to the class EP if and only
if f (co '(t;) E Hp. Thus, by § 4 of Chapter IX and § 1 of the present
chapter, if the function f (z) belongs to EP, then f (z) has definite limiting values
f (z ') almost everywhere on C, over all nontangential paths; If (z ')I is summable
on C; and
limy S I}(z)Ipds` If(z')IPds. (2)
Cr C
The class EP for p > p, can also be defined in this way, but it can also be de-
fined independently of conformal mapping, namely, as the class of functions f (z)
that are regular in B and have the property that, for each of them, there exists in B
a sequence of rectifiable closed Jordan curves Cn, for n = 1, 2, , which con-
verge to C and for which the integrals
S If(z)Ids
C.
are bounded by a finite quantity independent of n. 1) Obviously, every function
f (z) E p satisfies this condition. Let us prove the converse. Suppose that, for
a function f (z) that is regular in B, there exists a sequence of curves Cn with
the property described. Let z = con(C )denote a function that maps the disk
ICI < 1 conformally onto a finite domain bounded by the curve Cn in such a way
that con (p) = w (0) and arg arg w' (0). Then, by the theorem on the con-
vergence of univalent functions, the sequence of the functions con(C), n = 1, 29 ,
converges uniformly in the interior of the disk ICI < 1 to the function w (C). Let
us set
,P (C) =f (w (C))p w' (C), T. (0 = f (w (C)) ° W. (C).
Since, for every n, the function f (wn(C)) is bounded in ICI < 1, it follows that
On(:) E HP. Therefore, for 0 <r < 1,
2x 2x
0
-S I cpn(e)IPA
0
If(z)I°dsA
CA
S tcP(reie)Ipd0 M or S If(z)Ipds<_M,
0 Cr
which proves that the function f(z) belongs to the class Ep.
f(z)-2l z'(Z
dz' (4)
1) Smirnov [1932a].
44 0 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
2n
f (w (ere)) w' (e19)
I- 1
de's
(5)
We set
When we substitute this into (5), we obtain, remembering that f (rv(C))t,j' (C) 6 HIP
2%
But, for fixed C in the disk ICI < 1, the function R(C', C) as a function of
is regular in IC'I < 1 and continuous on 10 < I. Therefore, the function
f (w(r;'))W'(C')R (C', C) is a member of H1 and consequently, by Cauchy's
theorem, the integral on the right side of (6) is equal to zero. Thus, we have
2x
1 f (w (ell)) w' (ere) Me
2x1 w (ete) - w (b -f (w (C))
If we now shift to the z-plane, we obtain Cauchy's formula (4). 1)
Now suppose, conversely, that the function f (z) has almost everywhere on C
definite limiting values f(z') along nontangential paths, that these values are
summable on C, and that Cauchy's formula (4) holds in B. Consider the integral
F_ 1 f (z') dz'
2ni X (z') - X (z)
c
We set
1 1
S f(x)z'ndz'=0, n=O 1,
C
we conclude that the integral in the right-hand member of (7) is.equal to zero. Con-
sequently, in B
1 f (z) dz' _ f (z)-
2ai X (z') - X (z) X' (z) '
that is, Cauchy's formula holds for the function f (w (C))w '(c), which is regular in
ICI < 1. Consequently, f(wC AI; that is, f (z) E EI. This completes
the proof of the theorem.
Fp(z)= rX'(z)
1X' (0) )
yin,
P>O, (1)
and only this function minimizes the integral
I=SIf(z)J'ds (2)
c
out of all functions F(z) belonging to the class EP that satisfy the condition
F (0) = 1. We shall also show that this minimum is equal to 27rw '(0).
Shifting to the disk ICI < 1, we see that the problem of minimizing the inte-
gral (2) reduces to minimizing the integral
2n 2n
f IF(w(e'))w'(efe)I1PIPds=S I f(e")I'd9 (3)
0 0
f1(C) = b (0)f (C)/b (C) E HP for which f 1(0) = w'(0)11 P and for which the,, integral
(3) is equal to the same integral for the function f (C) except that it is mdltiplied-
by Ib (o)I P, where, obviously, Ib (0)I < 1. If we now consider the function' f (C) E
HP such that f (0) = a)'(0)1/ P without zeros in ICI < 1 and if we set
f (QP/z C0 = Ui (0),
n=0
we have
2s 2s cc
Here, equality can hold only when f() = c o P = cv '(0)1" P; that is, F(z) is given
by formula (1). This was what we wished to show.
Along with all the functions F W E EP, let us now consider the set E(') of
polynomials qn(z) of degree not exceeding n such that qn(0) = 1 and let us pose
the problem of minimizing the integral (2).
Let us show that extremal polynomials exist. Suppose that the integral (2) is
equal to M for one of the polynomials qn(z) C Er"). Consider the set of all poly-
nomials q(n)(z) C E(") for which the integral (2) does not exceed M. If qn(z) is
one of these polynomials and b (C) is Blaschke's function for qn(w (J)), then
f (z) _ (qn(z)/b(x(z)))P C E1. Therefore, in accordance with Cauchy's formula,
we have
If(z)I c e If(z')Ids
and, consequently,
But the coefficients in the polynomial qn(z) do not exceed certain finite
§6. ON THE EXTREMA OF MEAN MODULT 443
d (C) = e
2a ° logy U1 lets) eie+- do (4)
that is,
2x 21;
Ix
P (r, A - y) A I cup (ete) I p de a
2a 1 I w (eie) 2
If we now expand both sides in powers of A, subtract 1 from both sides, divide
by A, and then let A approach 0, we obtain the inequality
2% 2x
Condition (6) is satisfied, for example, when C is a smooth curve because then,
by Theorem 5 of § 2, we have log tz)'(c) E H I and consequently, the function
log a,'(%) itself can be represented in C1 < 1 by Poisson's integral. It follows
from the proof of Theorem 5 of §2 that condition (6) is also satisfied in the more
general case in which arg a)'(c) is bounded in 1. This will be the case, in
particular, for starlike domains and also for domains bounded by piecewise-
smooth curves that make nonzero interior angles with each other. 1) However, there
exists an example of a rectifiable closed Jordan curve C for which condition (6)
is not satisfied.2) We shall refer to Condition (6) in connection with the curve C
as condition (S), following Smirnov.3)
We note that condition (S) is equivalent to the condition
2x
logIw'(0)I=2a log Iw (ete)Id6, (6 ') .
that is, to the condition d(o) _ ('(0). This is true because (6) is obtained from
(6) with J= 0.
To prove that (6') implies (6), we note that (6) can be written in the form
of the limiting relationship
2x 2x
log I cu' (rei°) I dO = 2x C log I w (e'e) I d9. (6 N )
lim12n
On the other hand, the inequality log x < x'/p for p > 0 implies that the integral
1) Keldys and Lavrent'ev [1937] exhibited a number of other cases in which (6) is
satisfied.
2) Keldys and Lavrent'ev [1937].
3) Smirnov [ 1928].
§6. ON THE EXTREMA OF MEAN MODULI 445
2x +
S (log I w (ret) 1)2 dO
0
is bounded for 0 < r < 1. Therefore, in accordance with the familiar test for taking
the limit under the Lebesgue integral sign, we also have
2% 2x
2a
S Ihn, d(ei0)I dO
0
2s
I hn/2 (e') d1/2 (ei°)
S I9 dt 2,m I hn. p (0) I P d (0) 2,,d (0)
0
and, consequently,
l im
n-00
It remains now to construct a polynomial q(z) E E(") for which the \alue of the
integral (2) will be arbitrarily close to 217d(0).
Since, by (5), log Id(i)I can be represented in ICI < 1 in accordance with
Poisson's formula, we have, in particular,
2a
we conclude that the function g(0) is summable in (0, 2n) and that
2n
S logg(0)de=0.
0
On the basis of this, the interval (0, 2n) contains a measurable set P on which
the functions g (0) and 1/g(6) are bounded, whereas on its complement CP,
We have
1 almost everywhere on P,
9T)
1 almost everywhere on CP.
§6. ON THE EXTREMA OF MEAN MODUCI 447
Now,
2n
(eye)IPId(ete)IdO=
S
I
g(e)Id(e+B)Ide+ Id(e`B)Ide
CP
= d(0)Ide+Id(0)I 5g(O) A
P
Furthermore,
2a
I
2xp logy (0) dB - Zip S 109 B (B) dO log 8 (b A
2a
'I(0)=e 0 =e P =e pCP
or
and furthermore,
1
Qn(0)> I + 2f
where c' and a are arbitrarily small. This completes the formula of (7), and hence
the theorem.
F2 F2 (0) 1, (1)
(z) d (x (z))
that is,
limoSIF1(z)-Pn.2(z)I9ds=0. (2)
= S
0
I Pn, 9 (w
(e'e)) I21 d (e'e) I
d6 + 2ad (0)
2n
5
I F (z) - P (z) Is ds < e.
C
5
I f (ete) - f (rete) J2 d6 = 0
iii
or r
This means that, for given e > 0, there exists an r in 0 < r < 1 such that
5IF(z)-f(rX(z))
C
X'(,&)I9ds<e.
450 X. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC INSIDE A RECTIFIABLE CONTOUR
On the other hand, we obtain from (4), by use of Cauchy's formula, the result that
litn P.(z)=
n-.oo
in B. 1) In particular, limn-+cPn(0)=
Therefore, if we set pn(z) = Pn(z)/Pn(0), pn(0) = 1, we have, in accordance
with (5),
In accordance with §6, this yields d(o) = &)'(0); that is, condition (S) is satis-
fied. This completes the proof of the theorem.
The results that we have obtained are closely connected with the theory of
orthogonal polynomials for a domain B.
By a system of orthogonal polynomials, we mean here a sequence of poly-
nomials for n = 0, 1, - , such that, for each n, K,,(z) is of degree n and
1, if m=n, (6)
SKm(z)Kn(z)ds= 01 if min.
Obviously, an arbitrary polynomial in z can be represented as a linear combina-
tion of the polynomials
Now, if F(z) E E1, then the numbers
F(z)11ds= Ck (8)
C k=1
where the ck are the Fourier coefficients for F(z).
Proof. Let p(z) denote an arbitrary nth-degree polynomial and let use
r)
P (z) _ c Kk (z). (8
k=0
For f(z)EE2,
SIF(x)-P(x)I9ds= SIF()12ds+SIP(z)I'ds
C
- 2(Ek-0 C
CkCk)=SlF(z)I9ds- E ICkI9+
k=0
E
k-0
ICk-C;12.
(10)
k=0
Proof. Since the minimum of the integral (9) out of all polynomials in z yields
a polynomial defined in accordance with formula (8) with ck = ck, for k = 0,
1, , n, it follows that, for these polynomials pn(z),
lim IF(z)-Pn(z)I9ds=0, (12)
2sg F(z)-'Pn(z)I C
From this.we conclude in accordance with (12) that pn(z) - F(z) uniformly on E.
Since pn(z) is a segment of the Fourier series (11), this proves the theorem.
In particular, if we apply Theorem 6 to the function f (z) = X '(z) and keep
in mind the fact that then
2x
LJ Wk (0) Kk (z))
k
X'(z)=2a (13)
§ 1. Gluing theorems
Gluing theorems establish the existence of analytic functions that obey
certain relationships on the boundaries of certain domains. The nature of these
relationships is clear from the statements of the theorems we now present.
Theorem 1. Suppose that a function x'= g(x) sets up a continuous one-to-one
mapping of the interval 1: - 1 < x < 1 into itself, mapping each endpoint onto
itself. Suppose also that, as a function of a complex argument, g (z) is regular
and univalent in a sufficiently narrow circular tune with vertices at the points
± 1 and containing the interval 1. Under these conditions, there exist two func-
tions w = f 1(z) and w = f2(z) that map the semidisks B 1: IzI < 1, (z) > 0, and
B2: Izl < 1, Nz) < 0, respectively onto two disjoint domains G1 and G2 obtained
from the disk JwJ < 1 by making it a smooth cut A that is analytic at all interior
points. 1) Furthermore, the mappings are such that, on 1,
454
§ 1. GLUING THEOREMS 455
B(2) in such a way that the points x and g(x) in the interval l are mapped into
the same point w of that interval (see
Figure 18). Let us now map the univalent
domain made up of the images G(1) and
C(2) of the domains B(1) and B(2) under
these mappings and of the interval l uni-
valently onto the lune Bc' U B(2) U 1 in
the w '-plane in such a way that the points
± 1 are mapped into themselves. Under
this mapping, the domains G(1) and G(2)
are mapped into domains adjacent to some
smooth curve Al that is analytic at all
Figure 17 interior points (see Figure 19). If a func-
tion w'= f (w) provides this mapping, then
the function w '= f (gk(z)) = gk +2(z), k = 1, 2, will provide mappings of the
domains B(1) and 8(2) onto these same adjacent domains. In accordance with
the symmetry principle, the functions w'= gk+2(z), for k = 1, 2, also map the
Figure 18 Figure 19
"double segments" B(3) and BW bounded by the interval I and the circular
arcs inclined to l at the angle rr/2"-1 in an analogous manner. Let G'3) and
G(4) denote the images under these mappings and then let us map the domain
C(3) U G4 )U kl univalently onto the lune B(3) u B4 )U l in the w "-plane in
such a way that the points ± 1 are mapped into themselves. Under this mapping,
the domains G(3) and G(4) are mapped into domains that are tangent along some
smooth curve A2 that is analytic at all interior points. By applying the symmetry
principle n - 1 times as indicated, we obtain the mappings mentioned in the
456 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
that is regular in the closed disk jzj < 1 except at the points 0, a, and b and
that satisfies the equation4)
F(z)=F (g (z)) (2)
i
F(z)= +z+f(z)
where f (z) E H2 and f (0) = 0 (with regard to the class H21 cf. § 4 of Chapter
IX) that satisfy almost everywhere on yl the relationship
f (F(g (z))) = at (F (z)). (3)
1) Lavrent'ev [1935]
2) VolkovyskiT [1946]
3) Schaeffer and Spencer [1947]
4) In a monograph by the same authors [1950] the existence of a function F(z) that
is univalent in Iz) < 1 is proved.
§ 1. GLUING THEOREMS 457
IF =S
iZ S If (z) I9 ds. 1
(4)
Let m denote the greatest lower bound of the integrals (4) in the family P. Let
us show that, for some function F(z) E 9 , we have IF = m. Let us suppose the
opposite. Then, there exists a sequence of functions F,,(z) = z-1 + z +
for n = 1, 2, , such that IF. m as n - - . Let us define
CD
fn (z) _ E Ckn1,Zk.
k=1
Then,
00
(nl 9 (") 9
r 9k n, v=1, 2, ...
l-.1k=1
Therefore, the functions fn(z) are uniformly bounded inside the disk Izl < 1 and
the condensation principle is applicable to them. Let } f,,k(z)} denote a sub-
sequence of functions that converges uniformly inside the disk Izl < 1 to the
function fo(z). Obviously, fo(z) E Hz.
Furthermore, in accordance with Minkowski's inequality, we have, for
0<r<1,
/2n
I S
0
I f0 (e'2 -fn (e ,B) 12 de)i/9 ` (
n
5 1A (efl) _ f0 (re') j9 A)
1/2
+1/2 2s
For given c > 0, we choose r in the interval 0 < r < 1 in such a way that the
first and third integrals of the right side of inequality (5) are less than e. Then,
we can choose N > 0 in such a way that the second integral is, for n > N, less
than e. Consequently, for n > N, the integral on the left side of inequality (5) is
less than 9c. This means that the sequence of values of this integral converges
458 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
we have
2a
If we integrate the right-hand member by parts twice, we see that jak 1 < M/k 2,
for k = 1, 2, . Here M is finite and independent of k. This shows that the
-
function (6) is continuous on the closed disk 1z I < 1, and by (5) satisfies on
yl the relation
a' ('P (g (z))) _ OR ('P (z)) (7)
Let us set IF(z) _ (z) - a 0 and let us define
F* (z) = Fo (z) + e(D (z).
1. GLUING THEOREMS 459
Obviously, this function belongs to the family 2 for arbitrary real C. We have
IFS = IFe -}- 2 e T }o (z) ' (z)) ds + s9
IZI<1 11 10' (z) )s ds.
IzI<1
By virtue of the extremality of F0 and the arbitrariness of e, this leads to the
condition
J1 MVo(z)V(z))ds=0. (8)
Izl<1
vo (rel) 19 dB
0
is bounded in 0 < r < 1. Therefore, in equation (9), we can take the limit under
the integral sign as r - 1. When we do this, we obtain
Za
vo(e'e)WeX(e')
A=0,
that is,
vo (ele) dX (ere) = 0.
1
0
By using equations (2) and (7), we see that, if a = e`a and b = e`,8, then
460 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
If we now set
V(ere)=S(vo(e°)-vo(B(ei))dA
This equation is established for an arbitrary function X(0), that satisfies the
conditions mentioned above.
Now let Xl(e`B) denote an arbitrary function defined on yl that has a con-
tinuous.first derivative with respect to 0 and vanishes in sufficiently small
neighborhoods of the points a and b. Then the function
X (e') = S X, (eis) do
satisfies the conditions mentioned above. Therefore, equation (11) yields
V(eA)doXt(eb0)d9=0.
are treated as different points if they are not identified under the gluing described
above. We shall denote the points of the triangles by the same letters as the
points in the w-plane over which they lie.
Consider a Riemann surface F consisting of (1) the interior points of all the
triangles Ak, (2) the interior points of all those sides of each triangle Ak that
are also sides of other triangles adjacent to Ak, (3) the vertices of the triangles
Ak in which a finite number of triangles Ak adjacent to each other are connected
in circular order. We note that the sum of the angles of the triangles at each vertex
is a multiple of 2n. If this sum exceeds 27r, the vertex is called a branch point
of the Riemann surface. A characteristic property of connectedness for surfaces
is assumed satisfied for Riemann surfaces, namely, if any two points lying on F
lie in the triangles Ak and Ak', F contains a sequence of triangles Ak1'
Ak 2, , Akn, each adjacent to the next, such that Ak 1 = Ak, and Akn = Ak .
Proof. Suppose that the triangles Ak in the composition of the surface F are
in the relationship described above with the triangles ok constituting a one-
sheeted simply connected domain B. Let us construct in B a finite or countable
set of simply connected domains B,,, for n = 1, 2, , such that B C Bn + 1, for
n > 1, is obtained from Bn either by adjoining to Bn one of the triangles A,
Figure 23
functions. Here, both functions map the common boundary diameter onto the
portions of the boundaries lying over the circle Iw - al = E. Therefore, reasoning
as in case 1, we can show that the surface Fn U 1' is the image of a finite disk
under a suitable meromorphic function. When we note that the surface Fn U 1' is
obtained from Fn by shortening of the cut 1, we continue this shortening process
indefinitely so that as a result we exhaust the entire cut 1. If we now use the
§2. MAPPING OF SIMPLY CONNECTED RIEMANN SURFACES 465
w= 00
maps the one-sheeted domain onto the surface F1, It follows that G. C Gv+19
v = 1, 2, . It remains to show that the limiting domain G of the sequence of
the domains G, v= 1, 2, , coincides with the entire open disk ICI < r.
Suppose that r = oc. Since the image Gv of the disk Iz I < rv under the map-
ping '_ (hv(z) is contained in the disk ICI < r,/4 for all v = 1, 2, (by
Koebe's theorem) the domain G contains in this case an arbitrary finite disk and
consequently must coincide with the entire finite plane.
Now, suppose that r is finite. Then, we have Icv(z)I < r in the disk Iz I < rv.
Consequently, by the Schwarz lemma, we have in Iz I < rv
I(P,(z)I`TIzI
Let us now take arbitrary p, P11 P21 0 < P < P1 < 02 < r. Let v denote a number
such that P2 < rv < r. If we set
co
akv)Zk,
(
21
k-2
we have
0 4
Consequently,
j
w
L.i
k=2
I
(Y) sk
I9 P2 c
r- - ry
ra - P9
Therefore,
Iak(Y)
_rs
rY
- rY 1
Pik=2, 3, ... .
Ip,(zW I.Pi-
, IakY)IPi=Pt- 'I
00 00
r9
rY
r,- k
P`
P9-I
k.7 k=2
Pi
-Pt r,
rt-rY9
P9-P1'
3. EXTREMUM FOR BOUNDED FUNCTION 467
that is,
T' -Tv
v(z)Pi- rv
Pi
Pa - PL
Since for sufficiently large v the right-hand member of this inequality is greater
than p, it follows that, for such values of v, the domain G,,, being the image of
the disk Iz( <r, under the mapping C_ contains the disk < p. This
means that the same will be true of the domain G for all v = 1, 2, . But since
G is obviously contained in the disk ICI <r, the domain G coincides with the
disk ICI < r.
Thus, in the case of an infinite number of triangles Ak, the surface F is the
single-valued image of the disk ICI < r, where r < oc, under the meromorphic func-
tion w = qi (C). This completes the proof of the theorem.
Poincare"s theorem assigns to each simply connected Riemann surface F a
function that is meromorphic in some disk (or on the entire plane) that maps
that disk bijectively onto F.
It is easy to prove the converse, namely, that to every function f (z) that is
meromorphic in the disk Iz I < r, where r < oc, can be assigned a simply connected
Riemann surface onto which the function f (z) maps the disk Iz I < r bijectively.
Specifically, we partition the disk Iz I < r into small triangles, in each of which
the function f (z) is univalent, and consider the surface F composed of
the images of these triangles.
Thus, simply connected Riemann surfaces can be regarded as the geometric
equivalents for functions that are meromorphic in a disk (or on the entire-plane).
This conclusion is completely analogous to the conclusion that follows from
univalent functions when we use the existence theorems established in
Chapters II and V.
Theorem 1.1) Let IR denote the family of all functions f (z) that are regular
in a given n-connected domain B with nondegenerate boundary continua, that are
bounded by unity in modulus in B and that satisfy the condition f (a) = 0 at a
given finite point a E B. Then the quantity I f '(a)I is maximized by a function
mapping the domain B onto the complete n-sheeted disk (see §5 of Chapter VI).
Proof. Without loss of generality, we may assume that B is a finite domain
bounded by n closed analytic Jordan curves K1, , K,,: K = U k=1Kk.
That the extremal problem posed in the theorem has a solution is obvious.
Let f o(z) denote one of the extremal functions. Since I f U (a)1 > 0, the point z = a
is a simple zero of the function f o(z).
Suppose that the function fo(z) has, in addition to a, zeros at the points
al, , z,,, in the domain B. (Of course, it is not assumed that these are all the
zeros of the function fo(z) in B.)
Consider the Green's function g(z, C) for the domain B and the harmonic
function h(z, C) associated with it. In addition to fo(z), consider the varied func-
tion f1(z) E 9, defined by
where
U m
(z) (s
(g (z, zk) - g (z, zk)),
k=1
with xk = xk, k = 1, , 2m, does not exceed n - 1. This is true because if the
rank of this matrix were equal to n (which can be the case only when 2m > n - 1),
then the functions 61 = F1(z i , , for 1= 0, , n - 1, would map a
neighborhood of the point (x1, , xvm) in 2m-dimensional Euclidean space
onto an open set in n-dimensional space containing the point (0, 0, , 0). The
intersection of this set with the S0-axis (61 = 62 = . '= 6n-1 = 0) is an open
segment containing the point (0, 0, , 0). Consequently, the function
F0(z 1 , ... , z,) would not be minimized when z k = zk, k = 1, , m.
From what we have shown, we conclude that there exist real numbers A0,
X1, , an-1, not all equal to 0, such that the 2m equations hold:
as =0, k=1, ..., 2m. (5)
kt
470 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Keeping (2) and (3) in mind, we conclude from (5) that, for the values Ak
mentioned above, the partial derivatives with respect to x and y (where z = x + iy)
of the function
Since the real part of the function w(z) is constant on each boundary curve
K1, for l = 1, , n, in the case in which w'(z) has no zeros on K, we obtain
the result
n
where ds is the element of arc length on the boundary K. We note that the.func-
tion w' (z) is regular at a when A0 = 0 and we note that w '(z) has a simple pole
z = a in B when A0 0. Therefore, we conclude from Cauchy's theorem on the
number of zeros and poles that the number of zeros of the function w'(z) in B
distinct from z = a does not exceed n - 2 if A0 = 0 and is exactly equal to n - 1
if A0 0. This result will also hold when w ' (z) has zeros on K, as follows
from the same theorem of Cauchy but this time with consideration of the zeros on
§3. EXTREMUM FOR BOUNDED FUNCTIONS 471
the boundary. Here, the zeros on K are counted with half multiplicity. I)
This result leads to the first important conclusion regarding the extremal func-
tion fp(z). The zeros of the function fo(z) in the domain B are also zeros of the
function w ' W. The number of these zeros does not exceed n - 1. If there are
exactly n - I of them, then A0 i 0.2)
Now suppose that z 1, , zm, m < n - 1, constitute all the zeros of the
function fo(z) inside B. Then, the function
in B. Furthermore, under the assumptions made, u(z) also has definite limiting
1) For a direct derivation of this theorem for the function w '(z), consider neighbor-
hoods not only of its zeros lying in B but also of its zeros lying on K. Then Cauchy's
theorem can be applied to the logarithmic derivative of w'(z). If we then let the
neighborhoods of the zeros shrink to a point, the difference between the number of zeros
and the number of poles of the function w '(z) in B will be equal to (argw'(z))K. This
last expression means the sum of the increments in argw '(z) over the set of arcs con-
stituting K and not encircling the zeros of w '(z).
2) (A more complete study of the zeros of the function fo(z) has been made by
Garabedian [19491)
472 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
0(z)+u(z)-2a J z)ds,
where K. is the set of curves g(z ', z) = e (where a is a sufficiently small positive
number), we obtain Green's formula for the domain B
dg (z', z)
U(z)+u(z)-
2a J (U(z) 'u(z)) ds (9)
by taking the limit as c --p 0. (As always, the normal n is directed inside the
domain B.) It follows that U(z) = u(z) < 0 in B. Therefore, in accordance with
(8), Ifz(z)I < I in B. Thus, f2(z) E IR.
If we rewrite (7) in the form
I z-a
and let z approach a, we obtain
Then, by virtue of the extremaliry of the function f o(z), we have u(a) < 0. By
using Green's formula (as derived above), we see that this leads to the inequality
dg (z', a
u(a)= 2n c u(z) (10)
Td u
(v (Z)) K,. 1, 1= S dv (z) _ - S do
ds = - S (w1 (z) + e) n
ds
K., 1,1 K 1.l K+ 1,1
u
(z) !L do z) ds + 2e
do
ds = 0,
S s
n K,0 1, 1
UK,
kal
1, k
do + k=1 k^ do J
d'k`
on E,
where the Ak, for k = 1, ... , n - 1, are constants and F is a constant of either
sign but sufficiently small absolute value. (To construct u(z), we need only shift
from the domain B to the disk ICI < 1, as was done in § 3 of Chapter VI, then
use Poisson's formula to construct a harmonic function on that disk from the new
boundary values, and finally return to the domain B with it.) For this function
u(z), conditions (11) take the forms
n-1
dg dm1 c duk
do . do ds = 0'
kk
do do ds + 1
(12)
k=1 CCC
1=1,...,n-1,
and, by virtue of the choice of the Ak, for k = 0, 1, , n - 1, they must be
satisfied. But conditions (12) constitute a system of n - 1 homogeneous linear
equations with n unknowns Ak, k = 0, 1, , n - 1. Therefore, this system has
nonzero solutions. Let us now denote by Ak, k 0,...,n - 1, any nonzero sys-
tem of solutions and let us construct from them the function u(z) in (10). We then
obtain an inequality in which the left-hand member includes the factor c, which
maybe of either sign. This leads to the condition
474 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
n-1
'Xo)
(dgdn
a))2ds+ I
k=l
a
dwk
do
dg (z a)
do
ds = 0. (13)
- o do + Lj
Aff Xk
do = 0.
k-1
Since, in addition, everywhere on K we have
n-I
-0+ d
k_1
kk dSk
dw
0,
and
m
I p (z, z )
ffe (z) = e k I
§3. EXTREMUM FOR BOUNDED FUNCTIONS 475
Now, the conditions under which f0(z) is single-valued in B take the form
Summarizing what we have said, we conclude that the function f0(z) has
exactly n zeros in the domain B and that it is equal to unity in modulus on K.
Then, by evaluating (arg (f 0(z) - w0))K, we prove that the function f 0(z) - w 0
has, for each w 0 in the disk Iw0I < 1 exactly n zeros (counting each one
according to its multiplicity) in B, and this means that the function w = f0(z)
maps the domain B onto the n-sheeted disk Iwl < 1. This completes the proof of
the theorem.
By means of a third, more complicated variation of the function f0(z), one can
show 1) that the extremal function is unique up to a constant factor ei°. However,
we shall not stop here to do this.
Let us denote by F(z, a) that one of the extremal functions of Theorem 1 for
which the derivative is positive at the point z = a, thus emphasizing its de-
pendence on a. This functions also appears in the construction of extremal func-
tions of certain other extremal problems associated with the same class of bounded
functions. 2) We present one theorem of this kind:
Theorem 2. Suppose that a function f (z) is regular in a finitely connected
domain B with nondegenerate boundaries and that If (z)I < 1 in B. Then, in B,
z)
If'(z)Ic(I-If (z)I9)F(z, z), (f'(z, z)=OF(dt c=zl' (15)
with equality holding at the point z = a E B only for functions of the form
f(z)=el+aF(z, a), IEI=1, IalZ 1. (16)
Furthermore, in B,
I f' (z) I c F' (z, z), (17)
with equality holding at z = a E B only for ((z) = EF(z, a), where IEI = 1.
Proof. If a is any point in the domain B, then the function g(z) _
(f (z) - f (a))/(1 - f (a) f (z)) satisfies the conditions of Theorem 1, and conversely,
if g(z) satisfies the conditions of Theorem 1, then the function 1(z) =
(g(z) + a)/(1 + ag(z)), where a is a constant such that la I < 1, is of the type in
question. By Theorem 1, we have Ig'(a)I < F'(a, a), which is inequality (15) with
z = a. Obviously, equality holds only for the function (16). The second part of
the theorem follows immediately from the first. This completes the proof of the
theorem.
for r1 < IzI < r2, with equality holding for some zo in the open annulus rl <
Izol < r2 only in the case of a function f (z) = czwhere c and A are constants
depending on Izol, r1, r2, M1, and M2, and where A is real. Since this last
function is regular in the annulus only for the exceptional values of Izol at which
A is an integer, it is only in these cases that inequality (1) is sharp. The
problem arises of finding a sharp inequality in the remaining cases. We shall now
investigate this question. 1)
We note first of all that, by means of simple transformations, we can reduce
the problem posed to the case when r1 = q, r2 = 1, M1 = p, M2 = 1. Hence, we
can consider functions f (z) that are regular in the closed annulus q < Iz I < 1 and
satisfy the inequality I1(z)I < 1 on the circle IzI = 1 and the inequality If(z)I < p
on the circle IzI = q. The question then deals with the maximum value of I1(z0)I
1) Robinson [1943].
§4. THE THREE-DISK THEOREM - 477
at some point zo in the open annulus q < Izol < 1. We can also assume that zo
is positive and that the maximum sought may be found only among the functions
f (z) for which f (z0) > 0. Let us denote the extremal functions by f (z, p), thus
pointing out their dependence on p. Then, we can easily see that between suitable
extremal functions we have the relationship f (z, pq) = zf (z, p). This last means
that the case of arbitrary p can be reduced to the case in which q < p < 1. We
shall now consider this case. We note that the case p = 1 is trivial because we
then have f (z, p) _- 1.
Lemma. If the function f (z) is regular in the annulus q < Izl < 1 except
possibly at a single simple pole on the segment - 1 < z <- q and if l1(z)I < 1 on
the circles Iz I = 1 and Iz I = q, then If U) I < 1 on the open segment q < z < 1
with equality holding only in the case f (z) = const.
Proof. We may confine ourselves to the case when f (z) actually does have a
pole on the interval - 1 < z < - q. Suppose that q < z 0 < 1. We may assume that
f (z 0) > 0. Let us define
entire line R (f (z)) = 1, and the image of the interval q < z < I is a segment of
that line. Also, the line R(w) = I lies entirely inside lwl > 1. On the other hand,
it follows just as above that the function f (z) assumes every value w exceeding
I in modulus at exactly one point of the open annulus q < zl < 1. This con-
tradiction proves that f (zo) must be less than 1. This completes the proof of the
lemma.
Theorem. Out of all functions f (z) that are regular in the closed annulus
q< lzl < 1 such that l f (z)l < 1 on the circle lz l = 1 and i f (z)l <p on the circle
l z I= q, where q < p < 1, the maximum value of I f (z o) I for given z0 such that
q < z0 < 1 is attained only by functions of the form f (z) = Ef0(z), where IEl = 1
and w = fo(z) is a function that maps the open annulus r < lzl < 1 univalently
onto the open disk lwl < 1 with a cut along some arc lwl = p, largwl < $.
The explicit expression for fo(z) is given by the formula
0(p q)
fo(x)=z l -,
(2)
e (qz, q)
where
00
(the function 0(z, q) differs only by a constant factor from the familiar theta
function $(z) = I'=_m qR 2z 26).
Proof. That the function f0(z) mentioned in the theorem exists is shown as
follows: we map the disk lwl < 1 with cut along the arc lwl = p, largwl < S onto
the annulus q'< zl < 1 in such a way that the point w = 1 is mapped into z = 1.
By the symmetry principle, the entire w-plane with cuts along the arcs lwl = p,
larg wl < $ and lwl = 1/p, larg wl < S is then mapped univalently onto the annulus
q ' < lzl < 1/q' with linear directions conserved at a point.
In accordance with Theorem 2 of §5 of Chapter V, the quantity q is a con-
tinuous function of S that varies from 0 to p as S varies from 0 to rr. There-
fore, for some S in the interval 0 < 8 < rr, the quantity q' assumes the value q
mentioned in the theorem. The inverse function w = fo(z) then serves as the
required function. It follows from the condition of symmetry that the only zero of
§4. THE THREE-DISK THEOREM 479
fo(z) in the annulus q< IzI < 1 is a point on the interval - 1 <z <- q.
Now, if f (z) is an arbitrary function satisfying the conditions of the theorem,
the function f(z)/fo(z) satisfies all the conditions and consequently,
If (zo)/fo(zo)I < 1; that is If (zo) I < Ifo(zo)I. Here, equality holds only for a func-
tion of the form f (z) f o(z), where I E 1 = 1. This proves the first part of the
theorem.
To prove the second part, we note that the extremal function fo(z) can be
characterized by the following considerations: 1) fo(z) is regular in the closed
annulus q < IzI < 1, 2) Ifo(z)I = 1 on the circle IzI = 1, 3) Ifo(z)I = p on the
circle IzI = q, 4) fo(z) is positive for positive values of z, and 5) fo(z) has a
unique simple zero lying on the interval - 1 < z < - q. To see this, suppose that
f1(z) is another such function. Then, the functions fl(z)/fo(z) and fo(z)/f1(z)
both satisfy the conditions of the lemma. Consequently, on the interval q < z < 1
we have Ifi(z)I < Ifo(z)I and Ifo(z)I < If1(z)I, so that Ifo(z)I = Ifi(z)I and, again
in accordance with the lemma, this can be true only when f l(z) = f o(z).
With this in mind, let us now look at the function (2) with 0 (z, q) defined by
(3). Since the infinite product (2) converges for all z # 0, it represents a regular
function in 0 < IzI < - and the points z = - qtr- I, for n = 0, + 1, + 2, are simple
zeros of it. Consequently, the function (2) is a regular function in 0 < Iz I <
except at the simple poles - q 22/p, for n = 0, + 1, + 2, . Since all these poles
lie outside the annulus q < IzI < 1, the function fo(z) is regular in it. Further-
more, the function fo(z) has simple poles z = - pg2r-2, for n = 0, ± 1, + 2, ,
one of which, namely, z = - p lies in the annulus q < IzI < 1. Finally, on the
circle IzI = 1,
CO
(l+qsn-9 P
(1+g2n'Z)
P z
n=l
Ito(z)I=IzI 00
(1+q,n-¢pz) (l+qsn'
pz )
n=l
00 (1 +.qsn Z) (1 +qan-apz)
U P
n=t (l+q2' pz) (l+qsn Z
= 1,
P)
that is, If o(z)I = 1 and, analogously, If o(z)I = p on IzI = q. This shows that the
480 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
function fo(z) satisfies all the conditions 1)-5) enumerated above. Therefore, it
coincides with the function fo(z) mentioned in the theorem. This completes the
proof of the theorem.
f (z) = (1)
k=1
if we set
a1 a9 ... am
as as ... a,. 1
A. = f
1) Goluzin [1946b].
§5. TRANSFORMATION OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 481
then the Am, for in = 1, 2, , are independent of the values al, a2, ... , an
and are expressed in terms of the A. according to the formulas
we have
D
D*= (6)
laol'
Proof. It will be sufficient to prove the theorem in the two special cases
when p(z) = aoz and when p(z) = z" + alz"-1 + + ar, , because we can then
obtain the proof of the theorem for the general case by considering first f(z)
and p(z) = aoz and then the functions f1(z) = f (a0z) and p(z) = z" +
(al/a0)zn-1 +
...+ a"/ao.
In the case p(z) = aoz, we have ak = aok ak, for k = 1, 2, . Consequently,
by making a substitution in A. and by then taking the common factors out of the
rows and columns of the determinant, we arrive at (4) and then at (6).
Let us now consider the case when p(z) = z" + alz"-1 + . + an. Suppose
that the function f(z) is regular in I z I > R. Let r > R be such that
min IP(z)I > R. Then, by.Cauchy's formula we have in IzI > r
-I -
m
I _ bk (C)
(8)
P(z) - C
k=1
which converges uniformly on C with respect to C if IzI > r. From this result we
obtain the equations
482 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
The fact that (11) holds also for n < m < 2n - 1 follows from (9) and (10). When
we substitute the expansion (8) into (7) and keep (2) in mind, we obtain by equat-
ing coefficients of like powers
For m <n, we have A. = 0 from (9). For m > n, let us set m = np'+ q, where
0 < q < n, and let us transform the determinant in the right-hand side of
formula (13). Specifically, let us add to each column from the last to the (n + 1)st
the n preceding columns multiplied respectively by a,,, an_1, . , al and let us
use (11). We then obtain a determinant of which the with row (for v = 1, 2, , rn)
has the form
b, (C,), ..., b,+n-1 (Q, C,,b, (C.), C,b,+1(C,), ..., C,bm+,-n-1 (C,).
Then (for m > 2n), let us add to each column from the last to the (2n + 1)st
the n preceding columns, multiplied by a,,, 1, .. , al respectively. Then,
again using (11), we obtain a determinant whose with row has the form
§5 TRANSFORMATION OF ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 483
by (CY), ..., by+n-1 (C. ), C,b, (C'), ..., Cvbv+n(Cv) C b (Cu), ..., C9bm+y 9n-1(Cv)
After p such operations, we obtain a determinant in which the with row has
the form
by (Cj, ..., Cubv (C'), ... ,
Let us substitute into (13) the determinant thus transformed and let us put the
integral signs back into the rows. We now change the symbols for the variables of
integration specifically, we denote the variable of integration in all elements
of the with column by ,,.
Then, putting the integral signs back in front again, we obtain
1
m
b, (CI) ... bn (C,1) Cn+1b1(C,,+1) ...
r
`4'n - \ 2nt) S f (C1) ... f (Cm) b9 (C1) . bn+1(Cn) Cn+1b9 (Cn+1) ...
C . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Let us now perform the same operations in the determinant in this equation, but
this time on the rows instead of the columns. After p steps, we arrive at the
determinant (see p. 484) composed of p2 n x n matrices, 2p rectangular matrices, and one
q x q matrix. It is convenient to regard the last 2p + 1 of these matrices as
truncations of n x n matrices, of which we shall have occasion to speak below.
On the basis of (9), in every square matrix of the type indicated, all the elements
to the left of the secondary diagonal are equal to zero. Furthermore, if in each
matrix we add the first k rows (k = 1, 2, , n - 1) multiplied respectively by
ak, , a 1 to the (k + 1) st row and keep (9) in mind, we arrive at a matrix in which only
the elements of the secondary diagonal are nonzero. Since these operations are performed
simultaneously on the complete rows of the determinant (15), it is trans-
formed into a determinant in which only the elements containing b remain nonzero. But
b = 1. Consequently, the determinant (15) and hence A. do not depend on a1, , a,,.
0.
00
bl (C1) ... bn (Cn) Cn+ibi (Cn+1) ... C9nbn (C9n) C4+1b1 (Cnp+1) ... Cmbq (Cm)
b9 (C1) ... bn+t (CA) CA+tb9 (Cn+1) ... C9nbn+1(C'en) C +1b9 (.np}1) ... Cmbq+1(Cm)
bn (Ct} ... 69n t ltin) Cn+ibn (C.+1) ... Cen b9n-1 (C9n) Cnp+tbn (Cnp+i) ... Cmbn+1-q (Cm)
C1b1 (Cl) ... Crtbrt (Cn) Cn+1b1 (Cn+1) ... Csnbn (+dn)
C1b9 (Ci) ... Cnbn+1 `C,.) Crt+ib9 (Cn+1) ... C9nbn+l (C9n)
(15)
On the basis of what has been shown, to calculate A.*, we can now set
Then, ak (where v = 1, 2, ) and ak = 0 for
all of k. Consequently, A, is of the form
I n
at as
at 79
ap+t
...............................................................................:..........................
a3
ap+t
as a3
........................................ --........ .......................... ,......................... (16)
a p+t
........................................................................................
ap+i
m=np+q,,
where the unfilled-in spaces are occupied mostly by zeros. We now put the
columns numbered n, 2n, , 2np into the 1st, 2nd, , pth positions (without
changing the order of the remaining columns) and we put the rows numbered n + 1,
2n + 1, , n(p - 1) + 1 into 2nd, 3rd, , pth positions. Then we arrive at a determinant
that is equal to the determinant AP multiplied by a determinant in which, for every nonzero
q, the qth row from the bottom consists only of zeros, so that the determinant is equal to
zero. On the other hand, if q = 0, this last determinant will have the same form as (16) with
p replaced by p - 1. Repeating the same operation, we show after p steps that the determi-
nant (16) is equal to + AP.
n
This completes the proof of (4). 'Therefore,
my 12,p2
D* - lim Am I = lim Anp =11m I _AP la = ,
m-00 P-00 P- W
which is equivalent to (6). This completes the proof of the theorem.
We turn now to some applications of this theorem.
Theorem 2. For functions that are regular in an infinite domain B with
486 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
boundary K consisting of a finite number of closed Jordan curves and having the
expansion f(z) = Ek=1ak/zk, in a neighborhood of z the inequality D < d(K)
given by Theorem 3 of §2, Chapter VII, is sharp. Here, D is defined as in
Theorem 1 and d(K) is the transfinite diameter of the set K.
Proof. We shall go through the proof only for the case in which the curves
mentioned in the theorem are all analytic. Then, if we denote by g(z, ,) the
Green's function for the domain B, we conclude that this function is harmonic on
K. Therefore, for sufficiently small S > 0, the equation g(z, -) = - S defines a
set of closed analytic Jordan curves approximating the curves in K and defining
domains B 8 containing B. If g S (z, ,) is the Green's function for the domain
B g, if t n, g (z), for n = 0, 1, are the Chebysev polynomials for the boundary
K 8 of the domain B g which have all their zeros on K g, if mn, g =
ti
maxZEK8Itn,8(z)I, and if d(K3) is the transfinite diameter of Kg, then one can
easily see that g g (z, 00) = g(z, -) + S and, consequently,
n
d(Ka)=d(K)e--8 lim Itn,a(z) e8(z.-)+a
n- 00 mn, a
(§3, Chapter VII). The convergence in this last formula is uniform in every closed
subset of the domain B g, and in particular on -ff. From this last it follows that
there exists a positive number N such that, for n > N, we have It n, S (z)I > Mn. S
ti
on B. This means that, for n > N, the set E* = E(I t n, 8(Z)1 < Mn, 8) lies entirely
outside the domain B.
Now consider the function
00
(17)
f (Z) = z2k
k=1
arbitrarily close to d(K). This proves the sharpness of the inequality mentioned
in the theorem. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 3. For any complex numbers a and b, an arbitrary positive integer
n, and a continuum E such that d(E) < l a - b I/4, an arbitrary polynomial
Pn(z) = z" + c 1zn-1 + - + cn assumes either the value a or the value b some-
where in the complement of E with respect to the z-plane. The number
" a - b /4 cannot be replaced by a larger number without additional restrictions
on E.
Proof. It was shown in §2 of Chapter VII that D = limn+ccnI= 1/4 for
the function f(z) = - log (1 - 11z) = 11z + 1/2z2 + . If we now apply Theorem
1 to this function and to the polynomial p(z) = (pn(z)b)/(a - b), we see that D* _
n
a - bl/4 for the function
If all the zeros of the polynomials pn(z) - a and pn(z) - b lie in the continuum
E, the function f.(z) is regular in the supplementary domain B containing -.
Consequently, by virtue of Theorem 3 of §2, Chapter VII, D* = n 1a - 4<
d(E). But this contradicts the conditions of the theorem. Consequently, the poly-
nomial pn(z) assumes in B at least one of the values a, b. That the inequality
for d (E) cannot be improved is shown by the example of the polynomial pn(z) _
zn + a' and the set E = E(zn E e), where e is the segment connecting the points
0 and b - a. In this case, we have, in accordance with Theorem 2 of §1,
n
Chapter VII, d(E) = ja - bl/4 and this polynomial pn(z) assumes the values a
and b respectively at the point z = 0 and at the points Jb - a . e 21tki/n, where
k = 1, 2, , and all these points lie on E. This completes the proof of the
theorem.
1) Goluzin [19401.
488 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Riemann surface onto which the function w = f(z) maps B bijectively covers
each point in the w-plane with no more than p sheets.
In the present section, we shall consider the following classes of p-valent
functions:
S, is the class of functions of the form
w=f(z)=z"(1'+atz'+avz2-}-...), (1)
a IF(pere)Jad9:0. (3)
do
over LP in the direction that puts LP on the right. This integral is the limit of
the Riemann sum constructed as follows: From the point w = 0, we draw a suf-
fici ently large number n of rays G 1, G 2, ... , G. that are not tangent to L P and
do not pass through multiple points of L P. We denote by A01, A 2, ... , Otpn
the magnitudes (nonnegative) of the angles between pairwise-adjacent rays. There
§6. ON p-VALENT FUNCTIONS 489
are finitely many points of the curve L p that lie over Gk (for k = 1, 2, , n).
Let us index these points A1,k+ A2,k, ..., Ank,k We denote their distances from
the point w = 0 by Ri,k. R2,k, , Rnk,k. Let us suppose that they are indexed
in such a way that Rl.k >R2.1, > ...> Rnk,k. We assign to the point Al,k (for
l = 1, 2, , nk) the number el,k, which is defined to be + 1 if the coordinate $
increases as we move around LP in a neighborhood of Al,k and equal to - 1 if
I' decreases. Then, the integral (4) is the limit of the Riemann sum
n
a e9,kRa.k-- a
1 [e1,kR1+ + ... +enk.kRRk k]D'Pk (5)
a1, k = es, As
s=1
It follows that this sum is always nonnegative. Therefore, the integral (4) is also
nonnegative.
On the other hand, since the curve L p has the parametric representation
w = F(pe`B), where 0 < 0 < 2n, we have
490 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
2,,
2s
Rd=p
a
R 1 OP
aRd g
= dP Rk A. (6)
P 0 dl
On the basis of what was said above, we then get (3). This completes the proof
of the lemma.
20. Beginning with this lemma, let us prove the following theorems:
Theorem 1. If the function (2) belongs to the class Ir (where p > 1), then
00
nIap+n (7)
Co
1
21 (p n)lanl9P9>0.
n=1
By letting p approach 1, we get (7), which completes the proof of the theorem.
For p = 1, Theorem 1 coincides with the theorem on areas for univalent functions.
Theorem 2. 1) If a function (2) belongs to the class Yp (where p > 1) and if
a1=a2=...=ak_1=0 (where k>1), then, for n=k, k+ 1,---,2k- 1, we
have
IanIC2p (8)
For 1, we set
[F (C)]'' = C"p (1+ ct C-1+ ...).
Then, (10) yields
OD
I (n - )a)I C. 11 Xp
n=1
But the expansion [F(t)]" in I C I > 1 begins as follows:
IanlcLPn (12)
Furthermore, for n = 1, 2, 3, .
,
Ia.ICAn.pp (16)
where A,,,p is a finite quantity depending only on n and p.
Proof. The first of inequalities (14) follows from Theorem 2 for k = 1. To
prove the remaining assertions of the theorem, we set
F(C)=V1/1 +C'+c'+
...1p
C C2
for I
I > 1. Then, from the lemma, with A = 2/p, we obtain, by letting p approach
1 from above,
co
21 (n-1)IcAI9<1.
,-2
It follows that Ic,a I < 1 for all n = 2, 3, . Since the an, for n = 2, 3, , are
easily expressed in terms of the ca, for n = 1, 2, , this proves (16) for
n = 2, 3, , because, in addition, the inequality Ia11 < 2p and the equation
c 1 = al/p yield the inequality Ic 11 < 2. In particular, since
we have
By using inequalities (14) and (15) to find a bound for the right-hand side of
(7), we obtain immediately
Theorem 4. If the function (2) belongs to the class Ep (for p > 1), then
r
CC)
unI(XP+n1'_Bp
n=1
(17)
ur nap+nl9C1$;
m
A-1 18)
2) for P = 3,
00
CB (1 + t )6, 17 I I. (21)
F (C) ---
We note that constants analogous to. An,P and Bp do not always exist for
the class Yp, as is shown by -the example of the function
F(C)=((+c+ )p,
which belongs to the class >p for arbitrary c and for which the coefficients
al, ... , a2p_1 can be made arbitrarily large with sufficiently large c. Further-
more, an arbitrary polynomial zp + a,zp-1 + - + ap belongs to the class Gp.
If we note that the function (2) belongs to the class lp if and only if the
function
1
= - zP(1 +.QtZ -
1- ...)
F
494 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
belongs to the class Sr, and if. we note that, for a 1 = a 2 = . . = ak_ 1 = 0 (k > 1),
we have and a,,=-a,,, where
then, in accordance with Theorem 2, we obtain the corresponding theorem for the
class SP:
Theorem 5. If the function (1) belongs to the class SP (for p > 1) and if
a1 = a2 = = ak-I = 0 (for k> 1), then, with n = k, k+ 1, , 2k - 1, we have
2
anI , (22)
Equality holds in the above relationship only for a function of the form
ZP
F(z)= 2P, 171 (23)
(1+'n'n
belonging to the class Sp. In particular, for an arbitrary function (1) in the class
cf (z) xP
1
z9P
C -f (Z) ^ + 1aP + c) +
also belongs to Si,. Therefore, by Theorem 5,
2, I aP I 2,
so that
that is,
(26)
This shows that % completely covers the disk Iwl < 1/4. In the case of the func-
tion (24) the surface R does not cover the point w = - 1/4. This proves 2). If,
in addition to the preceding, aP = 0, then, from (26), we have Icl > 1/2; that is,
92 completely covers the disk iwl < 1/2. In the case of the function (25), the
surface 92 does not cover the point w = - 1/2. This proves 3).
Now, let the function (1) be any function in the class Sp. Then, the function
ft(z)_P } 1 f(zP+1)=zP+P+l xa' + ... (27)
also belongs to the class SP. This is true because, if there were points z
z2, ... , zP+1 in the disk IzI < 1 at which fl(z1) = f1(z2) _ f1(zp+1), we
would have
f(zl+l)=f(zf+')= ...
so, that by virtue of the p-valence of the function f (z), among the numbers
zi+1, zZ+1, , zp+i, there would be some that are equal. Suppose that
zP+l = z2+1. Then, z2 = riz1, rf+1 = 1. But since the series (27) contains
only terms with powers Zn (P + 1)+P, for n = 1, 2, , we would have
fi (z9) =f1('riz1) = I Pfi (z1)
Now, if c is a value that f (z) does not assume in the disk Izl < 1, then
f 1(z) does not assume the value P +1 . Consequently, in accordance with 3) we
have P V I7 > 1/2, that is, Ic 12! 1/pP + This completes the proof of the theorem.
4°. Let us find another bound for the absolute value of the derivative of func-
tions belonging to the classes 1P and Xp .
Theorem 7. If the Function (2) belongs to the class YEP (where p > 1), then,
in the disk ICI > 1, we have
where c(a1, a2, ... , aP_1) is a finite quantity depending only on a1, a2, ... ,
ap_1. If the function (2) belongs the class lp (where p > 1), then, in the disk
IcI > 1,
IF'(C)Isc(p) IcIP
F'(p)= psoo. 1
1) Goluzin [1946a].
2) Caratheodory and Fejer [1911].
3) (Here, the notation used by the author [1946a] is kept.)
498 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
2%
2rz If (rel) I de l
for 0<r<1.
Consider the space Rn, for n > 1, the points in which are the complex n-
tuples (c o, c 1, , cn_i). A neighborhood of a point (c 09 c 1, . , cn_1) iq, this
space is the set of all points (c c i, , 1) satisfying the conditions
Irk - ckI < E, where k = 0, 1, n - 1, for some t > 0. Beginning with the con-
cept of a neighborhood, we define cluster points, interior and boundary points of a
set, open and closed sets, and convex sets in the usual way. The space Rn can,
in case of necessity, be regarded as a 2n-dimensional Euclidean space with
Cartesian coordinates corresponding to the real and imaginary parts of the numbers
CO, C1,...,cn-1
We denote by B(n) the set of points (co, c1, , cn_1) E Rn such that the
numbers c 0, c 1, , cn_1 are the first n coefficients of some function in the
class B. We denote by HP) the analogous set for H1. These are bounded sets
in 3n because, for all k = 0, 1, , we have Ic k I < 1 for both the functions in
B and the functions in H1, by.virtue of the integral representation of the ck.
Since the principle of compactness holds.for functions in B and H1 and since
the limit. of a sequence of functions belonging to either of these classes also
belongs to the same class, it follows that B(') and H ln) are closed sets. Further-
more, since for functions f 1(z) and f2 (z) belonging to one of these classes the
2(z) for . 0 < A < 1 also belong to the same class, it
functions A f 1(z) + (1 - W 2(z)
follows that B(') and H ln) are convex sets. It is also obvious that the origin
(0, 0, , 0) is an interior point of these sets since the polynomials c 0 =
C 1z + - + cn_lzn-1 belong, for small ck, both to B and to H1.
1°. Theorem 1 (Schur). To points (c0, c1, ... , cn_1) on the boundary of B(n)
there correspond in B only fractions of the form
an-1 + a0Zn-1
a0 + a1Z T ... + an_1zn-1 (1)
Proof. 1) Let us suppose that a function f (z) E B other than a fraction of the
1) The basic idea of the proof is borrowed from Schur. See Schur [1917] and also
Bieberbach [1927].
§7. ON THE CARATHEODORY-FEJER PROBLEM 499
J o (z) =J (z)r J k ('z) = Z fk-1 (Z) -fk-1 (0) k = 1, `2, ... (2)
1 -fk-1 (0) fk-1 (Z)
Let us show that I fk(0) < 1 for k = 0, 1, , n - 1. Since the fk(z) belong
to B whenever they are defined, we have Ifk(0)I < 1. Let denote the first
function in the sequence such that Ifv(0)l = 1. 'Then, E, where JEI = 1.
'then, by calculating the functions f y_1(z), , f0(z) from the formulas inverse
to (2),
Here we can assume the Ek equal to 1 because otherwise we could arrange for
this by changing the arguments of f3p, , Ok. In particular, f0(z) = f (z) is also
a fraction that reduces to the form (1) when we multiply its numerator and denomi-
nator by 1 + z + + z"- "-1 and this, by the hypothesis of the theorem, is
impossible. Since Jfk(0)l < 1 for k = 0, 1, , n - 1, the functions (2)are defined
for k = 0, 1, , n - 1 (that is they have denominators not identically equal to
0). For these functions, the inverse formulas
{k-1 (Z) = fk-1 (0) "+' Zfk (Z) I k = n - 1, ... , 1, fo (z) =J (z) (4)
J 1 +fk-1 (0) Zfk (Z)
are also meaningful. Now keeping the values fk(0) for k = 0, 1, , n - 1, let
us calculate the functions f k(z), for k = n - 1, , 0, from the formulas
that is regular in Iz I < 1 and that has as its first n coefficients in its expansion
about z = o the numbers c 0, c 1, , cn_ 1. Out of all functions f(z) = c o +
c Iz + that are regular in I zI < 1 and have the same first n coefficients c 0,
c 1, , cn_1, this function and only it minimizes the quantity Mf = maxlz 1<1If (z)I
Proof. Let q0 denote the least upper bound of the set of positive numbers q
such that (qc0, , gcn_1) G B("). The number q0 is finite and positive since
B(') is bounded and since the origin is an interior point of B (" ). If corresponding
1) By uniqueness is meant that any two such fractions are identical as functions of
z, that is, after all possible cancellations have been made.
§7. ON THE CARATHEODORY-FEJER PROBLEM 501
, 2x
d
l ao +... + an-1z"-1 Ie If (z) I9 dO
- 9 (l an-1 I9 +... I a0
I9r9IR-1)) +
E I ak I9 r9k.
k=n
If we now replace If (z)I with max jZ I = r If (z)I < max j= i<1 if (z)l = Mf and let r
approach 1, we obtain
co
(Mt-a9)(Ia0 E IakI9.
k-n
Consequently, Mf > A = MR (z) with equality holding only ,hen all the
ak = 0, for k = n, n + 1, , that is, only when f (z) = R(z). This proves the
second part of the theorem.
The uniqueness of R{z) now follows easily. Suppose that, in addition to
R(z), there exists another fraction R `(z) the first n terms in the expansion of
which are the same as those in the expansion of R(z). Let us denote the number
502 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
D. (A) _
0 0 ...-l 0 0 ... Co
t`'a 0 ... 0- A 0 ... 0
- 0. (7)
c1 to ... 0 0 -X ... 0
I
Co Cl ... C._1 - J
Proof. We seek all fractions of the form
as-1+...+aozn-l
Co + ... + a,_1zn-i . A > 0, (9)
determining A, ao, - - ,
kIn-i = colo,
la!n_s = Coll + C10ro,
(10)
cally, if. N-(n-1)+ "' , 0-o, 13o' , Nn-1 is an arbitrary nonzero system of solu-
tions, then the numbers Nn-1+ 0, --o+ --(n-1) also provide a system
of solutions, as one can easily verify. Therefore, each of the systems yk = $k +
$_k, for k=-(n-1),...,-O,O,...,n_1 and Sk=i(t3k- 0-0, for k=
-(n-1),..- , -0, 0, , (n - 1) is also a system. Here, at least one of these
solutions is other than the zero solution because, if this were not the case, the
system PA, would also be the zero solution. Since yk and Sk satisfy the con-
ditions yk = Y -k and Sk = S_k, this proves the assertion made. Thus, we have
shown that corresponding to every positive root of equation (7) is a fraction (9)
with the property required.
Suppose now that all distinct positive roots of equation (7) are constituted
by A0, , A,,, where A0 > . . . > Av and suppose that corresponding to them are
the fractions RO(z), , of the form (9). Let us show that of these,,only
R0(z) is regular at IzI < 1. We note first of all that the fractions Rk(z), for
k = 0, 1, , v, have no zeros or poles on the circle Izl = 1 since IRk(z)I = Ak,
for k = 0, 1, , v, on IzI = 1. Suppose now that Rko(z)'is regular-in the
closed disk Izl < 1. Let Rk1(z) denote an arbitrary fraction among the fractions
Rk(z). The difference O(z) = Rk0(z) - Rk1(z) has an expansion about z = 0 that
begins with terms of power no less than n. Therefore, the number r of roots of
504 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
(h (z) (counting each root according to its multiplicity) in the open disk IzI < 1,
and the number or of poles in that disk does not exceed n - 1; specifically, it is
equal to the number of all the poles of Rk 1(z). Furthermore, on IzI = 1,
that is, Ak 0 > Ak 1. This shows that kk 0 must be equal to Ao; that is, the fraction
(9), which is regular in IzI < 1 corresponds to the greatest root of equation (7).
Therefore, R(z, c0, . , c,,_1) = R0(z) and A(co, , ,ko, which proves
the first part of the theorem.
Now, in the case of real c o, . . , c n_ 1, if we set ak = xk + iyk, the system
(10) can be broken, by separating the real and imaginary parts, into distinct sys-
tems each consisting of n homogeneous linear equations in the unknowns xk for
one system and Yk for the other. Here, the determinant of the first system is the
determinant (8) and that of the second system is d(-,A). For the system (7) to
have nonzero solutions, it is obviously necessary and sufficient that one of these
smaller systems have nonzero solutions, that is, that A be a root of the equation
dn(,k)dn (-,A) = 0. Furthermore, just as in the proof of the first part of the theorem,
we can show that A must be the greatest root of this equation, that is, the great-
est of the absolute values of the roots of equation (8). This completes the proof
of the theorem.
Before turning to the following problem of the Caratheodory-Fejer type, we
shall give an application of what we have just discussed to the derivation of the
§7. ON THE CARATHEODORY-FE JER PROBLEM 505
final form of the solution by Schur of the problem of coefficients for bounded func-
tions in the case of interior points of the domain of the coefficients.
Theorem 4 (Schur). For the point (c0, , to be an interior point of
B("), it is necessary and sufficient that the inequality
Co Cl ... Ck_1
0 Co ... CA-2
0 0 ... 1 0 0 ... co
Dk(l)= 110 0 ... 0 1 0 ... 0
>0, k=1,...,n, (11)
Cl ce 0 0 1 ... 0
...............
Ck_t Lrk_y ... ED 0 0 ... 1
be satisfied.
Proof. We note that the determinant D"(,A) (cf. (7)) is an even function of A
because, if we divide each of the first n rows and the first n columns by - 1, we
obtain D"(A). Therefore, the determinant D"(1) is of the form (11).
We first prove the necessity of the conditions of the theorem. If the point
(c0, , lies inside B(n). then the point(gco, , qc"_1) lies in B("
for some q > 1. Consequently, there exists a function f (z) E B whose expansion
begins qc o + - + qC"_ 1z"-1 + . On the other hand, the function f 1(z) =
f (z)/q = c 0 + + Cn_1 z"-1 + satisfies in I z I <I the inequality If1(z)I _<
l/q. It then follows from Theorem 2 that X (c 0, ... , c"_1) < 1/q. But then, in
accordance with Theorem 3, D"(A) has no roots in 1 < h <+ oo. Since
D"(+') = + oo, we have D"(1) > 0. Furthermore, since (c 0, , c,_1) is an
interior point of B(n)t it follows that the point (c 0, , c k_1) is obviously, for
k < n, an interior point of B(k ) in the space Rk. Consequently, by analogous
reasoning, Dk(1) > 0 for k = 1, 2, , n - 1. This proves the necessity of con-
ditions (11).
We now prove the sufficiency of the conditions of the theorem. If conditions,
(11) are satisfied, then the equations Dk (,A) = 0, for k = it - , n, cannot have
roots in the interval 1 < A <+ a-. To see this, let us assume the opposite. Let
Du(o) = 0 be the equation with smallest k = u that has roots in the interval 1 <
A < + 00. Let us denote by Dk.1(,A) (where k, 1 = 1, 2, , n) the minor of the
determinant Du(A) obtained from that determinant by removing the kth row and
506 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
the lth column. Let us denote by Dkl,kl(A) the minor of DM(A) obtained by remov-
ing the kth and lth rows and the kth and lth columns. From the familiar proper-
ties of determinants, we have
7µ
Dµ (A) _ E Dk, k (A), (12)
k=1
Dk, k (A) Dl, l (A) - Dk. I (A) D1, k (A) = Dµ (A) Dkl, kl (A). (13)
In the present case, with real A, we have: Dk,k(A) are real, Dk,l(A) = Dk,l()L),
and D1 1(A) = - ADµ_1(A) If A* _> 1 is a multiple root of DE,,(h) = 0, it follows
from (13) that all the Dk,k(A5) are, for k = 1, 2, - - , 2µ, different from 0 and
have the same sign. It then follows from (12) that Dk,k(A5) = 0, for k = 1,
2, - , 2;L, since Dµ (A5) = 0. In particular,
-
(ao + ... + a;z°)s @0 -+- ... { prt_Y_tzrt Y"') (Pry .-t -I- ... -}- Pazrt y-,) (1)
o V< n,
where
ao+... +ayz"# 0 in IzIC1.
Proof. Let us solve the following extremal problem: Out of all the functions
f(z) _ 'EX=o c k xk belonging to class H 1, find those that maximize the quantity
n-1
1 I
1Tkck
k 0
f(z) I ckzk E H1
k=1
has definite limiting values almost everywhere on the circle jzj = 1 along all non-
tangential paths in the disk Izi < 1 and it can be expressed in terms of these
limiting values in accordance with Cauchy's formula. Consequently, we obtain
for the coefficients ck the integral representations
ck
-tat j C (i A, k = 0, 1,
(2)
1
(Here f (C) means the limiting values mentioned above.) On the basis of this,
rt-1
+ToCn-t)dC.
5 ftn) (T--t+ ... (3)
k=O Icl=1
S
If(C)dCI A=
that is,
n-1
J E Tkck J < (7n-t...., 70) (5)
Here A(yn_ 1, ' ' ' , yo) is the quantity referred to in subsection 1°.
Let us investigate whether equality can hold in (5) and, if so, for what func-
tions. For equality to hold in (5), it is necessary that equality hold in both
places in (4), that is, that the function f (z) satisfy the two conditions
2) 2 S
If(e)dCl=1.
ICI=l
But the fraction
which is regular in Ii < 1 and for which the integral (1/277) fo" I0(re'e)IdO,
is bounded for 0 < r < 1, has an imaginary part whose limiting values coincide
almost everywhere on ICI = 1 with the values of an analytic function of the arc-
length. If we represent J(d(z)) in the disk IzI < 1 in terms of its limiting values
in accordance with Poisson's formula (which is possible since d(z) itself can
be so represented in terms of its limiting values, we conclude that POW) is an
analytic function of the arclength on IzI = 1 and is continuous on IzI < 1.
But this in turn implies that 0 (z) and, consequently, f (z) are regular on IzI < I.
Thus, we need to seek the extremal functions only among the functions f (z) that
are regular on IzI < 1. From what was said above, condition (1) is equivalent to
the condition that the last argument in (6) have a constant value on ICI = I or,
what amounts to the same thing, the condition that arg (f (C)/(a0 + + a;, C1)2)
acquire an increment 277 (n - v - 1) as 4 moves around the circle I I = I in the
positive direction. This means that the function f (r;')/(a' + - + Sv)2 has
exactly n - v - 1 zeros in the open disk < 1, counting multiple zeros in
I
accordance with their multiplicity and counting half the multiplicity for zeros on
Furthermore, in accordance with the symmetry principle as applied to
f (C)
Cn-v-1 (a0 .+ ... +avC')°
it follows that this function is regular on the closed disk ICI > 1 except for a
pole at C= oo and that it has zeros symmetrically distributed with respect to the
preceding zeros about the circle Consequently, f (c) must be of the form
.f (C) - c (a + ... + (PO + ... n 1Cn_v
1) i p_
X (Pn-v-1 + (7)
510 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
where c > 0, possessing the property (the support plane) that H(") is contained
in the portion of space defined by the inequality. k=0 (akxk + gky'k) < c
(Minkowski). Since the equation for the hyperplane can be written in the form
(yk=0ykck) = c, where yk = ak - isk, we conclude from our assumptions that
k-Q ykck) c; for all functions f (z) C H 1. But since the function ef (z)
belongs, for arbitrary real a, to H 1 whenever f (z) does, we have
Irk=o ykckl < c. But equality can hold here for an arbitrary function f (z) C HI
corresponding to the boundary point (c 0, .. , c,,_ 1). Consequently, this f (z) is
extremal and hence is of the form (7). This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 6. For any polynomial c0 + c 1 z + + cn_1zn-1 A 0 there exists a
unique polynomial of the form
_
q
P (Z)=(M0+- ..+avzr1 ('0 +... + P"_r-1Z"-°-1)
pp
(9._V_1 +... + ROZ"_Y-1
v<n- 1, (8)
20+... +a,.z5:0 a IZI<1,
such that the coefficients of z0, z, . , z"-1 are equal respectively to co,
c 1) , c"-1. Out of all the functions f (z) = co + c Iz + , that are regular in
IzI < 1 with the same values of co, c 1, , c,,_1, this polynomial minimizes the
quantity
2x
ij = O<r<l0
sup S
If (reie) I A
1) We note that the question of inequalities dealing with the class H1 has been
investigated in detail by the author in [1946g]. (This second work of the author is
directly associated with the results of the present section. It could not be included in the
book because of technical reasons. )
§7. ON THE CARATIiEODORY-FEJER PROBLEM 511
Proof. By beginning with Theorem 5, one can prove the existence of the
required polynomial P(z) of the form (8) in just the same way as the existence of
the fraction R(z) in Theorem 2 was proved on the basis of Theorem 1. Leaving
aside for the moment the question of uniqueness, let us prove the minimal property
of this polynomial that was asserted in the theorem.
It will be sufficient to consider functions f (z) of the type mentioned in the
theorem for which If is finite. As we know, such a function f (z) has almost
everywhere on Iz I = 1 definite limiting values along nontangential paths inside
IzI < 1. We denote them by f (e "e). We have
2is 2is 2%
If we now set f (z) = P(z) + z"Q (z), we see that Q (z) is regular in IzI < 1. We
have
IT
71 S If(C)dCI=2n S
P(Q+C"Q(Q))IdCI
ICJ=1 ICI=)
=2n SIP(C)IIIP(C)I$-C^Q(C)P(C)IIdCI
Icl=1
1 C 1(,
r 51 (IP(QI'-VQ(QP(Q)IdC
J
2nIcI_1P)I
InI IP(C)dCI- 1
2-- J
{(C"Q(C)P(`)1 JAI.
\ IP(=)I / (9)
ICJ=1 IcI=1
But, on ICI - 1, ,
and, consequently,
n v-i ay ... {-a0C
P(C) 1
lao+...+a,C9Is
IP(C)I
If we substitute this into the last integral in (9) and then evaluate it in accordance
with the theorem of the mean, we see that it is equal to zero. Thus,
512 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
if 2 S1P(c)dCI=Jpz.
Iti=1
Equality holds here only if
J(C'+1
l
Q(C)
(ao+...+- CV)8)
!-0
Since the function C " + 1Q(C)/(ao+ + a"C")Z can be represented in
ICI < 1 in terms of its limiting values on ICE = 1 in accordance with Poisson's
formula, this will also be true of the imaginary part. Also, since the limiting
values are almost everywhere equal to zero, we have Q(z) - 0 in Iz I < 1; that is,
f(z) = NO. This shows that P(z) is an extremal function and, in fact, the only
one for the extremal property in question. The uniqueness of the extremal function
now implies the uniqueness mentioned in the first part of the theorem. This com-
pletes the proof of the theorem.
In the proof of Theorem 5, we considered the question of a bound for the sum
1 k=0 ykCk I with regard to functions in the class H , as a result of which we
obtained the sharp inequality (5) and we exhibited the whole class of functions for
which this least upper bound is attained. Theorem 6 makes it possible to investi-
gate the same question in an analogous manner for functions belonging to the
class B.
Suppose that f (z) = F,k0Ck zk E B and let yk, k = 0, 1, , n - 1, denote
arbitrary complex numbers not all zero. Keeping formula (2) in mind, we again
obtain
n-1
1 f (C)
TkCk -tai J Cn (Tn +... + 7oCn t) dC (11)
k=0 I C -1
We now replace the polynomial in the integrand with the polynomial P(C)
having the same coefficients for CO, C, , Cn-1 that is represented in the
§7. ON THE CARATHEODORY-FEJER PROBLEM 513
I rkCkl . S If(C)P(C)dCl Z; S
IP(C)dCl, (12)
k=0 ICIm1 IcI=1
that is,
n-1
Ikm0
I TOk I - 2a S I (ao+...+RrCr) (I;0+...+
12141. (13)
For equality to hold in this last relation for some function f (z) E B, it is
necessary and sufficient that
1) arg (f const almost everywhere on
2) If (C)I = 1 almost everywhere on 1.
Furthermore, from condition 2), we have Jel = 1. This is the only possible form
for a function for which equality is possible in (13) and, as one can easily see
514 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
from (12), equality does indeed hold here. The inequality that we have obtained is
sharp.
We note that, in earlier works.by various authors, a bound for the sums (11)
for the class B was made by replacing the polynomial on the right with the square
of another polynomial of degree not exceeding n - 1 that has the same coefficients
of C,, C, , Cn-1 as the original polynomial. However, the inequality obtained
could be shams only in random cases when the corresponding polynomial (8) is
also a perfect square. Thus, a sharp bound was obtained, in particular, for the
finite sum s = C 0 + + c,_1 (Landau 1)), and also a sharp bound was obtained
for the arithmetic mean of finite sums an = (s o + + sn_1)/n. 2) However, the
inequalities obtained for the absolute values of arbitrary functions in the class
B were not always sharp (Szasz).3) This is explained by the fact that, in the
latter case, the parenthetical expression in an integral of the type (11) was
replaced by a polynomial that is not a polynomial of the type (8) for yn-1 +
...+yn-1.
0
21 T.C.
n-0
clToi (1)
I
n=m
TnCn-M)
2 on ICI = 1. (4)
cn = 1
tai
f C)Cn+tdC f (C) Cn dC =O (n=0, 1, ...),
where C is the circle 141 = 1 and the integrals are Lebesgue. On the basis of
this and the uniform convergence of the series lm=mynCF on the circle
we have
7m
n=m
1
7ncn = 2a1
i f (C)
Cm+t
\
n=m
7n
7mCn-m
d
C
-
Co Co
f (C) I 7nCm-11 7n7m
-C m-n f (C) n
1
that is,
Co m - l
Tncn + T m-ncn
7m 7m n-0
a=m
Co
' -L
2n! C(Cr 12`9 y 7nCm-n) -1] dC. (5)
(7m
n-m
For m = 0, the second summation on the left disappears. If condition (4) is satis-
fied on the circle JCJ = 1, we obtain from equation (5)
cc m-l
-
00
I Tncn + -1 G l
1 1
n=m 7m n-0 m
n-m
where C = e`0; that is, we obtain inequality (3) and, by setting m = 0, inequality
(1). Since the function in the square brackets in equation (5) is not identically
equal to zero on the circle JCJ = 1, equality holds in the relation (3) or in (1)
§8. SOME INEQUALITIES FOR BOUNDED FUNCTIONS 517
only when If(C)I = 1 and arg ([(C)/[,m) = coast on a set of points of positive
measure on the circle ICI = 1. But then [(C)/Cm = const on the set mentioned,
and this can be the case only if f (z) = e is zm in the disk Iz I < 1. Then equality
does indeed hold in (3) or (I). Thus, the sufficiency of the conditions of the
theorem is proved.
Let us suppose now, conversely, that inequality (3, or inequality (1) if
m = 0, holds for all ((z) E B. If we apply this inequality to a function
Co
f(z)=zn
-a+1-1a1' Tin
T
n-m-1
cl
n=m+l
or, by squaring,
00
IaI9-21R. Tlale Ton-m) 1-la la n-m-1
T
n=m+1 / Tin
m+l
If we transpose the term 10_1 2 to the right and divide both sides by the common
factor I- IaI2,
we obtain
To
&n-m-1
in a-W Tm
n=m+1 a=m+1
co
I(
` 7o i 11 inure) 0 (6)
no
to hold for all functions ((z) = 1W=0cnzn C R, it is necessary and sufficient that
(1 Y co
n=0
Proof. Let us suppose that condition (7) is satisfied and that f(z) is a
member of R. Just as above (formula (5) with m = 0), we can prove the formula
00 -
n f (C)
TncnP =tat [2T TnPnC n) -1] dr7o (8)
\ 70
n= 0 ICI -r n=0
where C= re`(b, and 0 < p < r < 1. Therefore,
00 2a m
/
sR (
1
70
TncnPn) = 2a c
(f T,,
)n)
1]d?. (9)
n=0 (1 C
(z)1-=I+2IanznER,
n=1
We then obtain
co
( + 2
70
Tnan)
n=1
which yields condition (7) for C= a. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 3. Suppose that yn (n = 0, 1 , ) are complex numbers such that
YO #0 and limn co Vl yn l < 1. For the inclusion relation
co
1
Tncn E d, ( 11 )
70
n=0
§8. SOME INEQUALITIES FOR BOUNDED FUNCTIONS 519
to hold for an arbitrary function f (z) = >. =ocnzn E BG whenever the series
Im converges, it is sufficient that the inequality
n=oynCn
co
r( 1 n 1
(12)
A-0
7o
Tncnpn = .f (C) u (C) dp, C = re)P, (13)
n=0
where
it (() = - 12sR (J 00
L.oTn I E)n/
Since, by condition (12) u (C) > 0 on the circle ICI = r and since fi t 1=ru(C) do =
1, the integral on the right side of equation (13) can be regarded as the integral
mean of f (C) on the circle r with weight u (j). Since the values of f (C)
on the circle ICI = r lie in a convex domain G, it follows that this mean also lies
in G; that E G. It follows that, if the series Fn=oyncn con-
verges, then, by taking the limit as p we obtain condition (11). This com-
pletes the proof of the theorem.
We note that the sufficiency of the assertions in Theorems 1 (for m = 0) and
2 follows from Theorem 3.
Theorem 4. Let Jyt,01 and y(Z)1 (n = 0, 1 , ) denote two sequences of
complex numbers such that 0, ySZ)= 0, and 20°=o1ynl)I + Fcolyn2)I <oc.
For the inequality
00 00
E T(i)C,
n E TT9)Cn -<ITo')I (14)
A=0 n=0
sufficient that
-2.
00 00
rnt)Cn) T`1
oi) 1 )
1 Tn9)Cn on ICI-1. (15)
n=0 e n=0
Equality holds in (14) only for functions f(z) = c0, where Ic01 = I.
Proof. Inequality (14) is satisfied if and only if the inequality
Co 00 00
JaT(2))
Lj 7Rt )cn + eiu Lj 7n9)cn Nn I) + e C. IT;') I
(16)
n=0 n=0 n=0
is satisfied for all real a. But, for fixed a-, this last inequality is satisfied for
all functions f (z) C B if and only if (Theorem 1)
00
Consequently, for inequality (16) to hold for all f (z) E B, it is necessary and
sufficient that inc quality (17) hold for all real a and this is equivalent to the
condition
00
2)Cn
Tl ) n=0
1
o
,
n 2
on ICI=l,
n=0
1 --1 ! Tm
TnCn-m
on ICI=l,
n-m I I n=m
§8. SOME INEQUALITIES FOR BOUNDED FUNCTIONS
521
n =m
17rtCn-m G`,
7rt
Cn-m
on ICI= 1. (18)
n=m+1
The same is true for condition (12). By an analogous. transformation, we can show
that condition (15) is equivalent to the condition
0 00 m 9
1 1
lot) 7rtl)C - 2 Wit) na'C" 7(t) v,
7rtt>Cn
on ICI = 1. (19)
n0 ° n=1 ° n=1
20. As an application of Theorems 1-4, we present Theorems 5-10.
Theorem 5. 1) For all functions f (z) E B in the disk Iz1 <
21 (m + 1) - 1 but not always in a larger disk, we have
In this case, condition (4) or condition (18), which is better, takes the form
1 d- 0i ,nrn-m 1 dm `,
co zn(n-m
on ICI=I.
if dam mldz (22)
nmm twin
But
dm
W1 dzm
nam
I00
1 dm
ml dzm
n=0
m
IzC
nnm _i m
1 d 1n t-11
- ]
m+j
522 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
E (n + 1)...(n + m)Cnzn
n=0
'
r nl I (n+1)...(n+in)znCn-ll
I
n-0
on ICI-1.
But this condition is identical to inequality (22) and is satisfied only for
1- 1 < 21' (m + 1) - 1, which proves part 2). This completes the proof of the
theorem.
In what follows, we denote by sm(z ) and r,n(z) the mth partial sum (begin-
ing with m = 0) and the corresponding remainder of the series Yn°=0cnz":
S,n(Z) _ jn=0jC0Zn, r,n(Z) _ °n°=mCnZn.
Theorem 6. Let m denote an integer greater than 1. Let r,n, with 0 <r,, <
1, denot e the (unique) positive root of the equation 2rm + r - 1 = p.
1) Inequality (21) is obtained from inequality (20) by applying the latter to the func-
tion f (z) = yn-mcnzn E B. However, the problem then is to.find the greatest disk for
which inequality (21) is valid.
§8. SOME INEQUALITIES FOR BOUNDED FUNCTIONS 523
1) For all functions f (z) E B, the inequality Ism(z)I _< 1 is valid in the
closed disk IzI < rm. Equality holds only for f (z) = co, where Ic01 = 1. For even
m, the number rm cannot be replaced with a larger number.
2) For all functions f (z) E R, the inequality 32(sm(z)) > 0 holds in the disk
Izl < rm. Here, rm cannot be replaced with a larger number.
3) For f(z) E BG, we have sm(z) E G in Izl <rm.
We note that r2 < r3 < r4 < . . . , that r2 = 1/2, and that limm,mrm = 1.
Proof. Let us apply Theorems 1-3 with Yn = zn for n = 0, 1, , m - 1, and
Yn = 0 for n > m. Inequality (18),' which with m = 0 is equivalent to inequality
(2), is of the form
1+zC+...+zm-iCm-1I>Iz(+...+zm-1Cm-1I
I
on ICI=1,
that is,
/I on ICI=1.
(24)
The inequality
I 1 -Cmzml -IzI I 1 zm-1Cm-1
=1 -Izim-IzI(1+ Izim-1)=1-IzI-2Izim,
where ICI = 1, and its sharpness for even m (equality holds when _ - e-`argz)
imply that inequality (24) holds for all z for which 1 - IzI - 2 Izim > 0, that is,
for IzI <rm. Here, when m is even, we cannot replace rm with a larger number. l)
By virtue of Theorems 1-3, this proves all the assertions of the present theorem.
But rm < rm +1 (for m = 2, 3, ) since
2rm+i+r,n+l-I>2rm$i+2rm+i-1=0 and 2rm+rm-1=0.
If limm,W rm = q < 1, then, for all m = 1, 2, , we have rm < q and, con-
sequently, 2qm + q - 1 > 0. By letting m approach - in this last inequality, we
see that q > 1. Thus q = 1. This completes the proof of the theorem.
1) In the case of odd m, the corresponding greatest number is obviously equal to the
greatest r in the interval 0 <r < 1 for which
min
ICI=
and it is distinct from r,,,.
524 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Theorem 7. For every in > 1, let rm denote the unique positive root of the
equation 4rm + r - 1 = 0 and set rl = 1/3. For all functions f (z) C B, we have
Ism(z)I+Irm(z)I--- 1, (25)
in the disk I z I < rm with equality holding only for f (z) = c0, where Icol = 1. For
even m, the number rm cannot be replaced with a larger number. We note that
r,<r9<r9<... u lim rm-1.
m -.oo
I 1 -CmzmI2-2IzjmI 1 -C2I--121211-Cm-1zm-112
(1-Izlm)2-212lm(1-f-Izl)-Izl2(1-f-Izlm-1)2
=1-Iz12-41zIm-4IZIm+1=(1+IzDO
-IzI-41zIm)
and its sharpness for even m (equality holds for C= e-`a`gz) imply that
inequality (26) holds for those z such that 1 - IzI - 41zIm > 0, that is, for IzI <
rm. Here, for even in, the number rm cannot be replaced with a larger number.
For m = 1, we have analogously on the circle 1 I = 1
I I -CmzmI2-2 1zI11 -CzI-1zI2I 1 -Cm-1z" 12
=11 21zI I 1 -Cz1-l 1 - Cz1(1 -3121),
which > 0 in the disk IzI < 1/3, but not always in a larger disk. By virtue of
Theorem 4, this proves the assertion of the theorem. The supplementary remarks
about the rm are proved in the same way as in Theorem 6.
Theorem 8. For functions f (zr) C lB, the inequality
where in is an integer > 1, holds in the disk IzI < 1. Equality holds only for
f (Z) = c,nzm, where I cmI = I.
Proof. Here, we need to apply 2) of Theorem 1 for the case y" = z"-m (for
n = in, m + 1, ). Then, condition (18) takes the form
m
Cn_m
co
m 1. I E Cn-mzn-m I on ICI = 1,
n°m n=m+I
which reduces to the obvious inequality ICzI < 1, which is satisfied on the circle
ICI = 1 for all z in the disk IzI < 1. This completes the proof of the theorem.
Theorem 9. If, for f (z) E BG, we set
om(z)so (z)+s1 (z)+...+sm_, (2)
l in
then om(z) E G for all m = 1, 2, and all z in the disk IzI < 1.
Proof. Let us apply Theorem 3 with yo = m, yt = m - 1, , ym_ 1 = 1, and
yn = 0 for n > in. Condition (12) takes the form
-1 +
Cm m + ... -}- m
9 I -} m -{- (m -1) C -{- ... -I Cm 1 p, ICI =1
or
m 11 (1 + C + ... + Cm-1)g 0
holds in the disk 1zI < - 1 but not always in a larger disk. Equality holds in
(28) only for f (z) = c 0, where Ic oI = I.
Proof. Let us apply Theorem 4 to the case yi2n = z 2n, y(1) 2n
+ 1 = 0, yi2 = 0,
2n
yen +1 = z 2n +1 for n = 0, 1, . Condition (19) then takes the form
1-z2 2 12- 2 I l zC I
l
1 z°9 I 1 on ICI=1,
or
S g (z, t) da (t)
a
where a, b, and g(z, t) are given and a(t) ranges over all possible.monotonic
functions of a given variation in the interval a < t < b. The solution of extremal
problems in such classes reduces to determination of functions a(t) correspond-
ing to an extremum.
As is well known, the idea of variations as applied to certain specific
questions of this nature has already been encountered in the literature. In particu-
lar, this method was used to give a complete solution to the rotation problem for
the class of functions w = f (z) = z + C2 z 2 + that are regular and starlike in
1zI < 1. This solution will be given now in a somewhat different treatment.
In the present section, this idea of variations will be applied to the deriva-
tion of convenient variational formulas. We shall then use the variational
1) Goluzin [1952].
§9. A METHOD OF VARIATIONS 527
where a and b are given real numbers, where g(z, t) is a given regular function
defined in the region IzI < 1, a < t < b, and where a(t) ranges over all possible
functions nondecreasing in a < t < b and satisfying the condition
b
Sda(t)-a(b)-a(a)=1. (2)
a
Let us consider two types of variations of the function f (z) E Eg that are
obtained by means of a suitable variation of the function a(t).
1) Let t 1 and t2 denote any two numbers such that a < t 1 < t 2 < b. We leave
unchanged the values of the function a(t) outside the interval t 1 < t < t2 but
replace its values inside that interval once with the average (weighted) values of
a(t) and a(t 1 - 0) and once with the average of a(t) and a(t 2 + 0), that is, with
the values
(1 -A)a(t)+Aa(ty+0).
Here, we take a(a - 0) = a(a) and a(b + 0) = a(b). The varied functions al(t)
and a2(t) thus obtained obviously remain nondecreasing in the interval a < t < 6
and they continue to satisfy condition (2). They can be represented in the form
ak (t) = a (t) + Apk (t), k = 1, 2, (4)
where Sk(t) = 0, k = 1, 2, outside the interval t 1 < t < t 2 and
528 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
fk (z) = bg (z, t) da
k ()t==f (z) +' g(z, t) dPk (t), k = 1,
tp
2.
a tl
f**(z)=f(z)+ASg(z, t)dP(t),
a
which yields
f**(z)=f(z)+A(g(z, t1)-g(z, t9)) (8)
§9. A METHOD OF VARIATIONS 529
Formula (8) constitutes the second variational formula in the class Eg.
We note that, if the function g(z, t) satisfies the condition g(z, a) = g(z, b),
it can be extended as a function of t to the entire real line as a periodic function
of t with period b - a. if we extend a(t) according to the formula
a(t+b-a)-.a(t)+1,
we can replace the interval of integration a < t < b of the integral (1) with any
other interval of the same length without changing the value of the integral. In
this case, the variational formulas (7) and (8) are also meaningful on the entire
t-axis except when 0 < t2 - t1 < b - a.
2°. We denote by S* the class of functions
w=f (z)=z+C2Z2+..., (1)
that are regular in the disk IzI < 1 and that map that disk univalently onto domains
that are starlike about the point w = 0. We know that a necessary and sufficient
condition for the function (1) to belong to the class S' is that the inequality
at (-,f (z)l>p
f(z)/I
be satisfied in Iz I < 1, and this in turn is.equivalent to the integral representa-
ti on
z f (z) = x
S e
e' - z
da (t)
f (Z) (2)
-a
in Izl < 1, where a(t) is a nondecrrasing function in the interval - n < t < n
such that a(n) - a(- n) = 1. By virtue of this last condition, formula (2) can be
reduced to the form
zf (z) 1= Z-da(t)
f (z) e z
_x
then
z (7)
f (z) = n
11 (1 - 2
k=I
This function maps the disk Iz < 1 onto the entire z-plane with n radial cuts.
§9. A METHOD OF VARIATIONS 531
(2)
where a is real. Here, we are excluding from consideration the case in which
4'(log (f (z)/z)) = 0 at the extremum. Therefore, in IzI < 1, we have the
inequalities
(e'T $ (iogf
zz)))
with suitable y and this functional fits the type of the first of the functionals
(1). Therefore, it will be sufficient to prove the theorem for the first of the func-
tionals (1), which we now denote by If. Let f (z) denote one of the extremal
functions.
Let us calculate the value of If for the varied function (4) of subsection 2°.
Since
0 (log f* z(z)) = (logf (z) )
z
is
1
1
tr
1e-z i cI dt +
1) Here the logarithms refer to those branches that are regular in Iz I < I and that
vanish at z = 0.
532 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
we have
1s
z tt
i toe_tiz (t)-cldt} 0(1`9). (5)
i,
The extremality of the function f (z) requires that the coefficient of A vanish,
that is, that
is
Tie
(logfzz))1 cIdt=O. (5)
then 10.(t) - c I must be equal to zero in that interval, that is, a(t) = c = const.
But in the case in which '(log (f (z)/z)) A 0, as we shall assume in what follows,
equation (6) is equivalent to the equation
that is, to a quadratic equation in e`t. Consequently, it has no more than two
solutions in e`t. This leads to the conclusion that the function a(t) is a step
function with either one or two points of discontinuity in the interval - rr < t < >t
and that the corresponding values of t must satisfy equation (6).
Let us suppose that there are two such points of discontinuity t 1 and t 2.
Let us construct the varied function f. .(z) in accordance with formula (5) of sub-
section 2°. For this function, we have
1f.. =1f
pt ((D' (logf Zz)) [log (1 - e tt9 z) - log (1 - e-", z)]) + 0 (A9),
has equal values at t = t 1 and t = t2. Consequently, its derivative with respect
to t, which is equal to F(t), must vanish at some point t3 in the interior of the
interval (t1, t2). But then the equation will have three distinct solutions in a",
which is impossible. This contradiction shows that a(t) has only one point of
discontinuity in - rr < t < 7T. But then, in accordance with formula (7) of subsection
2° with n = 1, it must be of the form (2). This completes the proof of the theorem.
By applying Theorem 1 to the case when (D(w) = aeh"' + b (where a, b, and
A are constant, we conclude that the maximum of the functionals
(a(fix))1+b)and (fiz))1+b
a
I
f (z)(z) -
z 1c zI
f(z) I
(which was proved by the author earlier by a different procedure) holds in the
class S*
Theorem 2. For a given entire function cb(w) and a given point z in the disk
Iz < 1, the maximum of either of the functionals
where Al and h2 are real nonnegative numbers such that h1 + h2 = 2 and a and
A are real. The case when db'(log f'(z)) = 0 is excluded from consideration.
534 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
ie
log f . (z) =-- (z) + l` f (z)) I a (t) - c I dt+O (A9)
fI (z) dz 1 1
11
and consequently
92
dzi)
ty
/D' (logf'
CD' (z)) d to 1t zf (z)
f'(z)
tl
It follows from this condition that a(t) = const in an arbitrary interval (t 1,
containing no roots of the equation
'I (log f (z)) d ie dt zf (z))
F()-
t= f' (z) dzz - 0. (10)
But equation (10) leads to a fourth-degree algebraic equation in ett. This means
that a(t) must be a step function with no more than four points of discontinuity
in the interval - n < t < ii, which must be roots of the equation F(t) = 0.
On the other hand, application of the variational formula (5) of subsection 2°
in the present case shows that the quantity
/ 41' (log f' (z)) d
l f(z) dz (z)1og (1 - e it z)) (10)
as a function of t has different values at all points of discontinuity, so that its
derivative with respect to t, which is equal to F(t), also vanishes inside the
intervals between any two adjacent points of discontinuity. If there were more
than two points of discontinuity of the function a(t) in the interval -77 < t < n,
§9. A METHOD OF VARIATIONS 535
the number of roots of the equation F(t) = 0 in that interval would exceed 4, which,
from what was said above, is impossible. On the other hand, if there are no more
than two, then, by virtue of equation (7) of subsection 2°, the function f (z) must
be of the form (9). This completes the proof of the theorem.
In the same way we can prove the more general theorem:
Theorem 3. For a given entire function c(w), a real constant k, and a given
point z in the disk Izl < 1, the maximum of either of the functionals
((D (log
f (z -))' IJ wy-) (11)
in the class S' is attained only by a function of the form (9). The case when
D' (log )f=0
at an extremum is excluded from consideration.
As a special case of this with k = 2, we obtain
Theorem 4. For a given entire function c(w) and given C such that ICI > I,
the maximum of either of the functionals
Ut (0 (log F (C))) I T (log F (C)) (12)
in the class V of functions F(C) = C+ ao + a1/C+ that are regular in the
domain JCI > 1 excluding the pole C= - and that map the domain ICJ > 1 onto
domains with complement that is starlike about C= 0 is attained only by a func-
tion of the form
F(C)=C(1et_)a°,
alt, A910, A1+A9=2. (13)
whereas, for the function (9) with 0 < AI < 2, we see that obviously F'(a)
as C approaches any point on ICI = 1 that corresponds to boundary points on
w=0.
An analogous situation occurs in the problem of maximizing IF%)I in the
subclass 12 of odd functions F2(C) belonging to the class V. These functions
have. the representation
F9 (C) = F (0,
where F(C) E V. It follows from Theorem 3 for k = 3/2 that the only extremal
function here is a function of the form
F2(C)=C 1 - eta)
C2
X1 / e1P X2
l\1 - C,
It+. , (14)
hold for ICI > f + 1 with equality holding only in the case of a function of the
form
§ 9. A METHOD OF VARIATIONS 537
F(C)=C+eCa, (16)
holds in the domain ICI > 1. Let us set f (z) = F(l/z) - l/z = Then,
in accordance with (17), we have If W1 < 1 in the disk IzI < 1. Furthermore,
f (0) = 0. But then, as we know, 1)
If'(z)IG1 in I zI (18)
with equality holding only in the case of a function of the form f (z) = ez, where
leI = 1. Inequality (18) yields
f zs F'1)-Z, IClin
or
1) See the author's article [1945] and also Theorem 5 of §8, Chapter XL
538 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
(this is equation (10) of subsection 3° with I(w) = + iw). If there are two points
of discontinuity, the function
(cf. (10') of subsection 3° with 0(w) = iw) has the same value at the two points.
Let us suppose that there are two such points of discontinuity t 1 and t 2,
indexed so that t 1 < t 2. Then, the function F(t) = tp'(t) has one zero inside each
of the intervals (t 1, t 2) and (t 2, t 1 + 2n). By ridding equation (2) of denominators,
we reduce it to the form
at (e" (1 - e-tt
r) (1 - eit r)9 -4-- Ce tt (1 - ett r)9) = 0
and we can then reduce this to the form
at (e-9" r - e` t (l +C+2ra)+2r+ra+2Cr -ett (r9+Cr9))=0.
If we now replace the first two terms with their complex conjugates, which does
not change the real part, we obtain the .equation
at (e91t r - e't (1 + 3ra + C + Cr') + 2r + ra + 2Cr) = 0. (4)
Then, by setting C= e`t, we write this equation in the form of a fourth-degree
algebraic equation
1
Ck) I =
L COS tk = + 3r +1 + OR (C).
k=1 k=1
costk-::- r(1+r)
r r 1-}-r
k.1
It follows, in particular, that cost > r for t 1 < t < t 2. But then, since
dt
(l log (1 -e 't r))=- (1
e-11
tr)1r ecoitr I'
f
we conclude that the first term in (3) decreases in the interval (t1, t2), so that
81 (1 log (1 - e-tt, r)) > 81 (1 log (1 - e- its r)). (6)
le itlr le e1'r
C 1-e
-e-"'r rC
1-a-11'r )
_ _
(ic(-e- t11r
1-e111r
e-1t'r
1-e-1t'r ))_T- 1 DI (i
1
Cl-Cs
xC1+ (1-A)C.
2IS-1
C ((C2-C1)(ACi+(1 -A)Ci))
(1 - ) 2I (C1C2)
By subtracting (7) from (6), we obtain the inequality tli (l1) > (t Z), which con-
tradicts what was said above, namely, that the function Tli(t) has equal values
at the two points of discontinuity t 1 and t2- This contradiction shows that a(t)
cannot have two points of discontinuity in the interval - n < t < n. Consequently,
the function f (z) must be of the form (1). This completes the proof of the theorem.
5°. The same method of variations can be applied to tht solution of extremal
problems in the class of typically real functions. A function
f (.Z)=z+csz9+... , (1)
that is regular in the disk IzI < 1 is said to be typically real in that disk if it
is real on the diameter - 1 < z < I and if 91(f (z)) and -%z) are always of the
same sign, that is, if
where a(0) is a real nondecreasing function in the interval 0 < 0 < n such that
a(n) - a(0) = n. Conversely, every function f (z) defined by this formula is typi-
cally real in IzI < 1. Formula (2) can be replaced by the equivalent formula
1
where
z
s (z, t) _ 1-2tz+z2 ' (4)
and a(t) is a real nondecreasing function in the interval - 1 < t < 1 such that
a(1) - a(-1) = 1. For arbitrary fixed t in the interval - 1 < t < 1, the function
s(z, t) itself is typically real; furthermore, it is univalent in the disk IzI < 1. If
we denote by T, the class of all functions (1) that are regular and typically real
in I z I < 1, formula (3) is a parametric representation of that class. By relying on
formula (3), the author solved [1950a] a number of extremal problems for the class
T,. In all those problems, the functions (4) proved to be the only extremal func-
tions. We now apply the idea of variation to the solution of more general problems.
To do this, we write the variational formulas corresponding to formulas (7)
and (8) of subsection 1° as applied to the integral (3). Specifically, we obtain two
variations of the function (3) in the class T,:
is
In formula (5), t I and t 2 are arbitrary numbers such that - 1 < t 1 < t 2 < 1 and c
is a constant in the interval t 1 < t < t2. In formula (6), t 1 and t 2 are points of
discontinuity of the function a(t) in the same interval. In both formulas, A is an
arbitrary sufficiently small real number.
Theorem. 1. For a given function c(w) that is regular in 0 < Iwl < o and a
given point z in Izl < 1, the maximum of each of the functionals
R (I (f (z))) or 10 (f (z)) I (7)
in the class Tr is attained only by suitable functions of the form
f (z) _ Ats (z, ti) + A9s (z, t9), A1, X9 > 0, A1-f- A9 =1, (8)
where t1 and t2 are numbers in the interval - 1 <t < 1. We exclude from
542 XI. SOME SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
so that the number of these discontinuities does not exceed 4. If there are more
than two points of discontinuity, denote three of them by t 1, t2, and t3, indexed
in such a way that - 1 < tl < t2 < t3 < 1 and F(t2) = 0. By applying formula (6),
let us show that 3(4'(f (z)) s (z, t)) has, as a function of t, equal values at the
points t1, t2, and t3. But then its derivative has a root inside each of the inter-
vals (t 1, t2) and (t 2, t 3); that is, equation (9) has three distinct roots. This con-
tradiction shows that a(t) does not have more than two points of discontinuity in
the interval - 1 < t < 1, and this means that the function f (z) is of the form (8).
This completes the proof of the theorem.
We shall now give an example in which the extremal function (8) does not
degenerate into a function of the form s(z, t). We knowl) that, for fixed z in
IzI < 1, the maximum value of If(z)I in the class Tr is attained only by a func-
tion of the form f (z) = s(z, t), where, for certain z, we have - 1 < t < 1. The
function z2/(l - z2)2 f(z) belongs to Tr whenever f (z) does. (This follows
from the necessary and sufficient condition for f (z) to belong to the class Tr,
namely, that the inequality
zze f(z))>0
holds for IzI < 1.) Therefore, for IzI < 1, the minimum value of If(z)J in the
class Tr is attained only by a function
f(z)
_ Za z zs
=12ts(z, 1)+
1) Goluzin [1950e].
§9. A METHOD OF VARIATIONS 543
which is of the form (8) but with Al and A, positive. Then, the problem of
minimizing If (z)I is equivalent to the problem of maximizing c(f (z))I with
(w) = l/w.
Theorem 2. For a given entire function c(w) and a given point z in the
disk IzI < 1, the maximum of either of the functionals
where to belongs to the interval - 1 < t < 1. A'e exclude from consideration the
case in which 4''(f'(z)) = 0.
The proof is analogous to that of Theorem 1.
THE SCIENTIFIC WORKS OF GENNADI! MIHAILOVIC GOLUZIN
(All in Russian)
545
546 SCIENTIFIC WORKS OF GENNADIY MIHATLOVIC GOLUZIN
1937d Conformal mapping of multiply connected domains onto a plane with cuts
by the method of functional equations in Conformal mapping of simply
connected and multiply connected domains, ONTI, Moscow, pp. 98-110.
1938 Some bounds on the coefficients of univalent functions, Mat. Sb. 3 (45),
321-330.
1938a On the continuity method in the theory of conformal mappings of multiply
connected domains, Mat. Sb. 4 (46), 3-8.
1939 Iterational processes for conformal mapping of multiply connected domains,
Mat. Sb. 6 (48), 377-382.
1939a On limiting values of Cauchy integral, Leningrad State Univ. Ann. Math.
Ser. 6, 43-47. MR 2, 181.
1939b On complete systems of functions in the complex domain, Leningrad State
Univ. Ann. Math. Ser. 6, 48-51. MR 2, 188.
1939c Zur Theorie der schlichten Funktionen, Mat. Sb. 6 (48), 383-388.
MR 1, 308.
1939d Interior problems of the theory of univalent functions, Uspehi Mat. Nauk 6,
26-89. MR 1, 49.
1940 Uber p-valente Funktionen, Mat. Sb. 8 (50), 277-284. MR 2, 185.
1943 Uber Koeffizienten der schlichten Funktionen, Mat. Sb. 12 (54), 40-47.
MR 5, 93.
1943a Zur Theorie der schlichten Funktionen, Mat. Sb. 12 (54), 48-55. MR 5, 93.
1943b On the theory of the airfoil in the two-dimensional flow, Mat. Sb. 12 (54),
146-151. MR 5, 21.
1945 Some estimations of derivatives of bounded functions, Mat. Sb. 16 (58),
295-306. MR 7, 202.
1946 On the theory of univalent functions, Mat. Sb. 18 (60), 167-179. MR 7, 515.
1946a On the problem of Caratheodory-Fejer and similar problems, Mat. Sb. 18
(60), 213-226. MR 8, 22.
1946b On some properties of polynomials, Mat. Sb. 18 (60), 227-236. MR 8, 22.
1946c On the distortion theorems for "schlicht" conform representation, Mat. Sb.
18 (60), 379-390. MR 8, 574.
1946d On the number of finite asymptotic values of integral functions of finite
order, Mat. Sb. 18 (60), 391-396. MR 8, 23.
SCIENTIFIC WORKS OF GENNADII MIHArLOVIC GOLUZIN 547
L. Ahlfors
1930 Untersuchurgen zur Theorie der konformen Abbildungen and ganzen
Funktionen, Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 1, no. 9, 1-40.
1938 An extension of Schwarz' lemma, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 43, 359-364.
1947 Bounded analytic functions, Duke Math. J. 14, 1-11. MR 9, 24.
L. Ahlfors and H. Grunsky,
1937 l/ber die Blochsche Konstante, Math. Z. 42, 671-673.
Ju. E. Alenicyn
1947 On mean p-valent functions, Mat. Sb. 20 (62), 113-124. (Russian)
MR 9, 23.
1950 On functions p-valent in the mean, Mat. Sb. 27 (69), 285-296.
(Russian) MR 12, 491.
1950a On bounded functions in multiply connected regions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 73, 245-248. (Russian) MR 12, 401.
1951 On the estimation of the coefficients of univalent functions, Mat. Sb.
28 (70), 401-406. (Russian) MR 13, 640.
1961 An extension of the principle of subordination to multiply connected
regions, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 60, 5-21; English transl., Amer.
Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 43 (1964), 281-297. MR 25 #1281.
1964 Conformal mappings of a multiply connected domain onto many-sheeted
canonical surfaces, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28, 607-644.
(Russian) MR 29 #1315.
I. E. Bazilevic
1936 Zum Koeffizientenproblem der schlichten Funktionen, Mat. Sb. 1 (43),
221-228.
1936a Sur les theoremes de Koebe-Bieberbach, Mat. Sb. 1(43), 283-292.
1951 On distortion theorems and coefficients in univalent functions, Mat. Sb.
28 (70), 147-164. (Russian) MR 12, 600.
549
550 BIBLIOGRAPHY
A. F. Bermant
1938 On certain properties of regular functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 18,
137-140. (Russian)
1938a Remarque sur le lemme de Schwarz, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 207, 31-33.
1944 Dilation d'une fonction modulaire et problemes de recouvrement, Mat.
Sb. 15 (57), 285-324. (Russian) MR 7, 150.
1947 On certain generalizations of E. Lindelof's principle and their appli-
cations, Mat. Sb. 20 (62), 55-112. (Russian) MR 9, 138.
A. F. Bermant and M. A. Lavrent'ev
1935 Sur l'ensemble de valeurs d'une fonction analytique, Mat. Sb. 42,
435-450.
L. Bieberbach
1913 Uber einen Satz des Herrn Caratheodory, Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Gottin-
gen. 4, 552-561.
1914 Zur Theorie and Praxis der konformen Abbildung, Rend. Circ. Mat.
Palermo 38, 98-112.
1916 Uber die Koeffizienten derjenigen Potenzreihen, welche eine schlichte
Abbildung des Einheitskreises vermitteln, S.-B. Preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
940-955.
1919 Aufstellung and Beweis des Drehungssatzes fur schlichte konforme
Abbildung, Math. Z. 4, 295-305.
1927 Lehrbuch der Funktionentheorie. Vol. II, B. G. Teubner, Berlin.
M. Biernacki
1936 Sur les fonctions univalentes, Mathematica (Cluj) 12, 49-64.
A. Bloch
1925 Les theoremes de M. Valiron sur les fonctions entieres et la theorie
de l'uniformisation, Ann. Fac. Sci. Univ. Toulouse, 3, 1-22.
C. Caratheodory
1913 Uber die gegenseitige Beziehung der Rdnder bei der konformen Abbil-
dung des Innern einer Jordanschen Kurve auf einen Kreis, Math. Ann.
73, 305-320.
1913a Uber die Begrenzung einfach zusammenhdngender Gebiete, Math. Ann.
73, 323-370.
1936 Eine Verschdrfung des Schwarzschen Lemmas, Prakt. Akad. Athenon 11.
C. Caratheodory and L. Fejer
1911 Uber den Zusammenhang der Extremen von harmonischen Funktionen
mit ihren Koeffizienten and Uber den Picard-Landau'schen Satz, Rend.
Circ. Mat. Palermo 32, 218-239.
T. Carleman
1921 Sur les fonctions inverses des fonctions entieres d'ordre fini, Ark.
Fys. 15, no. 10.
Z. Charzynski and M. Schiffer
1960 A new proof of the Bieberbach conjecture for the fourth coefficient,
Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. 5, 187-193. MR 22 115746.
J. Dieudonne
1931 Sur les fonctions univalentes, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 192, 1148-1150.
1931a Recherches sur quelques problemes relatifs aux polyn6mes et aux
fonctions bornees d'une variable complexe, Ann. Ecole Norm. Sup. (3)
48, 247-358.
P. Fatou
1906 Series trigonometriques et series de Taylor, Acta Math. 30, 335-400.
M. Fekete
1923 Uber die Verteilung der Wurzeln bei gewissen algebraischen Gleich-
ungen mit ganzzahligen Koeffizienten, Math. Z. 17, 228-249.
1925 Zum Koebeschen Verzerrungssatz, Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen.
145-150.
1930 Uber den transfiniten Durchmesser ebener Punktmengen. II, Math. Z.
32, 215-221.
G. M. Fihtengol'c
1929 Sur l'integrale de Poisson et quelques questions qui s'y rattachent,
Fund. Math. 13, 1-33.
552 BIBLIOGRAPHY
A. F. Filippov
1950 An elementary proof of Jordan's theorem, Uspehi Mat. Nauk 5, no. 5
(39), 173-176. (Russian) MR 12, 628.
P. R. Garabedian
1949 Schwarz's lemma and the Szego kernel function, Trans. Amer. Math.
Soc. 67, 1-35. MR 11, 340.
P. R. Garabedian and M. Schiffer
1949 Identities in the theory of con formal mapping, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.
65, 187-238. MR 10, 522.
1950 On existence theorems of potential theory and conformal mapping,
Ann. of Math. (2) 52, 164-185. MR 12, 89.
1955 A proof of the Bieberbach conjecture for the fourth coefficient, J. Ra-
tional Mech. Anal. 4, 427-465. MR 17, 24.
T. H. Gronwall
1914-1915 Some remarks on conformal representation, Ann. of Math. (2) 16,
72-76.
H. Grotzsch
1932a Uber die Verschiebung bei schlichter kon former Abbildung schlichter
Bereiche. 11, Ber. Verh. Sachs. Akad. Wiss. Leipzig 84, 269-278.
1935 Zur Theorie der konformen Abbildung schlichter Bereiche, Ber. Verh.
Sachs. Akad. Wiss. Leipzig 87, 145-158.
H. Grunsky
1932 Neue Abschatzungen zur konformen Abbildung ein- and mehrfach
zusammenhangender Bereiche, Schr. Math. Sem. and inst. fur Angew.
Math. Univ. Berlin 1, 95-140.
1934 Zwei Bemerkungen zur konformen Abbildung, Jber. Deutsch. Math.-
Verein. 43, 140-142.
1937 Uber die konforme Abbildung mehrfach zusammenhangender Bereiche
auf mehrblattrige Kreise, S.-B. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 40-46.
W. K. Hayman
1963 On successive coefficients of univalent functions, J. London Math.
Soc. 38, 228-243. MR 26 #6382.
A. Ja. Hincin
1924 On sequences of analytic functions, Mat. Sb. 31, 147-151. (Russian)
G. Julia
1924 Lecons sur les fonctions uniformes a point singulier essentiel isole,
Gauthier-Villars, Paris.
M. V. Keldys
1939 Conformal mappings of multiply connected domains on canonical do-
mains, Uspehi Mat. Nauk 6, 90-119. (Russian) MR 1, 48.
M. V. Keldys and M. A. Lavrent'ev
1937 Sur la representation conforme des domaines limites par des courbes
rectifiables, Ann. Ecole Norm. Sup. (3) 54, 1-38.
P. Koebe
1907 Uber die Uniformisierung beliebiger analytischen Kurven, Nachr. Ges.
Wiss. Gottingen 2, 191-210.
1910 Uber die Uniformisierung der algebraischen Kurven. 11, Math. Ann. 69,
1-81.
1912 Uber eine neue Methode der konformen Abbildung and Uniformisierung
(Voranzeige), Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 879-886.
554 BIBLIOGRAPHY
J. E. Littlewood
1925 On inequalities in the theory of functions, Proc. London Math. Soc.
(2) 23, 481-519.
1944 Lectures on the theory of functions, Oxford Univ. Press, London.
MR 6, 261.
J. E. Littlewood and R.E.A. C. Paley
1932 A proof that an odd schlicht function has bounded coefficients, J. Lon-
don Math. Soc. 7, 167-169.
C. Loewner
1917 Untersuchungen Tiber die Verzerrung bei konformen Abbildungen des
Einheitskreises Izi < 1, die durch Funktionen mit nichtverschwinden-
der Ableitung geliefert werden, Ber. Verb. Sachs. Akad. Wiss. Leip-
zig 69, 89-106.
1919 Uber Extremumsatze bei der konformen Abbildung des Ausseren des
Einheitskreises, Math. Z. 3, 65-77.
1923 Untersuchungen Uber schlichte konforme Abbildungen des Einheits-
kreises, Math. Ann. 89, 103-121.
I. F. Lohin
1949 Remarks on estimates for regular functions, Mat. Sb. 24 (66), 249-262.
(Russian) MR 11, 339.
A. I. Markusevic
1936 Sur la representation conforme des domaines a frontieres variables,
Mat. Sb. 1 (43), 863-886.
I. M. Milin
1965 A bound for the coefficients of schlicht functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 160, 769-771 = Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965), 196-198.
MR 30 #3206.
H. Milloux
1924 Le theoreme de M. Picard, suites de fonctions holomorphes, fonctions
meromorphes et fonctions entieres, J. Math. Pures Appl. 9, 345-401.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 557
P. A. Montel
1927 Lecons sur les families normales de fonctions analytiques et leurs
applications, Gauthier-Villars, Paris; Russian transl., ONTI, Mos-
cow, 1936.
1933 Lecons sur les fonctions univalentes ou multivalentes, Gauthier-
Villars, Paris.
F. Nevanlinna and R. Nevanlinna
1922 Uber die Eigenschaften einer analytischen Funktionen in der Umge-
bung einer singularen Stelle oder Linie, Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 50, no. 5.
R. Nevanlinna
1919-1920 Uber die schlichten Abbildungen des Einheitskreises, Oversikt
av Finska Vet. Soc. Fbrh. (A) 62, no. 6, 1-14.
1922 Kriterien fiber die Randwerte beschrdnkter Funktionen, Math. Z. 13,
1-9.
1936 Uber die Kapazitat der Cantorschen Punktmengen, Monatsh. Math. 43
435-447.
1936a Eindeutige analytische Funktionen, Die Grundlehren der Math. Wissen-
schaften, Band 46. Springer-Verlag, Berlin; Russian transl., Gostehiz-
dat, Moscow, 1941. MR 15, 208.
A. Ostrowski
1922 Uber vollstandige Gebiete gleichmassiger Konvergenz von Folgen
analytischer Funktionen, Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 1, 327-350.
E. Phragmen and E. Lindelof
1908 Sur une extension d'un principe classique d'analyse et sur quelques
proprietes des fonctions monogenes dans le voisinage d'un point
singulier, Acta Math. 31, 381-406.
G. Pick
1916 Uber eine Eigenschaft der konformen Abbildung kreisformiger Bereiche,
Math. Ann. 77, 1-6.
A. I. Plessner
1923 Zur Theorie der konjugierten trigonometrischen Reihen, Mitt. Math.
Sem. Giessen, 10.
558 BIBLIOGRAPHY
G. P61ya
1928 Beitrag zur Verallgemeinerung des Verzerrungssatzes auf mehrfach
zusammenhangende Gebiete. I, S.-B. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 228-232;
II, ibid., 280-282.
1929 Beitrag zur Verallgemeinerung des Verzerrungssatzes auf mehrfach
zusammenhangende Gebiete. III, S.-B. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 55-62.
R. de Possel
1931 Zum Parallels chlitztheorem unendlich vielfach zusammenhangender
Gebiete, Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 192-202.
H. Prawitz
1927-1928 Uber Mittelwerte analytischer Funktionen, Ark. Mat. Astronom.
Fysik 20A, no.6, 1-12.
I. I. Privalov
1919 Cauchy's integral, Saratov. (Russian)
1924 On functions that provide a univalent con formal mapping, Mat. Sb. 31,
350-365. (Russian)
1950 Randeigenschaften analytischer Funktionen, GITTL, Moscow (Rus-
sian); German transi., Hochschulbucher fur Math., Bd. 25, VEB
Deutscher Verlag, Berlin, 1956. MR 13, 926; MR 18, 727.
T. Radio
1922-1923 Sur la representation conforme de domaines variables, Acta
Szeged 1, 180-186.
1922-1923a Uber die Fundamentalabbildung schlichter Gebiete, Acta Szeged
1, 240-251.
E. Reich and M. Schiffer
1964 Estimates for the transfinite diameter of a continuum, Math. Z. 85,
91-106. MR 30 #4921.
E. Rengel
1933 Uber einige Schlitztheoreme der konformen Abbildung, Schr. Math.
Sem. and Inst. Angew. Math. Univ. Berlin 1, no. 4, 141-162.
F. Riesz
1923 Uber die Randwerte einer analytischen Funktion, Math. Z. 18, 87-95.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 559
M. Riesz
1927 Sur les fonctions conjuguees, Math. Z. 27, 218-244.
M. Riesz and F. Riesz
1916 Uber die Randwerte einer analytischen Funktion. IV Skand. Math.
Kongr., Mittag-Leffler, Uppsala, 1920, pp. 27-44.
R. M. Robinson
1943 Analytic functions in circular rings, Duke Math. J. 10, 341-354.
MR 4, 241.
W. W. Rogosinski
1932 Uber positive harmonische Entwicklungen and typisch-reelle Potenz-
reihen, Math. Z. 35, 93-121.
1943 On the coefficients of subordinate functions, Proc. London Math. Soc.
(2) 48, 48-82. MR 5, 36.
A. C. Schaeffer and D. C. Spencer
1943 The coefficients of schlicht functions, Duke Math. J. 10, 611-635.
MR 5, 175.
1947 Variational methods in conformal mapping, Duke Math. J. 14, 949-966.
MR 9, 341.
1950 Coefficient regions for schlicht functions, Amer. Math. Soc. Colloq.
Publ., vol. 35, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I. MR 12, 326.
M. Schiffer
1936 Sur un principe nouveau pour l'evaluation des fonctions holomorphes,
Bull. Soc. Math. France 64, 231-240.
1938 A method of variation within the family of simple functions, Proc.
London Math. Soc. (2) 44, 432-449.
1943 Variation of the Green function and theory of the p-valued functions,
Amer. J. Math. 65, 341-360. MR 4, 215.
1948 Faber polynomials in the theory of univalent functions, Bull. Amer.
Math. Soc. 54, 503-517. MR 10, 26.
E. Schmidt
1932 Uber den Millouxschen Satz, S.-B. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 394-401.
G. Schottky
1904 Uber den Picardschen Satz and die Borelschen Ungleichungen, S.-B.
Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1249-1263.
560 BIBLIOGRAPHY
I. Schur
1917 Uber Potenzreihen, die im Innern des Einheitskreises beschrankt sind,
J. Reine Angew. Math. 147, 205-232.
V. I. Smirnov
1928 Sur la theorie des polynomes orthogonaux d la variable complete, Z.
Leningrad. Fiz.-Mat. Obsc. 2, 155-179.
1929 Sur les valeurs limites des fonctions, regulieres a l'interieur d'un
cercle, Z. Leningrad. Fiz.-Mat. Obsc. 2, 22-37.
1932 Uber die Randerzuordnung bei konformer Abbildung, Math. Ann. 107,
313-323.
1932a Sur les formules de Cauchy et de Green et quelques problemes qui s'y
rattachent, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Set. Mat. 7, 337-372.
1953 A course of higher mathematics. Vol. III: Part 2, 5th ed., Gostehizdat,
Moscow; English transl., Pergamon Press, Oxford and Addison-Wes-
ley, Reading, Mass., 1964. MR 32 #171.
E. Sperner
1928 Neuer Beweis fdr die lnvarianz der Dimensionszahl and des Gebietes,
Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 6, 265-272.
0. Szasz
A. I. Vol'pert
1950 An elementary proof of Jordan's theorem, Uspehi Mat. Nauk 5, no. 5
(39), 168-172. (Russian) MR 12, 628.
J. L. Walsh
1960 Interpolation and approximation by rational functions in the complex
domain, 3rd ed., Amer. Math. Soc. Colloq. Publ., vol. 20, Amer. Math.
Soc., Providence, R. I.; Russian transl., IL, Moscow, 1961.
Xia Dao-xing (Hsia Tao-hsing)
1957 Goluzin's number (3 - /5)/2 is the radius of superiority in subordina-
tion, Sci. Record 1, 219-222. MR 20 #6530.
1957a On the radius of superiority in subordination, Sci. Record 1, 329-333.
MR 20 #6531.
A. Zygmund
1959 Trigonometric series. Vols. I, II, 2nd rev. ed., Cambridge Univ. Press,
New York; Russian transl., "Mir", Moscow, 1965. MR 21 #6498;
MR 31 #2554.
SUPPLEMENT
Since the publication of the first edition of Goluzin's monograph, there have
been a large number of results in the geometric theory of functions by both Russian
and foreign authors. Many of these results are directly related to the content of
the present book and many of them have been obtained by applying Goluzin's
ideas. Because inclusion of these results in the main text of the book would re-
quire considerable change in the author's text, it seemed expedient instead to
supplement the present book with a separate survey of these results.
This survey is by no means exhaustive. Some of the methods that have been
developed at the present time and the results obtained by these methods could not
very well be included with sufficient completeness within the framework of a sup-
plement to the book. Furthermore, the direction of the scientific interests of the
authors is unavoidably reflected in the choice of material included in the supple-
ment.
§ 1 of this supplement was written by N. A. Lebedev, § 2 by G. V. Kuz'mina,
and §3 by Ju. E. Alenicyn.
Introduction
As a preliminary, we list certain classes of functions that will be frequently
encountered in what follows.
S the class of functions f (z) = z + c 2z 2 + that are regular and uni-
valent in the disk IzI < 1;
I the class of functions 4+ a0 + a1/4 + that are meromorphic
and univalent in the domain 141 > 1;
S") (k = 1, the class of functions f(z) E S that have an expansion of
the form
563
564 SUPPLEMENT
3:e the subclass of functions F(C) in I that do not vanish for ICI > 1;
1(k) (k = 1, 2, ) the class of functions in V that have an expansion of
the form F (C) = C+ ak-l/0-1 + a2k-l/y2k-1 + ... ;
SR the class of functions f (z) = z + c 2 z2 + E S with real coefficients
c2, c3'...;
S` the class of functions w = f (z) E S that map the disk IzI < 1 onto a do-
main that is starlike about the point w = 0;
S the class of functions f (z) E S that map the disk I zI < 1 onto a convex
domain;
the class of functions w = f E I that map the domain ICI > 1 onto
a domain whose complement is starlike about the point w = 0;
the class of functions in I that map the domain ICI > 1 onto a domain
with convex complement;
SM (M > 1) the lass of bounded functions f (z) E S: I f (z)I < M for IzI < 1;
1m (m > 0) the class of functions F(C) E I such that IF(C)I > m for 1;
S(1) the class of functions f (z) = az + a 2 z 2 + , where a > 0, that are
regular and univalent in the disk IzI < 1 and satisfy the inequality
I1(z) I < 1 for IzI < 1.
R the class of functions f (z) that are regular in the disk I z I < 1;
C the class of functions f (z) that are regular in the disk I z I < 1 and
satisfy the inequality R(f (z)) > 0 for IzI < 1;
T the class of functions f (z) = z + c2 z2 + that are regular in the disk
IzI < 1 and satisfy the inequality %f W)Nz) > 0 for IzI < 1;
R the class of functions f (z) that are regular in the disk I z I < 1 and that
satisfy the inequality f (z 1) f (z 2) 1 for arbitrary z 1 and z 2 in the
disk IzI < 1;
L the class of functions f (z) that are regular in the disk I z I < 1 and that
satisfy the inequality f (z 1) f (z 2) -1 for arbitrary z 1 and z2 in that
disk;
L the subclasses of univalent functions in the classes R and L respec-
tively.
The classes of functions that are subclasses of several of these classes will
be denoted by the corresponding indexes. For example, S( ) is the class of
§1. BASIC METHODS 565
functions f (z) E S(k) f SM, and SR) is the class of functions f(z) E S(I) l SR.
Other notation will be explained when introduced.
where dri is the element of area. Consider some single-valued branch of the func-
tion Q (w). Then, in the annulus r0 < I z I < 1 with appropriate cut, we have the
expansion
00 00
k=0q1
CO
q I bgk' I9
n 00
< E Z q IP9k' 19 - 2 t
k=0q=I
n
Z p'k'(bok) -
k=0
art
k
J=0
p , (3)
in which the form of the summation with respect to j is associated with the par-
ticular choice of the branch of Q W. It is easy to give various necessary and
sufficient conditions for equality to hold in this conditional inequality. For n = 0,
we obtain the generalized theorem on areas presented by Lebedev and Milin [1951].
If F (C) belongs to E and if the function Q (w) is regular in the complement of
the image of the domain p0, where po> 1, under the function w = F(C),
then, by setting
CO CO
Inequality (3) is the starting point for obtaining various kinds of inequalities
(cf. Lebedev and Milin [1951] and Lebedev [1951, 1961]). Success depends on
suitable choice of the function Q(w). In applying this method, one does not al-
ways obtain sharp inequalities (in connection with this, one can apply Bunjakov-
skiPs inequality). However, this method sometimes makes it possible to obtain
certain inequalities even when other methods fail.
As an example of the illustration of the application of this method, let us
prove Theorem 3 of § 2 of Chapter IV. If we set Q (w) = Y. v=i yv log (w - F (c)),
we have
n
Q(F(Q)= , yV log
V=1
0 n
0) ( 1l
9Cv
q=1 q=1 v=1
and (4) takes the form
§1. BASIC METHODS 567
00 n
t t
q I bq Y,7v, log (5)
q-1 V. CyQ -1
The left-hand side member of inequality (8) of §2, Chapter IV, is equal to
By using the preceding inequality, we obtain inequality (8) of § 2, Chapter IV, and
the theorem is proved. One can find the conditions under which equality will hold
in (5).
All these generalized area theorems and the basic inequalities obtained from
them can be written in integral form, which is also very convenient for obtaining
a number of inequalities.( For example, inequality (4) can be written
SS ly'(z)Isda< SS
Izl<1 Izl<1
where da is the element of area and where 0(z) = k1 bkzk and bi(z) = fk=lJ3kz
We can consider the case of disjoint multiply connected domains. In this case,
series of the form (2) are not applicable, but we can use the theory of orthogonal
functions (over a domain) introduced by Carleman [1922] and Bochner [1922] (see
also Bergman [1950] and Meschkowski [1962]). The case of a single function and
a simply or multiply connected domain was considered by Milin [1964, 1964a, 1964b].
A generalized theorem on areas in integral form was obtained by Lebedev
[1966] in the case of disjoint multiply connected domains. (See also §3 of the
present supplement regarding theorems on areas for multiply connected domains.)
2°. The method of contour integration. This method is closely connected with
the principle of areas and it consists basically in examining a double integral over
the domain in question. Usually the integrand is nonnegative (in particular, the
square of the modulus of the derivative of some function that is regular in the do-
main in question). It is chosen in such a way that, in the contour integral obtained
by use of Green's formula, one of the factors in the integrand has values on the
contour of the region that are complex conjugates of the values of some other func-
tion and in such a way that the use of this relationship makes it possible to re-
place this integral with the integral of a meromorphic function and calculate it
with the aid of the residue theorem. By such a procedure, we obtain an inequality.
The success of the method depends on successful choice of the double integral.
568 SUPPLEMENT
The method of contour integration was first used to solve extremal problems
in the geometric theory of functions by Grunsky [1932]. In §4 of Chapter V, we
shall present some results of the work of Garabedian and Schiffer [1949], in which
this method is used systematically to obtain various identities in the theory of
conformal mapping of multiply connected domains. The method of contour integra-
tion has been applied by numerous authors, for example, Goluzin [1937, 1946,
1946e], Grunsky [1939], Bergman and Schiffer [1951], Meschkowski [1953], Nehari
[1953], Alenicyn [1956, 1961]. (With regard to certain results obtained in these
works, see §3 of this supplement.)
3°. The parametric method. This method consists in using Loewner's equation
(see §2 of Chapter III) to solve extremal problems in the theory of functions. Loew-
ner used his equation to obtain the inequality I c31 < 3 for the functions f (Z) =
Z + c 2 z 2 + c 3 z3 + C S. Peschl [1936] generalized Loewner's equation some-
what. In a number of articles, Goluzin [1936, 1937b, 1939c, 1946c, 1946e, 1949c,
1951, 1951a] used Loewner's equation and extended considerably the possibilities
of its application. Solutions of Loewner's equation have been studied in detail by
Kufarev [1946, 1947a, 1947b, 1947c, 1947d, 19481. Furthermore, Kufarev [1943,
1947] gave a generalization of that equation. We shall present the formulation of
one of his theorems without proof:
Suppose that a function p (w, t) is regular with respect to w in the disk
Iwj < 1 for every t in the interval 0 < t < oo, and measurable with respect to t in
that interval for every w in IwI < 1. Suppose also that p (0, t) = 1 and
R (p (w, t)) > 0 for IwI < 1, 0 < t < m. Then, the solution w = f (z, t), f (z, 0) = z
of the differential equation
is a function that, for every t in the interval 0 < t < 00 is, as a function of z,
regular and univalent in Izj < 1 and f (0, t) = 0, f i(0, t) = e-' , If (z, t)1 < 1 for
Izi < 1, 0 < t < oo. Furthermore, the function
f(z)=1imetf(z, t)= z+c z'+c3z3+ ...
belongs to the class S.
The parametric method is constantly used in articles on the theory of univa-
lent functions (cf. Bazilevic [1951, 1951a, 1957], Kolbina [1952a], Lebedev
[1955a, 1955b], Slionskii [19591). It frequently leads to success in obtaining
§I. BASIC METHODS 569
explicit inequalities but, as a rule, it does not ensure description of the extremal
functions or complete information regarding their uniqueness. This method has
been extended to doubly connected domains. In this connection, see Komatu [1943],
Goluzin [1951e], Li En-pir [1953], Lebedev [1955c, 1955d], Kuvaev [1959a]. Fur-
thermore, Kuvaev and Kufarev [1955] have obtained a generalized equation of the
Loewner type for multiply connected domains. Kuvaev [1959] has obtained one for
automorphic functions. All these generalized equations are extremely complicated
and few specific results have been obtained from their use.
4°. Variational methods. We stop only for those variational methods that have
led to the solution of a number of extremal problems in the geometric theory of
functions. The first of these methods is the variational-geometric method of La-
vrent'ev [1934]. By this method, some remarkable results have been obtained in
applied questions (see, for example, Lavrent'ev and Sabat [1958, Chapter IV]).
Problems in geometric theory that were solved originally by this method can now
be solved quite easily by other variational methods.
The next variational method in order of discovery is that of Schiffer. In his
articles, he used both boundary [1938, 1938a] and interior variations [1943]. The
use of Schiffer's method in the solution of extremal problems leads to certain dif-
ferential equations for an extremal function, one for each extremal function. Later,
Goluzin [1946e, 1947, 1947a, 1951d] (see also Chapter III, §3), gave his variant
of the method of interior variations and obtained formulas for the varied function
under fewer assumptions. Beginning with these formulas, he arrived at the same
differential equations as Schiffer did, but by a simpler path. Goluzin's method
frequently leads to the final solution of various extremal problems in the geometric
theory of functions. However, in many cases, this method does not enable us to
carry the problem to its conclusion, and then it gives only a qualitative charac-
teristic of the extremal function and the domain onto which this function maps the
unit disk. Frequently, this domain is the entire plane with cuts along a finite num-
ber of analytic curves. To a considerable degree, this information removes the
difficulties involved in the use of Loewner's method. This suggests combining
the parametric and variational methods. An attempt to do so was made by Lebedev
[1951, 1951a]. Since he did not give the proofs in the article [1951], we shall ex-
pound certain ideas briefly here. If a function w = f (z) in the class S maps the
disk I z < 1 onto the plane with cuts along a finite number of Jordan curves, then
the function f (z) (see Chapter III, § 3) can be represented in the form f (z)
g (f (z, t), t), for 0 < t < oo, where f (z, t) is a solution of Loewner's equation
570 SUPPLEMENT
(cf. (18), p. 96) with some function k (t), for 0 < t < oc. Let t/1(t) and ri2(t) denote
arbitrary functions that are continuous for 0 < t < oc except at a finite number of
points of discontinuity of the first kind and suppose that they satisfy the condi-
tions ITj 1(t) etl < b1 and I712(t)I < M for 0 < t < oo, where M > 0. Then, for suffi-
ciently small real A, the solution w = f (z, t, A), f (z, 0, A) = z of the equation
dw 1 + k (t) ea"19 U) w
dt --(1 + 1`'q1 (t)) w 1- k (t) eiA (1) w, 0 t < 00,
is, for every t in the interval 0 < t < oc, a regular and univalent function of z in
the disk Izl < 1 and satisfies the conditions
t
-1-AJ*li(z)di
f(0, t)=0, fZ(0, t)=e °
f* (z) =f (z) + A 5 [L (z, t) lit (t) - IN(z, t) 71s (t)] dt -+ X2R (z, t), (1)
0
where
and R (z, t) is a function that is uniformly bounded with respect to t inside the
disk Izl < 1. By a suitable choice of T11(t) and rt2(t) in (1), we obtain the varied
function f*(z) E S:
X m
f* (z) =f (z) + X Ak P (x, zk) - k E AkQI (z, zk, t)
k=l k=1
M
- Jl E A kQs (z, Zk, t) + X9R* (z, t), (2)
k-1
where the Ak are arbitrary complex numbers, the zk are points in the disk
Izl < 1, R*(z, t) is a function that is uniformly bounded with respect to t inside
the disk Izl < 1, and
§ 1. BASIC METHODS 571
I
zkf
P (z, zk) = (?k)
f (zk) ) f (z)2f-f(Z)s
(zk) '
f f (z, 0 f (zk, t-f (z, t
Q1 (z, zk, t) = ( zff (zk,
Z (zk, t\ ( (z) (z)
t) fz (z, t) f (zk, t) --f (z, t)
f (z, t) +f (zk, t) f (z, t) l
Qs (z, zk, t) = (Zf Z (zk, t) (f (z) -.f' (z)
f (zk, t) fz (z, t) 1 -f (zk, t) f (z, t) Jf
If we set t = 0 in formula (2), we obtain a formula that differs only insignificantly
from Goluzin's formula (24), of §3, Chapter III. If we apply it to a function
f (z) E S that is extremal in some problem, we obtain a differential equation for
f (z) that contains the parameter t. We also obtain differential equations for
f (z, t) and g (z, t), for the boundary of the image of the disk under the function
w = f (z), and for the function k (t) in Loewner's equation. By this procedure,
Lebedev [1951, 1951a] obtained only certain qualitative results for extremal func-
tions in the problem of coefficients for functions in the class S.
With greater success, Kufarev [1951, 1954, 1956b] (see also [1963]) combined
Goluzin's variational method and Loewner's method of parametric representation.
The variational-parametric method constructed by Kufarev for solution of extremal
problems also leads to a differential equation for the function g (z, t) (and conse-
quently for f (z) and f (z, t)). Furthermore, by using this equation and Loewner's
equation, we reduce the problem of finding the function k (t) in Loewner's equa-
tion to that of solving a boundary problem for a system of differential equations.
If from this system we succeed in finding the function k (t), then integration of
Loewner's equation reduces to determining the extremal function and the solution
of the extremal problem. By means of Kufarev's variational-parametric method,
mathematicians of the Tomsk school have solved many difficult extremal problems
in the geometric theory of functions (for some of these see §2 of this supplement).
Goluzin's variational method has been extended to multiply connected do-
mains (see Kufarev and Semuhina [1956], Aleksandrov [1963a], Gel'fer [19621)
and to multivalent functions (see Gel'fer [1954, 1956], and Goodman [1958, 1958a,
1958b, 1958c]). It is easy to obtain variational formulas of the type of Goluzin's
formulas for classes of functions that can be represented by means of a Stieltjes
integral (convex, starlike, typically real, etc.). However, it seems more conven-
ient to us in such cases to use other methods, in particular, other variational for-
mulas. We shall speak of such methods in subsection 8°.
572 SUPPLEMENT
5°. The method of extremal metrics. These methods rest on inequalities be-
tween the lengths of curves belonging to a family and the areas of the domains
filled by them. Grotzsch [19281 was the first to use this method as a method in the
theory of univalent functions and he called it the "method of strips". His method
is expounded in Chapter IV, §6. By means of it, Grotzsch solved numerous prob-
lems for both simply connected and multiply connected domains. Many of these
can now be solved more easily by other methods, in particular, by the method of
contour integration. The method of strips was perfected by Ahlfors [19301. He
proved a very important inequality, known as the principle of length and area. We
shall give a formulation of this result.
Let f (z) denote a function that is regular in a domain B and let n (w) denote
the number of roots of the equation f(z) = w that lie in B. Define
ZR
n(pe10)dg, p>0.
p(P)= 2w J
0
Let l (p) denote the total length of the level curves if (z)I = p in B and let a de-
note the area of B. Then
00
(P)' dP < 27ta.
P P (P)
b
The reader can find a proof of this result, certain of its applications, and a
suitable bibliography in the book by Hayman [19581.
In 1946, Ahlfors and Beurling gave a new formulation of the method of extremal
metrics and this formulation later enabled Jenkins [19581 to give a further develop-
ment of this method. The name "method of extremal metrics" is connected with
the fact that special metrics are introduced in certain of the studies in a domain
filled by a family of curves.
6°. The method of quadratic differentials. The significant role of quadratic
differentials in the solution of extremal problems was already disclosed in the
familiar investigations of Grotzsch (see subsection 5°). In particular, in his theo-
rems on the existence of conformal mappings of multiply connected domains onto
canonical domains, the latter are determined in a number of cases by the trajec-
tories of a quadratic differential. The role of quadratic differentials also showed
up in the solution of extremal problems by the variational method. As we know,
the method of interior variations usually leads to a differential equation for ex-
tremal functions and for the boundaries of the corresponding extremal domains.
§1. BASIC DOMAINS 573
1) With regard to the definitions in this subsection, see the monograph by Jenkins
[1958].
574 SUPPLEMENT
unit circle, one can study sets of values of these functions and their derivatives,
one can obtain a number of results regarding univalent functions without common
values, and one can prove existence theorems for mappings of multiply connected
domains onto canonical domains. With the aid of the "general theorem on coeffi-
cients", Jenkins posed and solved a number of difficult extremal problems. (With
regard to some of these results, see §2 of this supplement.)
7°. The method of symmetrization. At the present time, we know several
methods of symmetrization. We pause briefly for circular symmetrization proposed
by P6lya. For a simply connected domain B containing the point z = 0, one can
easily prove that there exists a unique simply connected domain B. with the fol-
lowing property: if a circle I z I = r, where 0 < r < no, intersects the domain B
along arcs whose lengths add up to l (r), where 0 < l (r) < 277 r, then this circle in-
tersects the domain B,, along a single arc of length 1(r) with center at the point
z = -r. The domain B. is symmetric about the real axis. If w = f(z) and w =
f.(z), where f (0) = f,(0) = 0, are respectively functions that map B and B* uni-
valently and conformally onto the disk Iwi < 1, then
If (Z) I I f* (Z) I s
z E B.
1-If(Z)I' 1-If*(Z)I
There are other inequalities connecting certain quantities for B and B. The
method of symmetrization rests on an inequality of this sort. It is expounded rather
completely in the books by Hayman [1958] and Jenkins [1958].
We note that this method, especially in combination with the method of ex-
tremal metrics, made it possible to solve a number of extremal problems that had
not been solvable by other methods (see §2 of this supplement). A generalization
of the method of symmetrization to multiply connected domains has been given by
Mitjuk [1964a] (see §3, subsection 2° of the supplement).
8°. The method of integral representations. The solution of extremal problems
is simplified in the classes of functions that have an integral parametric represen-
tation. We shall consider classes A of functions that have a representation by
means of a Stieltjes integral
b
where [a, b] is a finite interval, where g (z, t) is a fixed function that is regular
with respect to z in some domain B for a < t < b and continuous with respect to
§1. BASIC DOMAINS 575
t in that interval for every z E B (the kernel of the class), and where 1t(t) is a
function that is nondecreasing on the interval [a, b] and that satisfies the condi-
tion 1t(b) - p(a) = 1 (the parameter of the class). In what follows, we shall de-
note the set of such functions p (t) by M [a, b].
For example, the class C of functions f (z) such that f (o) = 1 is represented
by the formula
it
f(z) = S 1 z dp (t), 1, (t) E M [- it, it]. (2)
The class of typically real functions f (z) (the class T) is represented by the
formula (see Chapter XI, §9)
cx
I) This theorem follows easily from the results of Carathe'odory [1911] (see also F.
Riesz [1911]).
576 SUPPLEMENT
f* (z) =f (z) + A (g (z, t) - f (z) =f (z) + X S [ga (z, ti) - g (z, t)] dµ (t),
O<A<1, a t b.
(6)
This formula, like Goluzin's formulas, usually leads immediately to the fact that
the extremal function is of the form (5).
In many cases, the class of functions can be represented with the aid of a
Stieltjes integral. For example, the class S" of functions that are starlike in the
disk I zj < 1 is represented by the formula
Naturally, the use of Goluzin's variational formulas or formula (6) does not pre-
sent any difficulty in such cases.
9°. Many different results can be obtained by combining various methods. We
spoke in subsection 4° about a combination of the variational and parametric
methods (the variational-parametric method of Kufarev). Jenkins used successfully
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 577
a combination of the method of extremal metrics with the variational method and
the method of symmetrization. With regard to the methods of the geometric theory
of functions, see also Kufarev [1956a, 19581 and Jenkins [1958, Introduction].
/I ]
9 C Cs
j= I 1- I C1
I F(C/) I' I'
for F(C) E 1m. Equality can hold in the first of these conditional inequalities for
all ISII=IC2I>1 but it can hold for the second only when C 1 = C 2'
By the same method, Bazilevic [1951] obtained, for all S I and C2 in the do-
main ICI > 1, a bound for the functional
C1- C2
F (C1) -f- F (C2)
log F(C1)-F(C9) C 7R C2
1+ IF( j) 1 IC-l
578 SUPPLEMENT
By using the generalized area theorem, Milin (see Lebedev and Milin [1951])
established the following sharp inequalities for F (C) E y( 2), for arbitrary p and
q and for arbitrary C1 and C2 on the circle 1/r> 1:
(1-r2)2(IP+qI+IP-ql)
_ F(C1)-F(C9)IP
IC,-C2 P
(1 +rp) a (IP+qI-LP-q1)
2 (IP+qI-IP-qI)
X I C1+C2 Iq
C (1+r') I
F(CC)+F(Ca) Iq (IP+qI+IP-ql)
_2
r2)
Using this inequality, Nehari obtained, for the coefficients in the expansion
of a function f (z) = a0 + a1z + a2 z2 + that is regular in a neighborhood of the
point, a necessary and sufficient condition for f (2) to be regular, univalent and
bounded in modulus by unity in the disk IZ < 1.
Together with the class of functions that we have considered above, let us
also consider the class S. By letting M approach oo, we obtain the corresponding
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 579
ZZ
v-l v,=1
xkyk
I v l v, (D(2k) (z,) zv,)
n n'
{ yy y1 vy1 v }1/9,
(3)
1v1v 1 (zky )k (zv, 2v,) z2ky)k (zv,, 2'j
V. v,-l V. v,_ I
for k=0, 1, 2, .
where if, z } is Schwarz's invariant. On the one hand, inequality (4) gives a bound
for Schwarz's invariant in the case of bounded univalent functions; on the other
hand, it sharpens for such functions the well-known inequality of the hyper-
bolic metric. Inequality (4) can also be obtained in an elementary way (see Lebe-
dev [1961]) from the well-known inequality of Nehari [1949] for the absolute value
of Schwarz's invariant in the class S:
We note that if a function ((z) that is regular in the disk I z I < 1 and satis-
fies the inequality
I{f,Z
Red'kov [1960, 1962, 1962a] solved an analogous problem for the class S(1) (a)
of functions in S(1) with fixed a in the interval 0 < a < 1 and he found the
_A
ranges of values of the functional log (zA f '(z)1 f '(0)"/f (z)A I f (z)I''') (where A,
p., and v are real numbers) on the classes S(1)[I f (z)I] and S(I). Furthermore,
Aleksandrov [1963] considered the problem of determining the range of values of
the functional I (f (z), f (z), f'(z), f'(z)) on the class S(k), where
J (w1, w2, w3, w4) = J (xI + iyl, , x4 + iy4) has continuous first and second
partial derivatives of their arguments xk, yk' for k = 1, 2, 3, 4, and he determined
conditions from which we can find boundary functions of this range of values.
Red'kov [1963] considered the problem of finding the range of values of the func-
tional J (f (z), f (z), f'(z), f'(z), f '(0)) on the class S(1)[I f (z)I]. Aleksandrov [1963c]
studied the properties of boundary functions of the ranges of values of weakly
582 SUPPLEMENT
differentiable functionals defined on the class S(z0) of functions f(z) that are
regular and univalent in the disk lzl < 1 and satisfy the conditions f (0) = 0,
f (z0) = z0, where z0 is a fixed number in the disk Iz0l < 1. As an application,
we determine the ranges of values of the functional JIf"(z)/f'(z), f(z)/f'(z)},
defined on that class and thus on the class of all functions f (z) that are regular
and univalent on the disk l z l < 1 and also of the functional J (f (z), f (z), f'(z), f '(z))
on the class S(z0) by indicating the method of finding the arguments of the func-
tions J (t 1, t 2) and Ay 1, t 2, t 3, t4) corresponding to nonsingular boundary points
of the ranges of values in question. The logical conclusion of these investiga-
tions is a consideration of infinite systems of weakly differentiable functionals.
Theorems of a general nature dealing with boundary functions of the ranges of
values of such systems defined on the classes S and 10 are established in Alek-
sandrov's article [19651.
As an example of the use of Jenkins's general theorem on coefficients, we
point out that he obtained [1960] the most definitive results in the problem of the
range of values of the functional f (z) for fixed z = re `0 in the disk I Z I < 1 on
the class SR. Suppose that f(z) = pe"o. He established, and one can easily show
from a well-known result of Rogosinski [1932], that, for arbitrary fixed t/, such
that arg(re`9/(1 + re' 19)2) <Vi < arg(re`B/(1 - rei0)2), the greatest value of p is
obtained only by the function h (z, r, 0, z/(1 + 2tz + z 2), where t E
is found from the condition arg h (rer, 0, Eli) _ Eli. With regard to a lower bound
for p, for arbitrary Vi in the interval indicated, the extremal function of this in-
equality is determined by the same investigating procedure in the terms of geome-
try and the theory of quadratic differentials, which theoretically solves the prob-
lem in question.
Using Goluzin's method of variations, Ulina [1960] studied the range of values
of the system Ilog(f (z)/z), log f'(z)} on the class S for fixed z in lzl < 1, and
she obtained a system of equations characterizing the boundary of that set. Using
Loewner's method of parametric representation, Popov [1965] obtained the com-
plete solution of this problem in a somewhat modified posing; specifically, he de-
termined the range D of values of the system of functionals
Jlog f (z)
1 z
arg f (z) , log f
zf'((z)
I' arg zf'(()1
defined on the class S. The set D is closed, bounded, convex and symmetric in
the sense that if it contains a point (X + t', Y, U, V), where 0 =-log(1- zl2),
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 583
it also contains the points (X + t,, - Y, U, -V) and (U + tk, V, X, Y). On the
boundary IF of the set D, there are four points, namely, the points
(1+1212,
(log 1-IzI ' 0)l
0 log 1+121
and
11 I f v (0)
v=1
Ia" < [ 1z.Ei k<v::E n
fk (0) -J v (0) I-9akav (5)
Equality holds here if and only if there are distinct numbers ¢k, k = 1, 2, , n,
and a positive number p such that the curve
n
1-1 Iw-aklak=P (6)
k-1
partitions the w-plane into n simply connected domains. Extremal systems of
functions are constituted only by the solutions wu = f ,(z) of the equations
1 n 1
(wv-ak)ak)av
z=Evp av(wv - av) J1
k=1
k #v
wv (0) = av, I E I = 1 (v = 1, 2, ..., n),
corresponding to the curves (6) that partition the plane into n simply connected
domains. These solutions map the disk IzI < 1 univalently onto the domains in-
dicated.
In the simplest case of n = 2, Lebedev [1955b] posed and solved a more gen-
eral problem. Specifically, let B denote a simply connected domain containing
given distinct points a1 and a2. If ak oo, for k = 1, 2, let w = fk(z) denote a
function that satisfies the condition fk(0) = ak and that maps the disk Izi < 1
univalently and conformally onto a domain Bk contained in B. If a 2 = oo, let
fzW denote a function satisfying the condition 12(00) = oc that maps the domain
ICI > 1 onto a domain B2 contained in B. The domains B1 and B2 are disjoint.
Let B (all a denote the set of points M (x I. x),
1' z 2 where xk = 11'k (0)I if ak
and x2 = if' 2(.)' if a2 = .
Lebedev [1955b] obtained the result that, in the case in which B is the en-
tire plane (including w = Dc), the set &B (0, oo) is the domain 0 < x1 X 2 < 1,
x1 > 0, with x1x2 = 1 only when f 1(c) = tc', for ICI < 1, and (2(C) = c/t, for
ICI > 1 and 0< t < oa, and the set &B (a1, a2) is the domain 0 < x1x2 < Ia1-a2I2,
x1 > 0 with x1x2 = Ia1 - a2I2 only when f1(C) = (a1k1 - a2c)/(k1 - C), (2(C) _
(a1k2 - a2c)/(k2 - c), and Ik1k21 = 1. Furthermore, by applying Goluzin's varia-
tional method, Lebedev determined the region &B (a1, a2) for cases when B is
the plane with the point oo excluded and when B is the disk Iwi < R. As a con-
sequence of these theorems, one can again obtain the results of Lavrent'ev [1934]
and Kolbina [1952] (here B is the unextended plane) and those of Kufarev and
Fales [1951] (here, B is a disk).
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK ANNULUS 585
Let Ro denote the set of all functions f (z) that are meromorphic and univa-
lent in the disk I zI < 1 and satisfy the condition 1(0) = 0. Let R.. denote the set
of all functions F(C) that are meromorphic and univalent in the domain ICI > 1
and satisfy the condition F (oc) = cc. Let 2 denote the set of ordered pairs
(A(z), F(c )) such that f(z) / F(c) for every z in Izl < 1 and every c in ICI > 1.
For the class 9, Alenicyn [1956a] used Nehari's method to obtain the following
inequality for arbitrary z in I z I < 1, arbitrary c in J CJ > 1, and arbitrary con-
stants a1 and a2:
{al log Z'f (!) f (0) + 2a1; log (1 - f (Z) + log F' (C)
f (z) 1 F (t)/ F' (oo)l
Iall2log(1-Izl')- I%1glog(1 -Itll,).
(The values of the logarithms on the left-hand side are taken on suitable branches.)
This result leads to inequalities involving various functionals both in the
class of functions mentioned and for univalent mappings. In particular, Alenicyn
obtained [1958] the following inequalities, which do not involve the derivatives
of the functions in question:
Let f1(z) and f2(z) denote two functions that are meromorphic and have no
common values in the disk I z I < 1. Suppose that fl(0) = 0 and (2(0) _ c. Then,
for arbitrary points zI, z2 in the disk I z I < 1,
them. As a consequence, sharp bounds have been obtained for If (r)/F (p)I and
I log (1 - f (r)/F (p)) 1, the radii of disks that prove to be the ranges of values of
f'(0)/F(p) and f (r)/F'(oo), the range of values of the system (I f (r)I, 1/IF(p)I) in
the class I, and also the range of values of the function f W in the class R.
The range of values of the system (If "(°)/f '(0)I, I f '(0)/F'(00)I) in the class
R was determined by Ulina [1960). This led to the solution of the problem of
maximizing the functional 'I = I f ,1(0)/f ,(0)I a I f '(0)/F'(°)I Q , a > 0, )9> 0 in
that class.
Lebedev [1961) has obtained a number of results of extremely general nature
in problems dealing with disjoint domains by beginning with the area principle.
He considered the class 2 (-, a1, , an) of all systems {fk(zW, of functions
fk(z), for k = 0, 1, , n, that map the disk I z I < 1 conformally and univalently
onto disjoint domains in such a way that fo(0) = oo and fk(0) = ak, k = 1, , n,
where a1, - , an are fixed points. By using the generalized area theorem for
functions in this class (see §1, subsection 1° of this supplement), Lebedev ob-
tained a number of distortion theorems in the class Dl (m, a1, an), in particu-
lar, inequalities of the same type as the distortion theorems of Goluzin in the
class 1. The following results are among the applications of these general theorems.
If {fo(z), f1(z){ E$!f(-, 0), then
2n 2a
1
If, (ele) Is d9 d9 <_ 1,
T7-; I fo (eye) Is
d
From this and the familiar result of Rogosinski (Theorem 1, §8, Chapter VIII), it
follows that, for functions f (z) in R (or L),
tic
S I f (e!e) I2 d9 1 (7)
2a
1
b
Inequality (7) strengthens the previous result of Lebedev and Milin [1951]: if
f (z) E R (or L), then
2n
1 C I f(ere) I d6
2x 5
n
2s {Tk1I},
11 I ak - at (8)
where f0'(0) = limZ_0 1/zf0(z). The cases in which equality holds in (8) were all
listed.
Inequality (8) generalizes to the case of complex yk the inequality known
earlier for real yk.
A recent paper of Jenkins [1965] is closely related to this class of questions.
In that paper, Jenkins started with the area principle and established a more gen-
eral inequality of the distortion-theorem type for the class fit, defined above, of
pairs of functions If (z), F (C)1 that depend on a large number of parameters. From
that inequality, one can obtain a number of particular inequalities for the functions
f (z) and F (C) and for functions in the classes R and L. Furthermore, by means
of the extremal metric, Jenkins obtained a number of results for the functions f (Z)
and F (C) in question, though omitting the requirement that they be univalent, and
for the classes R and L.
A number of theorems of the distortion theorem type have been established for
more general classes of functions, in particular, for functions that are p-valent in
mean (in various senses of the word).
A function w = f(z) that is regular in the disk I z I < 1 is said to be p-valent
in mean with respect to circumference in IzI < 1 if it maps the disk IzI < 1 onto a
Riemann surface R lying above the w-plane such that the total angular measure of
open arcs lying on R over an arbitrary circle Iwi = p, where p > 0, does not ex-
ceed 217p. The function w = f (z) is said to be p-valent in mean with respect to
area in the disk IzI < 1 if it maps the disk IzI < 1 onto a Riemann surface such
588 SUPPLEMENT
that the part of its area that lies over an arbitrary disk IwI < p does not exceed npp2
Following Hayman, we shall say that a function f(z) that is regular in the
disk IzI < 1 is weakly p-valent in that disk if, for every p > 0, the equation
f (z) = w either has exactly p roots in I zI < 1 for every w on the circle IwI = p
or (2) has fewer than p roots in IzI < 1 for some w on the circle IwI = p. If p is
a positive integer, the property of being weakly p-valent is a less stringent condi-
tion than the property of being p-valent in mean with respect to circumference, but
being p-valent in mean with respect to area does not imply weak p-valence or vice
versa.
We denote by FO (respectively F° or FI ), where p is a positive integer,
the class of functions of the form
C p+9Z7+9 +...'
disk= za + C p+ tzP+1 +
f (Z)
that are regular in the IzI < 1 and p-valent in mean with respect to circum-
ference (respectively p-valent in mean with respect to area, weakly p-valent) in
that disk.
A powerful tool in the theory of conformal mapping is the following symme-
trization principle.
Suppose that a function w = f (z) = wo + c +
,z'
, where c 0 and p > 1
,
is regular in the disk IzI < 1. Let B = Bf denote its range in the disk IzI < 1.
Suppose that the domain B* obtained from B by symmetrization about a straight
line or ray passing through the point wo lies in a simply connected domain B0.
Suppose that a function w = 4(z) = w0 + c' z +
1
is regular and univalent in the
disk I z I < 1 and maps it onto the domain Bo. Then
ICpI<IC;I.
When p = 1, this theorem was obtained by Hayman [1951, 19581 by means of a
combination of a bound that he obtained for the inner radius of the range of a regu-
lar function with the symmetrization results of Polya and Szego. For p > 1, the
theorem was proved by Kobori and Abe [1959].
This theorem has led to a number of distortion and covering theorems for regu-
lar functions, in particular, for functions in the classes FO and F, (see, for ex-
ample, Hayman [19581).
A generalization, also obtained by Hayman [1951a], of Fekete's familiar
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 589
theorem on the transfinite diameter (Theorem 3, Chapter VII, §3) for the case of
nonunivalent mappings1) has also found applications in this class of equations.
For weakly p-valent functions, Hayman [1951a, 19581 has obtained the follow-
ing generalization of Bieberbach's classical bounds on the modulus of a function
and its derivative in the class S (see Chapter II, §4).
Let f (z) = z' + cp +1 zp +1 + denote a function belonging to FP'. Then,
Furthermore, w = f (z) assumes every value in the disk IwI < 4-P exactly p times
in the disk IzI < 1. Equality holds in all these inequalities only for the function
By combining the method of extremal metrics that he developed and the re-
sults of the symmetrization method and by generalizing his own results for the
class S [1953a], Jenkins obtained [1955, 19581, for f(z) E F?, the least upper
bound of I f (r2) I, where 0 <r2 < 1, for a given value of if If(-r1), where r 1 is a
fixed number in the interval 0 < rl < 1. In particular, we have the theorem:
Suppose that f(z) E F?, that 0 < rl < r2 < 1, and that 9 is a real number.
Then
(raete) I
If (- rle`B) I -}- I f + (1 f-lrr)'
If rl < r2, equality holds only for f(z) = z/(1 - e iez)2. If r1 = r2, equality
holds only for f(z) = z/(1 ± ei6z)2.
As a consequence, we have the following inequality for a function A z) E F?:
If(-z)I+If(z)I_c_2r(1+:.),
(1-r) Zr
II=(O<r<l). (11)
Equality holds in (11) only in the case of functions f(z) = z/(1 ± eiez)2, where
z = reie. In the case of univalent functions, this result was obtained by Goluzin
[1946c] without the assertion of uniqueness of the extremal functions.
By applying the same investigating technique Jenkins [1954) found a solution
of Gronwall's problem in explicit form. This problem consists in finding, in the
class S (c) of functions f (z) = z + c +
2z2
E S with given fixed c 2 = c, where
0 < c < 2, the least upper bound of the maximum of I f (z)I for arbitrary fixed I z I =r,
where 0 < r < 1. This maximum m (r, c) is attained by a function with real coeffi-
cients. As r --a 1,
(I - r)° m (r, c) -- 4a-1 exp (2 - 4a t), a = 2 - (2 - c)1/1.
We note that we can obtain the sharp inequality
Ic3I < 3 (12)
for f (z) E F? from inequality (11) by an elementary procedure. Because of the
simple relationship between the classes F? and FO , namely, that the relation
f (z) E F implies the relation [f (z)]" E F?, we easily obtain from (11) by a
suitable choice of branch of the root the following sharp inequality in the class F0:
P
P cP+s+ ZP (p 1)c;+t3.
From this inequality and inequality (9) we obtain, for f (z) E FO, the inequality
cP+elc2ps+pp
with equality holding for p > 1 only in the case of the functions (10).
As Spencer [1941] has shown, inequality (9) is also valid (and sharp) in the
class F°.P However, as follows from an unpublished result of Schaeffer and Spen-
cer (see Jenkins [1957a], the class F° includes functions for which Ic3I > 3.
This shows that the result Jenkins obtained for the class F? does not hold for
the entire class F.
We note that the last assertion in Hayman's theorem has been carried over by
Garabedian and Royden [1954] to the case of functions in the class FP°. With re-
gard to this question, see also Jenkins's article [1957a].
We cite yet another example of the extension of familiar distortion theorems
for univalent functions to nonunivalent mappings.
We give the following definition: A family 2 of functions f (z) is said to be
linearly invariant if it satisfies the following two conditions:
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 591
1) all the functions f E 2 are regular and locally univalent in the disk I z I < I
(that is, f '(z) # 0 for I z I < 1) and are of the form
f (z) = z + c%zl + ...
2) if f(z) E 2 and 0(z) is a fractional-linear transformation of the disk
I zI < 1 onto itself, then
f OF (z)) -f (p4 (0)) ... E
(0)f'('P(0)) =z
Examples of linearly invariant families are the classes S, S, S*, the class of
functions that are locally univalent and p-valent in the disk I z I < 1, and also the
class of all functions that are regular and locally univalent in the disk IzI < 1. A
number of results with which we are familiar for univalent functions can be carried
over (see Pommerenke [1964]) to linearly invariant families of locally univalent
functions. Specifically, a number of inequalities involving only the order a of the
family 2, where
a= sup 1C21
fE8
have been obtained. (Here a > 1. Furthermore, a is finite if and only if £ is a
normal family, and a = 1 if and only if all functions in the family 2 are convex.)
In particular, for a = 2, we obtain the classical distortion theorems for univalent
functions (see Chapter II, §4).
We now stop for certain results of the distortion-theorem type for doubly con-
nected domains.
In analogy with Loewner's parametric representation of univalent functions in
a disk, Komatu [1943] gave a parametric representation of functions w = f (z) that
are regular and univalent in the annulus I < I zI < R and that map that annulus
onto the domain IwI > 1 with cut along a Jordan curve. Here, the circle IzI = 1
is mapped onto the circle IwI = 1 and f (1) = 1.
Goluzin [1951e] gave a simpler variation of the solution of this problem in a
different form. Let K (m/M) denote the class of functions w = f (z) that are regu-
lar and univalent in the annulus m < I z I < M, where m > 0, that do not vanish in
that annulus, and that, for m < r1 < r2 <M, map the circle IzI =r into the interior
1
of the image of the circle I z I = r2. Let K (m/M, 1/1) denote the class of functions
f (z) E K (m/M) for which f (1) = 1 and m < 1 < M. Following the method indicated
in the article by Goluzin cited above, Li En-pir [1953] considered the problem of
592 SUPPLEMENT
with equality holding in the first (second) inequality only for the function f1(z)
(f2(z)).
Inequalities (13) had been obtained earlier [1953] by Li En-pir without the
assertion of uniqueness of the extremal functions.
Let F denote the class of functions w = f (z) that are regular and univalent
in the annulus B: r < I z I < 1 and that map that annulus onto a domain contained
in the disk Iwl < 1 in such a way that the circle Izl = 1 is mapped onto the circle
IwI = 1. Let FO denote the class of functions in F that satisfy the condition
f (z) 0 in B.
Duren and Schiffer [1962] developed the method of variations in the class F
and applied it to solve certain extremal problems in that class. Duren [1963] ap-
plied that method to the problem of maximizing and minimizing the quantity 1001
for fixed b in r < b < 1 out of all functions in the class F0. The minimization
problem is solved for all b E (r, 1) by mapping the domain B onto the unit disk
with cut along the radius connecting the origin and the point f W. The maximiza-
tion problem was solved by Duren for every b > b*(r) (the exact value of b*(r)
was also determined): the extremal mapping is the one that maps the domain B
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 593
onto the unit disk with cut along the radius connecting the origin with the point
-f(b). When b = b. (r), the extremal function changes its nature: the radial cut
forks at one end.
Let B denote a doubly connected domain in the z-plane that includes the
point z = 0 and is bounded by the unit circle and the radial cut r: q0 < z < po,
where 0 < q0 < po < 1. Let I denote the class of functions w = f (z) that are
regular and univalent in B and map B into the unit disk in such a way that the
point z = 0 is mapped into w = 0 and the circle I z i = 1 is mapped into the outer
boundary of the image. Let Ic denote the subclass of functions in I that satisfy
the condition If'(0)I = c, where c is a fixed positive number.
Tamrazov [1965c] posed and solved the problem of determining the quantities
pf= supZEr If(z)1 and qf= inf_ If(z)I in the class 1c for various positive
values of c. Let fo(z) denote a function in the class I that maps B onto the
unit disk with cut along a circular arc with center at the coordinate origin and
midpoint on the positive axis. Suppose that If 0'(0)1 = co. We know that, for c>co,
the classes IC are empty and the class I0 consists only of functions of the form
f(z) = cfo(z), where I c I = 1.
For c E (0, 1], the only extremal functions are functions of the form f (z) _
ESC(-z) in the case of the first problem and of the form f(z) = Egc(z) in the second,
where I E I = 1 and w = IL (z) = c z + maps the disk I z I < 1 univalently onto the
disk Iwi < 1 with cut along a segment of positive radius. For c = 1, this cut is
constricted to the point w = 1. For c E (1, c0), the qualitative nature of the ex-
tremal mappings is different. The solution of the problem in this case depends on
extensive use of the theory of quadratic differentials, the general theorem on Jen-
kins's coefficients, and Tamrazov's supplement [1965c] to that theorem. For arbi-
trary fixed c E (1, c0), the maximum pf in the class I is attained by all the func-
tions (and only by these functions) f (z) = c f B(z), Ic I = 1, where the functions
w = fe(z) = cecez + , - $(c) < 9 < $(c), constitute a one-parameter family of
mappings one of which (namely, w = fo(z)) is symmetric about the real axis and
for two of which the family is degenerate along one of the three arcs constituting
the inner boundary of the image. The problem of minimizing of in the classes l
(1 < c < c0) has an analogous solution. By the same procedure, we can make a
complete analysis of the form of the extremal mappings and the question of their
uniqueness in the problem of Duren mentioned above (see Tamrazov [1965c]).
In the investigation of questions associated in an essential way with classes
594 SUPPLEMENT
of mappings of a variable doubly connected domain that are not compact in them-
selves, the basic method is clarification of the existence of finite bounds for cer-
tain functionals in these classes. A number of extremal problems of this type for
bounded mappings are solved in the papers by Tamrazov [1962, 1962a, 1962b,
1963, 1965b]. In these articles bounds have been found for the values of the func-
tionals in question that depend only on the modulus of the doubly connected domain.
We present the following results dealing with unbounded mappings of an annu-
lus. Let g denote the class of regular univalent mappings w = f (z) of the annulus
B: r < Izj < 1 for which the bounded component of the complement of the domain
Bf with respect to the entire plane includes the points w = 0, 1 and contains the
image of the circle IzI = r. Let pf denote the distance between the images of the
circles Izl = r and Izj = 1 under the mapping in question. Whereas the problem
of finding inf Z =1 If (z) I in the class Zg can be solved in a simple manner by the
method of circular symmetrization (the solution of this problem also follows from
the familiar results of Teichmnller [19381), solution of the problem of minimizing
p1 in the class 9 required the application of variational methods (Tamrazov
[1965c]). Specifically, we have the following theorem:
Suppose that a function w = g(z) maps B univalently onto the entire w-plane
with cuts -oo < w < _t (where t = t (r) > 0) and 0 < w < 1. In the class 21, we
have pf > t with equality holding if and only if f (z) = g (e z) or f (z) = 1 - g (e z),
where Ie I = 1.
2°. Geometric properties of a univalent conformal mapping. Among the results
obtained under this heading a significant place is occupied by covering theorems.
The distortion theorems mentioned at the beginning of subsection 1° of §2 of this
supplement have led to a number of such results. Specifically, Bazilevic [1951]
obtained the following sharp bound on the linear measure of a covering of the
circle jwl = p by the image B (r) of a disk of the form lzi < r < 1 under functions
in the class S:
If a function f (z) E S, then, for arbitrary r in the interval 0 < r < 1 and arbi-
bitrary x _> e"I er, the intersection of the circle Iwl = p with the domain B (r) has
linear measure not exceeding the intersection of that circle with the domain B*(r)
corresponding to the function f *(z) = z/(1 - ez)2, where I kI = 1.
This result was obtained independently, with the method of areas, by Lebedev
and Milin [1951] for p2 > (2/f)r/(1 - r2).
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 595
2a
S If (re"')I dp<
0
1 r rz+0.55,
which deviates from the sharp inequality by no more than an additional term.
A number of results obtained by Bazilevic in 1958 (cf. his article (19611)
belong to the same class of problems.
These results are closely connected with the problem of finding bounds for
the coefficients. Thus, Bazilevic [19511 obtained for f(z) E S the inequality
IcnI< 2 n+1.51,
which was not improved until 1964 (cf. §2, subsection 3° of this supplement).
With regard to bounded functions, Bazilevic [19591 obtained bounds on the
linear measure of a covering of the circle IwI = p by the image of the disk IzI <
r < 1, the area of that image, and also the mean modulus and its square in the
class SM.
We mention a few results dealing with a familiar class of problems on cover-
ing of segments and areas.
Jenkins [19531 posed and solved the problem of maximizing the linear meas-
ure lf(p) of the set of values on the circle IwI = p, where % < p < 1, that a func-
tion w = f(z) in the class S does not assume in the disk IzI < 1. Specifically,
with the aid of Lindelof's principle and the principle of circular symmetrization,
one can easily show that the function maximizing lf(p) where % < p < 1, in the
class S is uniquely determined up to a rotation. One of these functions, which
we denote by w = f0(z), maps the disk I z I < 1 onto the entire w-plane from which
an arc of the circle IwI = p, symmetrically located about the real axis and
596 SUPPLEMENT
intersecting its positive half, and the ray p < w < - have been deleted. When we
find if0 (p), we obtain for f (z) E S the inequality
1, (p) - 2p arc cos (8 Yp - 8p - 1).
Sato [1955, 1955a] obtained the solution of the analogous problem for the
class SM, where M > 1, by the same method. Goodman and Reich [1955] have ob-
tained a strengthening of Jenkins's result for a subclass of functions in S.
By using the symmetrization results for doubly connected domains, Kubo
[1954] generalized the result of Jenkins given above to the case of functions that
are regular and univalent in the annulus r < I z I < 1 and that map it onto domains
contained in jwj > r in such a way that the circle 1z] = r is mapped into the
circle I wj = r.
Goluzin showed (see p. 144, Theorem 2) that the maximum value of the third
transfinite diameter of the complement of the image of the domain ICI > 1 under a
function in the class I is equal to the transfinite diameter of the continuum con-
sisting of three segments connecting the coordinate origin with the points repre-
senting the cube roots of 4 (see also articles by Garabedian and Schiffer [1955],
Reich and Schiffer [1964].
However, the four intervals connecting the origin with the points representing
the four fourth roots of 4 no longer form an extremal continuum maximizing the
fourth transfinite diameter in the family of all continua whose outer conformal
radius is equal to 1 (Garabedian and Schiffer [19551).
In this connection, we give the following result: by assuming symmetrization
of a special form, Szego [1955] showed in a very simple way that the outer con-
formal radius of a system formed by n segments the product of whose lengths is
given and which issue from the coordinate origin at angles each equal to the next
is maximized when all these segments have the same length. It follows from this
and from Lindelof's principle that, if the function w = f (z) E S*, then, for n arbi-
trary points al, a2, , an lying on n rays issuing from the point w = 0 at equal
angles and belonging to the boundary of the image of the disk I z I < 1 under the
mapping w = f (z), we have
ata9 ... an
with equality holding for a function of the form f (Z) = z/(1 + e z")2"" , where jcl =1
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 597
n
Associated with the familiar theorem on 1/4 solving Szego's problem on
the covering of n segments for the class S (cf. p. 174) is the following result of
Xia Dao-xing [1958]: let KP (where p is a fixed number > 1) denote a family of
convex domains B in the w-plane that have the following properties: each domain
B includes the point w = 0, and its interior conformal radius about w = 0 is equal
to 1; for every boundary point of the domain B, there exists a circle of radius p
that passes through that point and encircles the domain B. Let wk, for k= n,
denote the boundary points of the domain B C KP that lie respectively on n arbi-
trary rays issuing from w = 0 at equal angles:
T,a (p) = min min max I Wk I
B E K, (wi..... w,) k
By use of the extremal metric, one can show that this minimum is attained by a
.domain bounded by a regular n-sided circular polygon whose sides are arcs of a
circle of radius p. This enables us easily to determine the quantity Tn(p) If we
let p approach oo, we get the solution of Szego's problem for the entire class S.
By the same method, Xia Dao-xing [1956] obtained certain theorems on the
covering of intervals under a univalent conformal mapping of an annulus. Tamra-
zov [1965] obtained some very general theorems on the covering of curves under a
univalent conformal mapping that generalize the familiar results on the covering
of segments and provide us with more precise information. For example, he ob-
tained a precision of Rengel's theorem [1933] on the covering of n segments in
the case of functions that are meromorphic and univalent in a disk, and the analo-
gous result for an annulus.
Closely associated with questions on the covering of segments is the well-
known problem of Lavrent'ev (see Chapter IV, §4) on the determination of the re-
gion maximizing the conformal radius in the family of all simply connected regions
containing the coordinate origin but not containing - or a given system of points
aI, , am (for m > 1). This problem was solved by Gel'fer [1958, 1960] for the
case of a family of fundamental domains of groups of fractional-linear transforma-
tions associated with elliptic or automorphic functions.
Koebe's theorem on the covering of the disk Iwi < % by the image of the
disk I z I < 1 under a function w = f (z) C S has been sharpened by Jenkins
[1960] to the case of the class SR. Let Bf denote the image of the disk IzI < 1
under the mapping w = f (z) and define D= fl fESR Bf. Applying the phrase "gen-
eral theorem on coefficients", Jenkins found the set D determining the boundary
598 SUPPLEMENT
p <
K_ P[P°k+2(k-1)pk+1]
(P -1) oft+ 1)2/k
which is attained by the function F(C) = (ck + 1)2/k/C.
In certain subclasses of S and 1, the problem has been solved completely.
For example, ZmoroviZ [19521 obtained greatest lower and least upper bounds for
the curvature of the level curves in the classes S(k), where k > 1, and in the
class I by using the integral representations of these classes. .
In 1952, Bazilevic first found in the class S* the greatest lower bound
of the curvature of the level curves by the method of embedding of the class
S* in a larger special class of functions that are regular in the disk IzI < 1
and in the class S(k)* , for k _> 2; Korickil [1955) did this by the same
method. Korickii [19551 also obtained the greatest lower and least upper
bounds of KP in the class 1(k), for k > 1.
Aleksandrov and Cernikov [19631 first found the least upper bound of the
curvature of the level curves in the class. S(k)*. For k = 1, this least upper bound
is attained for all 0 < r < 1 by the function f (Z) = z/(1 + z)2 . For k > 2, this
bound has a different form for different values of r: for 0 < r < r0, it is attained
by the function f (z) = z/(1 + zk)2/k ; for rp < r < 1, it is attained by the function
where ji1, p.2, and ro depend only on k and r (with 0 < p.l, N.2 < 1, µl + µ2 = 1).
The investigation of the behavior of the level curves as we approach the
boundary of the unit disk is a difficult problem because the behavior of the level
curves as r --+ 1 may prove to be very complicated. For example, it is natural to
assume that the level curve Lr1 embedded in the curve Lr2 (where rl < r2) is
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 601
"more regular" in the geometrical sense than the curve Lr2. However, Bazilevic
and Korickii [19531 showed that, under a mapping of the disk IzI < 1 by a func-
tion in the class S, the number of points of inflection of the level curve Lr and
the number of points of destruction of its starlikeness (points on the level curve
at which the direction of rotation of the radius vector changes as the point z
moves around the circle IzI = r in a specified direction) can change nonmonotoni-
cally with increasing r; that is, if r1 < r2, it may happen that the level curve Lr1
has more points of inflection or more points of destruction of starlikeness than
the level curve Lr2 does. Furthermore, this paradoxical behavior of the level
curves can occur even for bounded functions in the class S.
Nonetheless, for sufficiently rapid growth in the absolute value of a function,
there will necessarily be a certain amount of regularity in the behavior of its level
curves as r ---' 1. Specifically, Bazilevic and Korickii [19621 proved the existence
of absolute constants ak and as such that:
If an arc of a level curve Lr of a function f (z) E S is contained in the annulus
a5R(r)<If(z)I<R(r), IzI=r<1,
it is necessarily starlike, but the same is not true of any of the wider annuli
((xs-e)R(r)<If(z)I<R(r), 8>0.
Bazilevic and Korickii found lower and upper bounds for the constants ak
and as. They proved analogous theorems for the class I. With regard to func-
tions in the class S, in connection with the problem of finding the exact values
of the constants ak and ac, they posed the question: in what parts of the annu-
lus r/(1 + r) 2 < I f W1 < r/(1 - r) 2 is an arbitrary arc of a level curve L r
or starlike with respect to the origin for all f (z) C S. r
602 SUPPLEMENT
where 0 is independent of r, in which the arcs of the level curves are starlike
for all functions in the class S.
The complete solution of the problem posed by Bazilevic and Korickii with
regard to starlikeness of arcs of level curves was obtained by Aleksandrov and
Popov [19651: For every r such that tanh (7r14) < r < 1, values as(r) and 6s(r)
have been found such that every arc of a level curve Lr is starlike for an arbi-
trary function f (z) E S if and only if L,, lies in the annulus
Here, Ps(r) > l .mr-1 Ps(r) = 1, as(r) < limr ,i as(r) = aS = 0.109 .
L, dr , R ('P) = P eXP LP
5
.Furthermore, for arbitrary n = 2, 3, .. , we define
LpLn
n-I
n-I
k=0
+2nk)
2ak
n-fold symmetry of rotation about that point. As Marcus has shown, such symme-
trization does not increase the interior radius of the domain. By using this last
result, Marcus obtained the following theorem:
Suppose that f (z) = z + c2 Z2 is a member of R. Suppose that the Se,-
transformation with center at the point w = 0 is applied to the domain Bf. Then,
V-4 , 0<2;r
with equality holding for a function of the form
with equality holding only for a function of the form f (z) = e z, where lc I = 1.
Hazalija [1958] had already obtained in 1951 the inequality p * > 77 (R2 - 1).
A number of results dealing with the problem of finding a lower bound for the
area of the image of a disk and an annulus and also of the star of that image have
been obtained by Mitjuk [1961b, 1965a-d].
3°. Bounds on the coefficients of univalent functions. The problem of the
coefficients in the expansions of univalent functions has played a significant role
in recent years in the general turn taken by the geometric theory of functions. As
we know, for functions f (z) = z + c 2z2 + in the class S, it consists in deter-
mining for every n > 2 the ranges of values of the system of coefficients
Ic2, , c, of functions in that class. A particular case of this problem is the
problem of finding sharp bounds for the coefficients. Success in this search would
lead to proof or refutation of a well-known conjecture of Bieberbach.
In recent years, a number of problems associated with this class of questions
have been solved.
Schaeffer and Spencer [1950] used their own form of the variational method to
determine explicitly the range of values V3 of the system of coefficients Jc2, c3}
606 SUPPLEMENT
range of values of each of the systems {a2, a3, b3), {a2, b2, a3} is expressed in
explicit form in terms of elementary functions.
In the class I of functions F(C) = C + ao + +
a-1C-1
, Garabedian and
Schiffer [1955] obtained by the method of variations the sharp inequality Ia3I <
+ e -6 . This proves that the bound found by Goluzin [1949c] for the coefficient
of C-3 for odd functions in the class I is sharp throughout that class.
In 1955, Garabedian and Schiffer [1955a] first proved the validity of Bieber-
bach's conjecture for the fourth coefficient. This proof uses both the method of
variations and Loewner's parametric method.
The ranges of values of the systems of initial coefficients in classes of
bounded functions in the classes S(k) and J(k) were investigated by Bazilevic
[1957] by means of Loewner's parametric representation method. Thus, in the
class SM) of functions f(z) = z + Ck+lzk+1 + CZk+lz2k+1 +---,where cvk+l =
a vk +1 + ib vk +1 for k = 1, 2, , Bazilevic determined in explicit form the range
of values of the system {jck+1l, IC2k+111 and, under the assumption that bk+l =
b2k+1 = 0, the range of values of the system {ak+1, a2k+l1 and he exhibited all
their boundary functions. Bazilevic posed and solved the same problems for the
class 1mk) and also for the classes of functions inverse to the functions in SM
and J(k) , respectively.
Charzynski and Janowski [1959] determined the range of values of the system
{c 2, c 31 in the class SM by a method analogous to that used by Schaeffer and
Spencer [1950].
Interesting bounds on the coefficients of univalent functions, bounds which
from a new standpoint explain how the vanishing of some of the initial coefficients
affects the growth of the remaining ones, were obtained by Jenkins [1906b], by
extending his general theorem on coefficients to the case of quadratic differentials
of a suitable form [1960a]. We present some of his results.
Let n denote a positive integer and let F (C) denote the function F (C) _
C + 2°°_ (a . /C') E Y,, where a . = 0 for j < (n - 1)/2. Then,
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 607
IanI - nl
+ (1)
Let M denote the class of functions f(z) meromorphic and univalent in the
disk Izi < I that satisfy the conditions f(0) = 0 and f'(0) = 1. If n > 2, if the
function f(z) = z + Y._
j-2c . z1 E M, and if c . = 0 for j < (n + 1)/2, then
>
c,1j n 2 1
. (2)
Equality holds in (1) and (2) only for the functions n + 1, a) and
F-1 (z-1;
n - 1, a) respectively, where n, a) = (1 + e`naC n)2/n .
Inequalities (1) and (2) were obtained by Goluzin for the classes 20 and S
respectively as special cases of results that are valid for p-valent functions (see
Chapter XI, §6).
If n > 0 and
00
F(C)=C+ Cl C
-n
then, for arbitrary real V j, we have the sharp inequality
{- a "1an+t + 8e Flan - 2 ne
6 8(n+1) 89- 4(n+1) S91og 4 -}- n1 1 , 4. (3)
For n = 0, inequality (3) remains valid for all F(C) E 1 when 0 < S < 4. All the
extremal functions are indicated.
A consequence of inequality (3) for functions of the type indicated is the
inequality
From inequality (3) we get an analogous result for functions that are univalent
in a disk. In particular, we have the following sharp inequality:
Let n denote an integer greater than 2 and let f(z) denote the function f(z) =
z+Y.I-n C. z1EM. Then
n n
C2.-1 n 1 l [1 + 2 exp 1- 2 (5)
608 SUPPLEMENT
Inequalities (4) and (5) had been obtained earlier by Goluzin [1949c] for func-
tions in the classes l(n +1) and S(" ^1) respectively.
In particular, inequality (4) shows that the function
/ 2/(n+ 1) =C+ n+ 1 L_n-+-...,
tn+i)
which maximizes Ia1I and Ia2I in the class E and satisfies for all n the differ-
ential equations for the function maximizing Ia"I in that class is not extremal for
all odd-subscript coefficients a2"+1, n > 1. In connection with this, we note that
Clunie [1959a] constructed along the lines of Littlewood's well-known construc-
tion a function in the class I for which I a" I > n 1 +8 , where 8 is a positive con-
stant, for an infinite sequence of values of n. This function maps the domain
ICI > 1 onto a domain bounded by a Jordan curve.
At the same time, the inequalities
2
IanIC n+ l, n=0, 1, 2, ..., (6)
are valid in the class I*. Specifically, Clunie [1959] proved inequalities (6) in a
simple manner for n > 1 and for functions F(J) = C+ a1/C + a2/C2 +. _ C 2.
The only extremal function is the function c-1 F "(eiJ), where IE I = 1. By using the
same idea of proof, Pommerenke [1962a] obtained inequalities (6) for all functions
F(C)=C+a0+a1/C+... EY.* for n=0, 1, 2,.. .
In 1960, Charzynski and Schiffer [1960] gave a much simpler proof of the
inequality I c 41 < 4, which shows that this inequality is actually more elementary
than Loewner's result Ic31 < 3. These authors also obtained [1960a] a geometrical
proof of the inequality Ic4I < 4. In both cases, the proof is based on an inequality
for suitably chosen combination of the coefficients c 2, c 3, c 4, of a function in the
class S. From this inequality, the inequality Ic4I < 4 is obtained by means of
simple inequalities that follow from the area theorem.
We shall present the first of these proofs of the inequality Ic4I < 4 in a some-
what modified form. The proof rests on Grunsky's familiar condition [1939] for
univalence (see also Chapter IV, § 2). We present this result in the special case
of functions that are regular in the disk I Z I < 1:1)
1) The article by Garabedian, Ross and Schiffer [1965], gives an elementary proof of
this theorem that is based on the area method.
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 609
amnxmxn f I xn I9 (7)
m,n-1 n=1
be satisfied for every sequence xn} such that the right-hand member of this in-
equality converges, where the coefficients amn are determined by the expansion
Co
ail--cs,
1
ala=a91=
1
2 (C3 43 C9),
1 13
aaa = 2 (c` - 2cica + 12
cs) ,
F(C)= EE
f9 t)
the area theorem yields
3 el9
s
I C21 + 3 ca - 4 c9 4,
so that
ca- 4c9IC 4-1 c919. (9)
Without loss of generality, we can assume in the problem that we are con-
sidering that c4 > 0. Then, from (8) we have
1) Inequality (8) can also be obtained directly from inequality (12) of Chapter IV, §2,
with n = 3 and the same values for x1, x2, and x3.
610 SUPPLEMENT
If we now set
and, consequently,
cd ? + 8x9 - 14x3
3 3
- - (8x9
3
4
x8)y9 +
/
8
j-3
x vi - x9y.
By taking the maximum of the right-hand member of this expression with fespect
to y, we arrive at the inequality
cEC 3 +8x9 3
x$+461__x 9
, 0Cx<1,
and it will be sufficient to show that
48- l0x - 132x9 + 108x8 - 14x' _ 0 for 0< x< 1
or
with equality holding only for a function f (z) = z + c2z2 + E S such that
IC21 = 2, that is, for a function of the form
z
,f (z) _ (1 ez)2 ,
where I E I = I.
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 611
22m2 Ick - k12 < Eon is satisfied for f(z) = z + c2z2 + C S, then $2c2m < 2m
with equality holding only for the function f *(z).
Furthermore, the problem of global proof of Bieberbach's conjecture for the
sixth coefficient is reduced to the problem of proving a trigonometric inequality
in five independent variables. In connection with this last, we point out that
Bombieri [1963] had alre4dy proved the inequality Rc6 < 6 in the class S for
values of Rc2 sufficiently close to 2 and Ozawa [1965] used Grunsky's condi-
tions (7) to prove this inequality under the assumption that 0 < c 2 < 2.
With regard to the question of finding bounds for the coefficients for all n>4,
the best result in this direction that has so far been obtained is the inequality
found by Milin [1965]:
cn' < 1.243n, for n > 4.
This result was obtained by investigation of univalent functions based on use of
extremal properties of certain systems of functions.
We point out a few results characterizing the asymptotic behavior of the coef-
ficients in the expansion of univalent functions.
Hayman [1955] showed the close connection between the maximum modulus
M(r, f)=maxIzI_rIf (z)I, where 0 < r < 1, of the function f(z)=z +c2z2+...
C S and the coefficients of the two functions f (z) and
lim (1 - r)' M (r, f) = lim 1 c' = lim I b9n_1 I'== is, C 1, (10)
r-l n-oo n n-+oo
(z)=lnfz =2 (7tz+79x9
ti
where f (z) C S (a), to the corresponding coefficients in the expansion of the
function
co
cp* (z)
- In (I I
_-2 zk
z`) k
k=l
under a suitable rotation of the unit disk. He also proved certain other relation-
ships qualifying in this sense the spread of the coefficients in the expansion of
ti
functions in the class S (a). Specifically, he obtained the following theorem:
if f(z) C S (a), and f(e`0O) = ., then, for arbitrary real A, the equation
m
I
k-l
kl'k-
k e-rkeo l9 r9k=(A- 1) In I
I
r2
1
00
Qk Ir
9 9k
I/
I a2
(1 -} 6J(r)), (13)
I
C (1
k1
=
where g (r) -+ 0 as r - 1, holds for the coefficients in the expansion of the func-
tion D(z) = [(f(z)/z) (1 + e ZeOz)2A]r = 1 + Glz + G2z2 + , which is regular in
the disk Izl < 1.
Special cases of inequality (13) are the inequalities giving a bound on the
mean square modulus in the classes S (a) and S (')(a), the inequality, giving a
lower bound on the distance between adjacent coefficients in the expansion of the
function f2(z) = R_W) and various other inequalities characterizing the spread
of the coefficients of univalent functions.
Some of the results that we have given regarding the spread of the coefficients
are strengthened and generalized for the case of functions that are p-valent in
mean in a joint paper by Bazilevic and Lebedev [1966] with the aid of methods ex-
pounded in the monograph of Hayman [1958].
The problem of investigating the interrelationships between the order of
growth of sequences of coefficients is related in a natural way to the question of
the asymptotic behavior of the coefficients in the expansions of univalent func-
tions. The first systematic results in this direction belong to Goluzin (Chapter
IV, §8).
Goluzin also examined the problem of finding bounds for the growth of adjacent
coefficients in the expansions of functions in the class S (ibid.). For functions in
S*, he obtained [1946e, 1949c] the inequality
IIeR+tI-I1nI <A
(where A is an absolute constant less than 100), which is sharp with regard to
the order of dependence on n.
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 615
n. 1, (14)
A
(z) - z _ 00
sin nO zn
1 - 2z cos 0 + z' sin g
n=I
In particular, if 0 = n/K, where K is even, then cn = 0 for n = Km, whereas
Icnl=Icosec01>K/n for n=K(m+%).
In the proof of inequality (14), in addition to the familiar and frequently used
inequalities regarding regular functions, we also use the following finer result:
iBI i82
Let f (z) denote a function belonging to F1 . Let zI = r I e and z2 = rte
with rI < I and r2 < I. If If(z1)l > If(z2)I, then
I.f(z1)I'14If(Z%)1314<
(1-r1)'12(1 Ar2)1/2Iz2-z,I (16)
where A is an absolute constant.
For f (z) C S, the inequality obtained from (16) by replacing its left-hand
member with If(z2)I was obtained by Biernacki [19561 from an inequality of Golu-
zin [1946e, 1949c].
For functions in the class S, this proof of inequality (14) is simplified only
to an inconsiderable extent. In connection with this, it is appropriate to cite Hay-
man's assertion that it is difficult to prove a result of an asymptotic nature for
univalent functions by a method that could not at the same time be applied to func-
tions that are p-valent in mean.
Lucas (cf. Hayman [19651) extended the result given above to functions that
are p-valent in mean:
616 SUPPLEMENT
Inequality (17) cannot be improved and, for p < 1, it is no longer true. For
p = !/2, inequality (18) is true for a function f (v), where f (z) = z + b 3z3 +
E S(-) (see Hayman [19651). This leads to the relation
I=o(nl-1,f2_
I I bj.+tl-I69n-tI ),
which improves the earlier result of Goluzin (see Chapter IV, §8).
For the coefficients in the expansions of univalent functions that are repre-
sented by lacunary power series with rapidly widening gaps, we have a stronger
result than inequality (15). Specifically, Pommerenke [1964a] obtained the follow-
ing theorem:
zn'
If a function f (z) = z + Ym=1 c" is locally univalent in the disk IzI < 1
v
and if nv+1/nv > q for all v, where q is a constant greater than 1, then
IC.I-0(n)-
This result cannot be improved without supplementary restrictions on f (z), as is
shown by the following example:
Let 171kI denote a sequence that approaches 0 as k --. . Let us choose nk
so that nk+1 /nk -' oo as k --. and Ik=1 7]" < 1. Then, the function
k
m
f (z) = z + E nk171nkzlk
k-l
is bounded, univalent, and starlike in the disk IzI < 1.
For functions f (z) = z + E'=z C"Z" E S, for which If WI < M/(1 - I z I) a in the
disk I zI < 1, we have, for a > Y2, the well-known sharp bound on the increase in
the coefficients
t+
where A (a) depends only on a. (See, for example, Hayman [1958] 3.3; an analo-
gous inequality is valid for p-valent functions.) For a < Y2, Pommerenke [1961/62]
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 617
a-
cnM'A(a)aC
Furthermore, for a < Y2,
IcnI=O(,'+°)
for all a in the interval 0 < a < 2.
Clunie and Pommerenke [1966] proved this same result for functions that are
close to convex.
With regard to the problem of coefficients for special classes of univalent
functions, we mention the following results: In the class S*, the problem of the
coefficients has been solved. Specifically, Hummel [1957] determined in explicit
form the set Vn in (n - 1)-dimensional complex Euclidean space consisting of all
points (c2, , cn) that are put in correspondence with at least one function
f(z) = z + c2 z2 + + cnzn + C
S. Here, Vn is determined from its two-
dimensional cross section Cn , for which c 2, ,c1 are fixed. If (c 2, ,c_1)
is an interior point of Vn _1, then Cn is a disk whose radius does not exceed
2/(n - 1). This is a sharp bound since it is attained when c2 = C 3 = = cn-1 = 0
by a function of the form f (z) = z/(1 - , where IE I = 1. In particular,
Ezn-1)2/(n-1)
that are meromorphic and close to convex in 141 > 1, Pommerenke [1962] has ob-
tained
and-0(n)
Supplementary to the results given above, on the growth of adjacent coeffi-
cients for univalent functions, Pommerenke [1963] proved the following theorem:
If f(z) = z + 2n=2Cn z' E K, then
where 01 and 02 are real, there exists a S = 6(f) > 0 such that
C.+1 I -I C.1=0
4°. Structural formulas for various classes of analytic functions. A large num-
ber of results have been obtained for classes of functions that can be represented
by some "structural formula" or other, in particular, by a Stieltjes integral. It is
well known that the class C of functions f (z) = 1 + c 1z + that are regular in
the disk I zI < 1 and satisfy the condition Rf (Z) > 0 in that disk can be repre-
sented by the Stieltjes integral
The structural formula for the class C also leads easily to integral represen-
tations of the classes S* (see Chapter IX, §9) and S By this procedure, one can
find an integral representation for the class of functions that are close to convex,
that is, functions f (z) that are regular in the disk I zI < 1 and satisfy there the
condition R 4f'(z)/g'(z)I > 0, where g (z) is some function that is independent of f
and regular and convex in jzl < 1. This class was introduced by Kaplan [19521.
Every close-to-convex function is univalent in I z I < 1 and f (z) is close to convex
if and only if f '(z) A 0 and
9y
11 Zf (z) de - t<
Bt.
for arbitrary 01 and 02 such that -rr < 01 < 0Z < 7r and z = re`B, where r < 1.
The class of close-to-convex functions coincides (see Lewandowski [1958, 19601)
with the class of functions that map the disk Izi < 1 onto domains linearly acces-
sible from the outside, which Biernacki [19361 had first investigated.
We denote by K the class of functions f (z) = z + c + 2z2
that are regular
and close to convex in the disk I z I < 1.
It is obvious from the definition of the class K that S* C K C S.
Ju. D. Maksimov [19551 introduced into consideration the class CE(p) of E-
locally-convex functions and the class S. (p) of E-locally-starlike functions f (z),
with f (0) = 0, that are regular in the disk I zI < 1 and that satisfy the conditions
0, n
eJ
1
T{1 + f (z))}d0=2p it
S
{Z f ((z }
de > - e , SN{ f' (z) }d0 = 2pts
_x
for f (z) E Se(p) in the annulus 0 < p < I zI < 1, where p depends on the function
z=re`B,-rr<01<02<a,and E>0.
Let CE(p, q) and SE(p, q) denote subclasses of functions in CE(p) and SE(p)
that are of the form
f (Z)
= Z9 + Cq+1z9+t +
620 SUPPLEMENT
(z)
- rI.PP0 (0)
, (0)
0
pt (5) sp. (0)- I exp (l
0
P0 (t) Po (0) dt) ds Ins i0)
(2)
belongs to the class S if by w(z) we mean that branch that has the expansion
w(z)=z±c'Azs+..., [zl<l.
U1(z)=Cf"tt)p,(t)A (3)
where f#(z) C S*. If, in particular, p 1(z) = z f* (z)/ f(z), then w = f* W; that is,
the class (3) contains the class S*. One can easily show that the class (3) is
broader than the class S*. As Krzyz [19641 noted, the class (3) is a subclass of
the class K.
In connection with this, we note that membership of a function f (z) in the
class S does not imply that the function
z
w(z)=Sftt)p(t)dt,
0
S fzZ)dz=1, q<r<l.
(4)
2n1
IzI=r
622 SUPPLEMENT
By means of this representation, one can easily obtain (see Zmorovic [19531)
structural formulas for the class U*(q, 1) of functions that are regular and starlike
in the annulus q < I z I < 1 and for the class of functions that are regular and con-
vex in that annulus. An integral representation for functions that are regular and
starlike in an annulus was obtained independently by Li En-pir [1953b]. He also
obtained an integral representation for the class of functions that are regular and
typically real in an annulus (cf. Li En-pir [1953a]).
From the structural formula for the class of starlike functions we get, in par-
ticular, a representation for functions that map the annulus q < Izl < 1 onto
doubly connected domains the boundary of each of which consists of n segments
issuing from the origin and of m rays the reverse continuations of which pass
through the origin and which have no points in common with the segments. Func-
tions of this kind are extremal in a number of problems. For m = n = 1, for func-
tions of this form that belong to the class U*(q, 1), we obtain
In (ze-10); q
a° \2ai !
f( = CZ
f(Z) (5)
a' (21-ti
In (ze q
Here,
5t 6,_., In z; q) = - iq_'i, DI (
2ai In z; 4)
where j0(C; q) and 'D1(C; q) are Jacobi's theta functions with periods 1 and r,
where r = (i/n) In (1/q). By letting q approach zero in (5), we obtain Koebe's
function
CZ
f (z) G '
The function (5) plays in many problems a role for an annulus analogous to
the role of Koebe's function for a disk. For example, the function (5) with a =
13 ± u and only such a function attains extrema of I f (z)I for all z such that
q < Izl < I in the class U*(q, 1) (and in the broader class of functions that are
univalent in the annulus q < I zl < 1 [see subsection 1° of § 2]) and also extrema
of arg f (z) for arbitrary z in the annulus q < IzI < 1 in the class U*(q, 1) (see
Dunducenko [1956]).
We mention that Zmorovic [1956] obtained an integral representation for yet
more general classes of functions that are regular in an annulus with real part
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 623
satisfying appropriate conditions. These last results carry over to an annulus the
familiar representations of analogous classes of functions in a disk.
With regard to an n-connected circular domain Kn, where n > 3, Zmorovic
[1958] generalized to the case of such a domain the familiar formula of Schwarz
for a disk (in a form different from Meschkowski's representation [1954]). By using
this result, Zmorovic [1958] obtained structural formulas for the class of functions
that are regular and have positive real part in the domain Kn and for the more
general class of functions that are regular in the domain Kn. Maksimov [1961]
used the method employed by Goluzin [1934] in solving problems of the Dirichlet
and Neumann type to generalize to the case of the domain Kn the structural for-
mula for the class of regular functions that are univalent and convex in an annulus.
A generalization of the class C of functions that are regular and have posi-
tive real part in the disk I zJ < 1 is the class C (r), for 0 < r < r, of functions that
can be represented by a Stieltjes integral
2+ CvZv, CU > 0,
and which assumes a given value w at a given point z0 0 in the disk I z I < 1.
In the article by Andreeva, Lebedev and Stovbun [1961], problems are posed
and solved regarding functions in the class C (r) for which the problem formulated
above, of Monastyrskii, is a special case. In that article, Lebedev solves the fol-
lowing general problem:
Let M denote the class of functions w = f (z) that are regular in the disk
IzJ < 1 and let G denote an arbitrary simply connected domain in the w-plane that
does not include the point oc and some other given point. We shall say that the
function f (z) E M is subject to the domain G if, for arbitrary z in the disk
IzJ < 1, the point w = f (z) E G. We denote by MG the class of functions that are
subject to the domain G. Let z0 = 0 and let zk (k = 1, , m) denote distinct
624 SUPPLEMENT
We use the notation x = x (zk) (z0, , zm), a a (ak) _ (a0, ... , am)'
X = X (WP )) _ (Z10'), ... , 'IQ O), ... , &0, ... , w((°m) ).
Let M (x, a, X) denote the class of functions f (z) E M that satisfy the conditions
Alenicyn [1962] has obtained results of a very general nature regarding the
ranges of arbitrary finite systems of Laurent coefficients of functions that are
regular in an arbitrary given finitely connected domain and that can be represented
in it by a sum of Stieltjes integrals, and he obtained their boundary functions:
Let G denote a finitely connected bounded circular domain in the z-plane and
let F denote a class of functions that can be represented in G by a formula of
the form
M b
f (z) _ Y, S gk (z t) dp'k (t),
k=la
where the gk(z, t) are suitable fixed functions and the µk(t) are members of
M [a, b] for k = 1, 2, , in. Let Z. (V = 1, , s) denote distinct fixed points
each of which either belongs to the domain G or is the center of one of the circles
serving as part of its boundary. Suppose that the expansions
co
f (z) = E CAI*) (z - zy)n,
(8)
g. (z, t)= Lj
a neighborhood of the point zv in the first case or in a circular annu-
lus with center at z V in the second. Furthermore, let IC19 ... , CNI denote an
arbitrary fixed system of coefficients Cr' I considered as a point T[ 1] _
{C1,... , CNI in N-dimensional complex Euclidean space RN and let T[gk(z, t)]
denote the point of RN (k = 1, 2, , m) analogous to it defined in accordance
with (8). Since the range of values of the system (C1, . . . , CNI in the class F is
the range of values of the functional 5'[f] on that class, this range is the convex
envelope of the union of the sets U a< t< b 'T [gk(z, t)] for k = 1, , m. As an
application in the class T of the functions f (z) = z + c2Z2 + , one can find
the range of values QM of the system If (z0), c21, where z0 is a nonzero fixed
point of the disk I zI < 1:
For !` z0 0, the range of values of c (T) is a body in three-dimensional real
space bounded by two conical surfaces
w-(1+Zn)'t-3 ( z.
(I+zR)'1,
where f (z0) = w = xl + ix2 and c2 = x3.
626 SUPPLEMENT
For z0 = 0, the set 11(T) is a plane domain bounded by an arc of the hyper-
bola x3 = z0 + 1/z0 - 1/x1 where z0/(1 + z0)2 < XI < z0/(1 - z0)2 , and the chord
subtending the endpoints of that arc. Corresponding to every boundary point
1w, c21 of the range of values 11(T) is a unique function in the class T.
Let us denote by V c 2) the class of all functions f (z) = z + c 2z 2 + in
T with fixed coefficient c 2. Let fZ (T (c 2)) denote the range of values of f (z0)
under the condition that z0 is a fixed point in the domain 0 < I z0 I < 1 and the
function f (z) ranges over the class T (c 2). When we look at the intersection of
the domain SZ (T) with the plane x3 = c 2, where - 2 < c 2 < 2, we obtain the result:
For ` z0 0, the range of values of fZ (T (c 2)) is a circular lune with vertices
z0/(1 - c2z0 + z02) and z0(1 + c2z0 + z0)2/(1 - z2)2, one of whose boundary cir-
cles passes through the point z0/(1 - z0)2 and the other through the point
z0/(1 + z0)2. For 9z0 = 0, the range SZ(T(c2)) is the segment of the real axis
connecting the first two points mentioned. By using this result, Goluzina [1962]
obtained a number of sharp inequalities in the class T(c2). Some of these results
strengthen the corresponding theorems of Goluzin [1950a] and Asnevic and Ulina
[1955].
Following the method used in the article by Andreeva, Lebedev and Stovbun
[1961], Goluzina obtained [1965] necessary and sufficient conditions for the exis-
tence of functions f (z) in the class T that have given initial segments of their
Taylor expansions at different given points of the disk Izj < 1 and she determined
the range of values of the system of functionals, 11(z), c 2, c 3, . . , cn 1, where
n > 2, in the class T. As an example, we present the following theorem, which is
directly related to the result given above for the class T (c 2). Let T (c 2, c 3) de-
note the subclass of all functions in T with fixed coefficients c2 and c3.
The range of values SZ (T (c 2, c 3)) of the functional f (z) for fixed z in the
disk I z I < 1 in the class V c 2, c 3) when ` z 0 is a convex lune bounded by
arcs of two circles (these are explicitly defined). In the case lz = 0, the range
of 1l (T (c 2, c 3)) degenerates into a segment of the real axis.
In connection with the results given above, we mention that Lozovik [1963a]
presented a geometrical method of determining the range of values of the system
of functionals that can be represented by a Stieltjes integral and also the subset
of that set that satisfies given additional conditions. As an illustration, let us
find the range of values of the functional f '(z) (where z is a fixed point in the
disk I zj < 1) defined on the class of functions f (z) = z + c 2z 2 + C3 with
§2. UNIVALENT FUNCTIONS IN DISK AND ANNULUS 627
fixed coefficients c2, , cn. The article by Nosenko [1963] deals with the same
question.
Now, let C denote the class of functions of the form f (z) = 1 + c 1z + that
are regular and satisfy the inequality Rf (z) > 0 in the disk I z I < 1 and let CN de-
note the subclass of functions in C of the form
N
"Pk
f (z) _ I Xhk 1 + ze
I 9o-jib '
k-I
where the 0k are arbitrary real numbers and the Ak are arbitrary nonnegative num-
bers satisfying the equation AI +A2 + + AN = 1. Robertson [1962, 1963] used
a variational method that he constructed to show that a number of extremal prob-
lems in the class C are satisfied by functions belonging to the class C2. Zmoro-
vie proved [1965] in a very simple way the following theorem, which contains, in
particular, the corresponding theorem of Robertson:
Let cF (C; w) denote a real function of the complex variables t;' and w that
is single-valued and bounded in the domain l > 0, lwl < oc. Suppose that, for
arbitrary fixed t; in RC > 0, this function attains its greatest lower bound or its
least upper bound in any disk 1w - woI < R on the boundary of that disk. Then,
the quantity
J= extr extr (f (z), zf'(z))
fEC 1z1 -r<1
(where the abbreviation extr denotes the greatest lower or least upper bound) is
attained in the class C2, and
J= extr extr (1) (. w),
C w
I (f)=J
u01, Vol, ..., us11vs11; ...; u0p, v0p, ..., uspp, vspp)
regular in the disk Izi < 1 and satisfy for arbitrary r in the interval 0 < r < 1 the
condition
2%
S I f (rele) JA d9 ` 1.
2zc
These authors used the variational formulas that they obtained in the class H S of
the same type as Goluzin's variational formulas (see Chapter XI, §9) to find the
greatest values of the functionals !1c (log (f (z)/B (z))){ and R1I(log f '(z))} defined
on that class where z is a fixed number in the disk I zI < 1, 0(w) is a given entire func-
tion, and B (C) is an appropriate multiplier in the parametric representation of f (C)
depending on its zeros in I C I < 1. In particular, for functions f (z) E H S that do
not vanish in the disk I z I < 1, they obtained sharp bounds on if `(z) I for given
z = re°9, where r < 1. The inequalities giving these bounds depend on the rela-
tionships between 8 and r. One of them had already been found by Kresnjakova
[1962] by a different procedure. These include a number of results for the class
H S
[1961, 1962, 19631.
Gel'fer [1966] used the same method to find the extrema of certain functionals
defined on the class A M (see Chapter IX, § 3) of functions f (z) = c 1 z + that
are regular in the disk Izi < 1 and that satisfy for arbitrary r in the interval
0 < r < 1 the condition
It
S log+ I f (re') I A - M.
0
wI<-plog(1 Iz
0
For p = 1, this result is valid for an arbitrary fixed point z0 of the domain
jzl > 1 and it is the special case, with n = 1, of Theorem 1 of Chapter IV, §3.
632 SUPPLEMENT
Komatu and Ozawa [1951, 1952] established the extremal properties of the
same type as the theorems on the distortion of univalent conformal mappings of a
given multiply connected domain onto a plane with cuts along two mutually per-
pendicular systems of parallel segments, along two systems of radial segments
and circular arcs, etc., and they showed that proof of the existence of such map-
pings can be reduced to a consideration of a domain of considerably lower-order
connectedness than the given domain.
Jenkins [1963] used a slight modification of the extremal-metric method to
find a number of more general extremal properties of certain analogous mappings
including some that are not necessarily univalent but with a unique fixed simple
pole in the domain in question. He was the first to obtain theorems of this type
for functions that are regular in a domain. We present one of his theorems.
Let B denote a finite domain in the z-plane that is bounded by closed analy-
tic curves C. for j = 1, . , n + 1. Let P 11 P2, P3, and P4 denote arbitrary
points on C1 numbered in the order in which they are encountered as one moves
around that curve in the positive direction relative to B. Let m, p, and q denote
nonnegative integers such that m + p + q = n. Let L (B; m, p) denote the class of
all functions f (z) that are regular and univalent in the domain B and that map
that domain onto the domain bounded from without by the contour of some rectangle
0 < 82 f (z) < L, 0 < `` f (z) < 1 under the condition that C 1 is mapped into that con-
tour, the points P1, P2, P3 and P4 are mapped respectively into the points 0,
L, L + i, and i, the curves C, , for j = 2, , m + 1, are mapped into horizontal
cuts, and the curves Cr . , for j = m + 2, , m + p + 1, are mapped into vertical
cuts. Finally, suppose that F (B; m, p) denote the class of all functions f (z) that
are regular in B and that possess the following properties: The mapping w = f(z)
maps C 1 into the contour of some rectangle of the type indicated with the same
correspondence between the points P1, P2, P3, and P4 and the vertices of the
rectangle; the functions f (z) are regular on C. for j= 2, , n + 1; on each of
these boundary components 0 < 82 f (z) < L, and 0 < f (z) < 1; on Cr , for j =
.
, n + 1 into the horizontal cuts and a unique function q (z) = f (z; B, m, p, rr/2)
(B; m, p) such that in the mapping w = q (z) these boundary curves correspond
to the vertical cuts. Let us denote by L 1, L 2' and L the values of the length
§3. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC IN MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS 633
tions (b
(kn(z) are regular in the closure of B and they have an expansion of the
k, where a > 0, for n = 1, 2,
form n (z) k=nank z nn , in a neighborhood of
634 SUPPLEMENT
that is complete in the class Lo (B) of all functions that are regular and square-
integrable with a unique inverse in B. Let {cn(z)I, for n= 1 , 2, , denote a
system of functions that are regular in the closure of B except for a pole of order
n at the point at infinity, in a neighborhood of which they have a Laurent expan-
sion without constant term, and that satisfy on every boundary curve of the domain
B relations of the form cn(z) = On(z) + const. The system of pairs of the form
(dn(z), $n(z)), where n = 1 , 2, , is called a "Laurent system of functions" for
the domain B. The set of all points of B for which the Green's function gB(z, 00)
of the domain B satisfies the condition gB(z, -) < log R is called the boundary
annulus set B I ,R' where 1 < R. Milin showed that
If a function 0 (z) is regular on the boundary annulus set B 1 R, then
1) i/i'(z) can be expanded on that set in a Laurent series
00 00
Lj
(z) -n=1 ArsDn (z) 2] Xn?, (z);
n=1
A-1 n-1
where A is defined by the same limit as the quantity A (f) mentioned above.
Thus, we have the following generalization of the area theorem:
Let Vi(z) denote a function that is regular on the boundary annulus set of a
domain B. If A(qt) is nonnegative, then
00 00
I IX.I1=En=1I'Arcls
n=1
A number of works have been devoted to the question of the existence and
extremal properties of conformal mappings of infinitely connected domains onto
canonical domains. Grotzsch [1955/561 gave a proof of the existence and unique-
ness of a univalent conformal mapping of an infinitely connected domain onto the
unit disk with concentric circular cuts that did not involve the condensation prin-
ciple. Reich and Warschawski [19601 obtained a simple proof of the existence of
a conformal mapping of an arbitrary bounded domain onto a disk with concentric
circular cuts and, if that domain has at least one nondegenerate boundary
§3. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC IN MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS 635
component, onto a disk with radial cuts, and they found certain geometric proper-
ties of these mappings. We give two fundamental and typical results of their study.
Suppose that K is the disk Izi < 1 with concentric circular cuts such that the
circular projection of the boundary of the domain K onto each of its radii is of
linear measure 0. Let w = f (z) denote a function that is analytic and univalent in
K and that maps K onto a bounded domain A such that the circle I zI = 1 is
mapped into the exterior boundary component of the domain A and f (0) = 0. Sup-
pose, finally, that F (z) = log [f (z)/z1, F (0) = log f '(0), and A is the area of A.
Then,
In particular I f '(0)I < A/rr, with equality holding only for a function of the
form f (z) = az, where a is a constant.
From this we get the following theorem.
Let SZ denote a bounded domain in the z-plane that includes z = 0. Let F
denote the class of all functions f(z) that have the following two properties:
1) f (z) is regular and univalent in 12; 2) f (0) = 0, f'(0) > 0, and If (z)I < I for
all z E 11. Then, a function w = c(z) such that 0'(0) = maxfeF f'(0) maps the
domain SZ onto the unit disk with concentric circular cuts.
2°. Extremal properties of analytic functions in multiply connected domains.
The necessary and sufficient conditions found by Grunsky [19391 for univalence
of a function that is regular in a multiply connected domain except for a simple
pole at z = oo were then obtained by Bergman and Schiffer [19511 (in a somewhat
different form) by a considerably simpler procedure, one that starts from the theory
or orthonormal families. They developed a theory of kernels of the first and sec-
ond kind of a given domain, they established a relationship between these ker-
nels and univalent conformal mappings of a multiply connected domain onto canon-
ical domains, and they obtained a number of new extremal properties of functions
that are univalent in a multiply connected domain. The more fundamental of these
results are treated in the article by Schiffer [19531.
Bergman and Schiffer chose as their point of departure for finding these
necessary and sufficient conditions for univalence of a function an inequality
which they obtained, a simple special case of which is the inequality
where f (z) is a function that is analytic and univalent in a given finitely con-
nected domain B, If W, z} is the Schwarz derivative of that function, and K(z,
and l (z, t;) are Bergman's kernels of the first and second kind of the domain B
with respect to the class L 2 (B) of all functions that are regular and square-
integrable in B. It follows immediately from the results of Bergman and Schiffer [1951]
that this inequality remains valid if we replace the function l (z, z) and K (z, i)
respectively with the functions 10(z, z) and K0(z, i), where 1 9(z, 0 and K0(z, Z)
are Bergman's kernels with respect to the subclass L 2 (B) (see above). Milin ob-
tained [1964b] this second inequality by a different procedure and he showed not only
that it is sharp but that it defines the range of values for If W, z) for fixed z C B
and function f (z) ranging over the class of univalent functions in question, and
he found all boundary functions of the problem. He also obtained a number of more
general sharp inequalities. We give a theorem that is the analogue of Theorem 3
of Chapter IV, §2 for a multiply connected domain.
Let B denote a finitely connected domain in the z-plane including the point
at infinity with boundary consisting of closed analytic Jordan curves. Let I (B)
denote the class of all functions F (z) that are univalent in B and regular in that
domain except for a simple pole at z = w and that satisfy the condition F'(oo)=1.
For arbitrary given t C B, where t and 0 C [0, n], consider a function
je(z, t) that satisfies the condition je(t, t) = 0 in the class I (B) and maps the
domain B onto- the plane with cuts along arcs of logarithmic spirals of inclina-
tion 0 to the rays issuing from the origin. Finally, we define
j,12 (z' t) 1
(2- t)2
P (z, t)
1
log t)= log
Jo (z, t) ' R (z) 2 Jniz (z. t) A( 0 ,0
z, tEB.
Then we have the following theorem.
For arbitrary complex numbers xk and Yk (for k= 1, 2, ,N, where N> 1)
and for arbitrary values of zk and tk in the domain B, the inequality
j
N
! xkyrl g
k,r=1
k
F(xk)-F(tv) y - k,1
N
7/
jr
N N
: xkXOP (zk, z0) E YkY,' (tk, tv) (1)
k, v=l k, r=1
§3. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC IN MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS 637
holds for all functions F (z) C I (B). For xk = yk and zk = tk (for k=1, A,
this inequality yields the range of values for the first sum on the left.
With his method, Milin also obtained [1964b] a number of new necessary and
sufficient conditions for univalence of functions in a multiply connected domain.
Singh [1962] found necessary and sufficient conditions for univalence and
boundedness of a function that is regular in a multiply connected domain.
Ozawa [1952] obtained necessary and sufficient conditions for a function that
is regular in a given multiply connected domain to map that domain onto a Rienrann
surface with area not exceeding >r.
A convenient method for obtaining extremal properties of univalent functions
is the use of the classical minimal property of the Dirichlet integral (1, 90B =
fB f ('0'x + q,") dx dy. A systematic exposition of the possible use of this method
in the theory of univalent functions was given by Nehari [1953], who used this
method to obtain a large number of both familiar and new extremal problems. We
present the following theorem of Nehari:
Let B and B1 denote two domains in the z-plane with boundaries C and C1
respectively. Suppose that these boundaries consist of a finite number of closed
analytic Jordan curves. Suppose that B C B1. Let S(z) denote a function that is
univalent and harmonic in the closure of B except for a finite number of singu-
1
larities all in the domain B. Let p (z) and p 1(z) denote functions with the following prop-
erties: the sums p (z) + S(z) and pl(z) + S(z) are single-valued and harmonic
respectively in the domains B and B1 and continuous in the closure of these do-
mains; p (z) and p1(z) are equal to zero on C and C1 respectively. Then
S (x) do ds S (x) On' ds,
5
where the differentiation is in the direction of the outer normal to the domains B
and B1.
This theorem enables us to show that the quantity
n n
Nehari [1953] used this theorem to obtain inequality (2) of §2, subsection 1°
of this supplement.
Beginning with Kelvin's principle, Kubo [1954, 1955, 1955a] proved for uni-
valent mappings of multiply connected domains theorems analogous to certain
theorems of Nehari [1953].
Nehari's method [1953], in conjunction with the subordination principle (see
below, subsection 3°) made it possible to obtain (Alenicyn [1956, 1958]) other
extremal properties of functions defined on a multiply connected domain. We pre-
sent two theorems which generalize to conformal mappings (both univalent and
nonunivalent) of a multiply connected domain the familiar theorem of Lavrent'ev
(Chapter IV, §4) on univalent conformal mappings of a disk onto two disjoint domains.
Let B denote a finitely connected domain in the z-plane with no isolated
boundary points and including the point z = 0. Let a1 and a2 denote distinct
finite numbers. Let (fv(z)[ denote a sequence of functions that map B univa-
lently and conformally onto disjoint domains D Define av = f,(0) for v= 1, 2.
V.
Suppose that the boundary component C. of the domain B is mapped by the func-
tion w = f ,(z) into the boundary component of the domain D v that is retained as
the domains D., for v = 1, 2, are broadened to a system of disjoint domains. Let
f(z, 0, C) denote a function that maps the domain B univalently onto the unit
disk with concentric circular cuts such that C. is mapped into the unit circle
and f (0, 0, C v) = 0, where v = 1, 2. Then
ft (0) f.1' (0) < I a, - as 191 f (0, 0, Q f (0, 0, C2)
with equality holding only in the case of functions defined by the equations
fi (z) - a=
(z) - a,
Pf (z, 0 , C ) ,
1
f, (z) - a,
= f
f, (z) - a1 P x, 0 CO,
1
1
and r E B 2. Let Dl (al, a2; z 1, z2; B 1, B 2) denote the class of all pairs of func-
tions f 1(z) and f 2(z) with these properties. Let & (a 1, a2; z 1, z 2; B 1, B 2)
§3. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC IN MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS 639
denote the set of all points (X, Y) __ (If1(z1)I, If2(z2)I) in the plane XOY in the
class R(a1, a2; z1, z2; B1, 82). Let F(z, a) denote the function described in
Theorem 2, Chapter XI, §3 corresponding to the domain Bv, where v = 1, 2.
We have the following theorem:
The set 6(a1, a2; z1, z2; B17 B2) is the closed domain
0cXY`Ia1-a9I9F1(z1, z9)Fs(z9, z9)
with the boundary point 00 deleted. Equality holds in the second inequality only
for functions defined by equations of the form
f k (z) f (C 1
U k (z, C) = 1 (ft (z) A (C))' (z - Q2 ] z, C E B,
L
and K0(z, and l0(z, 0 are the Bergman kernels of the domain B with respect
to the class L 2 (B).
For n = 1, the theorem yields the inequality found by Bergman and Schiffer
[19511.
640 SUPPLEMENT
ti
As a result, one obtains analogous inequalities for the class t(B) of func-
tions f (z) that are regular and univalent in the domain B and satisfy the condi-
tion f (z 1) [(z2) 1 for arbitrary z 1 and z2 in the domain B and for the class
(B) of functions f (z) that are univalent and bounded in the domain B:
If (z)1 < 1. In particular, we have
ti
If ((z) (B), then
All these inequalities remain valid if we replace in each of them the kernels
K0 and 10 with the kernels K and l with respect to the class L 2 (B), but, in
general, such a substitution yields weaker inequalities.
Inequality (2) with kernels K and l had been obtained earlier by Singh [1962].
Furthermore, necessary and sufficient conditions have been obtained for func-
tions regular in a given multiply connected domain to be univalent in that domain
and to have no common values. In the case of a single function, these conditions
yield the familiar necessary and sufficient conditions found by Bergman and Schif-
fer [1951] for univalence of a function in a multiply connected domain. In the case
of several functions, they constitute a new result even for a disk. Also, neces-
sary and sufficient conditions have been found for a function to belong to the
ti
class R (B).
By extending to multiply connected domains the method of his earlier work on
disjoint domains ([1961], see § 1), Lebedev obtained a generalized area theorem
in integral form and a number of new inequalities of a general nature for univalent
functions that map finitely connected domains onto disjoint domains. The follow-
ing result is a particular case of one of these inequalities:
Let B, , j = 0, 1, , n, be finitely connected domains in the z-plane with no
isolated boundary points. Let aI . denote an arbitrary point in Bi . For each j,
let f, (z) denote a function defined on Bi B. Suppose that these functions perform
univalent conformal mappings and that their ranges are disjoint domains. Define
ai = f1(a,) for j 0 and 10 (a0) = -. Let p, (z, C, a,) and q,(z, C, ai) denote
functions in the domain B corresponding to the functions P (z, a, b) and
.
§3. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC IN MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS 641
jn
21
k=0 r, v,=1
M
m
(zjv, Zjv') n m
c } } TJ'Tj+PI (zjw zj,, aj),
j=0 T jvT j (ZJv, z1 ,, a1)
V, v'- 1
where
In (fj(z)-fk(())(ak-aj) k:0;
(fj (z) - ak) (fk (Q - aj) '
Info (C)-fj(Z), j 0, k=0;
fa(C) - aj
Pkj(c Z)= Info(Z)-fk(C) j=0, k:f-0,
fa (z) - ak
(fk (z) -fk (K)) fk (1k)
In
(fk (z) - ak) (fk (C) - ak) 4k z, ak), j = k 0;
C tm1flrP
I
- 9 $
exp [- pkge (zt, zk) - pkge (z9, zk)
k3!-,l
extremal properties have been established by using the capacity of such a domain
as its characteristic [1965b1.
New results have been obtained by a number of authors as regards the prob-
lem of boundary distortions for multiply connected domains.
Thus, by combining the extremal-metric method with the method of symmetriza-
tion, Jenkins [1956] obtained a number of theorems on boundary distortions for uni-
valent mappings of a multiply connected domain and, in particular, be generalized
to multiply connected domains the familiar theorem of Loewner [1923] for a disk.
Dealing with this class of questions is the article by Tamrazov [1965a], in
which he established extremal properties of univalent conformal mappings of mul-
tiply connected domains with specified boundary components.
3°. The principle of subordination for multiply connected domains. In Chapter
VIII, §8, the concept of subordination was defined for functions that are regular
in the unit disk and a number of theorems on subordinate functions were given. In
recent years, the theory of subordination has been developed further. We now pre-
sent some new results dealing with an extension of the subordination principle to
multiply connected domains. Here, in the case of a disk, we shall stop only for
those results that are a direct sharpening of the corresponding theorems in
Chapter VIII, §8.
As a supplement to Theorem 3 of §8 of Chapter VIII regarding the majoriza-
tion of the first two coefficients of a subordinate function, Xia Dao-xing (see the
article by Xia Dao-xing and Zhang Kai-ming [1958]) obtained the following result,
that cannot be improved:
Suppose that two functions f(z) _ Ek°0 akzk and F(z) _ Ik°U Akzk are regu-
lar in the disk Izl < 1 and suppose that f(z)-< F(z) in IzI < 1. Then, la31 <
\/2 max(IAIJ, IA21, IA31).
Chapter VIII, §8 includes two theorems of Biernacki (Theorems 6 and 7), and
the conjecture was made that the number % in Theorem 6 can be replaced by
(3 - 1)/2 and the number 0.12 in Theorems 7 by 3 - V8. The validity of
these conjectures of Goluzin was proved by Xia Dao-xing [1957, 1957a], who ob-
tained the following theorems:
Suppose that two functions f(z) and F(z) such that f(o) = F(0) = 0 are regu-
lar in Izl < 1. Suppose that F(z) is univalent in the disk Izl < 1. Suppose that
arg f '(0) = argF'(0) and f (z) -<F (z) in that disk. Suppose that f (z) J F (A. Then
644 SUPPLEMENT
1) the inequality If(z)I < IF (z) I in the annulus 0 <I z I< (3 - x/5)/2, but,
for an arbitrary point z0 such that Iz0I = (3 - x/5)/2, there exist functions satis-
fying all the conditions listed for which If (z0)1 = IF(z0)I;
2) the inequality If'(z)I < IF'(z)I in the annulus 0 < IzI < 3 - but, for an
arbitrary point z0 such that Izol > 3 - V8, there exist functions satisfying the
conditions listed, for which If'(z0)I > IF'(z0)I.
Thus, Biernacki's problems posed in Theorems 6 and 7 have obtained a
definitive solution.
Lewandowski [1961, 1961a1 posed a problem that in a certain sense is the
inverse of Biernacki's problems. Specifically, let f(z) and F (z) denote functions
that are regular in the disk I z I < I and satisfy the conditions ((0) = F(0) = 0,
f'(0) > 0, and F'(0) = 1. Suppose that F (z) is univalent in I z I < 1 and that
If(z)I < F (z) in IzI < 1. Find the greatest radius R of a disk IzI < R in which
the function f(z) does not assume values that the function F(z) assumes in it.
Lewandowski [19611 showed that such a number R exists and that 0.21 < R <
0.29- . Under the additional assumption that F (z) is starlike in IzI < 1, the
number R is a root of the equation R3 + R2 + 3R - 1 = 0 (Lewandowski [1961a1).
On the other hand, if we replace the assumption that F(z) is starlike with the
assumption that f(z) is univalent, R is a root of the equation log[(1+R)/(1-R)1+
2arctanR = 77/2 (Bielecki and Lewandowski [19621).
In Chapter XI, §3, Theorem 2 illustrated the role of the function F (z, a) in
the solution of certain extremal problems in the class of bounded functions. This
theorem can be regarded as one of the simplest applications of the following ex-
tension to multiply connected domains (Alenicyn [19611) of the subordination prin-
ciple in the case of a circle.
Let B denote a finitely connected domain in the z-plane with no isolated
boundary points and not including the point z = 00. Let R(1) (B) denote the class
of all functions f(z) that are regular and satisfy the inequality If(z)II< 1 in B.
Let (B, a) denote the subclass of functions in R(B) such that f(a) = 0,
where a C B. Let R0) (B) and R(1)(B, a) denote the subclasses of univalent
functions in R(1)(B) and `-}2 1)(B, a) respectively. Thus, F (z, a) is that one of
the functions in the class (B, a) for which F'(a, a) = maxfCR(1)(B,a) If'(a)I.
P
Consider the function F (z, a), which plays an analogous role with respect to the
ti
class R(1)(B, a). Specifically, suppose that the boundary components of an m-
connected domain B are C1, , C. and that (B, a, Cv) is the subclass of
§3. FUNCTIONS ANALYTIC IN MULTIPLY CONNECTED DOMAINS 645
all functions ((z) in R(1)(B, a) that map the C each into an external boundary
component of the image of the domain B. We know that the problem of finding
maxi If'(a)I is solved by a function f(z, a, C) in the class
?i(1) (B a. C v)
R(1) (B, a, that maps the domain B univalently onto the unit disk with con-
centric circular cuts. If, as we assume, the supplementary condition f'(a, a, Cv)>0
is satisfied, this function is unique. It follows that the problem of finding
max If (a)I is satisfied only by a function f (z, a, C1), v = 1, , m,
for which F'(a, a) = maxv=l,...,m1'(a, a, Cu). We denote this function by F(z, a).
P
Obviously, the function F (z, a) in general is not unique.
If the domain B is the disk I z I < 1, then F (z, a) = F (z, a) = (z - a)/(1- iz)
and, consequently, F'(a, a) = F'(a, a) = 1/(1 - lal z)
Let f(z) denote a function that is meromorphic in a domain B. We shall say
that f(z) is subordinate in B about a point z1 E B to a function g(r) that is
meromorphic in the disk r I < 1 if, for every z in B, we have f(z) = g (tv (z)),
I
If a function g (r) is univalent in the disk I rl < 1, the relation (1) means
simply that the function f(z) does not assume in the domain B those values that
the function g (r) does not assume in the disk I r 1 < I and that `(z 1) = g (0). The
relation (2) means in addition that f(z) is univalent in B.
If the domain B is the unit disk I z I < 1 and zl = 0, then (1) and (2) are
respectively the familiar relations
f (z) -< g (z) and f (z) -< g (z), I z I< l.
From the definitions given above, we immediately get the following subordina-
tion principle:
If f(z) -<z 1 g (r) in a domain B and if the function f(z) is regular at a point
zl, then If'(z1)I < Ig'(0)1 F'(z1, z1), with equality holding (provided g'(0) / 0)
646 SUPPLEMENT
of the form
z at
co
`\ 1 -qsna,z' (1 _ qsn a,z )
H(z; a)=et!,
1-a12n-1I1-gsnalzqsn= 1 ,
atz /
where a is defined by the condition H(1; a1) = I.
For arbitrary given a E Bq and z0 E Bq , we set a0(z0) _ (q/IaI) e ' arg z0
H(z, 1; a0(z0), a) = z-' H(z; a0(z0))H(z; a). Then, for an arbitrary given point z0
in the annulus Bq and an arbitrary function f (z) in the class Rt a), we have
I
(zo) I c I H (zo, 1; ao (zo), a) I (3)
with equality holding (when z0 a) only for f(z) = eH(z, 1; a0(z0), a), where
IEI = I.
In the case of the annulus Bq, we have (Alenicyn [19581) the following rela-
tionship between the functions exhibited by Ahlfors and Robinson:
Izpl < 1 the function gzo(z) is extremal for the corresponding inequality (4).
From this theorem it follows, in particular, that
For an arbitrary function ((z) that is regular in the annulus Bq and subordinate in
that annulus about a point a in it to one of the functions in the class S,
If (z)Ic(1 I zEBq,
H(z)
z)I9' (5)
H. Abe
1958/59 On univalent functions in an annulus, Math. Japon. 5, 25-28.
MR 21 #4248.
N. I. Ahiezer and M. G. Krein
1938 Some questions in the theory of moments, Naucn. Tehn. Izdat. Ukrain.
Harkov; English trans., Transl. Math. Monographs, vol. 2, Amer.
Math. Soc., Providence, R. I., 1962. MR 29 #5073.
L. V. Ahlfors
1930 Untersuchungen zur Theorie der konformen Abbildung and der ganzen
Funktionen, Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. A. 1, no. 9, 1-40.
L. V. Ahlfors and A. Beurling
1946 Invariants conformes et problemes extremaux, C. R. Dixieme Congres
Math. Scandinaves, 341-351, Jul. Gjellerups Forlag, Copenhagen,
1947. MR 9, 23.
I. A. Aleksandrov
1958 The range of values of the functional I = w"f'(w)m/f(w)o lf (w)I 1 in
the class S, Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ucen. Zap., no. 32, 41-57. (Russian)
1958a Conditions for convexity of the image region under mappings by func-
tions regular and univalent in the unit circle, Izv. Vyss. Ucebn.
Zaved. Matematika no.6(7), 3-6. (Russian) MR 23 #A3834.
1959 On the star-shaped character of the mappings of a domain by functions
that are regular and univalent in the circle, Izv. Vyss. Ucebn. Zaved.
Matematika no. 4 (11), 9-15. (Russian) MR 26 #2601.
1960 Domains of definition of some functionals on the class of func-
tions that are univalent and regular in a circle, in Series on
Modern Problems in the Theory of a Complex Variable, Fizmat-
giz, Moscow, 39-45. (Russian) MR 22 #5744.
1963 Boundary values of the functional J = J (f, f, f', f ') on the class of
holomorphic functions univalent in a circle, Sibirsk. Mat. Z. 4, 17-31.
(Russian) MR 26 #3892.
1963a Variational formulas for univalent functions in doubly connected do-
mains, Sibirsk. Mat. Z. 4, 961-976. (Russian) MR 27 #5902.
651
652 BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT
J. A. Jenkins
1949 Some problems in conformal mapping, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 67,
327-350. MR 11, 341.
1951 On a theorem of Spencer, J. London Math. Soc. 26, 313-316.
MR 13, 338.
1953 On values omitted by univalent functions, Amer. J. Math. 75, 406-408.
MR 14, 967.
1953a Symmetrization results for some conformal invariants, Amer. J. Math.
75, 510-522. MR 15, 115.
1954 On a problem of Gronwall, Ann. of Math. (2) 59, 490-504. MR 15, 786.
1954a On the local structure of the trajectories of a quadratic differential,
Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5, 357-362. MR 15, 947.
1955 On circumferentially mean p-valent functions, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.
79, 423-428. MR 17, 143.
1956 Some theorems on boundary distortion, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 81,
477-500. MR 17, 956.
1957 Some new canonical mappings for multiply connected domains, Ann.
of Math. (2) 65, 179-196. MR 18, 568.
1957a On a conjecture of Spencer, Ann. of Math. (2) 65, 405-410.
MR 19, 25.
1958 Univalent functions and conformal mapping, Springer-Verlag, Berlin,
1958; Russian transl., IL, Moscow, 1962. MR 20 #3288.
1960 On univalent functions with real coefficients, Ann. of Math. (2) 71,
1-15. MR 22 #5741.
1960a An extension of the general coefficient theorem, Trans. Amer. Math.
Soc. 95, 387-407. MR 22 #8126b.
1960b On certain coefficients of univalent functions. II, Trans. Amer. Math.
Soc. 96, 534-545. MR 23 #A309.
1960c On the global structure of the trajectories of a positive quadratic dif-
ferential, Illinois J. Math. 4, 405-412. MR 23 #A1794.
1963 On some span theorems, Illinois J. Math. 7, 104-117. MR 27 #278.
1963a An addendum to the general coefficient theorem, Trans. Amer. Math.
Soc. 107, 125-128. MR 26 #5154.
1965 On Bieberbach-Eilenberg functions. III, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 119,
195-215. MR 31 #5969.
J. A. Jenkins and D. C. Spencer
1951 Hyperelliptic trajectories, Ann. of Math. (2) 53, 4-35. MR 12, 400.
660 BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT
W. Kaplan
1952 Close-to-convex schlicht functions, Michigan Math. J. 1, 169-185.
MR 14, 966.
A. Kobori and H. Abe
1959 Une remarque sur un theoreme de M. Hayman, Japan. J. Math. 29,
32-34. MR 23 #A3832.
L. I. Kolbina
1952 Some extremal problems in conformal mapping, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR
84, 865-868. (Russian) MR 14, 35.
1952a On the theory of univalent functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 84,
1127-1130. (Russian) MR 14, 35.
1955 Conformal mapping of the unit circle onto mutually nonoverlapping domains,
Vestnik Leningrad. Univ. 10, no. 5, 37-43. (Russian) MR 17, 26.
Y. Komatu
1943 Untersuchungen fiber konforme Abbildung von zweifach zusammen-
hangender Gebieten, Proc. Phys.-Math. Soc. Japan (3) 25, 1-42.
MR 7, 514.
1957 On the coefficients of typically-real Laurent series, Kodai Math. Sem.
Rep. 9, 42-48. MR 19, 404.
1958 On analytic functions with positive real part in a circle, Kodai Math.
Sem. Rep. 10, 64-83. MR 20 #3998.
1958a On analytic functions with positive real part in an annulus, Kodai
Math. Sem. Rep. 10, 84-100. MR 20 #3999.
Y. Komatu and M. Ozawa
1951 Conformal mapping of multiply connected domains. I, Kodai Math.
Sem. Rep., 81-95. MR 13, 734.
1952 Conformal mapping of multiply connected domains. II, Kodai Math.
Sem. Rep., 39-44. MR 14, 461.
G. V. Korickii
1955 On curvature of level lines and of their orthogonal trajectories in
conformal mappings, Mat. Sb. 37(79), 103-116. (Russian) MR 17, 26.
1957 Curvature of level lines in univalent conformal mappings, Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR 115, 653-654. (Russian) MR 19, 845.
1960 On the curvature of level curves of univalent conformal mappings,
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 15, no.5, (95), 179-182. (Russian) MR 23#A1793.
L. V. Kresnjakova
1961 Analytic functions with bounded mean modulus, Izv. Vyss. Ucebn.
Zaved. Matematika, no. 1 (20), 98-103. (Russian) MR 24 #A3298.
BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT 661
1962 On regular functions with bounded mean modulus, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 147, 290-293 = Soviet Math. Dokl. 3 (1962), 1590-1594.
MR 27 #1603.
1963 Some estimates for regular functions with bounded mean modulus,
Izv. Vysg. U°cebn. Zaved. Matematika, no. 1 (32), 94-97. (Russian)
MR 26 #6422.
J. Krzyz
1964 Some remarks on close-to-convex functions, Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci.
Ser. Sci. Math. Astronom. Phys. 12, 25-28. MR 28 #5174.
J. Krzyi and Z. Lewandowski
1963 On the integral of univalent functions, Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser.
Sci. Math. Astronom. Phys.11, 447-448. MR 27 #3791.
T. Kubo
1954 Symmetrization and univalent functions in an annulus, J. Math. Soc.
Japan 6, 55-67. MR 15, 948.
1954a Kelvin principle and some inequalities in the theory of functions. I,
Mem. Coll. Sci. Univ. Kyoto Ser. A. Math. 28, 299-311. MR 16, 122.
1955 Kelvin principle and some inequalities in the theory of functions. II,
Mem. Coll, Sci. Univ. Kyoto Ser. A. Math. 29, 17-26. MR 16, 914.
1955a Kelvin principle and some inequalities in the theory of functions. III,
Mem. Coll. Sci. Univ. Kyoto Ser. A. Math. 29, 119-129. MR 20 #3977.
1958 Hyperbolic transfinite diameter and some theorems on analytic func-
tions in an annulus, J. Math. Soc. Japan 10, 348-364. MR 21 #3551.
P. P. Kufarev
1943 On one-parameter families of analytic functions, Mat. Sb. 13(55),
87-118. (Russian) MR 7, 201.
1946 On integrals of a very simple differential equation with movable polar
singularity in the right-hand member, Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ucen. Zap.
no. 1, 35-48. (Russian)
1947 A theorem on the solutions of a certain differential equation, Tomsk.
Gos. Univ. Ucen. Zap. no. 5, 20-21. (Russian)
1947a On a special family of one-sheeted domains, Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ucen.
Zap. no. 5, 22-36. (Russian)
1947b On a method of numerical determination of the parameters in the
Schwa rz-Chris toffel integral, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 57, 535-537.
(Russian) MR 9, 277.
1947c A remark on integrals of Lowner's equation, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR
57, 655-656. (Russian) MR 9, 421.
662 BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT
1947d On the theory of univalent functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 57,
751-754. (Russian) MR 9, 507.
1948 On a system of differential equations, Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ucen. Zap.
8, 61-72. (Russian) MR 11, 21.
1950 On conformal mapping of complementary regions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 73, 881-884. (Russian) MR 12, 401.
1951 Remark on extremal problems in the theory of univalent functions,
Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ucen. Zap. no. 14, 3-7. (Russian)
1954 On a property of extremal regions of the problem of coefficients, Dokl.
Akad. Nauk SSSR 97, 391-393. (Russian) MR 16, 122.
1955 Remark on the problem of coefficients, Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ucen. Zap.
25, 15-18. (Russian) MR 19, 404.
1956 On a method of parametric representations and the variational method
of Goluzin, Proc. Third All-Union Math. Congress. Vol. 1, Moscow,
pp. 85-86. (Russian)
1956a Methods and results in the theory of univalent functions, Proc. Third
All-Union Math. Congress. Vol. 2, Moscow, pp. 29-31. (Russian)
1956b On a certain method of investigation of extremum problems in the
theory of univalent functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 107, 633-635.
(Russian) MR 17, 1069.
1958 Certain methods and results in the theory of univalent functions, Proc.
Third All-Union Math. Congress. Vol.3, Moscow, pp. 189-198. (Russian)
1963 On G. M. Goluzin's variational formula, Trudy Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ser.
Meh.-Mat. 163, 58-62. (Russian)
P. P. Kufarev and A. E. Fales
1951 On an extremal problem for complementary regions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 81, 995-998. (Russian) MR 14, 262.
P. P. Kufarev and N. V. Semuhina
1956 On the extension of G. M. Goluzin's variational method to doubly con-
nected regions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 107, 505-507. (Russian)
MR 17, 1193.
M. P. Kuvaev
1959 Generalizations of an equation of the Lowner type for automorphic
functions, Trudy Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ser. Meh.-Mat. 144, 27-30.
(Russian)
1959a A new derivation of Lowner's equation for doubly connected regions,
Trudy Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Ser. Meh.-Mat. 144, 45-55. (Russian)
BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT 663
Ju. D. Maksimov
1955 Extremal problems in certain classes of analytic functions, Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR 100, 1041-1044. (Russian) MR 16, 810.
1955a On locally c-convex and locally c-starlike multivalent functions, Dokl.
Akad. Nauk SSSR 103, 965-967. (Russian) MR 17, 357.
1961 Extension of the structural formula for convex univalent functions to a
multiply connected circular region, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 136, 284-
287 = Soviet Math. Dokl. 2 (1961), 55-58. MR 22 #8121.
M. Marcus
1964 Transformations of domains in the plane and applications in the theory
of functions, Pacific J. Math. 14, 613-626. MR 29 #2382.
H. Meschkowski
1952 ' Einige Extremalprobleme aus der Theorie der konformen Abbildung,
Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. Ser. A I. no. 117, 1-12. MR 14, 367.
1953 Verzerrungssatze fur mehrfach zusammenhangende Bereiche, Compo-
sitio Math. 11, 44-59. MR 15, 116.
1954 Verallgemeinerung der Poissonschen Integralformel auf mehrfach
zusammenhangende Bereiche, Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. Ser. AL 166.
MR 15, 695.
1962 Hilbertsche Resume mit Kernfunktion, Die Grundlehren der Math Wis-
senschaften, Bd. 113, Springer-Verlag, Berlin. MR 25 #4326.
I. M. Milin
1964 The area method in the theory of univalent functions, Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR 154, 264-267 = Soviet Math. Dokl. 5 (1964), 78-81.
MR 28 #1283.
1964a Closed orthonormal systems of analytic functions in domains of finite
connectivity, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 157, 1043-1046 = Soviet Math.
Dokl. 5 (1964), 1078-1082. MR 34 #4469.
1964b The area method in the theory of univalent functions, Dissertation,
Leningrad State University. (Russian)
1965 A bound for the coefficients of schlicht functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk
SSSR 160, 769-771 = Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965), 196-198.
MR 30 #3206.
Ja. S. Mirosnicenko
1951 On a problem in the theory of univalent functions, Ucen. Zap. Donetsk.
Ped. Inst. 1, 63-75. (Russian)
666 BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT
1. P. Mitjuk
1961 Univalent conformal mappings of multiply connected domains, Dopovidi
Akad. Nauk Ukrain. RSR, 158-160. (Ukrainian) MR 23 #A3252.
1961a Some theorems on univalent conformal mappings of multiply connected
regions, Dopovidi Akad. Nauk Ukrain. RSR, 420-423. (Ukrainian)
MR 24 #A2030.
1961b A generalization of some theorems on univalent conformal maps of
doubly connected domains, Dopovidi Akad. Nauk Ukrain. RSR, 1115-
1118. (Ukrainian) MR 24 #A2660.
1964 A generalized reduced module and some of its applications, lzv. Vyss.
Ucebn. Zaved. Matematika, no. 2 (39), 110-119. (Russian) MR 29, #2376.
1964a The symmetrization principle for multiply connected domains, Dokl.
Akad. Nauk SSSR 157, 268-270 = Soviet Math. Dokl. 5 (1964), 928-
930. MR 29 #2375.
1965 The inner radius of a domain and certain of its properties, Ukrain.
Mat. Z. 17, no. 1, 117-122. (Russian) MR 32 #7730.
1965a The principle of symmetrization for multiply connected regions and
certain of its applications, Ukrain. Mat. Z. 17, no.4, 46-54.
(Russian) MR 33 #7510.
1965b Certain properties of functions regular in a multiply connected region,
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 164, 495-498 = Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965),
1252-1255. MR 32 #5862.
1965c The symmetrization principle for an annulus and certain of its appli-
cations, Sibirsk Mat. Z. 6, 1282-1291. (Russian) MR 35 #4396.
1965d Certain extremal problems in the geometric theory of functions, Disser-
tation, Kiev State University. (Russian)
P. T. Mocanu
1957 Une generalisation du theoreme de la contraction dans la classe S de
fonctions univalentes, Acad. R. P. Romine. Fil. Cluj. Stud. Cerc. Mat.
8, 303-312. (Romanian) MR 21 #5735a.
1958 Sur une generalisation du theoreme de contraction dans la classe des
fonctions univalentes, Acad. R. P. Romine. Fil. Cluj. Stud. Cerc. Mat.
9, 149-159. (Romanian) MR 21 #5735b.
M. A. Monastyrskii
1959 On an application of the method of positive functionals for C-functions,
Ucen. Zap. Sahtinsk. Gas. Ped. Inst. 2, no. 6, 109-117. (Russian)
Z. Nehari
1949 The Schwarzian derivative and schlicht functions, Bull. Amer. Math.
Soc. 55, 545-551. MR 10, 696.
BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT, 667
1953 Some inequalities in the theory of functions, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.
75, 256-286. MR 15, 115.
H. Nishimiya
1957 On a coefficient problem for analytic functions typically-real in an
annulus, Kodai Math. Sem. Rep. 9, 59-67. MR 20 #101.
1959 On coefficient-regions of Laurent series with positive real part, Kodai
Math. Sem. Rep. 11, 25-39. MR 21 #7310.
O. S. Nosenko
1963 On the range of Stieltjes functionals with restrictions of equality type,
Dopovidi Akad. Nauk Ukrain. RSR, 1563-1567. (Ukrainian) MR 29#5996.
M. Ozawa
1952 On functions of bounded Dirichlet integral, Kodai Math. Sem. Rep. 4,
95-98. MR 14, 967.
1965 On the sixth coefficient of univalent function, Kodai Math. Sem. Rep.
17, 1-9. MR 31 #2394.
E. Peschl
1936 Zur Theorie der schlichten Funktionen, J. Reine Angew. Math. 176,
61-96.
V. V. Pokornyi
1951 On some sufficient conditions for univalence, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR
79, 743-746. (Russian) MR 13, 222.
C. Pommerenke
1961/62 Uber die Mittelwerte and Koeffizienten multivalenter Funktionen,
Math. Ann. 145, 285-296. MR 24 #A3282.
1962 Uber einige Klassen meromorpher schlichter Funktionen, Math. Z. 78,
263-284. MR 28 #1285.
1962a On starlike and convex functions, J. London Math. Soc. 37, 209-224.
MR 25 #1279.
1963 On starlike and close-to-convex functions, Proc. London Math. Soc.
(3) 13, 290-304. MR 26 #2597.
1964 Linear-invariante Familien analytischer Funktionen. 1, Math. Ann.
155, 108-154. MR 29 #6007.
1964a Lacunary power series and univalent functions, Michigan Math. J. 11,
219-223. MR 29 #4883.
V. 1. Popov
1965 The range of a certain system of functionals on the class S, Trudy
Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Set. Meh.-Mat. 182, 107-132. (Russian)
MR 33 #7521.
668 BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT
H. Prawitz
1927/28 Uber Mittelwerte analytischer Funktionen, Arkiv Mar. Astronom.
Fysik 20A, no.6, 1-12.
B. N. Rahmanov
1951 On the theory of univalent functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 78, 209-
211. (Russian) MR 12, 816.
1953 On the theory of univalent functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 91, 729-
732. (Russian) MR 15, 413.
M. O. Reade
1955 On close-to-convex univalent functions, Michigan Math. J. 3, 59-62.
MR 17, 25.
M. I. Red'kov
1960 On the range of values of a certain functional defined on certain
classes of bounded univalent functions, Tomsk Gos. Univ. Ucen. Zap.
no. 36, 33-50. (Russian)
1962 The range of the functional I = ln(w)L\'(w) I -'LS6'(0) v/c6 (w)A) in the
class SI[I0(w)I], Izv. Vyss. Ucebn. Zaved. Matematika, no.2 (27),
119-129. (Russian) MR 25 #4086.
1962a The range of the functional I = ln(wh0'(w)1-N'(0) v/S6 (w)''I0 (w)I' )
in the class S1, Izv. Vyss. Ucebn. Zaved. Matematika, no. 4 (29),
134-142. (Russian) MR 25 #4087.
1963 The range of values of the functional 1= 1(f(w), f(w), f'(w), f'(w), f'(0))
in the class S1[If(w)1], Trudy Tomsk. Gos. Univ. Set. Meh.-Mat. 169,
59-68. (Russian) MR 29 #1324.
E. Reich and M. Schiffer
1964 Estimates for the trans finite diameter of a continuum, Math. Z. 85,
91-106. MR 30 #4921.
E. Reich and S. E. 'Warschawski
1960 On canonical conformal maps of regions of arbitrary connectivity,
Pacific J. Math. 10, 965-989. MR 22 #8120.
M. P. Remizova
1959 On regions of values of analytic functions represented by the sum and
product of Stielt/es integrals, Ukrain. Mat. Z. 11, 175-182. (Russian)
MR 22 #771.
E. Rengel
1933 Uber einige Schlitztheoreme der konformen Abbildung, Schr. Math. Sem-
und Inst. Angew. Math. Univ. Berlin 1, no. 4, 141-162.
BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT 669
F. Riesz
1911 Sur certains systemes singuliers d'equations integrales, Ann. Sci.
Ecole Norm. Sup. 28, 33-62.
M. S. Robertson
1935 On the coefficients of a typically-real function, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 41,
565-572.
1936 Analytic functions star-like in one direction, Amer. J. Math. 58, 465-472.
1962 Variational methods for functions with positive real part, Trans. Amer.
Math. Soc. 102, 82-93. MR 24 #A3288.
1963 Extremal problems for analytic functions with positive real part and
applications, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 106, 236-253. MR 26 #325.
R. M. Robinson
1943 Analytic functions in circular rings, Duke Math. J. 10, 341-354.
MR 4, 241.
W. Rogosinski
1932 Uber positive harmonische Entwicklungen and typisch reelle Potenz-
reihen, Math. Z. 35, 93-121.
S. Sato
1955 Two theorems on bounded functions, SGgaku 7, 99-101.
1955a On values not assumed by bounded functions, Kenkju hokoku. Sidzen
Kacaku, Liberal Arts J. Natur. Sci. 6, 1-6. (Russian)
A. C. Schaeffer and D. C. Spencer
1950 Coefficient regions of schlicht functions, Amer. Math. Soc. Colloq.
Publ., vol. 35, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. 1. MR 12, 326.
M. Schiffer
1938 A method of variation within the family of simple functions, Proc.
London Math. Soc. (2) 44, 432-449.
1938a On the coefficients of simple functions, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2)
44, 450-452.
1943 Variation of the Green function and theory of p-valued functions, Amer.
J. Math. 65, 341-360. MR 4, 215.
1953 Some recent developments in the theory of con formal mapping, appen-
dix to Russian transl. of R. Courant, Dirichlet's principle, conformal
mapping and minimal surfaces, Interscience, New York and London,
1950. (Russian)
M. Schiffer and O. Tammi
1965 The fourth coefficient of a bounded real univalent function, Ann. Acad.
Sci. Fenn. Set. A I, No. 354. MR 35 #4394.
670 BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT
1965 Theorems on the covering of lines under a con formal mapping, Mat. Sb.
66(108), 502-524. (Russian) MR 31 #2392.
1965a Certain extremal problems of the theory of univalent con formal map-
pings, Mat. Sb. 67(109), 329-337. (Russian) MR 33 #7523.
1965b A con formally metric theory of doubly-connected regions, and a gener-
alized Blaschke product, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 161, 308-311 =
Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965), 432-435. MR 31 #327.
1965c Univalent functions and conformally metric theory of multiply con-
nected domains, Dissertation, Kiev. (Russian)
0. Teichmiiller
1938 Untersuchungen fiber konforme and quasikonforme Abbildung,
Deutsche Math. 3, 621-678.
G. C. Tumarkin and S. Ja. Havinson
1960 Qualitative properties of solutions of certain types of extremal prob-
lems in Series on Modern Problems of the Theory of Functions of a
Complex Variable, Fizmatgiz, Moscow, pp. 77-95. (Russian)
MR 22 #11136.
G. V. Ulina
1960 On the domains of values of certain systems of functionals in classes
of univalent functions, Vestnik Leningrad. Univ. 15, no. 1, 34-54.
(Russian) MR 22 #5745.
Xia Dao-xing (Hsia Tao-hsing)
1956 On the functions univalent in a circular ring, Acta Math. Sinica 6,
598-618. (Chinese)
1957 Goluzin's number (3 - V5)/2 is the radius of superiority in subor-
dination, Sci. Record 1, 219-222. MR 20 #6530.
1957a On the radius of superiority in subordination, Sci. Record 1, 329-333.
MR 20 #6531.
1958 Some covering properties of convex domains in the theory of conformal
mapping, Sci. Sinica 7, 816-828. MR 21 #2046b.
Xia Dao-xing (Hsia Tao-hsing) and Zhang Kai-ming (Chang K'ai-ming)
1958 Some inequalities in the theory of subordination, Acta Math. Sinica 8,
408-412 = Chinese Math. Acta 9 (1967), 116-120. MR 21 #7306.
V. A. Zmorovic
1952 On certain variational problems of the theory of univalent functions,
Ukrain. Mat. Z. 4, 276-298. (Russian) MR 15, 301.
1953 On some classes of analytic functions univalent in a circular ring,
Mat. Sb. 32 (74), 633-652. (Russian) MR 14, 1075.
672 BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE SUPPLEMENT
673
674 SUBJECT INDEX
6
i -08 2 Z91$_l_8IIL uoSWV gaMa4=
LiO'swe'MMM
9VONOWW